I!        Ill 


.^  A    ^ 


.V 


x^l 


.  N 


Part  <it  tli*^        ^ 

which  was  presented  by 
,      .      I'    1     jLStf  A-  Stuart. 


I 


CV^sr^ 

Shvlf, 

Book, 


u  ivision 

Section 


V.  3 


d<r^.    GadUc^     Cl-t^C^^cCe^^ 


clCc^   /.    /^^. 


'7 


NEW     TRANSLATION 

OF    THE 

HEBREW    PROPHETS. 

VOL.    III. 


-Bikier..    O.T    Propk^f^,   "En^feK,    IB^, 


NEW    TRANSLATION 


HEBREW  PROPHETS, 


ARRANGED  IN  CHRONOLOGICAL  ORDER. 


By    GEORGE    R.    NOYES. 


VOLUME    III 


CONTAINING 


EZEKIEL,    DANIEL,    HAGGAI,    ZECHARIAH, 
JONAH,   AND    MALACHI. 


BOSTON: 

JAMES    MUNROE    AND    COMPANY. 

1837. 


Entered  according  to  the  Act  of  Congress,  in  the  year  1837, 
By  James  Munroe   and   Company, 
in  the  Clerk's  Office  of  the  District  Court  of  the  District  of  Massa- 
chusetts. 


Cambridge  Press ; 
Metcalf,  Torry,  and  Ballou. 


THE 


PROPHET    EZEKIEL 


VOL.  III. 


EZEKIEL. 


I. 

The  call  of  Ezeklel  to  the  prophetic  office.  —  Ch.  i.  -  in.  21. 

1  Now  it  came  to  pass  in  the  thirtieth  year,  in 
the  fourth  month,  in  the  fifth  day  of  the  month, 
as  I  was  among  the  captives  by  the  river  Che- 
bar,    that   the  heavens   were   opened,    and  I  saw  vis- 

2  ions  of  God.     On  the   fifth  day  of  the  month,  in  the 

3  fifth  year  of  the  captivity  of  king  Jehoiachin,  the 
word  of  Jehovah  came  to  Ezekiel,  the  son  of  Buzi, 
the  priest,  in  the  land  of  the  Chaldeans,  by  the  river 
Chebar  ;  and  the  hand  of  Jehovah  was  there  upon  him. 

4  And  I  looked,  and  behold,  a  stormy  wind  came  from 
the  north,  a  great  cloud,  and  a  mass  of  fire  ;  and  a 
brightness  was  round  about  it,  and  in  the  midst  of  it 
the  appearance  of  bright  brass,  in  the  midst  of  the  fire. 

5  And  in  the  midst  of  it  were  the  forms  of  four  living 
creatures.     And  this  was  their  appearance.     They  had 

6  the   form   of  a   man.     And   every   one    had   four  faces, 

7  and  every  one  had  four  wings.  And  their  feet  were 
upright ;  and  the  sole  of  their  feet  was  as  the  sole  of  a 
calf's    foot ;    and    they    sparkled    like    polished    brass. 

8  And  they  had  the  hands  of  a  man  under  their  wings 
on  their  four  sides,  and    all    four  had  faces  and  wings. 


4  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  r. 

9  Their  wings  were  joined  one  to  another ;  they  turned 
not    about    when     they    went ;     they    went    every    one 

10  straight  forward.  As  for  the  form  of  their  faces,  all 
four  had  the  face  of  a  man,  and  the  face  of  a  lion  on 
the  right  side,  and  all  four  had  the  face  of  an  ox  on 
the  left  side,  and  all  four  had  also  the  face  of  an  eagle. 

u  Thus  were  their  faces.  And  their  wings  were  expanded 
upward  ;  two  wings  of  every  one  were  joined,  and  two 

m  covered  their  bodies.  And  they  went  every  one 
straight  forward  ;  whither  the  spirit  was  to  go,  they 
went,    and    they    turned    not    about    when    they   went. 

13  And  the  appearance  of  the  living  creatures  was  as 
coals  of  fire,  burning  like  torches  ;  and  the  fire  moved 
about    among    the    living    creatures,    and   shone    forth 

H  brightly  ;  and  out  of  the  fire  came  forth  lightning.  And 
the  living  creatures  ran  backward  and  forward  like  a 
flash  of  lightning. 

15  Now  as  I  beheld  the  living  creatures,  behold,  there 
stood  a  wheel  upon  the  earth  by  each  of  the  living  crea- 
te tures,  with  its  four  sides.  The  appearance  of  the  wheels, 
and  their  work,  was  like  that  of  a  chrysolite,  and  all 
four  had  one  form,  and  their  appearance  and  their 
work    was,    as  if  a   wheel    had    been    within    a    wheel. 

17  When  they  went,  they  went   upon    their  four  sides,  and 

18  they  turned  not  about  when  they  went.  As  for  their 
felloes,  they  were  high  and  terrible;  and  their  felloes 
were   full  of  eyes  round  about   upon    all   four  of  them. 

19  And  when  the  living  creatures  went,  the  wheels  went 
beside  them  ;  and  when  the  living  creatures  were  lifted 
up  from  the   earth,  the   wheels  were  lifted  up.     Whith- 

20  ersoever  the  spirit  was  to  go,  they  went,  whithersoever 
the  spirit  was  to  go;  and  the  wheels  were  lifted  up 
beside  them;  for  the  spirit  of  the  living  creatures  was 


Ch.  II.]  EZEKIEL.  5 

21  in  the  wheels.  When  those  went,  these  went ;  and 
when  those  stood,  these  stood ;  and  when  those  were 
lifted  up  from  the  earth,  the  wheels  were  lifted  up 
beside  them  ;   for  the  spirit  of  the   living   creatures  was 

92  in  the  wheels.  And  over  the  heads  of  the  living 
creatures  was  the  appearance  of  a  firmament,  like 
crystal,  terrible,   spread   out   over    their    heads   above. 

23  And  under  the  firmament  were  their  wings  upright, 
the  one  toward  the  other  ;  and  every  one  had  two,  which 

24  covered  his  body.  And  I  heard  the  sound  of  their 
wings,  as  the  sound  of  great  waters,  as  the  voice  of  the 
Almighty,  when  they  went ;  a  sound  like  the  noise  of 
a   host.     And    when    they    stood    still,   they   let   down 

25  their  wings.  And  there  was  a  voice  from  the  firma- 
ment, that  was  over  their  heads  ;  and  they  stood  still, 
and  let  down  their  wings. 

26  And  above  the  firmament  over  their  heads  was  an 
appearance  like  a  sapphire-stone,  like  a  throne;  and 
above,  upon  that  which  had  the  appearance  of  a  throne, 

97  there  was  a  form  like  that  of  a  man.  And  I  saw  what 
had  the  appearance  of  bright  brass,  what  had  the  ap- 
pearance of  fire  round  about  within  it,  from  the  appear- 
ance of  his  loins,  and  upward.  And  from  his  loins 
downward  I   saw  what  had  the  appearance  of  fire,  and 

28  its  brightness  was  round  about  him.  As  the  appearance 
of  the  bow,  that  is  in  the  cloud  in  the  day  of  rain,  so 
was  the  appearance  of  the  brightness  round  about. 
This  was  the  appearance  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah. 
And  when  I  saw  it  I  fell  upon  my  face,  and  I  heard 
the  voice  of  one  who  spoke. 

i       And   he   said   to    me.   Son   of  man,   stand   upon   thy 
2  feet,  and  I  will   speak   with  thee.     And    the  spirit  en- 
1* 


5  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  hi. 

tered  into  me,  when  he  spoke  to  me,  and  set  me  upon 
3  my  feet;  and  I  heard  him  that  spake  with  me.  And 
he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  I  send  thee  to  the  sons  of 
Israel,  to  a  rehellious  nation,  that  hath  rebelled  against 
me ;  they  and  their  fathers  have  rebelled  against  me  to 
i  this  very  day.  Brazen-faced  and  stiff-hearted  are  the 
sons,   to   whom  I   send  thee.     And  thou   shalt    say  to 

5  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  And  wheth- 
er they  will  hear,  or  whether  they  will  forbear,  for 
they  are   a  rebellious   house,   yet   shall  they  know  that 

6  a  prophet  is  ih  the  midst  of  them.  And  thou,  son 
of  man,  be  not  afraid  of  them,  and  of  their  words  be 
not  afraid,  though  they  be  briars  and  thorns  toward 
thee,  and  though  thou  dwell  among  scorpions ;  be 
not  afraid   of   their  words,   nor   be  dismayed    at   their 

7  looks,  for  they  are  a  rebellious  house.  Speak  thou 
my  words  to   them,  whether  they  will  hear,  or   whether 

8  they  will  forbear,  for  they  are  most  rebellious.  But 
thou,  son  of  man,  hear  what  I  say  to  thee !  Be  not 
thou  rebellious,  like  that  rebellious  house  !  Open  thy 
mouth,  and  eat  that  which  1  give  thee  ! 

9  And  when  I  looked,  behold,  a   hand  was  put  forth  to 
10  me  ;   and  lo,  a  book-roll   was   therein.     And  he  spread 

it  before  me,  and  it  was  written  within  and  without. 
And  there  was  written  therein  lamentation  and  mourn- 
ing and  woe. 

1  And  he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  eat  that  which  thou 
findest,  eat  this   roll,   and  go,   speak   to   the    house  of 

2  Israel  1      So   I   opened  my    mouth,   and  he  gave  me  the 

3  roll  to  eat.  And  he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  let  thy 
stomach  eat,  and  fill  thy  body  with  this  roll,  which  I 
give  thee  !  Then  I  eat  it,,  and  it  was  in  my  mouth  as 
honey  for  sweetness. 


Ch.  III.]  EZEKIEL.  7 

4  And   he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  go,  get  thee  to  the 

5  house  of  Israel,  and  speak  my  words  to  them  !  For 
not  to  a  people  of  a  dark   speech  and  a  hard  language 

6  art  thou  sent,  but  to  the  house  of  Israel  ;  not  to  many 
nations  of  a  dark  speech  and  a  hard  language,  whose 
words  thou  canst  not  understand.  Truly,  had  I  sent 
thee    to    them,    they    would    have    hearkened    to  thee. 

7  But  the  house  of  Israel  will  not  hearken  to  thee,  for 
they  will   not   hearken  to  me.     For  the  whole  house  of 

8  Israel  is  brazen-faced  and  stiff-hearted.  Behold,  I  have 
made  thy  face  strong    against  their  faces,  and  thy  fore- 

9  head  strong  against  their  foreheads.  As  an  adamant, 
harder  than  flint,  have  I  made  thy  forehead;  fear  them 
not,  nor  be  dismayed  at  their  looks ;  for  they  are  a 
rebellious  house. 

10  Moreover,  he  said  to  me.  Son  of  man,  all  my  words, 
which  I  shall   speak  to   thee,  receive   in   thy  heart,  and 

11  hear  with  thine  ears  !  And  go,  get  thee  to  them  of  the 
captivity,  to  the  children  of  thy  people,  and  speak  to 
them,  and  say  to  them.  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jeho- 
vah ;  whether  they  will  hear,  or  whether  they  will 
forbear. 

12  Then  the  spirit  lifted  me  up  ;  and  I  heard  behind 
me  the  sound,  as  of  a  great  rushing,  saying,    "  Praised 

13  be  the  majesty  of  Jehovah  from  his  place  !  "  I  heard 
also  the  noise  of  the  wings  of  the  living  creatures,  that 
touched   one   another,   and   the  noise  of  the  wheels  be- 

14  side  them,  even  a  noise  of  a  great  rushing.  So  the 
spirit  lifted  me  up,  and  took  me  away,  and  I  went  in 
bitterness,  in  the  heat  of  my  spirit ;  but  the  hand  of 
Jehovah  was  strong  upon  me. 


8  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  III. 

15  Then  I  came  to  them  of  the  captivity  at  Tel-abib, 
that  dwelt  by  the  river  Chebar  ;  and  I  dwelt  where  they 
dwelt;  I  even  dwelt  astonished  among  them  seven  days. 

16  And   at  the  end  of  seven   days,   the   word  of  Jehovah 

17  came  to  me,  and  said  ;  Son  of  man,  I  have  set  thee  as 
a  watchman   to  the  house  of  Israel  ;  therefore  hear  the 

18  word  from  my  mouth,  and  warn  them  from  me!  When 
I  say  to  the  wicked.  Thou  shalt  surely  die  !  and  thou 
givest  him  not  warning,  nor  speakest  to  warn  the 
wicked  from  his  wicked  way,  so  that  he  may  live,  that 
wicked    man   shall    die  for    his  iniquity  ;    but   his  blood 

19  will  I  require  at  thy  hand.  Yet  if  thou  warn  the 
wicked,  and  he  turn  not  from  his  wickedness,  and  from 
his  wicked  way,  he    shall   die    for  his  iniquity,  but  thou 

20  hast  delivered  thy  soul.  Again,  when  a  righteous  man 
turneth  from  his  righteousness,  and  committeth  iniquity, 
and  I  lay  a  stumbling-block  before  him,  and  he  shall 
die ;  because  thou  hast  not  given  him  warning  he  will 
die  for  his  sin  ;  and  his  righteousness,  which  he  hath 
done,   will  not  be   remembered ;    but   his    blood   will  I 

21  require  at  thy  hand.  Yet  if  thou  warn  the  righteous 
man,  that  he  sin  not,  and  the  righteous  man  doth  not 
sin,  he  shall  surely  live,  because  he  hath  received 
warning ;   and  thou  hast  delivered  thy  soul. 


Ch.  IV.]  EZEKIEL 


II. 


Piophecies  against  Jerusalem.  —  Ch.  hi.  22 -v.  17. 

22  And  the  hand  of  Jehovah  was  there  upon  me,  and 
he  said  to  me,  Arise,  go  forth    into  the  plain,  and  there 

23  will  I  speak  with  thee.  Then  I  arose,  and  went  forth 
into  the  plain,  and  lo,  the  glory  of  Jehovah  stood  there, 
as  the  glory  which  I  saw   by  the  river   Chebar  ;   and  I 

24  fell  upon  my  face.  Then  the  spirit  entered  into  me, 
and  set  me  upon  my  feet.     And  he  spake  with  me,  and 

25  said  to  me,  Go,  shut  thyself  within  thy  house  !  And 
behold,  O  son  of  man,  bands  shall  be  put  upon  thee, 
and  thou  shalt  be   bound  therewith;   and  thou  shall  not 

26  go  out  among  them.  And  I  will  make  thy  tongue 
cleave  to  the  roof  of  thy  mouth,  that  thou  shalt  be 
dumb,   and  shalt  not  be   to   them  a  reprover  ;   for  they 

87  are  a  rebellious  house.  But  when  I  speak  with  thee, 
I  will  open  thy  mouth,  and  thou  shalt  say  to  them. 
Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah  ;  lie  that  will  hear  let 
him  hear,  and  he  that  will  forbear  let  hiu^*  forbear !  for 
they  are  a  rebellious  house. 

i  And  thou,  son  of  man,  take  thee  a  tile,  and  lay  it 
before   thee,    and   portray  upon    it  a  city,  even   Jerusa- 

•i  lem.  And  lay  siege  against  it,  and  build  a  tower 
against  it,  and  cast  up  a  mound  against  it ;  set  a  camp 
also   against    it,    and   place    battering-rams    against    it 

3  round  about.  Moreover  take  thou  an  iron  pan,  and  set 
it  for  a  wall  of  iron  between  thee  and  the  city  ;  and  set 
thy  face  against  it,  that  it  may  be  besieged  ;  and  lay 
siege  against  it,  This  shall  be  a  sign  to  the  house  of 
Israel. 


10  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  IV. 

4  Lie  thou  also  upon  thy  left  side,  and  lay  the  iniquity 
of  the  house  of  Israel  upon  it.  According  to  the 
number   of   days,    that    thou    shalt    lie    upon    it,    thou 

5  shalt  bear  their  iniquity.  But  for  the  years  of  their 
iniquity  I  appoint  thee  days ;  three  hundred  and 
ninety    days ;     so    long    shalt    thou    bear    the   iniquity 

0  of  the  house  of  Israel.  And  when  thou  hast  ac- 
complished them,  then  lie  upon  thy  right  side,  and 
bear    the  iniquity   of   the   house    of  Judah  forty  days. 

7  I  have  appointed  thee  a  day  for  a  year.  And  set 
thy    face    against    besieged     Jerusalem,    and    uncover 

8  thine  arm,  and  prophesy  against  it!  And  behold,  I 
will  lay  bands  upon  thee,  and  thou  shalt  not  turn  thee 
from  one  side   to  another,  till  thou  hast  ended  the  days 

9  of  thy  siege.  Take  thou  also  wheat,  and  barley,  and 
beans,  and  lentiles,  and  millet,  and  spelt,  and  put  them 
into  one  vessel,  and  make  thereof  thy  bread,  for  the 
number  of  days,  that  thou  shalt  lie  upon  thy  side ; 
three   hundred    and  ninety  days  shalt   thou  eat  thereof 

10  And  thy  food,  which  thou  eatest,  shall  be  by  weight, 
twenty  shekels  a  day ;  from  time  to  time  shalt  thou  eat 

11  it.  Thou  shalt  also  drink  water  by  measure,  the  sixth 
part  of  a   hin  ;    from   time   to   time    shalt  thou   drink. 

12  Thou  shalt  also  eat  barley-cakes  ;  and  v/ith  dung,  that 
Cometh  out  of  man,  shalt  thou  bake  them  in  their  sight. 

13  And  Jehovah  said,  Even  thus  shall  the  sons  of  Israel 
eat  their  polluted  food  among  the  nations,  whither  I 
will  drive  them. 

14  Then  said  I,  Ah  !  Lord  Jehovah,  behold,  I  have 
never  been  polluted  ;  for  from  my  youth  until  now  have 
I  not  eaten  that  which  died  of  itself,  or  was  torn  in 
pieces ;     neither   hath    unclean     food    come    into    my 

15  mouth.     Then    he   said   to    me,  Behold,  I   give   thee 


Ch.  v.]  EZEKIEL.  11 

cow's   dung  for   man's   dung  ;   and  with   that  shalt  thou 

16  prepare  thy  food.  And  he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man, 
behold,  I  will  break  the  staff  of  bread  in  Jerusalem^ 
and  they  shall  eat  bread  by  weight  and  with  care,  and 
they  shall  drink  water   by  measure    and  in  amazement ; 

17  so  that  they  shall  be  in  want  of  bread  and  water,  and  be 
astonished  one  at  another,  and  consume  away  for  their 
iniquity. 

1  And  thou,  son  of  man,  take  thee  a  sharp  instrument, 
even  a  barber's  razor,  and  cause  it  to  pass  upon  thy 
head  and  thy  beard ;  and  take  thee  weighing-balances, 

2  and  divide  the  hair.  A  third  part  shalt  thou  burn  with 
fire  in  the  midst  of  the  city,  when  the  days  of  the  siege 
are  fulfilled  ;  and  thou  shalt  take  a  third  part  and  smite 
it  round  about  with  the  sword  ;  and  a  third  part,  shalt 
thou  scatter   in   the  wind,  and  I  will  draw  out  a  sword 

3  after    them.      Thou    shalt   also    take    thereof  a    small 

4  number,  and  bind  them  in  thy  skirts.  And  of  these 
again  take  some,  and  cast  them  into  the  fire,  and  burn 
them  in  the  fire.  From  them  shall  a  fire  come  forth 
upon  the  whole  house  of  Israel. 

5  Thus  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah  ;  This  is  Jerusalem  ; 
in  the   midst   of  the  nations   have  I  set  her,  and  coun- 

6  tries  are  round  about  her.  But  she  hath  wickedly 
resisted  my  ordinances,  more  than  the  nations,  and  my 
statutes,  more  than  the  countries  that  are  round  about 
her.     For  they  have   refused   my  ordinances,  and  have 

T  not  walked  in  my  statutes.  Therefore  thus  saith  the 
Lord  Jehovah  ;  Because  ye  have  been  rebellious,  more 
than  the  nations  that  are  round  about  you,  and  have  not 
walked  in  my  statutes,  nor  kept  my  ordinances,  but 
have  done   accordinsf  to  the  ordinances  of  the  nations. 


12  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  v. 

8  which  are  round  about  you,  therefore  thus  saith  the 
Lord  Jehovah ;  Behold,  I,  even  I,  am  against  thee,  and 
will  execute  judgments  against  thee  in  the  sight  of  the 

9  nations.  I  will  do  to  thee  that  which  I  have  not  yet  done, 
and  the  like  of  which   I   shall  not  do  again,  because  of 

10  all  thine  iniquities.  Therefore  the  fathers  shall  eat  the 
sons  in  the  midst  of  thee,  and  the  sons  shall  eat  their 
fathers  ;  and  I  will  execute  judgments  in  thee,  and  I  will 
scatter   the   whole  remnant   of  thee  to   all  the  winds. 

11  Therefore,  as  I  live,  saith  the  Lord  Jehovah  !  because 
thou  hast  polluted  my  sanctuary  with  all  thy  detestable 
thinos,  and  with  all  thine  abominations,  therefore  will  I 
also  withdraw  mine  eye  from  thee;  neither  will  I  spare, 

12  neither  will  I  have  any  pity.  A  third  part  of  thee  shall 
die  by  the  pestilence,  or  be  consumed  with  hunger  in 
the  midst  of  thee  ;  and  a  third  part  shall  die  by  the 
sword  round  about  thee  ;  and  a  third  part  will  I  scatter 
to   all   the   winds,    and  I   will   draw   out   a   sword  after 

13  them.  Thus  shall  mine  anger  be  accomplished,  and  I 
will  satiate  my  fury  upon  them,  and  receive  satis- 
faction ;  and  they  shall  know,  that  I,  Jehovah,  have 
spoken   it   in   my  zeal,  when  I  shall  have  accomplished 

14  my  fury  upon  them.  Moreover,  I  will  make  thee  a 
waste,  and  a  reproach  among  the  nations  that  are  round 

15  about  thee,  in  the  sight  of  all  that  pass  by.  And  thou 
shalt  be  a  reproach,  and  a  reviling,  and  a  warning,  and 
an  astonishment  to  the  nations  that  are  round  about 
thee,  when  I  shall  execute  judgments  upon  thee  in 
anger,     and     in    fury,     and     in    furious     rebukes ;    T, 

16  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it ;  when  I  shall  send  upon 
you  the  evil  arrows  of  famine,  which  bring  destruc- 
tion, which  I  send  to  destroy  you,  and  increase  the 
famine    upon    you,    and    break     your    staff   of    bread. 

17  And  I    will    send    upon   you    famine,  and  evil  beasts, 


Ch.  VI.]  EZEKIEL.  13 

which  shall  make  thee  childless  ;  and  pestilence  and 
blood  shall  pass  through  thee  ;  and  the  sword  will  I 
bring  upon  thee.     I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it. 


III. 


Various  woes  denounced  against  Israel.  —  Ch.  vi.-vir. 

1  And     the    word    of  Jehovah    came    to   me,  saying ; 

2  Son   of   man,  set    thy   face    against   the   mountains    of 

3  Israel,  and  prophesy  against  them  !  And  say,  Ye  moun- 
tains of  Israel,  hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ! 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  the  mountains  and  to 
the  hills,  to  the  plains  and  to  the  valleys ;  Behold,  I,  even 
I,  will  bring  the  sword  upon  you,  and  I  will  destroy  your 

4  high  places;  and  your  altars  shall  be  desolate,  and  your 
sun-images  shall  be  broken  ;   and  I  will  cast  down  your 

5  slain  before  your  idols.  And  1  will  lay  the  carcasses  of 
the  sons  of  Israel  before  their  idols  ;   and  I  will  scatter 

6  your  bones  round  about  your  altars.  In  all  places, 
where  ye  dwell,  shall  the  cities  be  laid  waste,  and  the 
high  places  be  desolate  ;  that  your  altars  may  be  laid 
waste  and  made  desolate,  and  your  idols  may  be  broken, 
and  cease,  and  your   sun-images  may  be  cut  down,  and 

7  your  works  may  be  destroyed.  And  the  slain  shall  fall  in 
the  midst  of  you,  that  ye  may  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

8  Yet  will  I  leave  a  remnant,  that  ye  may  have  some 
that   shall    have  escaped   the  sword  among  the  nations, 

9  when  ye  shall  be  scattered  through  the  countries.  And 
they  of  you  that  escape  shall  remember  me  among  the 

VOL.  in.  2 


14  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  VII. 

nations,  whither  they  shall  be  carried  captives,  when 
I  have  broken  their  whorish  heart,  which  departed  from 
me,  and  their  eyes,  which  went  lusting  after  their  idols; 
and  they  shall  loathe  themselves  for  the  evils,  which 
10  they  have  committed,  in  all  their  abominations.  Then 
shall  they  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  and  that  I  have  not 
said  in  vain,  that  I  would  do  all  this  evil  to  them. 

u  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Smite  upon  thy  hand 
and  stamp  with  thy  foot  !  And  say,  Alas,  for  all  the  evil 
abominations  of  the  house  of  Israel  !   for  by  the  sword, 

12  by  famine,  and  by  pestilence  shall  they  fall.  He  that  is 
far  off  shall  die  by  pestilence,  and  he  that  is  near  shall 
fall  by  the  sword,  and  he  that  remaineth  and  is  pre- 
served shall   die   by   famine.     Thus   will    I   accomplish 

13  my  fury  upon  them.  Then  shall  ye  know  that  I  am 
Jehovah,  when  their  slain  men  shall  be  among  their 
idols  round  about  their  altars,  upon  every  high  hill,  upon 
all  the  tops  of  the  mountains,  and  under  every  green 
tree,  and  under   every  thick   oak,  in   every  place  where 

14  they  offered  sweet  savor  to  all  their  idols.  So  will  I 
stretch  out  my  hand  against  them,  and  make  the  land 
desolate ;  yea,  more  desolate  than  the  wilderness 
toward  Diblath,  in  all  their  habitations ;  and  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

1  Moreover,  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying; 

2  Thou  son  of  man,  thus   saith  the    Lord,  Jehovah,  con- 
cerning the  land  of  Israel ; 

3  The  end  cometh,  the  end  cometh, 
Upon  the  four  corners  of  the  land  ! 
Now  cometh  the  end  upon  thee  ! 
For  I  will  send  my  anger  upon  thee. 


Ch.  VII.]  EZEKIEL.  16 

And  will  judge  thee  according  to  thy  ways, 
And  will  recompense  upon  thee  all  thine  abominations. 
<  And   mine  eye  shall  not   spare  thee,  neither  will  I  have 
pity; 
But  I  will  recompense  thy  ways  upon  thee, 
And  thine  abominations  shall  be  in  the  midst  of  thee; 
And  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

5  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 

An  evil,  an  unheard-of  evil,  behold,  it  cometh! 

6  The  end  cometh,  the  end  cometh  ! 

It  avvaketh  against  thee,  behold,  it  cometh  ! 

7  Thy  fate   cometh   upon   thee,  thou  that  dwellest  in  the 

land! 
The  time  is  come, 
The  day  of  tumult  is  near. 
When  no  sound  of  joy  shall  be  upon  the  mountains. 

8  Now  will  I  shortly  pour  out  my  fury  upon  thee, 
And  accomplish  mine  anger  against  thee  ; 
And  I  will  judge  thee  according  to  thy  ways. 
And  recompense  upon  thee  all  thine  abominations. 

9  And  mine  eye  shall   not  spare,  neither  will  I  have  pity ; 
I  will  recompense  thee  according  to  thy  ways, 

And  thine  abominations  shall  come  upon  thee; 
And  ye  shall  know  that  I,  Jehovah,  smite  you. 

10  Behold,  the  day,  behold,  it  cometh  ! 
The  destiny  draweth  near  ; 

The  rod  hath  blossomed,  pride  hath  flourished. 

11  Violence  is  risen  up  into  a  rod  of  wickedness  ; 

None  of  them   shall   remain,  none   of  their   multitude, 

none  of  their  crowd  ; 
Nor  shall  there  be  wailing  for  them. 

12  The  time  cometh,  the  day  draweth  near! 


16  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  VII. 

Let  not  the  buyer  rejoice, 

Nor  the  seller  mourn  ; 

For  wrath  is  against  their  whole  multitude. 

13  For  the  seller  shall  not  return  to  that  which  is  sold, 
Though  he  be  yet  alive  ; 

For   the  vision   against  their  whole  multitude  shall  not 

return  void, 
And   none   that  liveth   in  his  iniquity  shall   strengthen 

himself. 

14  "  Blow  ye  the  trumpet,  and  let  all  be  ready ! " 
Yet  none  goeth  to  the  battle  ; 

For  mine  anger  is  against  their  whole  multitude. 

15  The    sword    is    without,    and  pestilence  and  famine 

within ; 
He  that  is  in  the  field  shall  die  by  the  sword  ; 
And  he  that  is  in   the   city,  famine  and  pestilence  shalf 
devour  him. 

16  And  those  of  them,  that  escape,  shall  be  upon  the  moun- 

tains like  doves  of  the  valleys, 
All  of  them  mourning,  every  one  for  his  iniquity, 

17  All  hands  shall  be  feeble. 

And  all  knees  shall  flow  with  water. 

18  They  shall  also  gird  themselves  with  sackcloth, 
And  horror  shall  cover  them. 

And  upon  all  their  faces  shall  be  shame,. 
And  upon  all  their  heads  baldness. 

19  Their  silver  shall  they  cast  into  the  streets, 
And  their  gold  shall  be  as  an  unclean  thing. 

Their  silver  and   their  gold  shall   not  be  able  to  deliver 

them, 
In  the  day  of  the  wrath  of  Jehovah  ; 
Their  hunger  shall  not  be  satisfied, 
Nor  their  body  filled  with  it; 


Ch.  VII.]  EZEKIEL.  17 

For  it  was  the  stumbling-block  of  their  iniquity. 

20  For  the  beauty  of  their   ornaments  they   turned   into 

pride, 
And   the   images   of  their    abominations   and  of   their 

detestable  things  they  made  with  it; 
Therefore  will  I  make  it  to  them  as  an  unclean  thing. 

21  And   I   will  give  it   into  the  hands   of  strangers   for  a 

prey, 
And  to  the  wicked  of  the  earth  for  a  spoil, 
And  they  shall  pollute  it. 
:29  And  I  will  turn  my  face  from  them, 

So  that  my  secret  place  shall  be  polluted ; 
Robbers  shall  enter  into  it,  and  pollute  it. 

23  Make  a  chain  ! 

For  the  land  is  full  of  blood-guiltiness, 
And  the  city  is  full  of  violence. 

24  Therefore  will   I  bring  the   most   cruel  among  the  na- 

tions. 
And  they  shall  possess  your  houses; 
I  will  also  make  the  pride  of  the  strong  to  cease, 
And  their  holy  places  shall  be  defiled. 

25  Destruction  cometh ; 

And  they  shall  seek  peace,  and  not  find  it. 
2G  Calamity  shall  come  upon  calamity, 

And  rumor  shall  be  upon  rumor  ; 

And  they  shall  seek  a  vision  from  the  prophet  in  vain  ; 

Instruction  shall  perish  from  the  priests. 

And  counsel  from  the  elders. 
27  The  king  shall  mourn, 

And  the  prince  shall  be  clothed  with  amazement; 

And    the    hands   of  the  people  of  the  land   shall    be 
troubled. 

2* 


18  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  VIII. 

I  will  do  to  them   according  to   their  way,  and  accord- 
ing to  their  deserts  will  I  judge  them , 
And  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


IV. 


Visions  relating   to    the    guilt  and  the   punishment  of  Jerusalem. — 
Ch.  VIII.  -  XI. 

1  Now  it  came  to  pass  in  the  sixth  year,  in  the  sixth 
month,  on  the  fifth  day  of  the  month,  as  I  sat  in  my 
house,  and  the  elders   of  Judah   sat  before  me,  that  the 

2  hand  of  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  fell  there  upon  me.  And  I 
looked,  and  lo,  a  form,  having  the  appearance  of  fire  ; 
from  the  appearance  of  his  loins  downward,  of  fire  ; 
and  from   his   loins  upward,  of  a  bright  light,  like  the 

3  splendor  of  shining  brass.  And  he  put  forth  the  form 
of  a  hand,  and  took  me  by  a  lock  of  my  head.  And 
the  spirit  lifted  me  up  between  the  eartli  and  the  heaven, 
and  brought  me,  in  the  visions  of  God,  to  Jerusalem,  to 
the  door  of  the  inner  gate,  that  looketh  toward  the 
north,    where  stood  the  idol    of  jealousy,    which   pro- 

■1  voketh  to  jealousy.  And  behold,  the  glory  of  the  God 
of  Israel  was  there,  according  to  the  vision  which  I 
saw  in  the  plain. 

5  Then  said  he  to  me,  Son  of  man,  lift  up  thine  eyes 
toward  the  north  !  And  I  lifted  up  my  eyes  toward 
the  north,  and  behold,  northward   from  the  gate  of  the 

G  altar   was   this  idol  of  jealousy  at  the  entrance.     And 


Ch.  VIII.]  EZEKIEL.  19 

he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  seest  thou  what  they  do? 
Great  are  the  abominations,  which  the  house  of  Israel 
commit  here,  that  I  shoukl  go  far  off  from  my  sanctua- 
ry.    But  thou  shalt  yet  again  see  great  abominations. 

7  And  he  brought  me  to  the  door  of  the   court,  and  I 

8  looked,  and  behokl,  a  hole  in  the  wall.  And  he  said 
to  me,  Son  of  man,  break  now  through  the  wall  !  And 
when   I    had   broken  through  the  wall,  behold,  a  door. 

'■)  And    he   said  to    me.    Go   in,    and    behold   the   wicked 

10  abominations,  which  they  practise  here  !  So  I  went  in 
and  saw,  and  behold,  every  form  of  creeping  things, 
and  of  abominable  beasts,  and  all  the  idols  of  the 
house  of  Israel,  portrayed   upon  the  wall   round  about. 

11  And  there  stood  before  them  seventy  men  of  the  elders 
of  the  house  of  Israel,  Jaazaniah,  the  son  of  Shaphan, 
standing  in  the  midst  of  them,  with  every  man  his 
censer    in    his    hand;   and    a    thick   cloud    of   incense 

12  went  up.  Then  said  he  to  me,  Son  of  man,  seest  thou 
what  the  elders  of  the  house  of  Israel  do  in  the  dark, 
each  one  in  his  image-chamber  1  For  they  say,  "  Jeho- 
vah   seeth  us  not;   Jehovah  hath    forsaken   the  land." 

13  And  he  said  to  me.  Thou  shalt  yet  again  see  the  great 
abominations,  which  they  practise. 

14  Then  he  brought  me  to  the  entrance  of  the  gate  of 
the  house  of  Jehovah,  which  was  toward  the  north, 
and  behold,   there   sat   women,  weeping   for  Thammuz. 

15  And  he  said  to  me,  Seest  thou  this,  O  son  of  man  ? 
Thou  shalt  yet  again  see  greater  abominations  than 
these. 

16  And  he  brought  me  into  the  inner  court  of  the  house 
of  Jehovah,  and  behold,  at   the  entrance  of  the  temple 


20  EZEKIEL.  '  [Ch.  IX. 

of  Jehovah,  between  the  porch  and  the  altar,  were 
about  five  and  twenty  men,  with  their  backs  toward  the 
temple  of  Jehovah,  and  their  faces  toward  the  east; 
and  they  bowed   themselves   eastward   toward  the  sun. 

17  And  he  said  to  me,  Seest  thou,  O  son  of  man?  Is  it 
a  light  thing  to  the  house  of  Judah,  that  they  commit 
the  abominations,  which  they  commit  here,  that  they 
fill  the  land  with  violence,  and  continually  provoke  me 
to  anger  ?    And    behold,  they  put  the  branch   to  their 

18  nostrils.  Therefore  will  I  also  deal  with  them  in  fury  ; 
mine  eye  shall  not  spare,  neither  will  I  have  pity;  and 
though  they  cry  in  mine  ears  with  a  loud  voice,  yet 
will  I  not  hear  them. 

1  He  cried  also,  in  my  hearing,  with  a  loud  voice, 
saying;  Bring  ye  near  the  punishments  of  the  city,  every 
one  his    weapon    of   destruction   in    his    hand.       And 

2  lo,  si.K  men  came  from  the  way  of  the  higher  gate,  which 
looketh  toward  the  north,  every  one  with  his  slaughter- 
weapon  in  his  hand;  and  one  man  among  them  was 
clothed  with  linen,  with  a  writer's  ink-horn  by  his  side  ; 
and  they  went  in,   and  stood   beside   the  brazen   altar. 

3  And  the  glory  of  the  God  of  Israel  went  up  from  the 
cherub,  upon  which  it  was,  to  the  threshold  of  the 
house  ;   and   he  called   to   the   man   clothed  with  linen, 

■4  who  had  the  writer's  ink-horn  by  his  side;  and  Jehovah 
said  to  him.  Go  through  the  midst  of  the  city,  through 
the  midst  of  Jerusalem,  and  set  a  mark  upon  the  fore- 
heads  of  the  men,   that  sigh   and  that   wail  for  all  the 

.1  abominations,  that  are  done  in  the  midst  thereof  And 
to  the  others  he  said,  in  my  hearing.  Go  ye  after  him 
through  the  city,   and   smite !  let  not  your  eyes  spare, 

6  neither  have  ye  pity  !  The  old  man,  the  youth,  the 
virgin,  little  children  and  women,  slay  and  destroy  ;  but 


Ch.  X.]  EZEKIEL.  21 

come  not  near  any  one,    upon  whom  is  the  mark !   and 
begin  at  my  sanctuary  ! 

Then  began   they  at  the  elders,  that  were  before  the 

7  house.  And  he  said  to  them,  Pollute  the  house,  and 
fill  the  courts  with  the  slain,  then   go   ye    forth!     And 

8  they  went  forth,  and  slew  in  the  city.  And  while  they 
were  smiting  thcin,  I  alone  was  left;  and  I  fell  upon  my 
face,  and  cried,  and  said.  Ah,  Lord,  Jehovah  !  Wilt  thou 
destroy  all   the   remnant   of  Israel,  while   thou  pourest 

3  out  thy  fury  upon  Jerusalem?  And  he  said  to  me. 
The  iniquity  of  the  house  of  Israel  and  Judah  is  ex- 
ceedingly great,  and  the  land  is  full  of  blood,  and  the 
city  full  of  perverseness.  For  they  say,  "  Jehovah  hath 
forsaken     the     land ; "     and     "  Jehovah    seeth     not." 

10  Therefore  mine  eye  shall  not  spare,  neither  will  I  have 
pity.     Their  way  will    I   recompense  upon  their  head. 

11  And  lo,  the  man  clothed  with  linen,  who  had  the  ink- 
horn  by  his  side,  returned  answer,  saying,  I  have  done 
as  thou  hast  commanded  me. 

1  Then  I  looked,  and  lo,  in  the  firmament,  that  was 
above  the  head  of  the  cherubs,  there  appeared  over 
them,  as  it  were,  a  sapphire-stone,  in  form  like  a  throne; 

2  and  He  spake  to  the  man,  that  was  clothed  with  linen, 
and  said ;  Go  in  between  the  wheels  under  the  cherub, 
and  fill  thy  hands  with  coals  of  fire,  which  are  be- 
tween the    cherubs,   and   scatter   them    over  the  city  ! 

3  And  he  went  in  before  mine  eyes.  Now  the  cherubs 
stood  upon  the  right  side  of  the  house,  when   the  man 

4  went  in  ;  and  the  cloud  filled  the  inner  court.  And 
the  glory  of  Jehovah  was  lifted  up  from  the  cherub  to 
the  threshold  of  the  house  ;  and  the  house  was  filled 
with  the  cloud,  and  the  court  was  filled  with  the  bright- 


22  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  X. 

5  ness  of  the  glory  of  Jehovah.  And  the  sound  of  the 
wings  of  the  cherubs  was  heard  even  to  the  outer  court, 
as  the  voice  of  God,  the  Almighty,  when  he  speaketh. 

6  And  when  he  commanded  the  man  clothed  with  linen, 
saying;  Take  fire  from  between  the  wheels,  from  be- 
tween  the   cherubs,  he   went  in   and  stood   beside  the 

7  wheels.  And  one  cherub  stretched  forth  his  hand  from 
between  the  cherubs  to  the  fire  that  was  between  the 
cherubs,  and  took  thereof,  and  put  it  into  the  hands 
of  him  that  was   clothed   with   linen,  who   took  it,  and 

8  went  out.  And  there  was  seen  in  the  cherubs  the 
form  of  a  man's  hand  under  their  wings. 

9  And  when  I  looked,  behold,  four  wheels  were  by  the 
cherubs,  one  wheel  by  one  cherub,  and  another  wheel 
by  another  cherub  ;   and   the   appearance  of  the  wheels 

10  was  like  that  of  a  chrysolite.  'And  as  to  their  appear- 
ance, all  four  had    one   form,  as   if  a  wheel  were  in  the 

11  midst  of  a  wheel.  When  they  went,  they  went  upon 
their  four  sides ;  they  turned  not  about  when  they 
went;  but  to  the  place,  whither  the  head  looked,  they 
followed   it,  they  turned    not    about  when  they    went. 

12  And  their  whole  body,  and  their  backs,  and  their  hands, 
and  their  wings,  and  the  wheels  were  full  of  eyes  round 

13  about,  even  the  wheels  which  they  four  had.  And  as 
to  these  wheels,  in   my  hearing   each  one  of  them  was 

14  called  Whirlwind.  And  every  one  had  four  faces. 
The  first  face  was  the  face  of  a  cherub,  and  the  second 
face  was  the  face  of  a  man,  and  the  third  the  face   of  a 

15  lion,  and  the  fourth  the  face  of  an  eagle.  And  the 
cherubs   were  lifted  up.     They   were   the  living  crea- 

16  tures,  which  I  saw  by  the  river  Chebar.  And  when 
the  cherubs  went,  the  wheels  went  with  them  ;  and 
when   the  cherubs  lifted  up  their  wings  to  mount  up 


Ch.  II. ]  EZEKIEL.  23 

from  the  earth,  the  wheels  turned  not  away  from   their 
17  side.  When  they  stood,  these  stood  ;  and  when  they  were 
lifted   up,   these    were   lifted    up   with  them.     For  the 
spirit  of  the  living  creatures  was  in  them. 

13       Then  the  glory  of  Jehovah  departed  from  the  thresh- 

19  old  of  the  house,  and  stood  over  the  cherubs.  And 
the  cherubs  lifted  up  their  wings,  and  mounted  up 
from  the  earth  in  my  sight,  as  they  went  out,  and  the 
wheels  were  beside  them.  And  they  stood  at  the 
entrance  of  the  east  gate  of  the  house  of  Jehovah, 
and  the  glory  of  the  God  of  Israel  was  over  them  above. 

20  They  were  the  living  creatures,  which  I  saw  under  the 
God   of  Israel,   by  the  river   Chebar  ;   and  I   knew  that 

21  they  were  the  cherubs.  Every  one  had  four  faces, 
and   every   one    four   wings,    and   the    form  of  a  man's 

2^  hand  was  under  their  wings.  And  as  for  the  form  of 
their  faces,  they  were  the  faces  which  I  saw  by  the 
river  Chebar,  their  appearances  and  themselves.  They 
went  every  one  straight  forward. 

1  Then  the  spirit  lifted  me  up,  and  brought  me  to  the 
east  gate  of  the  house  of  Jehovah,  that  looketh  toward 
the  east ;  and  behold,  at  the  entrance  of  the  gate  were 
five  and  twenty  men  ;  among  whom  I  saw  Jaazaniah,  the 
son  of  Azur,  and  Pelatiah,  the  son  of  Benaiah,  princes 

2  of  the  people.  Then  said  lie  to  me,  These  are  the 
men,  that  devise  mischief,  and  form  evil  designs  in  this 

3  city ;  who  say,  "  i'he  time  is  not  near  that  we  should 
build  houses.     This  city  is  the  caldron,  and  we  are  the 

4  flesh."      Therefore,  prophesy    against  them,  prophesy, 

5  O  son  of  man !  And  the  spirit  of  Jehovah  fell  upon 
me,  and  he  said  to  me,  Spea'<  ;  Thus  saith  Jehovah; 
Thus  have  ye  said,  O  house  of  Israel !    For  I  know  the 


24  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XI. 

things,  that  come   into  your  mind,  every  one  of  them. 

6  Ye  liaye  multiplied  your  slain   in   this  city,  and  ye  have 

7  filled  the  streets  thereof  with  the  slain.  Therefore, 
thus  saith  ihe  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Your  slain,  whom  ye 
have  laid  in  the  midst  of  it,  they  are  the  flesh,  and  this 
city  is  the  caldron  ;  but  you  will  I  bring  forth  out  of  the 

8  midst  of  it.     Ye  have  feared   the  sword,   and  the  sword 

9  will  I  bring  upon  you,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  And 
I  will  bring  you  out  of  the  midst  thereof,  and  deliver 
you    into  the  hands  of   strangers,   and    execute   judg- 

10  ments  upon  you.  Ye  shall  fall  by  the  sword ;  on  the 
borders  of  Israel  will  I  judge   you,  that  ye   may  know 

11  that  I  am  Jehovah.  This  city  shall  not  be  your  cal- 
dron, neither  shall  ye  be  the  flesh   in  the  midst  thereof. 

12  On  the  borders  of  Lsrael  will  I  judge  you,  that  ye  may 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  in  whose  statutes  ye  have  not 
walked,  and  whose  ordinances  ye  have  not  observed, 
but  have  done  according  to  the  manners  of  the  nations, 
that  are  round  about  you. 

13  And  it  came  to  pass,  when  I  prophesied,  that  Pela- 
tiah,  the  son  of  Benaiah,  died.  Then  I  fell  down  on 
my  face,  and  cried  with  a  loud  voice,  and  said.  Ah, 
Lord,  Jehovah,  wilt  thou  make  a  full  end  of  the  rem- 
nant of  Israel ? 

14  And    the    word    of    Jehovah    came    to   me,   saying ; 

15  Son  of  man,  thy  brethren,  even  thy  brethren,  the  men 
of  thy  near  kindred,  and  the  whole  house  of  Israel,  are 
they  to  whom  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  say,  "  Re- 
move ye  far   from    Jehovah  ;    to   us  is  the  land   given 

16  in  possession  !  "  Therefore  say.  Thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  Though  I  have  cast  them  far  off*  among  the 
nations,  and  scattered  them  among  the  countries,  yet 


Ch.  XI.]  EZEKIEL.  25 

I  will  be  to  them  as   a  sanctuary  for  a  short  time  in  the 

17  countries,  whither  they  are  come.  Therefore  say, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will  gather  you  from 
the  nations,  and  assemble  you  from  the  countries,  where 
ye  have  been  scattered,  and  I  will  give  you  the  land  of 

18  Israel.  And  they  shall  come  thither,  and  they  shall 
take  away  from  thence  all  the  detestable  things  thereof, 

19  and  all  the  abominations  thereof  And  I  will  give 
them  one  heart,  and  I  will  put  a  new  spirit  within 
them ;   and   I  will   take  out  of  them  the  heart  of  stone, 

20  and  will  give  them  a  heart  of  flesh,  that  they  may  walk 
in  my  statutes,  and  observe  my  ordinances,  and  keep 
them ;   and  they  shall  be   my  people,  and  I  will  be  their 

ai  God.  But  as  for  them,  whose  heart  walketh  according 
to  the  pleasure  of  their  detestable  things  and  their 
abominations,  I  will  recompense  their  way  upon  their 
heads,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

25  Then  did  the  cherubs  lift  up  their  wings,  and  the 
wheels  were  beside  them ;   and  the  glory  of  the  God  of 

23  Israel  was  above  over  them.  And  the  glory  of  Jeho- 
vah went  up  from  the  midst  of  the  city,  and  stood  upon 
the  mountain,  which  is  on  the  east  side  of  the  city. 

24  Then  the  spirit  took  me  up,  and  brought  me  to 
Chaldea,  to  them  of  the  captivity,  in  vision,  by  the 
spirit  of  God.      And    the   vision,    which  I    had    seen, 

25  went  up  from  me.  Then  I  spake  to  them  of  the  cap- 
tivity all  the  words  of  Jehovah,  which  he  had  showed 
me. 

VOL.  uu  3 


26  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XII. 


V. 


The  flight  and  captivity  of  Zedekiah  and  the  Jews,  and  their  distress 
represented.  —  Ch.  xir. 

1  And    the  word  of    Jehovah    caine   to    me,   saying; 

2  Son  of  man,  thou  dvvellest  in  the  midst  of  a  rebellious 
house ;  they  have  eyes  to  see,  and  see  not ;  they  have 
ears  to   hear,   and   hear  not ;   for   they  are  a  rebellious 

3  house.  Therefore,  thou  son  of  man,  prepare  thee  stuff 
for  removing  from  the  land;  and  remove  by  day  in 
their  sight,  and  remove  from  thy  place  to  another  place 
before  their  eyes.     It  may  be  they  will  consider,  though 

4  they  be  a  rebellious  house.  And  carry  forth  thy  stuff, 
as  stuff  for  removing,  by  day  in  their  sight,  and  go 
forth  at  even  in    their    sight,  as    they  that  go   forth  into 

5  captivity.      Before  their    eyes   break    thou   through   the 

6  wall,  and  carry  forth  thereby.  In  their  sight  bear  it 
upon  thy  shoulders,  and  carry  it  forth  in  the  twilight. 
Cover  thy  face,  so  that  thou  see  not  the  ground;  for  I 
have  made  thee  a  sign  to  the  house  of  Israel. 

7  And  I  did  as  I  was  commanded,  I  carried  forth  my 
stuff,  as  stuff  for  removing  from  the  land,  by  day;  and 
in  the  evening  I  broke  through  the  wall  with  my  hand ; 
I  carried  it  forth  in  the  twilight ;  I  took  it  upon  my 
shoulder  before  their  eyes. 

8  And  the  word   of  Jehovah  came  to   me  in  the  morn- 

9  ing,  and  said.  Son  of  man,  hath  not  the  house  of  Israel, 
the  rebellious  house,  said  to  thee,  "  What  doest  thou  ?  " 

10  Say  to  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  This  bur- 
den concerneth  the  prince   in  Jerusalem,  and   all   the 

11  house  of  Israel  that  is  therein.  Say,  I  am  your  sign. 
As  I  have  done,  so  shall  it   be  done  to  them-     They 


Ch.  XII.]  EZEKIEL.  27 

12  shall  remove  and  go  into  captivity.  And  the  prince 
that  is  among  them  shall  bear  upon  his  shoulder  in  the 
twilight,  and  shall  go  forth.  They  shall  break  through 
the  wall  to  carry  forth  thereby  ;   he  shall  cover  his  face, 

13  that  he  see  not  the  ground  with  his  eyes.  I  will  also 
spread  my  net  upon  him,  and  he  shall  be  taken  in  my 
snare,  and  I  will  bring  him  to  Babylon,  into  the  land  of 
the  Chaldeans  ;   yet  he  shall   not  see  it,  though  he  shall 

14  die  there.  And  all  that  are  round  about  him  to  help 
him,  and    all    his   bands    will    I    scatter   to  every  wind  ; 

15  and  I  will  draw  out  the  sword  after  them.  And  they 
shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  shall  disperse 
them  among  the   nations,  and  scatter  them  in  the  coun- 

16  tries.  But  I  will  leave  a  few  men  of  them  from  the 
sword,  from  the  famine,  and  from  the  pestilence;  that 
they  may  declare  all  their  abominations  among  the 
heathen,  whither  they  come  :  and  they  shall  know  that  I 
am  Jehovah. 

17  And    the    word    of    Jehovah    came    to    me,  saying ; 

18  Son  of  man,  eat  thy  bread  with  quaking,  and  drink  thy 

19  water  with  trembling,  and  with  carefulness  ;  and  say  to 
the  people  of  the  land  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah, 
concerning  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem  in  the  land  of 
Israel;  their  bread  shall  they  eat  with  carefulness,  and 
their  water  shall  they  drink  with  astonishment ;  that  their 
land  may  be  desolate  from   all  that   is  therein,  because 

20  of  the  violence  of  them  that  dwell  in  it.  And  the  in- 
habited cities  shall  be  laid  waste,  and  the  land  shall  be 
desolate,  that  ye  may  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

'ii       And    the    word    of  Jehovah    came    to    me,    saying; 

22  Son  of  man,  what  meaneth  that  proverb,  which  ye  have 

in  the  land  of  Israel,  saying ;   "The   days   are  delayed, 


28  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XIII. 

33  and  every  vision  faileth."  Therefore,  say  to  them, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  I  will  make  this  prov- 
erb to  cease,  and  they  shall  no  more  use  it  as  a  proverb 
in  Israel.     But  say  to  them,  The  days  are  at  hand,  and 

24  what  is  declared  in  every  vision.  For  there  shall  be  no 
longer  any  vain  vision,  or   deceptive   divination  within 

95  the  house  of  Israel.  For  I  am  Jehovah ;  I  speak,  and 
the  word  which  I  speak  shall  come  to  pass  ;  it  shall  no 
more  be  delayed.  In  your  own  days,  ye  rebellious 
house,  will  I  speak  the  word  and  perform  it,  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah. 

9S       And    the    word    of   Jehovah    came    to    me,  saying  ; 

27  Son  of  man,  behold,  they  of  the  house  of  Israel  say, 
"  The  vision,  which  he  seeth,  is  for  many  days  to  come, 

28  and  he  prophesieth  of  times,  that  are  far  off."  There- 
fore say  to  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  There 
shall  none  of  my  words  be  deferred  any  more  ;  what  I 
speak  shall  be  done,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


VI. 

Against  false  Prophets.  —  Ch.  xiii. 

1  And    the    word    of   Jehovah    came    to  me,   saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  prophesy  against  the  prophets  of  Israel 
that  prophesy,  and  say  to  them  that  prophesy  out  of 
their    own    hearts,    Hear     ye    tiie    word    of    Jehovah ! 

3  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Woe  to  the  foolish 
prophets,   that  follow  their  own  spirit,  and  have  seen 


Ch.  XIII. ]  EZEKIEL.  29 

4  nothing!    Thy  prophets,  O  Israel,  are  like  the  foxes  in 

5  the  deserts.  Ye  have  not  gone  up  into  the  breaches, 
nor  built  a  wall  around  the  house  of  Israel,  to  stand  in 

6  battle  in  the  day  of  Jehovah.  They  see  falsehood,  and 
lying  divination.  They  say,  "  Jehovah  hath  spoken," 
when  Jehovah  hath  not  sent  them;   and  they  cause  men 

7  to  hope  for  the  fulfilment  of  the  word.  Have  ye  not 
seen  a  false  vision,  and  have  ye  not  spoken  a  lying 
divination,  and  said,  "  Jehovah   hath   spoken,"    when   I 

8  have  not  spoken  1  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  Because  ye  have  spoken  falsehood  and  have 
seen  a  lie,  therefore,  behold,  1  am  against  you,  saith  the 

9  Lord,  Jehovah.  My  hand  shall  be  against  the  prophets, 
that  see  falsehood,  and  divine  lies.  They  shall  not  be 
in  the  assembly  of  my  people,  neither  shall  they  be 
written  in  the  register  of  the  house  of  Israel,  neither 
shall  they  enter   into  the   land   of  Israel,  that  ye  may 

10  know  that  I  am  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  Because,  yea, 
because  they  seduce  my  people,  and  say,  "  Peace  !  "  when 
there   is  no  peace  ;   and  one    buildeth   up    a  wall,  and 

11  behold,  they  daub  it  with  untempered  mortar  ;  say  to 
them,  which  daub  it  with  untempered  mortar,  that  it 
shall  fall  ;  there  shall  be  an  overflowing  shower,  and 
ye,  O  great  hailstones,   shall    fall,   and    a   stormy  Avind 

12  shall  rend  it.  So  when  the  wall  is  fallen,  shall  not  men 
say  to  you,  "Where  is  the  daubing,  wherewith  ye  have 

13  daubed  it?  "  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 
I  will  even  rend  it  with  a  stormy  wind  in  my  fury,  and 
there   shall   be   an   overflowing  shower   in  mine  anger, 

14  and  great  hailstones  in  my  fury  to  consume  it.  Thus 
I  will  break  down  the  wall,  which  ye  have  daubed  with 
untempered  mortar,  and  will  bring  it  down  to  the 
ground,  so  that  the  foundation  thereof  shall  be  dis- 
covered ;  it  shall  fall,  and  ye  shall   be  consumed  in  the 

3* 


30  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XIII. 

midst   thereof,  that  ye   may  know   that  I   am  Jehovah. 

15  Thus  will  I  accomplish  my  fury  upon  the  wall,  and 
upon  them  that  daubed  it  with  untempered  mortar ; 
and  I  will  say  to   you,  The   wall   is  no  more,  nor  they 

16  that  daubed  it;  even  the  prophets  of  Israel,  who 
prophesy  concerning  Jerusalem,  and  see  visions  of 
peace  for  her,  when  there  is  no  peace,  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah. 

n  Likewise,  son  of  man,  set  thou  thy  face  against  the 
daughters  of   thy  people,   who  prophesy   out   of   their 

18  own  heart ;  and  prophesy  thou  against  them.  And 
say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Woe  to  the  women, 
that  sew  cushions  for  all  elbows,  and  make  pillows  for 
heads  of  every  stature,  to  ensnare  men  to  destruction  ! 
Will  ye  hunt  the  lives  of  my  people,  and   shall  ye  save 

19  your  own?  And  will  ye  pollute  me  among  my  people 
for  handfuls  of  barley,  and  for  pieces  of  bread,  slaying 
them  that  should  not  die,  and  saving  them  alive,  that 
should  not  live,  by  lying  to   my  people,  who  hearken  to 

30  your  lies?  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah; 
Behold  I  will  set  myself  against  the  cushions,  with 
which  ye  ensnare  men  to  destruction,  sp  that  they  shall 
escape  you  ;  and  I  will  tear  them  from  your  arms,  and 
make  them   free,  whom  ye  would  ensnare,  so   that  they 

21  shall  escape  you.  Your  pillows  also  will  1  tear,  and  deliver 
my  people  out  of  your  hand,  and  they  shall  no  nwre  be 
in  your  hand,  to  be  ensnared,  and  ye  shall    know  that  I 

•a  am  Jehovah.  Because  with  lies  ye  have  made  sad  the 
heart  of  the  righteous,  whom  1  have  not  made  sad,  and 
have  strengthened  the  hands  of  the  wicked,  that  he 
should    not  return   from   his  wicked  way,  by  promising 

2a  him  life  ;  therefore  shall  ye  no  more  see  falsehood, 
nor   divine   divinations;  but   I   will  deliver  my  people 


Ch.  XIV.]  EZEKIEL.  31 

out  of  your  hand,  and  ye  shall  know  that  I   am  Jeho- 
vah. 


VII. 


Punishment   threatened   against    idolatrous   prophets,  and   those    who 
consult  them.  —  Ch.  xiv.  1-11. 

1  Now    certain   men   of  the  elders   of  Israel  came  to 

2  me,  and   sat  before   me.     And   the    word   of   Jehovah 

3  came  to  me,  saying  ;  Son  of  man,  these  men  have  set 
up  their  idols  in  their  heart,  and  have  put  the  stum- 
bling-block of  their  iniquity  before   their  face  ;   shall   1 

4  hear  them,  when  they  inquire  of  me  ?  Therefore 
speak  with  them,  and  say  to  them ;  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Every  man  of  the  house  of  Israel,  that 
setteth  up  his  idols  in  his  heart,  and  putteth  the  stum- 
bling-block of  his  iniquity  before  his  face,  and  cometh 
to  the  prophet,  I,  Jehovah,  will  answer  him  according  to 

5  the  multitude  of  his  idols  ;  that  I  may  lay  hold  of  the 
house  of  Israel  in  their  hearts,  because  they  are  all 
estranged  from  me  through  their  idols. 

ti  Therefore  say  to  the  house  of  Israel ;  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah ;  Turn  ye,  even  turn  yourselves  from 
your   idols,    and  from   all    your    abominations   turn  ye 

"  your  faces  !  For  every  one  of  the  house  of  Israel,  or 
of  the  strangers  that  sojourn  in  Israel,  who  separateth 
himself  from  me,  and  setteth  up  his  idols  in  his  heart, 
and  putteth  the  stumbling-block  of  his  iniquity  before 
his  face,  and   cometh  to  the  prophet  to  inquire  of  me 


32  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XIV. 

through   him,   I,  Jehovah,   will    answer   him  by  myself. 

8  And  I  will  set  my  face  against  that  man,  and  will  make 
him  a  sign  and  a  proverb,  and  will  cut  him  off  from 
the  midst  of  my  people  ;  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am 
Jehovah. 

9  And  when  the  prophet  is  deceived,  when  he  speak- 
eth  any  thing,  I,  Jehovah,  have  deceived  that  prophet  j 
and   I   will    stretch   out   my   hand   upon   him,    and  will 

10  destroy  him  from  the  midst  of  my  people  Israel.  And 
they  shall  bear  the  punishment  of  their  iniquity  ;  the 
punishment  of  the  prophet  shall   be  even  as  the  punish- 

11  ment  of  him  that  inquireth  of  him  ;  that  the  house  of 
Israel  may  no  more  go  astray  from  me,  nor  be  polluted 
any  more  with  all  their  transgressions  ;  but  that  they 
may  be  my  people,  and  I  may  be  their  God,  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah. 


VIII. 

Some  of  the  wicked  shall  escape  a  genei-al  destruction,  and  the  reason 
why.  —  Ch.  xiv.  12-23. 

12  Again  the   word   of  Jehovah   came  to  me,   saying ; 

13  Son  of  man,  when  a  land  sinneth  against  me,  and 
grievously  transgresseth,  and  I  stretch  out  my  hand 
against  it,  and  break  the  staff  of  its  bread,  and  send 
famine   upon    it,    and    cut  off  from   it  man    and  beast, 

14  though  these  three  men  were  in  it,  Noah,  Daniel,  and 
Job,   they    should     deliver    only    themselves    by    their 


Ch.  XIV.]  EZEKIEL.  33 

15  righteousness,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  When  I  cause 
wild  beasts  to  pass  through  the  land,  and  they  spoil  it, 
and  it  be  desolate,  so  that  none  passeth  through   it  be- 

16  cause  of  the  beasts ;  though  these  three  men  were  in 
it,  as  I  live,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  they  should  de- 
liver  neither  sons  nor    daughters  ;  they  only   should  be 

17  delivered,  but  the  land  should  be  desolate.  Or  when 
I  bring  a  sword  upon  that  land,  and  say.  Sword,  go 
through  the   land,  so  that   I   cut  off  from   it  man  and 

18  beast;  though  these  three  men  were  in  it,  as  I  live, 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  they  shall  deliver  neither  sons 
nor  daughters,  but  they  only  shall   be    delivered    them- 

19  selves.  Or  when  I  send  a  pestilence  upon  that  land, 
and  pour  out  my  fury  upon  it   in   blood,  to  cut  off  from 

■20  it  man  and  beast;  though  Noah,  Daniel,  and  Job  were 
in  it,  as  I  Ijve,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  they  should 
deliver   neither  son   nor   daughter;  they  should  deliver 

21  only  themselves  by  their  righteousness.  Therefore, 
thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  How  much  more,  when 
I  send  my  four  grievous  judgments  against  J-erusalem, 
the  sword,  and  the   famine,  and   the  wild  beast,  and  the 

22  pestilence,  to  cut  off  from  it  man  and  beast  1  Yet 
behold,  therein  shall  be  left  a  remnant  that  shall  be 
brought  forth,  sons  and  daughters.  Behold,  they  shall 
come  forth  to  you,  and  ye  shall  see  their  way  and  their 
doings,  and  ye  shall  be  comforted  concerning  the  evil, 
which  I  have  brought  upon  Jerusalem,  even  concerning 

23  all,  which  I  have  brought  upon  her.  They  shall  com- 
fort you,  when  ye  see  their  ways  and  their  doings;  and 
ye  shall  know,  that  not  without  cause  I  have  done  all 
that  I  have  done  to  her,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


34  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XV. 


IX. 


The  destruclion  of   Jerusalem   represented    under    the    image  of   the 
unfruitful  vine,  fit  for  nothing,  but  to  be  burned.  —  Ch.  xv. 

i       And    the    word   of  Jehovah   came   to    me,    saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  what  is  the  wood  of  the  vine  more  than 
any  wood  ;     a  branch,  that   is   among   the  trees  of  the 

3  forest?  Shall  wood  be  taken  from  it  to  be  wrought  into 
any   work?     Or   will    men  take   a  pin   of  it  to  hang  a 

4  vessel  upon?  Behold,  it  is  cast  into  the  fire  for  ftiel  ; 
the  fire  devoureth   both   the  ends   of  it,  and  the  middle 

5  of  it  is  burned.  Is  it  then  fit  for  any  work?  Behold, 
when  it  was  whole,  nothing  could  be  made  of  it  ;  how 
much  less  can  any  thing  be  made  of  "it,  when  the  fire 
hath  devoured  it,  and  it  is  burned  ? 

6  Tlierefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  As  the 
wood  of  the  vine  among  the  trees  of  the  forest,  which 
I  have  given  to   the   fire  for  fuel,  so  will  I  give  to  it  the 

7  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem.  And  I  will  set  my  face 
against  them  ;  they  shall  go  out  from  one  fire,  and 
another  fire  shall  devour  them  ;   and  ye  shall   know  that 

8  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  set  my  face  against  them.  And 
I  will  make  the  land  desolate,  because  they  have  griev- 
ously trespassed,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


Ch.  XVI. ]  EZEKIEL.  35 


X. 


Jerusalem  represented  under  the  image  of  a  woman,  whom  God  had 
preserved  from  destruction,  when  an  exposed  infant,  and  had  mar- 
ried in  her  maturity,  but  who  proved  ungrateful  and  false.  — 
Ch.  XVI. 

1  -2       And  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying  ;  Son  of 

3  man,  cause  Jerusalem  to  know  her  abominations  ;  and 
say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  Jerusalem  ;  Thine 
origin  and  thy  nativity  were  of  the  land  of  Canaan. 
Thy  father  was   an   Amorite,  and   thy  mother  a  Hittite. 

4  And  as  to  thy  nativity,  in  the  day  thou  wast  born  thy 
navel  was  not  cut,  neither  wast  thou  washed  in  water, 
so   as    to    be   cleansed.     Thou  wast  not  sprinkled  with 

5  salt,  nor  wrapped  in  swaddling-clothes.  No  eye  pitied 
thee,  to  do  to  thee  any  of  these  things,  to  have  com- 
passion upon  thee;  but  thou  wast  cast  out  into  the 
open  field,  so  as  to  loathe  thyself,  on  the  day  thou  wast 
born. 

6  And  when  I  passed  by  thee,  and  saw  thee  in  danger 
of  being  trodden  under  foot  in  thy  blood,  I  said  to  thee, 
when  thou  wast  in  thy  blood,  Live  !  yea,  I  said  to  thee, 

7  when  thou  wast  in  thy  blood,  Live  !  I  caused  thee  to 
increase  like  the  plant  of  the  field,  and  thou  didst  grow, 
and  become  tall,  and  didst  attain  to  distinguished 
charms.       Thy    breasts    swelled,  and    thy    hair    grew, 

8  whereas  thou  wast  naked  and  bare.  And  when  I 
passed  by  thee,  and  saw  thee,  behold,  it  was  thy  time, 
the  time  of  love.  And  I  spread  my  skirt  over  tliee 
and  covered  thy  nakedness ;  and  I  swore  to  thee,  and 
entered  into  covenant  with  thee,  and  thou  becamest 
mine. 


3G  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XVI. 

9  Then  I  washed  thee  with  water,  yea,  I  thoroughly 
washed  away  thy  blood  from    thee,  and  1  anointed  thee 

10  with  oil.  I  clothed  thee  also  with  broidered  work,  and 
gave  thee  shoes  of  seal's  skin,  and  wrapped   thee  about 

n  with  fine  linen,  and  covered  thee  with  silk.  And  I 
decked  thee   with   ornaments,   and  put   bracelets  upon 

12  thy  hands,  and  a  chain  upon  thy  neck.  And  I  put  a 
jewel  in   thy  nostril,    and  ear-rings  in  thine  ears,  and  a 

13  beautiful  crown  upon  thy  head.  Thus  wast  thou 
adorned  with  gold  and  silver,  and  thy  raiment  was  of 
fine  linen,  and  silk,  and  broidered  work.  Fine  flour 
and  honey  and  oil  didst  thou  eat ;  and  thou  wast  ex- 
ceedino-ly  beautiful,  and   didst  prosper  so  as   to  become 

14  a  queen.  And  thy  renown  went  forth  among  the  na- 
tions for  thy  beauty  ;  for  it  was  perfect  through  my 
comeliness,  which  I   had  put  upon  thee,  saith  the  Lord, 

15  Jehovah.  But  thou  didst  trust  in  thy  beauty,  and 
didst  play  the  harlot  because  of  thy  renown,  and  didst 
lavish   thy  fornications   on  every  one   that    passed   by ; 

16  his  was  it.  And  of  thy  garments  thou  didst  take,  and 
didst  make  thee  high  places,  spread  with  divers  colors, 
and  didst  play  the  harlot  thereon,  the  like  things  to 
which  shall   not  come  to  pass,   neither   shall   they  be. 

17  Thou  didst  take  also  thy  fair  jewels  of  my  gold  and 
my  silver,  which  I  gave  thee,  and  didst  make  to  thy- 
self images   of  men,  and  didst  commit  fornication  with 

18  them;  and  thou  didst  take  thy  broidered  garments  and 
cover  them  ;   and  thou   didst  set   mine  oil  and  mine  in- 

19  cense  before  them.  My  food  also,  which  I  gave  thee, 
fine  flour  and  oil  and  honey,  wherewith  I  fed  thee,  thou 
didst  set  it  before  them  for  a  sweet  savor  ;  even  thus 
it  was,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

20  Moreover  thou  didst  take  thy  sons  and  thy  daughters, 


Ch.  XVI.]  EZEKIEL.  37- 

whom  thou  didst  bear   to  me,  and  these  didst  thou  sac- 
rifice to  them   to  be  devoured.     Was  it  not  enouo-h  for 

21  thee  to  commit  fornication,  that  thou  didst  slay  my 
children,  and  deliver    them    up   to   cause    them    to  pass 

22  through  the_  fire  to  them  ?  And  in  all  thine  abomina- 
tions and  thy  fornications,  thou  didst  not  remember  the 
days  of  thy  youth,  when  thou  wast  naked  and  bare,  and 
in  danger  of  being  trampled    under    foot    in    thy  blood. 

23  And   it   came   to  pass,  after   all  thy  wickedness,  (woe, 

24  woe  to  thee  !  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;)  that  thou  didst 
build  for  thee   an   arched   place,  and    make  thee  a  hio-h 

25  place  in  every  street;  at  every  head  of  the  way  didst 
thou  build  thy  high  place,  and  didst  make  thy  beauty  to 
be  abhorred,  and  didst  open  thy  feet  to  every  one  that 
passed  by,  and  didst  multiply  thy  fornications. 

2G  Thou  hast  also  committed  fornication  with  the 
Egyptians,  thy  neighbors,  having  great  members,  and 
hast  multiplied  thy  fornications  to  provoke  me  to  anwer. 

27  Therefore,  behold,  I  have  stretched  out  my  hand 
against  thee,  and  have  diminished  thine  allowance,  and 
delivered  thee  to  the  will  of  them  that  hate  thee,  the 
daughters  of  the   Philistines,  who    are    ashamed   of  thy 

28  lewd  way.  Thou  hast  also  committed  fornication  with 
the  Assyrians,  because  thou  wast  insatiable;  yea,  thou 
hast  played  the  harlot  with  them,  and  yet  couldst  not  be 

29  satisfied.  Thou  hast  also  multiplied  thy  fornication  with 
the  land  of  Canaan,  even  toChaldea;   and  yet  wast  thou 

30  not  satisfied  therewith.  IIow  faint  was  thy  heart,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah,  that  thou  didst  all  those  things,  which 

31  an  imperious,  whorish  wife  doeth,  in  that  thou  didst  build 
thine  arched  place  at  the  head  of  every  way,  and 
madest   thy  high  place  in   every  street  !    Thou  wast  not 

32  like  a  harlot,  who  scoffeth  at  her  hire,  but  as  an  adulter- 
ous  wife,  that  taketh  strangers  instead  of  her  husband. 

VOL.  III.  4 


38  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XVI. 

33  To  all  women  that  commit  fornication  men  give  a  re- 
ward ;  but  thou  gavest  thy  gifts  to  all  thy  lovers,  and 
hiredst  them  to  come  to   thee    from  every  side  to  com- 

34  mit  fornication  with  thee.  Thou  wast  the  reverse  of 
other  women  in  thy  fornications.  Noqe  followed  after 
thee  to  commit  fornication,  but  thou  gavest  the  reward, 
and  no  reward  was  given  thee ;  therefore  thou  wast  the 
reverse. 

35  Wherefore,   O    harlot,   hear  the   word    of  Jehovah ! 

36  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  Because  thy  treasure 
was  poured  out,  and  thy  nakedness  discovered  for 
fornication  before  thy  lovers,  and  all  thine  abominable 
idols,  and  because  of  the   blood   of  thy  children,  which 

37  thou  didst  give  to  them ;  therefore,  behold,  I  will 
gather  all  thy  lovers,  to  whom  thou  wast  pleasing,  all 
them  that  thou  hast  loved,  with  all  them  that  thou  hast 
hated,  I  will  gather  them  against  thee  round  about,  and 
will  uncover  thy  nakedness  to   them,  that  they  may  see 

38  all  thy  nakedness.  And  I  will  judge  thee,  as  women, 
that  break  wedlock  and  shed    blood,  are  judged,  and  I 

39  will  cause  thy  blood  to  flow  in  fury  and  jealousy.  And 
I  will  give  thee  into  their  hand,  and  they  shall  throw 
down  thine  arched  place,  and  break  down  thy  high  places. 
They  shall  also  strip  thee  of  thy  clothes,  and  leave  thee 

40  naked  and  bare.  They  shall  also  bring  up  a  company 
against  thee,  and  they  shall  stone  thee  with  stones,  and 

41  thrust  thee  through  with  their  swords  ;  and  they  shall 
burn  thine  houses  with  fire,  and  execute  judgments 
upon  thee  in  the  sight  of  many  women  ;  and  I  will 
cause   thee  to  cease  from   playing  the  harlot,  and  thou 

42  shalt  give  hire  no  more.  So  will  I  make  my  fury 
toward  thee  to  rest,  and  my  jealousy  shall  depart  from 
thee ;   and  I  will  be  quiet,  and  will    be  no   more  angry. 


€h.  XVI.]  EZEKIEL.  39 

43  Because  thou  hast  not  remembered  the  days  of  thy 
youth,  but  hast  raged  against  me  in  all  these  things, 
therefore  I  also  will  recompense  thy  way  upon  thy  head, 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  so  that  thou  shall  not  commit 
this  wickedness  in  addition  to  all  thy  abominations. 

44  Behold,  all  they  that  use  proverbs  shall  utter  this 
proverb  concerning  thee,  "  As  is  the  mother,  so   is  the 

45  daughter."  Thou  art  the  daughter  of  thy  mother,  that 
loathed  her  husband  and  her  children  ;  and  thou  art 
the  sister  of  thy  sisters,  that  loathed  their  husbands  and 
their  children  ;   your   mother   was    a   Hittite,    and   your 

46  father  an  Aniorite.  And  thine  elder  sister  is  Samaria, 
with  her  daughters,  that  dwelleth  at  thy  left  hand;  and 
thy    younger   sister,   that   dwelleth    at    thy  right  hand, 

47  is  Sodom,  with  her  daughters.  Yet  thou  hast  not 
walked  in  their  ways,  nor  done  according  to  their 
abominations;  that  was  disdained  by  you,  as  a  very 
little  thing  ;  thou  hast  been   more  corrupt  than  they  in 

48  all  thy  ways.  As  I  live  !  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah, 
Sodom,  thy  sister,  hath  not  done,  she  nor  her  daughters, 

49  as  thou  hast  done,  thou  and  thy  daughters.  Behold, 
this  was  the  iniquity  of  Sodom,  thy  sister  ;  in  pride, 
superabundance,  and  careless  ease  did  she  live,  she  and 
her  daughters,  and  the  hand  of  the  poor  and  needy  she 

50  did  not  strengthen  ;  and  they  were  haughty  and  com- 
mitted   abomination    before   me  ;   therefore  I  took  them 

51  away,  when  I  saw  it.  Neither  hath  Samaria  committed 
half  of  thy  sins  ;  but  thou  hast  multiplied  thine  abomi- 
nations more  than  they,  and  hast  justified  thy  sisters   in 

!>i  all  thine  abominations,  which  thou  hast  done.  Now, 
therefore,  bear  thou  thy  shame,  to  which  thou  hast 
condemned   thy   sisters,   since  by  tliy  sins  which  thou 


40  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xvr 

hast  committed,  more  abominable  than  they,  they  are 
more  righteous  than  thou.  Yea,  be  thou  confounded 
and    bear   thy  shame,    in    that  thou   hast   justified  thy 

53  sisters.  Yet  I  will  bring  them  back  from  their  cap- 
tivity, even  Sodom  and  her  daughters  from  their  cap- 
tivity, and  Samaria  and  her  daughters  from  their 
captivity ;  thee   also    will   I  bring    back   from   thy    cap- 

54  tivity  in  the  midst  of  them  ;  that  thou  mayst  bear  thy 
shame,  and  mayst  be  confounded  on  account  of  all 
which    thou    hast  done,    in    that   thou   art  a  comfort  to 

55  them.  And  thy  sisters,  Sodom  and  her  daughters,  shall 
return  to  their  former  estate,  and  Samaria  and  her 
daughters  shall  return  to  their  former  estate,  and  thou 
and    thy  daughters  shall  return  to  your  former  estate. 

56  And  yet   Sodom,  thy  sister,  was  not    mentioned  by  thy 

57  mouth  in  the  day  of  thy  pride,  before  thy  wicked- 
ness was  discovered,  as  in  the  time  of  thy  reproach 
from  the  daughters  of  Syria,  and  from  all  that  were 
round   about  her,    and   from  the  daughters  of  the  Phi- 

53  listines,  who  despised  thee  round  about.  Thy  wicked- 
ness and  thine  abominations  must  thou  now  bear,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

59  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will  do  to  thee 
as  thou    hast  done,    who    hast    despised   the    oath    and 

60  hast  broken  the  covenant.  But  I  will  remember  my 
covenant  with  thee  in  the  days  of  thy  youth,  and  I  will 

61  establish  with  thee  an  everlasting  covenant.  Then 
shalt  thou  remember  thy  ways,  and  be  ashamed,  when 
thou  shalt  receive  thy  sisters,  thine  elder  and  thy 
younger,  and   1    shall   give    them  to  thee  for  daughters, 

62  but  not  by  thy  observance  of  thy  covenant.  But  I  will 
establish  my  covenant  with  thee,  and   thou    shalt  know 

63  that  1  am  Jehovah  ;  that  thou    mayst  remember  and  be 


Ch.  XVII.]  EZEKIEL.  41 

confounded,  and  not  open  thy  mouth  any  more  for 
shame,  when  I  forgive  thee  all,  which  thou  hast  done, 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


XL 


Zedekiah's  fate  set  forth  in  the  parable  of  the  two  eagles,  and  its  ex- 
plication.    Promise  of  a  glorious  king.  —  Ch.  xvii, 

1  And    the    word    of   Jehovah    came    to    me,  saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  put  forth  a   riddle,  and  speak  a  parable  to 

3  the  house  of  Israel ;  and  say,  Thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  A  great  eagle,  with  great  wings,  with  long 
feathers,  full  of  plumage,  which  had  divers  colors,  came 
to  Lebanon,  and  took  the   highest  branch   of  a  cedar. 

4  He  cropped  off  the  top  of  its  young  twigs,  and  carried 
it   into   a  land  of  traffic  ;   he    set   it  in   a  city  of  mer- 

^  chants.  He  took  also  one  of  the  shoots  of  the  land, 
and  put  it   in   a   fruitful    field  ;    he   placed   it   by  great 

6  waters,  and  set  it  as  a  willow-tree.  And  it  grew  and 
became  a  spreading  vine,  of  low  stature,  whose 
branches  turned  towards  him,  and  whose  roots  were 
under  hitn.  It  became  a  vine,  that  brought  forth 
branches,  and  shot  forth  boughs. 

7  There  was  also  another  great  eagle  with  great  wings, 
and  many  featliers  ;  and  behold,  this  vine  bent  its  roots 
toward  him,  and  shot  forth  its  branches  toward  him, 
that   he  might   water   it   from   the   beds,  where   it  was 

6  planted.     And    yet    it    was  planted   in  a  good  soil,  by 
4* 


42  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XVII. 

great  waters,  that  it  might  bring  forth  branches,  and 
9  that  it  might  bear  fruit,  and  be  a  goodly  vine.  Say 
thou,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Shall  it  prosper  ? 
Shall  not  he  pull  up  its  roots,  and  cut  off  its  fruit,  that 
it  wither  ?  In  all  the  leaves  of  its  branching  shall  it 
wither;  even  without    a  mighty    arm,   or  many  people, 

10  shall  he  pluck  it  up  by  the  roots.  Yea,  behold,  it  is 
planted ;  but  shall  it  prosper  ?  Shall  it  not  utterly 
wither,  when  the  east  wind  toucheth  it?  It  shall 
wither  in  the  beds  where  it  grew. 

11  Moreover  the  word   of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying  ; 

12  Say  now  to  the  rebellious  house.  Know  ye  not  what 
these  things  mean  1  Say,  behold,  the  king  of  Babylon 
came  to  Jerusalem  ;   and  took  her  king  and  her  princes, 

13  and  led  them  with  him  to  Babylon  ;  and  took  one  of 
the  king's  offspring,  and  made  a  covenant  with  him, 
and  took  an  oath   of  him  ;   and  the   mighty  of  the  land 

14  he  took  away,  that  the  kingdom  might  be  brought  low, 
so  as  not  to   lift   itself  up  ;  that  the  covenant  might  be 

15  kept,  and  stand.  But  he  rebelled  against  him,  in  send- 
ing his  ambassadors  into  Egypt,  that  they  might  give 
him  horses  and  much  people.  Shall  he  prosper  ? 
Shall    he    escape,  that   doeth  such   things?      Shall    he 

16  break  the  covenant,  and  be  delivered  1  As  1  live  !  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah,  surely  in  the  place  where  the  king 
dwelleth,  that  made  him  king,  whose  oath  he  despised, 
and    whose    covenant  he   broke,  even    with   him   in   the 

n  midst  of  Babylon  shall  he  die.  Neither  shall  Pharaoh 
with  his  mighty  army  and  great  multitude  accomplish 
anything    for    him    in    war,    when    they    shall   cast    up 

18  mounts,  and  build  forts  to  cut  off  many  persons.  He 
hath  despised  the  oath,  and  broken  the  covenant;  be- 
hold, he   bath  given  the   hand,  and    yet  done   all  these 


Ch.  XVII.]  EZEKIEL.  43 

19  things  ;  he  shall  not  escape  !  Therefore  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  As  I  live!  surely  mine  oath,  which  he 
hath  despised,  and  my  covenant,  which  he  hath  broken, 

20  will  I  recompense  upon  his  own  head.  And  I  will 
spread  my  net  upon  him,  and  he  shall  be  taken  in  my 
snare,  and  I  will  bring  him  to  Babylon,  and  will  con- 
tend with   him  there    for  his  trespass,  which  he    hath 

21  committed  against  me.  And  all  his  fugitives  with  all 
his  hosts  shall  fall  by  the  sword,  and  they  that  remain 
shall  be  scattered  to  all  the  winds  ;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it. 

22  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  I  also  will  take  from 
the  top  of  the  high  cedar,  and  will  set  it;  and  from  the 
highest  of  its  twigs  will  I  crop  a  tender  one,  and  plant 

23  it  upon  a  high  and  lofty  mountain.  Upon  a  high 
mountain  of  Israel  will  I  plant  it,  and  it  shall  bring 
forth  boughs,  and  bear  fruit,  and  be  a  goodly  cedar;  and 
under    it    shall    dwell     birds     of  every    wing;    in    the 

24  shadow  of  its  branches  shall  they  dwell.  And  all  the 
trees  of  the  field  shall  know,  that  I,  Jehovah,  have 
brought  down  the  high  tree,  and  exalted  the  low  tree ; 
that  I  have  dried  up  the  green  tree,  and  made  the  dry 
tree  green.   I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken,  and  will  do  it. 


44  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xviir. 


XII. 

The  equity  of  God's  dealings.  — -Ch.  xviii. 

1       The   word   of  Jehovah   came  to   me  again,   saying ; 

a  What  mean  ye,  that  ye  use  this  proverb  concerning  the 

land  of  Israel,   saying;    "The   fathers  have  eaten  sour 

3  grapes,  and  the  children's  teeth  are  set  on  edge  "  ?  As 
I  live  !    saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  ye  shall  not  have  occa- 

4  sion  any  more  to  use  this  proverb  in  Israel.  Behold, 
all  souls  are  mine;  as  the  soul  of  the  father,  so  also 
the  soul  of  the  son,   is  mine  ;  the  soul   that  sinneth  it 

5  shall  die.     But   if  a   man  be  just,  and  do  that  which  is 

6  lawful  and  right;  if  he  eat  not  upon  the  mountains, 
and  lift  not  up  his  eyes  to  the  idols  of  the  house  of 
Israel,  and  defile  not  his  neighbor's  wife,  and  come  not 

7  near  a  woman  during  her  uncleanness;  if  he  oppress 
not  any,  if  he  restore  to  the  debtor  his  pledge,  spoil 
none  by  violence,  give  his   bread   to   the   hungry,    and 

8  cover  the  naked  with  a  garment ;  if  he  give  not  forth 
upon  usury,  and  take  not  increase ;  if  he  withdraw  his 
hand   from  iniquity,  and  give  true  judgment  between 

y  man  and  man  ;  if  he  walk  in  my  statutes  and  keep  my 
commandments,  to  deal  uprightly,  he  is  just ;  he  shall 
surely  live,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

10  But  if  he  have  a  son,  that  is  a  robber,  a  shedder  of 
blood,    and    that   doeth    to    his    brother    any    of   these 

11  things,  and  doetli  not   all  those  duties,  but  eateth  upon 

12  the  mountains,  and  defileth  his  neighbor's  wife,  oppress- 
eth  the  poor  and  needy,  spoileth  by  violence,  restoreth 
not  the  pledge,  lifteth   up   his  eyes   to   idols,  and   com- 

13  mitteth  abomination,  giveth  forth  upon  usury,  and 
taketh  increase  ;  shall  he  live?  No!  he  shall   not  live. 


Ch.  xvrii.]  EZEKIEL.  45 

He  hath  done   all   these   abominations  ;  he   shall  surely 
die;   his  blood  shall  be  upon  him. 
H       Yet    lo,   if  he   have   a  son   that   seeth    all    the    sins, 
which  his  father  committed,    that  seeth  them  and  doeth 

15  not  such  like,  that  eateth  not  upon  the  mountains,  nor 
lifteth  up  his  eyes  to   the   idols   of  the   house  of  Israel, 

16  nor  defileth  his  neighbor's  wife,  nor  oppresseth  any,  nor 
taketh  a  pledge,  nor  spoileth  by  violence,  but  giveth  his 
food  to  the  hungry,  and  covereth  the  naked  with  a  gar- 

17  ment,  keepeth  back  his  hand  from  the  poor,  and  taketh 
no  usury  or  increase,  keepeth  my  commandments, 
and    walketh   in    my  statutes,    he   shall    not    die  for  the 

18  iniquity  of  his  father,  he  shall  surely  live.  As  for  his 
father,  because  he  cruelly  oppressed,  spoiled  his 
brother   by  violence,   and    did   that   which    is  not  good 

19  among    his  people,    lo,    he    shall    die   for   his    iniquity. 

Yet  say  ye,  "  Why  ?  Doth  not  the  son  bear  the  iniquity 
of  the  father  ?  "  When  the  son  doeth  that  which  is  law- 
ful  and  right,  keepeth  all  my  statutes   and  doeth  therr>, 

20  he  shall  surely  live.  The  soul  that  sinneth,  it  shall  die. 
The  son  shall  not  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  father, 
neither  shall  the  father  bear  the  iniquity  of  the  son. 
The  righteousness  of  the  righteous  shall  be  upon  him, 
and  the  wickedness    of  the  wicked    shall   be  upon  him. 

•21  But  if  the  wicked  will  turn  from  all  his  sins,  which  he 
hath  committed,  and  keep  all  my  statutes,  and  do  that 
which  is  lawful    and    right,  he  shall  surely  live,  he  shall 

•i2  not  die.  None  of  his  transgressions,  which  he  hath 
committed,  shall    be    remembered    unto    him  ;     for  his 

•23  righteousness,  which  he  hath  done,  he  shall  live.  Have 
I  any  pleasure  at  all  that  the  wicked  should  die,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah,  and   not  that   he    should   turn  from 

34  his  ways   and  live  ?     But  when   the   righteous  turneth 


46  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xviii. 

from  his  righteousness,  and  conimitteth  iniquity,  and 
doeth  according  to  all  the  abominations,  which  the 
wicked  man  doeth,  shall  he  live?  All  his  righteousness, 
which  he  hath  done,  shall  not  be  remembered  ;  for  his 
trespass  which  he  hath  trespassed,  and  for  his  sin 
which  he  hath  sinned,  for  them  shall  he  die. 

S5  Yet  ye  say,  "  The  way  of  the  Lord  is  not  right."  Hear 
now,  O  house  of  Israel  !  Is   not   my  way  right  ]     Is  it 

2G  not  your  ways  that  are  not  right?  When  a  righteous 
man  turneth  from  his  righteousness,  and  committeth 
iniquity,    and   on   this    account    dieth,   for    his   iniquity 

27  which  he  hath  done,  doth  he  die.  And  when  the 
wicked  man  turneth  from  his  iniquity,  which  he  hath 
committed,    and  doeth   that   which  is  lawful  and  right, 

28  he  shall  save  his  soul  alive.  Because  he  considereth 
and  turneth  from  all  his  transgressions,  which  he  hath 
committed,  he  shall  surely  live,  he  shall  not  die. 

29  Yet  saith  the  house  of  Israel,  "  The  way  of  the  Lord 
is  not  right."   O  house  of  Israel,  are  not  my  ways  right? 

30  Is  it  not  your  ways  that  are  not  right  ?  Therefore  I 
will  judge  you,  O  house  of  Israel,  every  one  according 
to  his  ways,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  Turn  ye,  turn 
yourselves  from  all  your  transgressions,  so  that  iniquity 

31  may  not  be  your  ruin.  Cast  away  from  you  all  your 
transgressions,  which  ye  have  committed,  and  make 
you  a  new  heart,  and    a  new   spirit !     For  why  will  ye 

32  die,  O  house  of  Israel  ?  For  I  have  no  pleasure  in  the 
death  of  him  tiiat  dieth,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 
Wherefore  turn  yourselves  and  live  ! 


Ch.  XIX.]  EZEKIEI..  47 


XIII. 

Parables  concerning  the   calamities  which  befel  the  successors  of  Jo- 
siah,  and  the  people.  —  Ch.  xix. 

1  Moreover,  take  thou  up  a  lamentation  for  the  prin- 

2  ces  of  Israel,  and  say  ; 

How  lay  thy  mother  at  ease,  a  lioness  among  lions! 
Among  young  lions  she  nourished  her  whelps  ; 

3  And  she  brought  up  one  of  her  whelps, 
He  became  a  young  lion. 

And  he  learned  to  seize  the  prey ;   he  devoured  men. 

4  Then  the  nations  heard   of  him  ;   he  was  taken  in  their 

pit; 
And  they  brought   him   with   nose-rings  to   the  land  of 
Egypt. 

5  And  when   she   saw   that  she  waited   in  vain,  and  that 

her  hope  was  lost. 
She  took  another  of  her   whelps,   and   she   made  him  a 
young  lion. 

6  And   he    went  up   and   down    among  the  lions ;  he  be- 

came a  young  lion. 
And  he  learned  to  seize  the  prey  ;   he  devoured  men. 

7  He  knew  their  widows,  and  laid  waste  their  cities, 
And    the   land  was   desolate,   and    all  that  was  therein, 

before  the  voice  of  his  roaring. 

8  Then  the  nations   set  themselves   against  him  on  every 

side  from  the  provinces. 
And  spread  their  net  over  him  ; 
He  was  taken  in  their  pit. 

9  And  they  put  him  with  nose-rings  into  a  cage. 
And  brought  him  to  the  king  of  Babylon ; 


48  EZEKIEL.  Ch.  XIX. 

And  they  carried  him  to  a  strong-hold, 
That  his  voice  might  be  heard  no  more 
Upon  the  mountains  of  Israel. 

10       Thy  mother  was  as  thyself,  like  a  vine  planted  by  the 
waters  ; 
She   was    fruitful    and    full    of  branches    by  reason  of 
many  waters  ; 
n   She  had  strong  rods  for  sceptres  of  rulers. 

And  her  stature  was  high  among  the  thick  branches, 
So  that  she  was  conspicuous  in  her  height, 
And  the  multitude  of  her  branches. 

12  But  she  was  plucked  up  in  fury. 
She  was  cast  down  to  the  ground, 
And  the  east  wind  dried  up  her  fruit. 

Her  strong  rods  were  broken  and  withered  ; 
The  fire  consumed  them. 

13  And  now  she  is  planted  in  the  desert, 
In  a  dry  and  thirsty  land. 

14  And  a  fire  is  gone  forth  out  of  a  rod  of  her  branches, 
Which  hath  devoured  her  fruit. 

So  that  she  hath  no  strong  rod  to  be  a  sceptre  to  rule. 

This  is  a  lamentation,  and  it  shall    be  for  a  lamenta- 
tion. 


Ch.  XX.]  EZEKIEL.  49 


XIV. 

The  prophet  lehearscth  the  rebellions  of  Israel.     Israel  is  threatened. 
A  promise  of  mercy. —  Ch.  xx.  1-44. 

1  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  seventh  year,  in  the  fifth 
month,  on  the  tenth  day  of  the  month,  that  certain  of 
the  elders  of  Israel  came   to   inquire  of  Jehovah,    and 

2  sat   before   me.     Then   came   the  word   of  Jehovah  to 

3  me,  saying;  Son  of  man,  speak  to  the  elders  of  Israel, 
and  say  to  them,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Are 
ye  come  to  inquire  of  me  ?     As  I  live,  saith  the  Lord, 

4  Jehovah,  I  will  not  be  inquired  of  by  you.  Punish 
them,  punish  them,  son  of  man,   cause   them   to    know 

5  the  abominations  of  their  fathers,  and  say  to  them, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  At  the  time,  when  I 
chose  Israel,  I  lifted  up  my  hand  to  the  race  of  the 
house  of  Jacob,  and  made  myself  known  to  them  in 
the  land  of  Egypt;  I  lifted  up   ray  hand  to   them,  and 

6  said ;  I  am  Jehovah,  your  God.  At  that  time  I  lifted 
up  my  hand  to  them,  that  I  would  bring  them  forth  out 
of  the  land  of  Egypt,  into  a  land,  which  I  had  looked 
out  for  them,  flowing  with  milk  and  honey,  the  glory  of 

7  all  lands.  And  I  said  to  them,  Cast  ye  away  from  you 
every  one  the  abomination  of  his  eyes,  and  defile  not 
yourselves  with  the  idols  of  Egypt !  I  am  Jehovah, 
your  God. 

8  But  they  rebelled  against  me,  and  would  not 
hearken  to  me;  they  did  not  every  one  cast  away 
the  abominations  of  his  eyes,  neither  did  they  forsake 
the  idols  of  Egypt.  Then  I  said,  that  I  would  pour 
out  my  fury  upon  them,  that  I  would  accomplish  mine 
anger  against  them   in  the  midst   of  the  land  of  Eo-ypt, 

VOL.  III.  5 


50  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XX. 

9  But  I  acted  for  my  name's  sake,  that  it  might  not  be 
polluted  in  the  sight  of  the  nations,  in  the  midst  of 
whom  they  were;  and  before  their  eyes  I  made  myself 
known  to  them,  in   bringing  them  forth  out  of  the  land 

10  of  Egypt.     And  I   brought  them    forth  out  of  the  land 

11  of  Egypt,  and  led  them  into  the  wilderness.  And  I 
gave  them  my  statutes,  and  made  known  to  them  my 
laws,  through  which   the  man   that  keepeth  them  shall 

12  live.  Also  I  gave  them  my  sabbaths,  that  they  might 
be  a  sign  between  me  and  them,  that  they  might  know 
that  I,  Jehovah,  sanctify  them. 

13  But  the  house  of  Israel  rebelled  against  me  in  the 
desert ;  they  walked  not  in  my  statutes,  and  they  de- 
spised my  laws,  through  which  the  man  that  keepeth 
thera  shall  live,  and  my  sabbaths  they  greatly  polluted. 
Then   I  said  that  I  would  pour  out  my  fury  upon   them 

14  in  the  desert,  to  consume  them.  But  I  acted  for  my 
name's  sake,  that  it  might   not   be   polluted    before  the 

15  nations,  in  whose  sight  I  brought  them  forth.  Yet  I 
lifted  up  my  hand  to  them  in  the  desert,  that  I  would 
not  bring  them  into  the  land,  which  I  had  given  them, 
flowing  with   milk   and   honey,  the  glory   of  all  lands  ; 

16  because  they  despised  my  laws,  and  walked  not  in  my 
statutes,  but  polluted  my  sabbaths;  for  their  heart  went 

17  after  their  idols.  Nevertheless  mine  eye  spared  them, 
so  that  I  did  not  destroy  them ;  neither  did  I  make  an 
end  of  them  in  the  desert. 

18  And  I  said  to  their  sons  in  the  desert,  Walk  ye  not 
in    the   statutes  of  your    fathers,   neither   observe  their 

19  ordinances,  nor  defile  yourselves  with  their  idols!  I 
am  Jehovah,  your  God ;   walk  in  my  statutes,   and  keep 

20  niy  ordinances,  and  do  them.  And  hallow  my  sabbaths, 
that  they  may  be  a  sigu  between  me  and  you,  that  ye 
may  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  your  God. 


Ch.  XX.]  EZEKIEL.  51 

■21  But  the  sons  rebelled  against  me  ;  they  walked  not 
in  my  statutes,  neitlier  kept  they  my  ordinances  to  do 
them,  through  which  the  man  that  doeth  them  shall 
live,  and  they  polluted  my  sabbaths.  Then  T  said  that 
I  would  pour  out   my  fury  upon    them,  and  accomplish 

22  mine  anger  upon  them  in  the  desert.  Nevertheless 
I  held  back  my  hand,  and  acted  for  my  name's  sake, 
that   it  should  not   be  polluted   before   the   nations,  in 

23  whose  sight  I  brought  them  forth.  I  also  lifted  up  my 
hand  against  them  in  the  desert,  that  I  would  scatter 
them    among  the   nations,  and   disperse   them   through 

24  the  countries  ;  because  they  did  not  observe  mine  or- 
dinances, but  despised  my  statutes,  and  polluted  my  sab- 
baths, and  their  eyes  were  after  the  idols  of  their  fathers. 

25  Moreover  I  gave  them  statutes  that  were  not  good,   and 

26  ordinances  by  which  they  should  not  live.  And  I 
polluted  them  in  their  offerings,  in  that  they  caused 
every  first-born  child  to  pass  through  the  fire,  that  I 
might  destroy  them,  to  the  end  that  they  might  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah. 

27  Therefore,  speak  to  the  house  of  Israel,  O  son  of 
man,  and  say  to  them;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah; 
Yet   in  this  your  fathers  dishonored  me,  and  trespassed 

28  against  me.  For  when  I  had  brought  them  into  the 
land  concerning  which  I  lifted  up  my  hand,  that  I 
would  give  it  to  them,  then  they  saw  every  high  hill, 
and  all  the  thick  trees,  and  there  they  offered  their 
sacrifices,  and  there  they  presented  their  provoking 
oblation,  and  there  they  brought  their  sweet  savor,  and 

23  there  they  poured  out  their  drink-offerings.  Then  I 
said  to  them,  What  is  the  high  place  to  which  ye  go? 
Yet  is  it  called  The  High  Place  unto  this  day. 


52  EZKlvMCL.  [Ch.  XX. 

30  Tlicrnforo  say  to  the  house  of  Israel,  TIiiih  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovali  ;  Are  ye  j)olhjle(l  after  tlie  tnaniier  of 
your  fatliers,  and  do  ye  coniiiiit  l'()riii(;ati(»ii  according  to 

31  their  abominations,  and  by  olFeriiiir  your  gifts,  and 
causing  your  sons  to  pass  through  th(!  hre,  are  ye  pol- 
luted vvitii  all  your  idols  ev(;n  to  tliis  day,  and  shall  I 
be  incpiired  ol"  by  you,  ()  house  of  Israel  ?  As  I  live,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jelif)v.ih,  I    will    not    be    inquired  of  by  you  ! 

aa  And  that  \vhi(;li  coniclli  into  your  mind  sIimII  not  come 
to  pass,  vvluMi  ye  say,  "  We  will  be  as  the  nations,  as  the 
families  of  the  countries,  worshipping  wood  and  stone." 

33  As  1  live,  sailh  ihc  Lord,  Jchovali,  surely  with  a 
mighty  hand,  and    with  a    stretched    out    arm,  and  with 

34  fury  poured  out  will  I  rule  over  you.  And  1  will  bring 
you  forth  from  the  nations,  and  gather  yon  from  the 
countries,  wherein  ye  are  scattered,  with  a  mighty 
hand,    and    with    a   stretched    out    arm,    and    with    Jury 

35  poured  out.  And  I  will  bring  you  into  the  (l<!scrt  of 
the  nations,  and   there  will    I    contend  with   you  face  to 

3G  face.  Even  as  i  coiMcniI(mI  with  your  lathers  in  the 
desert  of  the  l;nid  of  I'-gypt,  so  also  will  I  contend  with 

37  you,  saith  the  FiOrd,  .Jehovah.  And  I  will  cause  you 
to  pass   nndcM'   the    rod,  and    I    will    bring   you    into  the 

38  bond  of  the  covenant.  And  I  will  purge  out  from 
auiong  you  the  rebels,  and  them  that  transgress  agaiiist 
me  ;  out  of  the  country,  where  they  sojourn,  will  [ 
bring  them  forth,  but  they  shall  not  enter  into  the  land 
of  lsra<'l  ;   and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

30  As  for  you,  ()  hous(>  of  Israel,  thus  sailh  the  [>ord, 
Jehovah  ;  (lo  ye,  serve  ye  every  one  his  idols  in  hituro 
also,    if  ye  will  not  obey    nie !     J'ut  pollute   ye  my  holy 

■lit  name  no  more;  with  your  gilts  and  your  idols  !  For 
ui)()n  my  holy  mountain,  upon  the  lofty  moiuitain  of 
Israel,  there  shall  all  the  house  of  Israel,  all  that  are  iu 


Ch.  XX.]  KZKKIKL.  53 

the  land,  serve  me;  llieie  will  J  accept  them,  and  there 
will  J  re<niire  your  oilerinrrs,  and  the  lirst  iVuits  ol"  your 
oblations,  with   all    thinos,    which  ye  consecrate  to  me. 

41  T  will  acce[)t  you  as  a  sweet  savor,  when  I  brin<r  you 
forth  from  the  nations,  and  gather  you  from  the  coun- 
tries, wherein  ye  have  been  scattered,  and  will    thiough 

4-2  you  be  honored  before  the  eyes  of  the  nations.  And 
ye  shall  know  that  I  am  J(diovah,  when  I  bring  you 
into  the  land  of  Israel,  inlo  (he  country  concerning 
which  I  lifted    up  my  hand,  that  i  would  give  it  to  your 

43  fathers.  And  there  shall  ye  remember  your  ways,  and 
all  your  doings,  wherein  ye  have  been  polluted  ;  and 
ye  shall  loathe  yourselves  for  all  your  evil  deeds,  which 

44  ye  have  committed.  And  ye  shall  know  that  I  am 
Jehovah,  when  1  deal  with  you  for  my  uanui's  sake,  not 
according  to  your  evil  ways,  nor  according  to  your 
corru])t  doings,  O  ye  house  of  Israel,  saith  the  J^ord, 
Jehovah. 


XV. 

The  dcslrnctioii   of  Jiidpa   Uy   ll)c    Cliiildcans.  —  Cir.  xx.  45  -  xxi.  27. 
The  dustructioii  of  the  Atiiiiioiiitijs.  —  ('ic.  xxi.  28-^2. 

45  Ani>    the    word    of   Jehovah   came   to   me,    saying  ; 

46  Sou  of  man,  set  thy  face  toward  the  south,  and  drop 
thy  word  against   the  south,   and   prophesy  against   the 

47  forest  of  the  field  in  the  south;  and  say  to  the  forest  of 
the  south,  Hear  the  word  of  Jehovah  !  Thus  aaith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I   will   kindle  in   thee  a  fire, 

5* 


54  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xxr. 

wlipch  shall  devour  every  green  tree  and  every  dry  tree 
within  thee;  the  fierce  flame  shall  not  be  quenched,  and 
all  parts  from   the  south  to   the  north  shall  be   burned 

48  therein.     And   all   flesh  shall  see,  that  I,  Jehovah,  have 
kindled  it ;   it  shall  not  be  quenched. 

49  And   I   said.   Ah,   Lord,  Jehovah,   they   say   of   me, 

1  "  Doth  he  not  speak  in  parables  ?  "  Then  came  the  word 

2  of  Jehovah  to  me,  saying ;  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face 
toward  Jerusalem,  and   drop   thy  word  toward   the  holy 

3  places,  and  prophesy  against  the  land  of  Israel,  and 
say  to  the  land  of  Israel,  Thus  saith  Jehovah;  Behold, 
I  am  against  thee,  and  I  will  draw  forth  my  sword  out 
of  its  sheath,  and    will    cut  off  from    thee  the  righteous 

1  and  the  wicked.  Seeing  then  that  I  cut  off  from  thee 
the  righteous  and  the  wicked,  therefore  shall  my  sword 
go  forth   out  of  its  sheath   against   all    flesh   from   the 

5  south  to  the  north.  And  all  flesh  shall  know,  that  I, 
Jehovah,  have  drawn  forth  my  sword  out  of  its  sheath; 

6  it  shall  not  return  any  more.  Thou,  therefore,  O  son 
of  man,   sigh  !     With   the    breaking   of  thy  loins,  and 

7  with  bitterness,  sigh  before  their  eyes  !  And  when  they 
shall  say  to  thee,  "  Wherefore  sighest  thou?"  thou  shalt 
say,  "  For  the  rumor,  because  it  cometh ;  and  every 
heart  shall  melt,  and  all  hands  shall  be  feeble,  and 
every  spirit  shall  fail,  and  all  knees  shall  flow  with 
water.  Behold  it  cometh,  it  shall  be  brought  to  pass» 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah." 

8  Also  the    word   of  Jehovah     came    t&   me,   saying^;^ 

9  Sort  of  man,  prophesy  and  say.  Thus  saith  Jehovah-; 
Say,  the  sword,  the  sword   is   sharpened  and  furbished. 

10  It  is  sharpened,  that  it  may  make   sore  slaughter ;  it  is 

furbished,  that  it  may  glitter.    Or  shall  we  make  mirth? 

Ji  The  staff  of  my  son  despiseth  every  rod.     And  he  gave 


Ch.  XXI.]  EZEKIEL.  55 

it   to    be  furbished,    that   it    might   be    handled.       The 
sword  is  sharpened    and   furbished,  to  be  given  into  the 

12  hand  of  the  slayer.  Cry  and  howl,  son  of  man  !  for 
it  Cometh  upon  my  people,  upon  all  the  princes  of 
Israel.     They  are  given  up   to  the  sword   with  my  peo- 

13  pie.     Therefore    smi 
made.     And   what 
be  no  more  ?    saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


iveu  up    uu  Liie  swuru     wiiii    jiiy  peu- 

iiite   upon   tiiy    thigh.     The   trial   is         2. 
if  even   the   contemning  iMbshould  •'wS^M^ 


14  Thou,  therefore,  son  of  man,  prophesy,  and  smite 
thine  hands  together  !  for  twice,  yea  thrice,  cometh  the 
sword,  a  sword  of  slaughter,   a  sword  of  great  slaugh- 

13  ter,  that  besetteth  them  on  every  side.  That  their 
hearts  may  faint,  and  their  overthrown  may  be  multi- 
plied, I  have  set  the  terror  of  the  sword  against  all  their 
gates.     Ah,    how    is    it    made    to   glitter,    polished  for 

16  slaughter  !  Unite  thyself,  smite  to  the  right,  prepare 
thyself,  smite  to   the  left,  whithersoever  thine  edge   is 

IT  turned  !  I  also  will  smite  my  hands  together,  and  cause 
mine  anger  to  cease.     I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it. 

18  The   word  of  Jehovah   came   to  me    again,    saying ; 

19  Do  thou,  son  of  man,  appoint  thee  two  ways,  by  which 
the  sword  of  the  king  of  Babylon  may  come;  from  one 
land  shall  both  of  them  come ;  and  choose  thou  a 
place,  choose    it   at   the   head    of  the   way  to  the   city. 

20  Appoint  a  way,  that  the  sword  may  come  towards 
Rabbath   of  the   sons   of  Ammon,   and  towards  Judah, 

21  to  Jerusalem,  the  fenced  city.  For  the  king  of  Baby- 
lon shall  stand  at  the  parting  of  the  way,  at  the  head 
of  the  two  ways,  to  use  divination ;  he  shall  shake 
together  his  arrows,  he  shall   consult   the  teraphim;,  he 

22  shall  look  at  thie  liver.  With  his  right  hand  shall  he 
take  the  lot,  Jerusalem;  to.  set  battering-rams,  to  open 


56  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXI, 

the   mouth   with  the  war-cry,   to   lift   up  the  voice  in 
shouting,   to   set  battering-rams   against   the   gates,   to 

23  cast  up  a  mount,  to  build  a  tower.  And  this  shall 
appear  a  false  divination  in  their  sight,  because  they 
swore  oaths  to  them.  But  he  shall  call  to  remembrance 
their  iniquity,  that  they  may  be  taken. 

24  'Itturefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Because 
ye  make  your  iniquity  to  be  remembered,  in  that  your 
transgressions  are  discovered,  so  that  in  ail  your  doings 
your  sins  do  appear,  because,  I  say,  ye  bring  your- 
selves  into  remembrance,   ye  shall  be  taken  with  that 

25  hand.  And  thou,  profane,  wicked  prince  of  Israel, 
whose  day  cometh  in  the   time  when    iniquity    bringeth 

26  destruction  !  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Remove 
the  diadem,  and  take  off  the  crown  !  It  shall  be  no 
more.     I   exalt  him   that   is  low,  and  abase  him  that  is 

27  high.  I  will  destroy,  destroy,  destroy  it ;  and  it  shall 
be  no  more,  until  he  come,  to  whom  judgment  belong- 
eth,  and  to  whom  I  shall  give  it. 

28  And  thou,  son  of  man,  prophesy,  and  say;  Thus 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  concerning  the  sons  of  Am- 
mon  and  their  reproach  ;  even  say  thou.  The  sword, 
the  sword   is   drawn ;    to  slay,   to  consume,   is  it  fur- 

29  bished,  so  that  it  glitters.  While  they  see  deceit  for 
thee,  and  prophesy  falsehood,  that  it  may  bring  thee 
upon  the  necks  of  the  wicked,  that  are  slain,  whose 
day  cometh  in  the  time  when  iniquity  bringeth  destruc- 

30  tion.  Return  the  sword  into  its  sheath !  In  the  place 
where  thou  wast  created,  in  the   land  of  thy  nativity,  I 

31  will  judge  thee,  and  I  will  pour  upon  thee  my  indigna- 
tion, I  will  blow  upon  thee  in  the  tire  of  my  wrath,  and 
deliver  thee  into  the  hands   of  brutal  men,   skilful   to 

32  destroy.     Thou  shalt  be  fuel   for  the  fire ;  thy  blood 


Ch.  XXII.]  EZEKIEL.  57 

shall  be  in   the  midst  of  the  land;   men  shall  no  more 
remember  thee.     I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it. 


XVI. 

Sins  and  punishment  of  Jerusalem.  —  Ch.  xxii. 

1  And    the   word    of  Jehovah    came    to   me,  saying ; 

2  Puni.sh,  punish,  O  son    of  man,   the   city  of  blood,  and 

3  show  her  all  her  abominations,  and  say.  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  O  city,  that  sheddest  blood  in  the 
midst   of  thee,  that   thy  time   may   come,   and  makest 

4  idols,  to  defile  thyself!  Through  the  blood,  which  thou 
sheddest,  thou  bringest  guilt  upon  thyself,  and  through 
the  idols,  which  thou  makest,  thou  pollutest  thyself, 
and  thou  causest  thy  days  to  draw  near,  and  comest  to 
thy  years.     Therefore  do  1  make  thee  a  reproach  to  the 

5  nations,  and  a  derision  to  all  countries.  Those,  that 
are  near,  and  those,  that  are  far  from  thee,  shall  mock 
thee,  as  infamous,  full  of  confusion. 

G       Behold  the  princes  of  Israel !  Every  one  employs  his 

7  arm  within  thee  to  shed  blood.  In  thee  they  set  light 
by  father  and  mother;  in  thee  are  they  guilty  of  op- 
pression  to    the   stranger  ;   in    thee   do  they  oppress  the 

8  fatherless   and    the   widow.      Thou    hast    despised   my 

9  holy  things,  and  profaned  my  sabbaths.  In  thee  are 
men  who  carry  tales,  that  they  may  shed  blood  ;  in 
thee  do   they  eat  upon   the   mountains  ;   in  the  midst  of 

10  thee  do  they  commit  lewdness.  In  thee  doth  the  son 
uncover  the  father's  nakedness ;    in  thee   do  they  lie 


58  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXII. 

11  with  H  woman  in  her  uncleanness.  And  one  commit- 
teth  abomination  with  his  neighbor's  wife;  and  another, 
with  incestuous  lewdness,  defileth  his  daughter-in-law ; 
and   in   thee   another  lieth   with  his   sister,  his  father's 

12  daughter.  In  thee  do  they  take  a  reward  to  shed 
blood.  Thou  takest  usury  and  increase,  and  thou  hast 
enriched  thyself  from  thy  neighbor   by    extortion,  and 

13  hast  forgotten  me,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  There- 
fore, behold,  1  have  smitten  my  hands  together  at  thy 
dishonest  gain,  which  thou  hast  made,  and  at  the  blood, 

14  whicli  hath  been  shed  in  the  midst  of  thee.  Can  thy  heart 
endure,  or  can  thy  hands  be  strong,  in  the  day  when  I 
shall   deal  with  thee  ?  I,  Jehovah,  have   spoken  it,  and 

15  will  do  it.  I  will  scatter  thee  among  the  nations,  and 
disperse  thee  in  the  countries,  and  will   consume  thine 

16  impurity  out  of  thee  ;  and  thou  shalt  through  thyself 
be  profaned  before  the  eyes  of  the  nations,  and  thou 
shalt  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

17  And   the    word    of  Jehovah   came   to   me,   saying  ; 

18  Son  of  man,  the  house  of  Israel  is  to  me  become  dross; 
all  of  them  are  brass,  and  tin,  and  iron,  and  lead,  in 
the  midst  of  the  furnace  ;  they  are   the   dross   of  silver. 

ID  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Because  ye 
are  all   of  you   become   dross,   therefore,  behold,  I  will 

90  gather  you  into  the  midst  of  Jerusalem.  As  men 
gather  silver,  and  brass,  and  iron,  and  lead,  and  tin, 
into  the  midst  of  the  furnace,  to  blow  the  fire  upon  it, 
to  melt   it,  so  will  I  gather  you  in  my  anger  and  in  my 

21  fury,  and  I  will  place  you  there  and  melt  you.  Yea,  I 
will  gather  you,  and  blow  upon  you  with  the  fire  of  my 
wrath,   and   ye   shall    be   melted    in   the   midst  thereof. 

92  As  silver  is  melted  in  the  midst  of  the  furnace,  so  shall 
ye  be  melted  in  the  midst  thereof;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I,  Jehovah,  have  poured  out  my  fury  upon  you. 


Ch.  XXII.]  EZKKIEL.  59 

23  And    the    word    of   Jehovah    came    to  me,  saying  ; 

24  Son  of  man,  say  to  her,  Tliou  art  a  land,  that  is  not 
cleansed,  nor   rained   upon,  in  the  day   of  indignation. 

25  There  is  a  conspiracy  of  her  prophets  in  the  midst  of 
her  ;  like  a  roaring  lion,  tearing  the  prey,  they  devour 
the  lives  of  men ;  they  take  possession  of  treasures 
and  precious   things,   and  make   many   widows   in   the 

26  midst  of  her.  Her  priests  violate  my  law,  and  pro- 
fane my  holy  things.  They  make  no  distinction  be- 
tween the  holy  and  profane,  and  show  not  the  differ- 
ence between  the  clean  and  the  unclean  ;  and  they 
hide  their  eyes   from  my  sabbaths,  and   I   am  profaned 

27  among  them.  Her  princes  in  the  midst  of  her  are  like 
wolves   tearing  the   prey.     They  shed   blood,   they  de- 

28  stroy  life,  that  they  may  get  gain.  Her  prophets  daub 
for  them  with  untempered  mortar,  seeing  falsehood, 
and   divining  to  them,   saying,  "  Thus   saith   the  Lord, 

29  Jehovah,"  when  Jehovah  hath  not  spoken.  The  people 
of  the  land  are  guilty  of  oppression,  and  practise 
robbery,  and   distress   the   poor   and   needy ;  yea,  they 

30  oppress  the  stranger,  and  have  no  justice.  I  have 
sought  for  a  man  among  them,  that  should  make  a  wall, 
and  stand    in  the   gap   before   me   for   the   land,  that  I 

31  might  not  destroy  it;  but  I  found  none.  Therefore 
will  I  pour  out  my  indignation  upon  them;  I  will  con- 
sume them  with  the  fire  of  my  wrath  ;  I  will  bring 
their  way  upon  their  heads,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


60  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXIII. 


XVII. 

The  wickedness  and  impiety  of  Judea  and  Samaria  set  forth  under  the 
image  of  two  adulterous  women.     Their  punishment.  —  Ch.  xxiii. 

1  The  word  of  Jehovah  came  to    me    again,    saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,    there  were  two   women,  daughters  of  one 

3  mother  ;  and  they  committed  fornication  in  Egypt ;  in 
their  youth  they  committed  fornication.  There  they 
allowed  their   breasts    to   be  pressed,  and   their    virgin 

4  teats  to  be  handled.  Their  names  were  Aholah,  the 
elder,  and  Aholibah,  her  sister  ;  and  they  became  mine, 
and  bore  sons  and  daughters ;  as  to  their  names, 
moreover,  Aholah  is  Samaria,  and  Aholibah,  Jerusalem. 

5  And  Aholah  played  the  harlot,  when  she  was  mine; 
and  she   doted   on  her   lovers,   on  the    Assyrians,   her 

6  neighbors,  who  were  clothed  with  blue,  captains  and 
rulers,  all  of  them  desirable  young  men,  horsemen,  riding 

7  on  horses.  Thus  she  committed  fornication  with  them, 
with  all  the  choice  young  men  of  Assyria,  and  with  all 
on   whom   she  doted  ;   with    all   their   idols   she  defiled 

8  herself  Neither  forsook  she  her  whoredoms  brought 
from  Egypt;  for  they  lay  with  her  in  her  youth,  and 
handled  the   breasts   of  her  virginity,  and  poured  their 

9  fornication  upon  her.  Wherefore  I  delivered  her  into 
the  hand  of  her  lovers,  into  the  hand  of  the  Assyrians, 

10  upon  whom  she  doted.  These  uncovered  her  naked- 
ness ;  they  took  her  sons  and  her  daughters,  and  slew 
her  with  the  sword ;  and  she  became  famous  among 
women,  when  they  had  executed  judgment  upon  her. 

11  And  her  sister,  Aholibah,  saw  this,  but  she  was  more 
corrupt  in  her  inordinate  love  than  she,  and  in  her 
whoredoms,   more   than   her   sister   in  her  whoredoms. 


Ch.  XXIII.]  EZEKIEL.  61 

12  She  doted  upon  the  Assyrians,  her  neighbors,  prefects 
and  rulers  clothed   most   gorgeously,   horsemen   riding 

13  upon  liorses,  all  of  them  desirable  young  men.  Then 
I   saw   that  she   was   defiled  ;   that   they  both    took  one 

14  way.  But  she  added  to  her  whoredoms  ;  for  she  saw 
men   portrayed     upon    the   wall,    images  of   Chaldeans 

15  portrayed  with  vermilion,  girded  with  girdles  upon  their 
loins,  and  having  long  mitres  hanging  down  from  their 
heads,  in  their  appearance  all  of  them  princes,  after 
the   manner   of  the   sons   of  Babylon,   of  Chaldea,   the 

16  land  of  their  nativity,  and  as  soon  as  she  cast  her  eyes 
upon  them,    she   doted  on   them,   and   sent  messengers 

17  to  them  into  Chaldea.  And  the  sons  of  Babylon  came 
to  her  into  the  bed  of  love,  and  they  defiled  her  with 
their   whoredoms,   and    she    was    polluted    with    them. 

18  She  then  became  alienated  from  them.  So  she  dis- 
covered her  fornications,  and  discovered  her  nakedness. 

-Then    my   mind  was   alienated   from  her,  as  it  had  been 

19  alienated  from  her  sister.  For  she  multiplied  her  whore- 
doms, in  calling  to  remembrance  the  days  of  her  youth, 
wherein  she  played  the  harlot  in  the  land  of  Egypt ;   for 

20  she  doted  oti  their  paramours,  whose  members  were  as 
the  members  of  asses,  and  whose  issue  was  as  the  issue  of 

21  horses.  Thus  thou  calledst  to  remembrance  the  lewd- 
ness of  thy  youth,  when  thy  teats  uere  handled  by  the 
Egyptians,  on  account  of  the  paps  of  thy  youth. 

•2i  Therefore,  O  Aholibah,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 
Behold,  I  will  raise  up  against  thee  thy  lovers,  from 
whom  thou  art  alienated,  and   1  will    bring  them  against 

23  thee  on  every  side,  the  Babylonians  and  all  the  Chal- 
deans, prefects,  rich  men,  and  nobles,  and  all  the  As- 
syrians with  them,  all  of  them  desirable  young  men, 
prefects  and  rulers,  captains  and  men  of  renown,  all  of 

24  them  riding  upon  horses.      And  they  shall  come  against 
VOL.  in.  6 


62  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xxiir. 

thee  with  arms,  chariots  and  wheels,  and  with  hosts  of 
"people;  with  buckler,  and  shield,  and  helmet  shall  they 
set  themselves  against  thee  on  every  side.  And  1  will 
commit  to   them  judgment,   and  they  shall  punish  thee 

25  according  to  their  punishments.  And  1  will  set  my 
jealousy  against  thee,  and  they  shall  deal  with  thee  in 
fury  ;  they  shall  take  away  thy  nose  and  thine  ears, 
and  thy  posterity  shall  fall  by  the  sword.  They  shall 
take  away  thy  sons   and  thy  daughters,  and  thy  posteri- 

ac  ty  shall  be  consumed  with  fire.  They  shall  also  strip 
thee  of  thy  garments,   and    take  away  thy  fair  jewels. 

27  Thus  will  I  make  thy  lewdness  to  cease  from  thee,  and 
thy  whoredom  brought  from  the  land  of  Egypt,  so  that 
thou   shalt  not  lift  thine  eyes  to   them,  nor  remember 

28  Egypt  any  more.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 
Behold,  I  will  deliver  thee  into  the  hand  of  them 
whom  thou   hatest,  into  the   hand  of  them  from  whom 

29  thou  art  alienated.  And  they  shall  deal  with  thee  in  ha- 
tred, and  take  away  all  the  fruits  of  thy  labor  from  thee, 
and  shall  leave  thee  naked  and  bare  ;  and  thy  naked- 
ness shall  be  uncovered,  with  which  thou  hast  commit- 
ted   lewdness,     and    fornication,    and    foul    whoredom. 

30  These  things  will  I  do  to  thee,  because  thou  hast  com- 
mitted whoredom  with  the    nations,  and    hast  been  pol- 

31  luted  with  their  idols.  Thou  hast  walked' in  the  way  of 
thy  sister,  therefore   will    I  give  her  cup  into  thy  hand. 

32  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Tiiou  shalt  drink  of 
thy  sister's  cup,  which  is  deep  and  large  :  it  shall  make 
thee  a  laughing-stock  and  a   derision,  for   it  containeth 

33  much.  Thou  shalt  be  filled  with  drunkenness  and 
sorrow.     A  cup  of  astonishment  and  amazement  is  the 

34  cup  of  thy  sister  Samaria.  Thou  shalt  even  drink  it 
and  suck  it  out,  and  lick  the  sherds,  and  thou  shalt 
tear  thy  breasts.     For  I  have  spoken  it,  saith  the  Lord, 


Ch.  XXIII.]  EZEKIEL.  63 

35  Jehovah.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ; 
Because  thou  hast  forgotten  me,  and  cast  me  behind 
thy  back,  therefore  bear  thou  thy  lewdness  and  thy 
whoredoms. 

36  Moreover,  Jehovah  said  to  me.  Son  of  man,  punish 
Aholah    and    Aholibah ;     yea,    declare    to    them    their 

37  abominations;  that  they  have  committed  adultery,  and 
blood  is  upon  their  hands,  and  that  with  their  idols 
they  have  committed  adultery,  and  have  also  caused 
their  sons,  whom  they  bore  to  me,  to   pass  through  the 

38  lire  to  them  for  food.  This  also  have  they  done  to  me  ; 
they  have  defiled   my   sanctuary    in   the   same  day,  and 

39  have  profaned  my  sabbaths.  For  when  they  had 
slain  their  children  to  their  idols,  then  they  came  into 
my  sanctuary  the  same   day  to  profane  it ;  behold,  thus 

40  have  they  done  in  my  house  !  Yea,  ye  sent  for  men 
to  come  from  afar  ;  messengers  were  sent  to  them,  and 
behold,  they  came  ;  for  them  didst  thou  wash  thyself, 
and  paint  thine  eyes,  and   deck  thyself  with  ornaments. 

41  And  thou  didst  seat  thyself  upon  a  stately  bed,  before 
which  a  table'  was  prepared,  and  thereon  didst  thou  set 

42  my  incense  and  my  oil.  Also  the  voice  of  a  multitude 
at  ease  was  with  her  ;  and  together  with  men  from  the 
common  multitude  were  brought  deep-drinkers  from  the 
desert,  who  put  bracelets  upon  their  hands,  and  beau- 
tiful crowns  upon  their  heads. 

43  Then  said  I  concerning  her  that  was  worn  out 
with  adulteries.  Will  they  now  commit  whoredoms  with 

44  her,  even  with  her  ?  They  went  in  to  her,  as  men  go  to  a 
harlot ;  so  went  they  in  to  Aholah  and  to  Aholibah,  the 

45  lewd  women.  But  righteous  men  shall  judge  them,  as 
adulteresses  are  judged,  and  as  women  that  shed  blood 
are  judged  ;  for  they  are  adulteresses,  and  blood  is  upon 


64  EZEKIEL,  [Ch.  XXIV. 

46  their  hands.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will 
bring  a  great  company  against  them,  and  will  give  them 

47  up  to  be  harassed  and  spoiled,  and  the  company  shall 
stone  them  with  stones,  and  cut  them  in  pieces  with  their 
swords;   they  shall  slay  their   sons   and  their  daughters, 

48  and  burn  their  houses  with  fire.  Thus  will  I  cause 
lewdness  to  cease  out  of  the  land,  that  all  women  may 
take  warning,  and   not  follow  them    in   their   lewdness. 

49  And  they  shall  recompense  your  lewdness  upon  you, 
and  ye  shall  bear  the  sins  of  your  idols ;  that  ye  may 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


XVIII. 

The  destruction  of  Jerusalem  threatened  parabolically.  —  Ch.  xxiv. 

1  Moreover  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me  in  the 
ninth  year,  in  the  tenth  month,  in  the   tenth  day  of  the 

2  month,  and  said  ;  Son  of  man,  write  the  name  of  the 
day,   even    of   this  same  day  !     The    king   of  Babylon 

3  draweth  near  to  Jerusalem  this  same  day.  Utter  a 
parable  to  the  rebellious  house,  and  say  to  them  ;  Thus 
saith   the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;   Set  on   a  caldron,  set  it  on, 

4  and  also  pour  water  into  it.  Gather  the  pieces  thereof 
into  it,  even  every  good   piece,  the  thigh  and  the  shoul- 

5  der  ;  fill  it  with  the  choice  bones.  Take  the  choice  of 
the  flock,  and  make  under  it  a  pile  for  the  bones,  and 
make  it  boil  well,  that  the  bones  therein  may  be 
seethed. 


Ch.  XXIV.]  EZEKIEL.  65 

6  Wherefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Woe  to 
the  city  of  blood,  to  the  caldron  in  which  is  rust,  and 
whose  rust  goeth   not  out  of  it !  bring  it  out  piece  by 

7  piece  ;  let  no  lot  fall  upon  it !  For  blood  is  in  the 
midst  of  her ;  upon  the  bare  rock  hath  she  shed  it  ;  she 
poured   it  not    upon  the   ground,  that  it  might  be  cov- 

8  ered  with  dust.  To  cause  fury  and  to  take  vengeance, 
I  have   set   the   blood  shed  by  her   upon  the  bare  rock, 

9  that  it  might  not  be  covered.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah ;  Woe  to  the  city  of  blood  !     Now  will  I 

10  make  the  pile  for  fire  great.  Heap  on  wood,  kindle 
the  fire,  cook  the  flesh,  put  in  spices,  and  let  the  bones 

u  be  burned.  Then  set  it  empty  upon  the  coals,  that  its 
brass   may  be  hot   and   may  burn,  and  that  its  impurity 

12  may  be  dissolved  in  it,  and  its  rust  be  consumed.  It 
hath  wearied  me  with  labors,  yet  its  thick  rust  goeth 
not  from  it;  its   rust  remaineth  in  the  midst  of  the  fire. 

13  In  thy  filthiness  is  gross  wickedness,  because,  when  I 
would  have  cleansed  thee,  thou  wouldst  not  be  cleansed. 
Thou    shalt    not    be    cleansed    from    thy   filthiness  any 

14  more,  till  I  have  quieted  my  fury  toward  thee.  I,  Je- 
hovah, have  spoken  it ;  it  shall  come  to  pass,  and  I 
will  do  it.  I  will  not  go  back,  neither  will  I  spare, 
neither  will  I  repent.  According  to  thy  ways  and 
according  to  thy  doings  shall  they  judge  thee,  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah. 

15  Also,   the   word   of    Jehovah   came  to   me,    saying  ; 

16  Son  of  man,  behold,  I  take  away  from  thee  the  desire 
of   thine    eyes    with    one    blow ;    yet    thou    shalt    not 

n  mourn,  nor  weep,  nor  shall  thy  tears   run   down.     Sigh 
thou  in  silence,  make  no  mourning  for  the  dead;    bind 
thy  head-dress  upon  thee,  and  thy  shoes  on  thy  feet ; 
6* 


GQ  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXIV. 

cover  not  thy  lips,  and   eat  not  tlie  bread   of  wretched 
men. 

18  So  I  spake  to  the  people  in  the  morning,  and  my 
wife  died  in   the  evening ;   and  I  did  in  the  morning,  as 

19  I  was  commanded.  And  the  people  said  to  me.  Wilt 
thou   not  tell  us,  what   those  things,  which  thou  doest, 

20  denote  to  us?     Then  I  answered   them;    The  word  of 

21  Jehovah  came  to  me  and  said ;  Say  to  the  house  of 
Israel,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Behold,  I  will 
profane  my  sanctuary,  the  pride  of  your  confidence, 
the  desire  of  your  eyes,  and  the  longing  of  your  souls; 
and  your  sons   and  daughters,  that  are  left  to  you,  shall 

22  fall  by  the  sword.  And  ye  shall  do,  as  I  have  dOne ; 
ye  shall    not   cover   your  mouths,  nor  eat   the  bread  of 

93  wretched  men  ;  and  your  head-dresses  shall  be  upon 
your  heads,  and  your  shoes  upon  your  feet  ;  ye  shall 
not   mourn   nor  weep  ;   but  ye  shall   pine  away  for  your 

24  iniquities,  and  moan  one  to  another.  Thus  Ezekiel 
shall  be  to  you  a  sign ;  according  to  all  that  he  hath 
done,  shall  ye  do,  when  this  cometh ;  and  ye  shall 
know  that  I  am  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

25  And  thou,  son  of  man  !  behold,  in  the  day,  when  I 
take  from  them  their  strength,  the  joy  of  their  glory,  the 
desire   of  their   eyes,  and    the   longing  of  their  souls, 

26  their  sons  and  their  daughters,  in  that  day  shall  one 
that   is  escaped  come   to   thee,  to    cause  thee  to  hear  it 

27  with  thine  ears.  In  that  day  shall  tliy  mouth  be  opened 
to  him  that  is  escaped,  and  thou  shalt  speak,  and  be  no 
more  dumb ;  and  thou  shalt  be  a  sign  to  them,  and 
they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


Ch.  XXV.]  EZEKIEL.  67 


XIX. 

Against    the    Ammonites,    Moalntes,    Eclomites,    and    Philistines. 

Ch.  XXV. 

1       The   word  of  Jehovah  came   again   to    me,   sayino- ; 
■■i  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face   against   the  Ammonites,  and 

3  prophesy  against  them !  and  say  to  the  Ammonites, 
Hear  the  word  of  the  Lord,  Jehovah!  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah;  Because  thou  saidst,  "  Aha  !  "  against 
my  sanctuary,  when  it  was  profaned,  and  against  the  land 
of  Israel,  when   it   was   desolate,  and  against  the  house 

4  of  Judah,  when  they  went  into  captivity,  therefore, 
behold,  I  will  deliver  thee  to  the  sons  of  the  East 
for  a  possession,  and  they  shall  set  their  folds  in  thee, 
and   make  their   dwellings   in  thee  ;  they  shall   eat  thy 

>>  fruit,  and  they  shall  drink  thy  milk.  And  I  will  make 
Rabbah  a  stable  for  camels,  and  the  land  of  the  Am- 
monites    a    couching-place    for    flocks;     and    ye    shall 

r.  know  that  I  am  Jehovah.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  Because  thou  hast  clapped  thy  hands,  and 
stamped  with   thy   feet,    and   rejoiced  with   all  thy  des- 

7  pite,  from  the  heart,  against  the  land  of  Israel,  there- 
fore, behold,  I  will  stretch  out  my  hand  upon  thee,  and 

.  will  deliver  thee  for  a  spoil  to  the  nations  ;  I  will  cut 
thee  off  from  the  nations,  and  cause  thee  to  perish 
from  the  countries;  I  will  destroy  thee;  and  thou  shalt 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

8  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Because  Moab  and 
Seir  say,  "  Behold,  the  house  of  Judah   is  like   all  the 

!i  nations,"  therefore,  behold,  I  will  open  the  side  of  Moab 
from  his  cities,  which  are  on  his   borders,  the   glory  of 


68  EZEKIEL.  [Cm.  xxv. 

the     country,    Beth-jeshimoth,    Baal-meon,     and    Kiri- 

10  athaim.  To  the  sons  of  the  East  will  I  give  it  for  a 
possession,  together  with  the  sons  of  Amnion  ;  that  the 
sons  of  Amnion  may   be  no   more  remembered  among 

11  the  nations;  and  on  Moab  will  I  execute  judgments; 
and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

12  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Because  Edom  hath 
dealt  against  the  house  of  Judah  by  taking  vengeance, 
and  hath   greatly  offended,  and   revenged  himself  upon 

13  them,  therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will 
stretch  out  my  hand  upon  Edom,  and  will  cut  off  from 
it  man  and  beast;  and  I  will  make  it  desolate  from 
Teman  ;    and  unto  Dedan   shall  they  fall  by  the  sword. 

14  And  I  will  lay  my  vengeance  upon  Edom  by  the  hand 
of  my  people  Israel ;  and  they  shall  deal  with  Edom 
according  to  mine  anger,  and  according  to  my  fury  ;  and 
they  shall  know  my  vengeance,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

15  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Because  the  Philis- 
tines have  dealt  with  revenge,  and  have  taken  ven- 
geance,  with   a  despiteful   heart,   even   to   destruction, 

16  from  the  old  hatred ;  therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I  will  stretch  out  my  hand  upon  the 
Philistines,    and    I    will   cut    off  the   Cherethites,    and 

17  destroy  the  remnant  upon  the  sea-coasts.  And  I  will 
execute  great  vengeance  upon  them  with  furious  re- 
bukes ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when 
I  lay  my  vengeance  upon  them. 


Ch.  xxvr.]  EZEKIEL.  69 


XX. 

Prophecies  against  Tyre  and  Sidon.  —  Ch.  xxvi.  -  xxviii. 

1  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  eleventh  year,  on  the  first 
day  of  the  month,  that  the   word  of  Jehovah   came  to 

2  me,  saying ;  Son  of  man,  because  Tyre  hath  said 
against  Jerusalem,  "  Aha!  she  is  broken,  that  was  the 
gate  of  the   nations;  now  is   all   transferred  to   me;  I 

3  shall  be  full,  now  that  she  is  desolate  !  "  therefore  thus 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Behold,  I  am  against  thee, 
O  Tyre,  and  I  will  cause  many  nations  to  come  up 
against  thee,  as   the  sea  causeth  his  waves  to  come  up. 

4  And  they  shall  destroy  the  walls  of  lyre,  and  break 
down  her  towers ;   and  1  will   scrape  off  her  earth  from 

5  her,  and  make  her  like  a  naked  rock.  She  shall  be  a 
place  for  the  spreading  of  nets  in  the  midst  of  the  sea ; 
for   I   have   spoken   it,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.     And 

6  she  shall  be  to  the  nations  for  a  spoil  ;  and  her  daugh- 
ters, that  are  upon  the  land,  shall  be  slain  by  the  sword; 
and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

7  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Behold,  I  will 
bring  against  Tyre  Nebuchadnezzar,  king  of  Babylon, 
a  king  of  kings  from  the  Nortli,  with  horses,  and  with 
chariots,   and   with   horsemen,    and   a  vast  multitude  of 

8  people.  Thy  daughters  upon  the  land  shall  he  slay 
with  the  sword ;  and  he  shall  set  a  tower  against  thee, 
and  cast  up  a  mount  against  thee,  and  lift  up  the  buck- 

9  ler  against  thee  ;  and  his  battering-rams  shall  be  set 
against   thy  walls,  and  thy  towers   shall  he  break  down 

10  with  a.Kes.  By  reason  of  the  great  number  of  his 
horses,  their   dust  shall    cover  thee ;    thy   walls   shall 


70  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXVI. 

shake  at  the  noise  of  the  horsemen,  and  of  the  wheels, 
and  of  the  chariots,  when  he  entereth  into  thy  gates, 
u  as  men  enter  into  a  city  that  is  broken  through.  With 
the  hoofs  of  his  horses  shall  he  tread  down  all  thy 
streets ;  thy  people  he  shall  slay  with  the  sword ; 
and    the   idols  of  thy  strength  shall    fall   to  the  ground. 

12  And  they  shall  make  a  spoil  of  thy  riches,  and  make  a 
prey  of  thy  merchandise ;  and  they  shall  break  down 
thy  walls,  and  destroy  thy  beautiful  houses;  and  thy 
stones,  and  thy  timber,  and  thine  earth  shall  they  lay  in 

13  the  midst  of  the  waters.  And  1  will  cause  the  noise  of 
thy  songs  to  cease,  and  the  sound  of  thy  harps  shall  be 

14  no  more  heard.  And  I  will  make  thee  like  a  naked 
rock  ;  thou  shalt  be  a  place  to  spread  nets  upon  ;  thou 
shalt  be  built  no  more ;  for  I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it, 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

15  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  Tyre;  Behold,  the 
isles  shall  shake  at  the  sound  of  thy  fall,  at  the  groan- 
ing  of  the   wounded,    and   at   the  slaughter,   which    is 

16  made  in  the  midst  of  thee.  And  all  the  princes  of  the 
sea  shall  come  down  from  their  thrones,  and  lay  aside 
their  mantles,  and  put  off  their  embroidered  garments. 
They  shall  clothe  themselves  with  trembling,  and  sit  on 
the  ground,  and   tremble   every   moment,  and  be  aston- 

17  ished  at  thee.  And  they  shall  utter  a  lamentation  over 
thee,  and  say  to  thee,  "  How  art  thou  destroyed,  thou 
that  wast  peopled  from  the  seas,  the  renowned  city,  that 
wast  mighty  upon  the  sea,    thou  and   thine  inhabitants, 

18  causing  terror  to  all  that  dwelt  near  thee  !  "  Now  shall 
the  isles  tremble  in  the  day  of  thy  fall ;  yea,  the  isles 
that  are  in, the  sea  shall  quake  at  thy  departure. 

19  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  When  I  shall 
make  thee  a  desolate   city,  like   the  cities  that   are  not 


Ch.  xxvii]  EZEKIEL.  71 


20 


inhabited,  when  I  shall  bring  up  the  deep  upon  thee, 
and  great  waters  shall  cover  thee,  I  will  brincr  thee 
down  to  them  that  have  gone  down  to  the  pit,  to  the 
people  of  old  time,  and  I  will  cause  thee  to  dwell  in 
the  lower  parts  of  the  eartli,  amid  the  ruins  of  ancient 
times,  with  them  that  have  gone  down  to  the  pit, 
that  thou  be  no  more  inhabited  ;  but  I  will  set  glory  in 
21  the  land  of  the  living.  I  will  make  thee  a  desolation, 
and  thou  shalt  be  no  more  ;  though  thou  be  souorht  for, 
thou  shalt  be  found  no  more  forever,  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah. 

1       The  word   of  Jehovah   came    again   to  me,  saying ; 

2  3  Son  of  man,   take   up  a   lamentation  over   Tyre,    and 

say  to   Tyre,  O  thou  that  didst  dwell  at  the  entrance  of 

the   sea,  the  merchant   of  the  nations  to  many  coasts ! 

thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  O   Tyre,  thou  hast  said, 

4  "  I  am  perfect  in  beauty."  Thy  borders  are  in  the  midst 
of  the  seas;  thy   builders   have   perfected   thy   beauty. 

5  They  made  all  thy  ship-boards  of  cypresses  of  Senir; 
they  took  cedars  from  Lebanon  to  make  masts  for  thee. 

6  Of  oaks  of  Bashan  they  made  thine  oars;  thy  benches 
they  made  of  ivory  inlaid   in   cedar  from   the  coasts  of 

7  the  Chittians.  Fine  linen  with  broidered  work  from 
Egypt  was  that  which  thou  didst  spread  forth  to  be  thy 
sail ;  blue  and  purple,  from  the   coasts  of  Elisha,  were 

8  thy  covering.  The  inhabitants  of  Zidon  and  Arvad 
were  thy  rowers;  thy  wise  men,  O  Tyre,  that  were   in 

9  thee,  were  thy  pilots.  The  ancients  of  Gebal  and  the 
skilful  men  thereof  were  in  thee,  thy  calkers ;  all  the 
ships   of  the  sea,  with  their    mariners,  were    in  thee,  to 

10  traffic  in  thy  merchandise.  Persians,  and  Lydians,  and 
Lybians  were  in  thine  army,  thy  men  of  war ;  they 
hung  up  the  shield  and   helmet   in  thee  ;  they  set  forth 


72  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXVII. 

11  thy  glory.  The  men  of  Arvad  and  thine  own  army 
were  upon  thy  walls  round  about,  and  brave  warriors 
were  in  thy  towers ;  they  hung  their  shields  upon 
thy  walls  round  about;  they  made  thy  beauty  per- 
fect. 

12  Tarshish  trafficked  with  thee,  on  account  of  the  abun- 
dance of  all  kinds  of  goods  ;  with   silver,  iron,  tin,  and 

13  lead  they  traded  in  thy  fairs.  Javan,  Tubal,  and  Me- 
shech  trafficked   with   thee;  the  persons  of  men,    and 

14  vessels  of  brass  they  sold  in  thy  market.  They  of  the 
house  of  Togarmah  traded  in  thy  fairs  with  horses,  and 

15  horsemen,  and  mules.  The  men  of  Dedan  trafficked 
with  thee  ;  many  islands  were  at  hand  to  thee  for  trade  ; 
they   brought  thee,   for   payment,   horns   of  ivory,   and 

16  ebony-wood.  Syria  trafficked  with  thee  by  reason  of 
the  multitude  of  the  wares  of  thy  making;  with  car- 
buncles, purple    and    embroidered  work,  and  fine  linen, 

17  and  coral,  and  rubies  they  traded  in  thy  fiiirs.  Judah 
and  the  land  of  Israel  trallicked  with  thee  ;  with  wheat 
of  Minnith,  and  pastry,   and   syrup,    and   oil,  and  balm 

18  they  traded  in  thy  market.  Damascus  trafficked  with 
thee  on  account  of  the  multitude  of  the  wares  of  thy 
making,  on  account   of  the   abundance   of  all  kinds  of 

19  goods,  in  the  wine  of  Helbon,  and  in  white  wool. 
Vedan  and  Javan  brought  thread  to  thy  market ; 
wrought  iron,  cassia,  and  sweet   reed  were  in  thy  fairs. 

20  Dedan   brought  cloth   for  riding,  in  traffic   with  thee. 

21  Arabia  and  all  the  princes  of  Kedar  were  at  hand  to 
traffic   with   thee  ;  they  traded    with  thee  in  lambs,  and 

22  rams,  and  goats.  The  merchants  of  Sheba  and  Raamah 
trafficked  with  thee,  with  all  kinds  of  precious  spices, 

23  and  with  all  kinds  of  precious  stones,  and  gold.  Ha- 
ran,  and  Canneh,  and  Eden,   the  merciiants   of  Sheba, 

24  Assyria,  and  Chilmad   trafficked  with  thee   in  splendid 


Ch.  XXVII.]  EZEKIEL.  73 

apparel,   in  mantles    of   blue    and   embroidered    work, 
in  chests  of  damask   bound    with   cords   and   made   of 

25  cedar,  in  thy  market.  The  ships  of  Tarshish  were  the 
caravans  for  thy  traffic ;  and  thou  wast  replenished, 
and  made  very  glorious  in  the  midst  of  the  seas. 

26  Thy  rowers  have  brought  thee  into  great  waters ; 
the  east-wind  hath  broken  thee  in  the  midst  of  the  seas. 

27  Thy  riches,  and  tliy  fairs,  and  thy  merchandise,  thy 
mariners,  and  thy  pilots,  thy  calkers,  and  the  traders  in 
thy  merchandise,  and  all  thy  men  of  war  within  thee, 
and  all  thy  multitude,  that  is  in  the  midst  of  thee,  shall 
fall  into  the  midst  of  the   seas  in  the  day   of  thy  ruin. 

28  At   the   sound   of  the   cry  of   thy    pilots    the    pastures 

29  around  thee  shall  shake.  And  all  that  handle  the  oar, 
the  mariners,  and  all  the  pilots  of  the  sea  shall  come 
down  from  their   ships  ;  they  shall  stand  upon  the  land, 

30  and  shall  cause  their  voice  to  be  heard  for  thee,  and 
shall  cry  bitterly,  and   shall    cast  dust  upon  their  heads, 

31  and  roll  themselves  in  ashes.  And  they  shall  make 
themselves  utterly  bald  for  thee,  and  gird  themselves 
with   sackcloth ;    and   they  shall   weep    for    thee    with 

32  bitterness  of  heart,  and  bitter  wailing.  And  in  their 
wailing  they  shall  take  up  for  thee  a  lamentation,  and 
shall  lament  over  thee,  saying  ;  "  What  city  is  like  Tyre, 

33  like  the  destroyed  in  the  midst  of  the  sea?  When  thy 
wares  went  forth  from  the  seas,  thou  satisfiedst  many 
nations  ;  thou  didst  enrich  the  kings  of  the  earth  with 
the    abundance    of   thy    riches   and    thy    merchandise. 

34  Now  thou  art  broken  by  the  seas  in  the  depth  of  the 
waters,  and  thy  merchandise  and  all  thy  multitude  in  the 

35  midst  of  thee  are  fallen.  All  the  inhabitants  of  the 
isles  are   astonished   at  thee,  and   their  kings  shudder  ; 

30  they   are  troubled   in    their   countenance.      The   mer- 

VOL.  III.  7 


74  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xxvtii. 

chants  among  the  nations   hiss  at  thee.     Thou   art  a 
desolation,  and  shalt  exist  no  more  forever." 


1  The  word   of  Jehovah   came   again   to   me,  saying  ; 

2  Son  of  man,  say  to  the  prince  of  Tyre,  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Because  thy  heart  is  lifted  up,  and 
thou  hast  said,  "  I  am  a  god,  I  sit  in  the  seat  of  a  god,  in 
the   midst  of  the  seas;  "   and  though  thou  art  man,  not 

3  God,  yet  settest  thy  heart  as  the  heart  of  a  god,  —  be- 
hold, thou   art  wiser  than  Daniel  ;  there   is  no  secret, 

4  which  can  be  hidden  from  thee ;  by  thy  wisdom  and 
by  thine   understanding   thou   hast   gotten   thee  riches, 

5  and  hast  gotten  gold  and  silver  in  thy  treasures ;  by 
thy  great  wisdom,  by  thy  traffic,  thou  hast  increased 
thy  riches,   and  thy  heart   is  lifted   up   because  of  thy 

6  wealth.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ; 
Because  thou  settest   thy  heart,  as  the  heart  of  a  god, 

7  therefore,  behold,  I  will  bring  upon  thee  strangers, 
the  terrible  oC  the  nations  ;  and  they  shall  draw  their 
swords  against  the  beauty  of  thy  wisdom,  and  they  shall 

8  defile  thy  brightness.  They  shall  bring  thee  down  to 
the  pit,  and  thou  shalt  die  the  death  of  the  slain,  in  the 

9  midst  of  the  seas.  Wilt  thou  yet  say,  "  I  am  a  god," 
before  him  that  slayeth  thee?  Thou  shalt  be  man 
and    not  God,  in   the    hand  of  him    that    slayeth  thee. 

10  Thou  shalt  die  the  death  of  the  uncircumcised,  by  the 
hand  of  strangers;  for  I  have  spoken  it,  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah. 

11  Moreover,  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying; 

12  Son  of  man,  take  up  a  lamentation  upon  the  king  of 
Tyre,  and  say  to   him  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ; 


Ch.  xxviir.]  EZEKIEL.  76 

Thou  wast  a  finished  signet, 
Full  of  wisdom  and  perfect  in  beauty  ; 

13  In  Eden,  the  garden  of  God,  thou  didst  dwell  ; 
Every  precious   stone  was  thy  covering, 

The  ruby,  the  topaz,  and  the  diamond, 

The  chrysolite,  the  onyx,  and  the  jasper, 

The  sapphire,  the   carbuncle,    and    the    emerald,    and 

gold. 
The  workmanship  of  thy  jewel-holes  was  within  thee  ; 
On  the  day  when  thou  wast  born  were  they  prepared. 

14  Thou  wast  an  out-spread,  covering  cherub  ; 
I  set  thee  upon  the  holy  mountain  of  God  ; 
Thou  didst  walk  in  the  midst  of  the  stones  of  fire. 

15  Thou  wast  prosperous   in  thy  ways  from  the  day  that 

thou  wast  born, 
Until  iniquity  was  found  in  thee. 

16  Through  the  abundance  of  thy  merchandise  thou  art 

full  of  injustice  ; 

And  thou  hast  sinned  ; 

Therefore  I  will  cast  thee  as  profane  out  of  the  moun- 
tain of  God, 

And  I  will  destroy  thee,  O  covering  cherub,  from  the 
midst  of  the  stones  of  fire, 

17  Thy  heart  was  lifted  up  because  of  thy  beauty; 

Thou    hast    corrupted   thy    wisdom   by    reason   of   thy 

splendor ; 
I  will  cast  thee  to   the   ground ; 
I  will  give  thee  up  to  kings  to  be  their  gazing-stock. 

18  By  the   multitude   of  thine   iniquities,   by  the  unright- 

eousness of  thy  traffic. 
Thou  hast  defiled  thy  sanctuaries. 
Therefore   will   I   bring   forth   a  fire   from  the  midst  of 

thee,  which  shall  devour  thee, 
And  I  will  bring  thee  to  ashes  upon  the  earth, 


76  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXVIII. 

In  the  sight  of  all  them  that  behold  thee. 
19  All  they  that   know   thee  among   the   nations  shall  be 
astonished  at  thee  ; 
Thou  art  become  a  desolation,   and  shalt  exist  no  more 
forever. 


20       Again   the   word    of  Jehovah   came   to  me,   saying ; 
91   Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  Sidon,    and  prophesy 

22  against  her,  and  say ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 
Behold,  I  am  against  thee,  O  Sidon,  and  I  will  be 
glorified  in  the  midst  of  thee,  and  they  shall  know  that 
I   am   Jehovah,  when   I  execute  judgments  in  her,  and 

23  am  sanctified  in  her.  I  will  send  upon  her  pestilence, 
and  blood  into  her  streets,  and  the  wounded  shall  fall  in 
the  midst  of  her  by  the  sword,  which  is  against  her  on 
every  side ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

24  And  there  shall  be  no  more  to  the  house  of  Israel 
a  pricking  brier,  or  a  grieving  thorn  of  all  that  are 
round  about  them,  that  despised  them ;  and  they  shall 
knoVv  iliat  I  am  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

25  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  When  I  shall  gather 
the  house  of  Israel  from  the  nations,  among  which  they 
are  scattered,  then  shall  I  be  sanctified  through  them 
in  the  sight  of  the  nations,   and  they  shall  dwell  in  the 

26  land  which  I  gave  to  my  servant  Jacob.  They  shall 
dwell  therein  securely,  and  shall  build  houses,  and 
plant  vineyards,  yea,  they  shall  dwell  securely,  when  I 
have  executed  judgments  on  all  that  despised  them 
round  about ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah, 
their  God. 


Ch.  xiix.]  ezekiel.  77 


XXI. 

Prophecies  against  Egypt. —  Ch.  xxix.-xxxii. 

1  In  the  tenth  year,  in  the  tenth  month,  in  the  twelfth 
day   of  the   month,   the   word   of  Jehovah  came  to  me, 

2  saying ;  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  Pharaoh,  the 
king  of  Egypt,  and   prophesy  against   him,  and  against 

3  all  Egypt;  Speak,  and  say  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jeho- 
vah ;  Behold,  I  am  against  thee,  Pharaoh,  king  of 
Egypt,  thou  great  dragon,  that  liest  in  the  midst  of  thy 
rivers,  and  sayst,  "  My  river  is  my  own,  and  I  have  made 

4  it  for  myself"  And  I  will  put  hooks  in  thy  jaws,  and  I 
will  cause  the  fish  of  thy  rivers  to  cleave  to  thy  scales, 
and  I  will  draw  thee  forth  from  the  midst  of  thy  rivers, 
and    all    the    fish   of  thy   rivers,    which    cleave    to    thy 

5  scales.  And  I  will  cast  thee  into  the  desert,  thee  and 
all  the  fish  of  thy  rivers  ;  thou  shalt  fall  upon  the  open 
fields  ;  thou  shalt  not  be  brought  together,  nor  gath- 
ered ;  to  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  the  birds  of  heaven 

6  I  have  given  thee  for  food.  And  all  the  inhabitants  of 
Egypt  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah;  because  they 
have    been    a    staff"  of    reed    to    the    house    of    Israel. 

7  When  they  took  hold  of  thee  by  thy  handle,  thou  didst 
break  and  pierce  their  whole  shoulder  ;  and  when  they 
leaned  upon  thee,  thou  didst  go  to  pieces,  and  madest 
all  their  loins  to  shake. 

8  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Behold,  I 
will    bring   a  sword  upon  thee,   and   cut  off"  man   and 

SI  beast  out   of   thee  ;    and  the  land  of  Egypt    shall    be 
desolate   and   waste  ;    and   they   shall   know  that  I   am 
Jehovah,  because  he  hath  said,  "  The  river  is  mine,  and 
7* 


78  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXIX. 

10  I  have  made  it."  Therefore,  behold,!  am  against  thee, 
and  against  thy  rivers;  and  I  will  make  the  land  of 
Egypt  utterly  waste  and  desolate,  from  Migdol  even  to 

11  Syene,  and  to  the  borders  of  Ethiopia.  There  shall 
not  pass  through  it  the  foot  of  man,  and  the  foot  of 
beast  shall   not   pass   through  it,  neither  shall  it  be  in- 

12  habited  forty  years.  I  will  make  the  land  of  Egypt 
desolate  amidst  the  lands  that  are  desolate,  and  her 
cities,  among  the  cities  that  are  laid  waste,  shall  be 
desolate  forty  years  ;  and  I  will  scatter  the  Egyptians 
among  the  nations,  and  will  disperse  them  through  the 
countries. 

13  Yet  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  At  the  end  of 
forty  years  will  I  gather  the  Egyptians  from  the  nations, 

14  whither  they  are  scattered  ;  and  I  will  bring  back  the 
captives  of  Egypt,  and  will  cause  them  to  return  into 
the  land  of  Pathros,  into   the  land  of  their  origin ;  and 

15  they  shall  be  there  a  mean  kingdom  ;  it  shall  be  the 
meanest  of  all  kingdoms  ;  it  shall  no  more  exalt  itself 
above  the  nations  ;   for   I  will  diminish  them,  that  they 

16  shall  no  more  rule  over  the  nations.  And  it  shall  be 
no  more  the  confidence  of  the  house  of  Israel,  bring- 
ing to  my  remembrance  their  iniquity  in  looking  to 
them  for  help ;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  the 
Lord,  Jehovah,. 


17  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  twenty-seventh  year,  in 
the  first  month,  on  the   first  day  of  the  month,  that  the 

18  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying  ;  Son  of  man, 
Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king  of  Babylon,  caused  his  army 
to  serve  a  great  service  against  Tyre  ;  every  head  was 
made  bald,  and  every  shoulder  was  peeled;  yet  neither 


Ch.  XXX.]  EZEKIEL.  79 

he  nor  his  army  had   wages  from  Tyre  for   the  service 

19  which  he  served  against  it.  Therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I  will  give  the  land  of  Egypt 
to  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king  of  Babylon,  and  he  shall 
take  her  multitude,  and  take  her   spoil,  and   take  her 

20  plunder  ;  and  it  shall  be  wages  for  his  army.  For  his 
wages  for  his  service  I  will  give  him  tlie  land  of 
Egypt;   for  they  wrought   for  me,  saith    the   Lord,  Je- 

21  hovah.  In  that  day  will  I  cause  a  horn  to  grow  forth 
to  the  house  of  Israel,  and  I  will  give  thee  to  open  the 
mouth  in  the  midst  of  them  ;  and  they  shall  know  that 
I  am  Jehovah. 


1  The  word   of  Jehovah   came   again   to   me,   saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  prophesy,  and   say,  Thus   saith  the  Lord, 

3  Jehovah  ;  Howl  ye,  alas,  alas  for  the  day  !  For  the 
day   is    near,   the  day   of  Jehovah    is   near  !  A   day  of 

4  clouds,  the  time  of  the  nations  is  come.  The  sword 
shall  come  upon  Egypt,  and  anguish  shall  be  in  Ethio- 
pia, when  the  slain  shall  fall  in  Egypt,  and  they  shall 
take  away  her  multitude,  and  her   foundations  shall  be 

r>  destroyed.  Ethiopia,  and  Lybia,  and  Lydia,  and  all 
her  auxiliaries,  and  Chub,  and  the  men  of  every  coun- 
try that   is  in  league,  shall  fall  with  them  by  the  sword. 

c  Thus  saith  Jehovah ;  They  that  uphold  Egypt  shall 
fall,  and  the  pride  of  her  power  shall  come  down;  from 
Migdol  to   Syene   shall   they  fall   in   her   by  the  sword, 

7  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  And  they  shall  be  laid  waste 
in  the  midst  of  the  lands  that  are  laid  waste,  and  her 
cities   shall    be  amongst   the  cities  that    are   desolate. 

8  And  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  have 
brought  a  fire   into  Egypt,  and  all  her  helpers  shall  be 


80  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXX. 

9  destroyed.  In  that  day  shall  messengers  go  forth  from 
nie  in  siiips,  to  make  the  confident  Ethiopians  afraid  ; 
and  anguish  shall  come  upon  them,  as  in  the  day  of 
Egypt ;   for  behold  it  cometh  ! 

10  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will  make  the  mul- 
titude of  Egypt  to  cease  by  the  hand  of  Nebuchadnez- 

11  zar,  the  king  of  Babylon.  He  and  his  people  with  him, 
the  terrible  of  the  nations,  shall  be  brought  to  make 
the    land   desolate  ;   and  they    shall   draw   their  swords 

12  against  Egypt,  and  fill  the  land  with  the  slain.  And  I 
will  make  the  rivers  dry,  and  I  will  sell  the  land  into 
the  hand  of  evil  men ;  and  I  will  lay  waste  the  land 
and  all  that  is  therein,  by  the  hand  of  strangers  ;  I, 
Jehovah,  have  spoken  it. 

13  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  I  will  destroy  the 
idols,  and  cause  the  images  to  cease  out  of  Noph  ;  and 
there  shall  be   no  more  a  prince   of  the  land  of  Egypt ; 

14  and  I  will  bring  fear  upon  the  land  of  Egypt.  And  I 
will   lay  waste   Pathros,   and   bring   a    fire  upon  Zoan, 

15  and  execute  judgments  upon  No.  And  I  will  pour  out 
my  fury   upon   Sin,   the   strength  of  Egypt,   and  I  will 

16  cut  off  the  multitude  of  No.  And  I  will  bring  a  fire 
upon  Egypt  ;  Sin  shall  tremble,  and  No  shall  be  bro- 
ken  through,    and   Noph   shall  be    plundered    by   day. 

n  The  young  men  of  On  and  of  Pibeseth  shall  fall  by  the 

18  sword,  and  the  women  shall  go  into  captivity.  At 
Tahpanhes  also  the  day  shall  be  darkened,  when  I  shall 
break  there  the  yoke  of  Egypt,  and  the  pride  of  her 
strength  shall  cease   within   her.     A  cloud   shall  cover 

19  her,  and  her  daughters  shall  go  into  captivity.  Thus 
will  I  execute  judgments  upon  Egypt ;  and  they  shall, 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


Ch.  XXXI.]  EZEKIEL.  81 

20  Now  it  came  to  pass  in  the  eleventh  year,  in  the  first 
month,    on   the   seventh  day  of    the   month,    that    the 

21  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying  ;  Son  of  man,  I 
have  broken  the  arm  of  Pharaoh,  king  of  Egypt,  and 
lo,  it  is  not  bound  up,  so  as  to  have  medicines  applied 
to  it;  a  bandage   is  not  applied  to  it,  to  make  it  strong 

22  to  hold  the  sword.  Therefore  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah;  Behold,  I  am  against  Pharaoh,  king  of 
Egypt  ;  and  I  will  break  his  arms,  both  the  strong  one, 
and  that  which  was  broken,  and   I  will  cause  the  sword 

•^3  to  fall  out  of  his  hand.  And  I  will  scatter  the  Egyp- 
tians  among  the   nations,  and    disperse  them   through 

24  the  countries.  But  I  will  strengthen  the  arms  of  the 
king  of  Babylon,  and  will  put  my  sword  into  his  hand, 
and  break  the  arms  of  Pharaoh,  so  that  he  shall  groan 
before  him  with   the   groanings   of  a  deadly   wounded 

25  man.  Yea,  I  will  strengthen  the  arms  of  the  king  of 
Babylon,  and  the  arms  of  Pharaoh  shall  fall  down  ;  and 
they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  shall  put 
my  sword  into  the   hand  of  the   king  of  Babylon,  and 

26  he  shall  stretch  it  out  upon  the  land  of  Egypt.  And  I 
will  scatter  the  Egyptians  among  the  nations,  and  dis- 
perse them  among  the  countries,  and  they  shall  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah. 


1  Now  it   came  to   pass  in   the  eleventh    year,  in  the 
third  month,   on   the  first  day   of  the  month,  that   the 

2  word  of  Jehovah    came   to   me,   saying  ;   Son   of  man, 
say  to  Pharaoh,  king  of  Egypt,  and  to  his  multitude. 

To  whom  art  thou  like  in  thy  greatness? 

3  Behold  the   Assyrian  was  a   cedar  upon  Lebanon,  with 

fair    branches; 
An  overshadowing  thicket,  high  of  stature; 


82  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXI. 

And  his  top  was  among  thick  boughs. 

4  The   waters   made  him   great ;  the   deep   waters   made 

him  high  ; 
Their  streams  went  around  their  plantation, 
And  sent   forth  their   channels  to    all   the  trees  of  the 

field. 

5  Therefore  his  height  was  exalted 
Above  all  the  trees  of  the  field. 

And  his  Boughs  were  multiplied,  and  his  branches  be- 
came long, 

Because  of  the  abundance  of  water,  when  he  shot 
forth. 

6  In  his  boughs  all  the  birds  of  heaven  made  their  nests, 
And    under    his    branches    all    the   beasts   of  the   field 

brought  forth  their  young  ; 
And  under  his  shadow  dwelt  all  the  great  nations. 

7  Thus  was  he  beautiful  in  his  greatness,  in  the  length  of 

his  branches  ; 
For  his  root  was  by  many  waters, 

8  The  cedars  in  the  garden  of  God  could  not  hide  him  ; 
The  cypress-trees  were  not  like  his  boughs, 

And  the  plane-trees  were  not  like  his  branches. 
Not  any  tree  in  the  garden  of  God 
Was  like  to  him  in  liis  beauty. 

9  I  made  him  beautiful  in  the  multitude  of  his  branches. 
So  that  all  the  trees  of  Eden,  which  were  in  the  garden 

of  God,  envied  him. 

10  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ; 
Because  he  lifted  himself  up  in  stature. 
And  shot  up  his  top  among  the  thick  boughs. 

And  his  heart  was  lifted  up  on  account  of  his  height, 

11  Therefore  I  delivered  him  into  the  hand  of  the   mighty 

one  of  the  nations, 


Ch.  XXXI.]  EZEKIEL.  83 

That   dealt   hardly  with   him  ;  I   drave  him  out  for  his 
wickedness  ; 

12  And  strangers,  the  terrible   of  the   nations,  cut  him  off 

and  cast  him  away. 
Upon  the  mountains  and  in   all  the  valleys  his  branches 

fell  ; 
And  his  boughs  were   broken   in  all   the  valleys   of  the 

land. 
And   all   the  nations  of  the   earth  withdrew   from    his 

shadow  and  left  him  ; 

13  Upon  his  ruin  dwelt  all  the  birds  of  the  heavens, 

And    upon   his    branches    were    all    the    beasts  of  the 
forest. 

14  To  the  end  that  none  of  all  the  trees  by  the  waters 
Might  exalt  themselves  for  their  stature, 

Nor  shoot  up  their  top  among  the  thick  boughs, 

And  that  none   of  the  trees    that  drink   water   should 

cleave  to  them  on  account  of  their  height ; 
For   all    of  them  are  delivered  to   death,  to   the  lower 

parts  of  the  earth, 
In  the  midst  of  the  sons  of  men. 
To  them  that  have  gone  down  to  the  pit. 

15  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 

In  the  day  when  he  went  down  to  the  grave, 

I  caused  the  deep  to  mourn,  I  covered  it  for  him  ; 

I  restrained,  on  account   of  him,  the  streams,  and   the 

great  waters  were  kept  back  ; 
And  I  caused  Lebanon  to  mourn  for  him, 
And  all  the  trees  of  the  field  fainted  for  him. 
IG  At  the  sound  of  his  fall  I  made  the  nations  to  shake, 
When  I  cast  him  down  to  the  grave, 
To  them  that  have  gone  down  to  the  pit ; 
And  all  the  trees  of  Eden, 
The  choice  and  best  of  Lebanon, 


84  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXII. 

Even  all  that  drink  water, 

Were  comforted  in  the  lower  parts  of  the  earth. 

17  They  also  went  down  into  the  grave  with  him, 
To  them  that  have  been  slain  with  the  sword  ; 
They  also  that  were  his  arm, 

That  dwelt  under  his  shadow  among  the  nations. 

18  To  whom   art   thou  thus  like  in  glory  and  greatness, 

among  the  trees  of  Eden  ? 
Thou  shalt  be  brought  down,  with  the  trees  of  Eden, 
To  the  lower  parts  of  the  earth ; 
Thou   shalt  lie  down   in   the   midst  of  the   uncircum- 

cised, 
With  them  that  are  slain  by  the  sword. 
Thus  shall  it  be  with  Pharaoh  and  all  his  multitude, 
Saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


1  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  twelfth  year,  in  the 
twelfth  month,  on   the   first  day  of  the  month,  that  the 

2  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying;  Son  of  man, 
take  up  a  lamentation  over  Pharaoh,  the  king  of  Egypt, 
and  say  to  him  ; 

Thou  art  like  a  young  lion  among  the  nations; 
Thou  art  like  a  dragon  in  the  seas  ; 
And  thou  camest  forth  into  thy  rivers, 
And  troubledst  the  waters  with  thy  feet, 
And  didst  disturb  their  rivers. 

3  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah; 

I  will,  therefore,  spread  my  net  over  thee, 
Amidst  an  assembly  of  many  nations  ; 
And  they  shall  draw  thee  up  in  my  net. 


Ch.  XXXII.]  EZEKIEL.  85 

4  And  I  will  throw  thee  upon  the  land, 

I  will  cast  thee  forth  upon  the  open  field, 

And  I  will  cause  all  the  birds  of  heaven  to  remain  upon 

thee. 
And  I  will  fill  the  beasts  of  the  whole  earth  with  thee ; 

5  And  I  will  lay  thy  flesh  upon  the  mountains, 
And  fill  the  valleys  with  thy  heaps. 

c  And  I  will   water   the  land,  in  which   thou   swimraest, 
with  thy  blood,  even  to  the  mountains. 
And  the  streams  shall  be  full  of  thee. 

7  And  I  will  cover  the  heavens,  when  I  quench  thee, 
And  make  the  stars  thereof  dark; 

I  will  cover  the  sun  with  a  cloud, 
And  the  moon  shall  not  give  her  light. 

8  All  the   bright   lights  of  heaven  will  I  make  dark  over 

thee, 
And  bring  darkness  upon  thy  land, 
Saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

9  And  I  will  grieve  the  hearts  of  many  nations, 
When  I  bring  thy  destruction  among  the  nations, 
In  lands  which  thou  knowest  not. 

10  Yea,  I  will  make  many  people  amazed  at  thee, 
And  their  kings  shall  shudder  on  account  of  thee, 
When  I  brandish  my  sword  before  them  ; 

And   they  shall  tremble  every   moment,  every  one   for 
his  life,  in  the  day  of  thy  fall. 

11  For  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah; 

The   sword   of  the   king  of  Babylon   shall   come  upon 
thee  ; 

12  By  the  swords  of  the  mighty  will  I  cause  thy  multitude 

to  fall, 
All  of  them  the  terrible  of  the  nations. 
And  they  shall  bring  to  nothing  the  pride  of  Egypt, 

VOL.  III.  8 


86  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXII. 

And  all  her  multitude  shall  be  destroyed. 

13  I  will  also  destroy  all  her  beasts 
From  beside  the  great  waters  ; 

Neither  shall  the  foot  of  man  trouble  them  any  more, 
Nor  shall  the  hoofs  of  beasts  trouble  them. 

14  Then  will  I  make  their  waters  clear, 
And  cause  their  rivers  to  run  like  oil, 
Saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah, 

15  When  I  shall  make  the  land  of  Egypt  desolate, 

And    the  country   shall   be    destitute    of   all  that   was 

therein. 
When  I  shall  smite  all  that  dwell  therein, 
That  they  may  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

16  This  is  the  lamentation,  which  they  shall  utter  ;  the 
daughters  of  the  nations  shall  utter  it.  For  Egypt  and 
for  all  her  multitude  shall  they  utter  it,  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah. 


17  It  came  to  pass  also  in  the  twelfth  year,  [in  the 
twelfth  month,]  on   the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month,  that 

18  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying  ;  Son  of  man, 
wail  for  the  multitude  of  Egypt,  and  cast  her  down, 
even  her  and  the  daughters  of  the  famous  nations, 
to  the  lower  parts  of  the  earth,  to  them  that  have  gone 
down  to  the  pit.  » 

19  Art  thou  more  beautiful  than  another? 

Come  down  and  be  laid  with  the  uncircumcised  ! 

20  They  shall    fall   in   the   midst  of  them  that  are  slain  by 

the  sword. 
The  sword   is  given ;  drag  her  away  and  all  her  multi- 
tudes ! 


Ch.  XXXII.]  EZEKIEL.  87 

21  The  mightiest   heroes   from   the   midst  of  the  pit  shall 
speak  to  him  and  his  helpers  ; 
For  they  are  gone  down,  they  lie  uncircumcised,  slain 
by  the  sword. 

2-2       There  is  Assyria  and  all  her  company  ; 

Her  graves  are  round  about  her; 

All  of  them  are  slain,  fallen  by  the  sword  ; 
•23  Her  grave  is  made  in  the  depths  of  the  pit, 

And  her  company  is  round  about  her  grave. 

All  of  them  slain,  fallen  by  the  sword, 

They  who  caused  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living. 

24  There  is  Elam  and   all  her  company  round  about  her 

grave. 
All  of  them  slain,  fallen  by  the  sword  ; 
They  are  gone  down  uncircumcised  to  the  lower  parts 

of  the  earth, 
Who  caused  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living ; 
They  bear  their  shame  with   them  that  have  gone  down 

to  the  pit. 

25  Among   the   slain  have   they  set   her  a  bed  with  all  her 

multitude  ; 
Her  graves  are  round  about  her. 
All  of  them,  uncircumcised,  slain  by  the  sword. 
Though  they  caused  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living. 
Yet   they  bear   their   shame  with  them   that  have  gone 

down  to  the  pit ; 
They  are  laid  in  the  midst  of  the  slain. 

26  There  is  Meshech,  Tubal,  and  all  their  multitude; 
Their  graves  are  around  them  ; 

All  of  them  uncircumcised,  slain  by  the  sword, 
Though  they  caused  terror  in  the  land  of  the  living. 


88  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXII. 

27  Shall   they  not  lie  with   the   mighty   of  the   uncircum- 

cised  that  are  fallen, 
Who  have  gone  down  to   the  pit  with  their  weapons  of 

war. 
Having  their  swords  laid  under  their  heads, 
And  their  iniquity  resting  upon  their  bones, 
Though  they  were  the  terror  of  the  mighty  in  the  land 

of  the  living  ? 

28  And   thou   also   shalt  be  broken    in  the   midst   of  the 

uncircumcised, 
And   shalt  lie  down   with   them   that   are   slain  by  the 
sword. 

29  There  is  Edom,  her  kings  and  all  her  princes. 

Who  in  their  might  are  laid  with  them  that  are  slain  by 

the  sword ; 
They  lie  down  with  the  uncircumcised. 
With  them  that  have  gone  down  to  the  pit. 

30  There  are  the  princes  of  the  North, 
All  of  them,  and  all  the  Sidonians, 
Who  have  gone  down  to  the  slain  ; 

In  the  midst  of  the  terror  of  their   might  they  are  put 

to  shame  ; 
They   lie    down,   uncircumcised,  with   them    that    are 

slain  by  the  sword, 
And  bear  their  shajne  with   them  that  have  gone  down 

to  the  pit. 

31  Pharaoh  shall  see  them. 

And  shall  comfort  himself  over  all  his  multitude; 
Even  Pharaoh  and  all  his  army  are  slain  by  the  sword, 
Saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


Ch.  XXXIII.]  EZEKIEL.  89 

J2  Though  I   suffered  him   to  spread  terror  in  the  land  of 
the  living, 
Yet  is  he  laid  in  the  midst  of  the  uncircumcised, 
With  them  that  are  slain  by  the  sword, 
Even  Pharaoh  and  all  his  multitude, 
Saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


XXII. 

The  duties  of  a  piophet.  —  Ch.  xxxiii.  1-20. 

1       Again  the   word   of  Jehovah   came   to   me,   saying ; 

u  Son  of  man,  speak  to  the  children  of  thy  people,  and 
say  to  them.  When  I  bring  the  sword  upon  a  land,  and 
the  people   of  the  land  take   a   man  out  of  their  whole 

3  number,  and  set  him  for  their  watchman,  and  he  seeth 
the  sword  coming   on    the  land,  and    bloweth  the  trum- 

4  pet,  and  warneth  the  people,  then  whoever  heareth  the 
sound  of  the  trumpet,  and  taketh  not  warning,  and  the 
sword  Cometh   and  taketh  him  away,  his  blood  shall  be 

5  upon  his  own  head.  He  heard  the  sound  of  the  trum- 
pet, and  took  not  warning.  His  blood  shall  be  upon 
him.      But   he  that   taketh   warning  shall  save  his  life. 

6  But  if  the  watchman  see  the  sword  coming,  and  blow 
not  the  trumpet,  and  the  people  be  not  warned,  and 
the  sword  come  and  take  away  any  person  from  among 
them,  he  is  taken  away  for  his  iniquity,  but  his  blood 
will  I  require  at  the  watchman's  hand. 

7  So  thou,  son  of  man,  I  have  set  thee  a  watchman  to 
the  house  of  Israel,   that  thou   shouldst  hear  the  word 

8* 


90  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXIII. 

8  from  my  mouth,  and  warn  them  from  me.  When  I 
say  to  the  wicked,  "  O  wicked  man,  thou  shalt  surely 
die !  "  and  thou  speakest  not,  to  warn  the  wicked  from 
his  way,  that  wicked  man  shall  die  for  his  iniquity,  but 

9  his  blood  will  I  require  at  thy  hand.  Yet  if  thou  warn 
the  wicked  of  his  way,  to  turn  from  it,  and  he  turn  not 
from  his  way,  he  shall  die  for  his  iniquity,  but  thou 
hast  delivered  thyself 

10  Thou,  therefore,  O  son  of  man,  say  to  the  house  of 
Israel  ;  Rightly  do  ye  say,  "  Our  transgressions  and  our 
sins   are  upon   us,    and   through   them   we   pine    away. 

11  How  then  can  we  live  1  "  Say  to  them,  As  I  live  !  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah,  1  have  no  pleasure  in  the  death  of 
the  wicked,  but  that  the  wicked  turn  from  his  way,  and 
live  ;  turn  ye,  turn  ye,  from  your  evil  ways  I  for  why 
will  ye  die,  O  house  of  Israel  ? 

12  Thou  also,  son  of  man,  say  to  the  sons  of  thy  peo- 
ple, The  righteousness  of  the  righteous  shall  not  de- 
liver him  in  the  day  of  his  transgression ;  and  through 
his  wickedness  shall  not  the  wicked  man  fall  in  the 
day  when  he  turneth  from  his  wickedness ;  neither 
shall  the  righteous  be   able   to  live  in   the  day  when  he 

13  sinneth.  When  I  say  concerning  the  righteous,  "  He 
shall  surely  live,"  and  he  trusteth  in  his  righteousness, 
and  doeth  iniquity,  all  his  rigliteousness  shall  not  be 
remembered,  but    for  his   iniquity,  which  he  hath  com- 

14  mitted,  shall  he  die.  Again,  when  I  say  concerning 
the  wicked,  "  He  shall  surely  die,"  and  he  turneth  from 

15  his  sin,  and  doeth  that  which  is  just  and  right,  and  the 
wicked  restorelh  the  pledge,  giveth  back  that  which 
he  hath  taken  by  violence,  and  walketh  in  the  statutes 
of  life,    without   committing   iniquity,   he    shall    surely 

16  live,  he  shall  not  die.  None  of  his  sins,  which  he 
hath  committed,  shall  be   mentioned   to  him  ;  he  hath 


Ch.  XXXIII.]  EZEKIEL.  91 

done   that   which    is    just   and  right ;    he    shall    surely 
live. 

17  And  yet  the  sons  of  thy  people  say,  "The  way  of  the 
Lord   is  not  right!  "   But  it  is  their  way,  which   is  not 

18  riffht.  When  the  righteous  man  turneth  from  his 
righteousness,    and   coinmitteth   iniquity,   he  dieth   be- 

19  cause  of  it.  And  whicn  the  wicked  turneth  from  his 
wickedness,  and  doeth   that  which  is  just  and  right,  he 

20  shall  live  thereby.  And  yet  ye  say,  "  The  way  of  the 
Lord  is  not  right !  "  O  house  of  Israel,  I  will  judge 
you  every  one  according  to  his  ways  ! 


XXIII. 

Against  those   that  were  left  in  Judea  after  the  destruction  of  Jeru- 
salem by  the  Babylonians. — Ch.  xxxiii.  21-33. 

•ii  And  it  came  to  pass  in  the  twelfth  year  of  our  cap- 
tivity, in  the  tenth  month,  on  the  fifth  day  of  the 
month,  that  one  who  had  escaped  from  Jerusalem 
came  to  me,  saying,  "  The  city  is  smitten  ! " 

22  Now  the  hand  of  Jehovah  had  been  upon  me  in  the 
evening  before  he  that  had  escaped  came ;  and  he 
opened  my  mouth,  until  he  came  to  me  in  the  morning; 
he  opened  my  mouth,  so  that  I  was  no  longer  dumb. 

23  And   the    word    of   Jehovah  came    to   me,   saying ; 

24  Son  of  man,  they  that  inhabit  those  wastes  in  the  land 
of  Israel  say,  "  Abraham  was  but  one,  and  he  inherited 
the  land  ;  but  we  are  many.    To  us  is  the  land  given  for 

25  an   inheritance."     Therefore  say  to  them,  Thus    saith 


92  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xxxni. 

the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Ye  eat  with  the  blood,  and  lift  up 
your  eyes  to  your  idols,  and   shed   blood  ;   and   shall  ye 

26  possess  the  land  ?  Ye  trust  to  your  swords,  ye  com- 
mit abomination,    and   ye  defile,  every  one,    his   neigh- 

27  bor's  wife;  and  shall  ye  possess  the  land?  Say  thou 
thus  to  them  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  As  I 
live  !  surely  they  that  are  in  the  wastes  shall  fall  by  the 
sword,  and  him  that  is  in  the  open  country  will  I  give 
to  the    beasts   to    be    devoured,   and  they   that  are  in 

28  the  forts  and  caves  shall  fall  by  the  pestilence.  And  I 
will  make  the  land  an  utter  desolation  ;  and  the  pride 
of  her  strength  shall  cease ;  and  the  mountains  of 
Israel  shall  be  desolate,  so  that  none  shall  pass  through. 

29  Then  shall  they  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  have 
made  the  land  an  utter  desolation,  on  account  of  all 
the  abominations,  which  they  practise, 

30  As  for  thee,  O  son  of  man,  the  sons  of  thy  people 
speak  concerning  thee  by  the  walls,  and  in  the  doors  of 
houses;  and  speak  to  one  another,  every  man  to  his 
neighbor,  saying;   "  Come,  I  pray  you,  and  hear  what  is 

31  the  word,  that  goeth  forth  from  Jehovah."  And  they 
come  to  thee,  as  the  people  assembleth,  and  they  sit 
before  thee,  as  my  people,  and  they  hear  thy  words, 
but  will   not   do   them  ;  for   with  their  mouth    they  do 

32  what  is  lovely,  but  their  heart  goeth  after  gain.  And 
behold,  thou  art  to  them  as  a  very  lovely  song  of  one 
that  hath  a  pleasant  voice,  and  can  play  well  on  an 
instrument ;   for   they  hear  thy  words,  but  do  them  not. 

33  But  when  this  cometh  to  pass,  (and  behold,  it  shall  come 
to  pass,)  then  shall  they  know  that  a  prophet  hath  been 
amonof  them. 


Ch.  XXXIV.]  EZEKIEL.  93 


XXIV. 

Against  unjust  and  oppressive  rulers.  God's  promise  to  bring  his 
people  from  captivity,  and  to  raise  up  a  second  David  to  be  their 
king.  —  Ch.  xxxiv. 

1  And   the   word    of    Jehovah    came    to   me,    saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  prophesy  against  the  shepherds  of  Israel  ! 
prophesy  and  say  to  them,  to  the  shepherds  ;  Thus 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Woe  to  the  shepherds  of 
Israel,   who  feed    themselves !     Should   not  the   shep- 

3  herds  feed  the  flocks  ?  Ye  eat  the  fat,  and  ye  clothe 
you  with  the  wool,   ye  kill   that  which   is  fatted  ;  but 

4  ye  feed  not  the  flock.  The  weak  do  ye  not  strengthen, 
and  the  sick  do  ye  not  heal,  and  the  wounded  do  ye 
not  bind  up  ;  ye  bring  not  back  that  which  has  been 
driven  away,  neither  seek  ye  that  which  has  been  lost ; 
but    with    force    and    with    cruelty    do  ye    rule   them. 

5  Therefore  are  they  scattered  abroad,  because  there  is 
no  shepherd,  and  they  are  food  to  all  the  beasts  of  the 

6  field,  or  are  scattered  abroad.  My  sheep  wander 
through  all  the  mountains,  and  upon  every  high  hill  ; 
yea,  over  the  whole  face  of  the  land  is  my  flock 
scattered,  and  none  careth  for  them,  or  seeketh 
them. 

7  Therefore,  ye  shepherds,  hear  the  word  of  Jehovah  ! 

8  As  I  live  !  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  Surely,  because  my 
flock  is  become  a  prey,  and  my  flock  is  become  meat 
to  all  the  beasts  of  the  field,  because  there  is  no  shep- 
herd, and  because  my  shepherds  search  not  for  my 
flock,   and   feed    themselves,   and   feed    not  my  flock; 

9  therefore,   ye   shepherds,   hear   the   word   of  Jehovah ! 


94  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXIV. 

10  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Behold,  I  am  against 
the  shepherds,  and  I  will  require  my  flock  at  their 
hand,  and  cause  them  to  cease  from  feeding  the  flock ; 
neither  shall  the  shepherds  feed  themselves  any  more ; 
for  I  will  deliver   my  flock  from  their  mouth,  and  they 

11  shall  not  be  meat  for  them.  For  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah;    Behold   I,   even  I,    will    seek   my   flock   and 

12  look  after  them  ;  as  a  shepherd  looketh  after  his  flock, 
in  the  day  when  he  is  among  his  sheep  that  are  scat- 
tered, so  will  I  look  after  my  sheep,  and  will  deliver 
them  out  of  all  the  places,  where  they  have   been  scat- 

13  tered  in  the  day  of  clouds  and  darkness.  And  I  will 
bring  them  out  from  the  nations,  and  gather  them  from 
the  countries  ;  and  I  will  bring  them  to  their  own 
land,  and  feed  them  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel,  in 
the   valleys,  and   in   all  the  dwelling-places  of  the  land. 

14  I  will  feed  them  in  a  good  pasture,  and  upon  the  high 
mountains  of  Israel  shall  their  fold  be;  there  shall 
they  lie  down  in  a  good   fold,  and  in  a  fat  pasture  shall 

15  they  feed  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel.  I  will  feed 
my  flock,  and  I  will  cause   them   to  lie  down,  saith  the 

16  Lord,  Jehovah.  I  will  seek  that  which  was  lost,  and 
bring  back  that  which  was  driven  away,  and  will  bind 
up  that  which  was  broken,  and  will  strengthen  the 
sick  ;  but  the  fat  and  the  strong  will  I  destroy  ;  I  will 
feed  them  as  they  deserve. 

17  And  as  for  you,  O  my  sheep,  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I  will  judge  between  the  weak  of  the 
flock,  and  the  strong  ones,  even   the  rams  and  the  he- 

18  goats.  Seemeth  it  a  small  thing  to  you  to  eat  up  the 
good  pasture,  but  ye  must  tread  down  with  your  feet 
the  residue  of  your  pastures?  and  to  drink  of  the 
clear  waters,  but  ye  must  foul  the  residue  with  your 


Ch.  XXXIV.]  EZEKIEL.  95 

19  feet?  and  that  my  sheep  eat  that  which  ye  have 
trodden  with  your  feet,  and  drink  that  which  ye  have 
fouled  with  your  feet  ? 

20  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  them; 
Behold,  I,  even  I,  will  judge   between   the   fat  and  the 

21  lean  of  the  flock.  Because  ye  thrust  with  your  side 
and   with  your   shoulder,  and   push   all   the  weak   with 

22  your  horns,  till  ye  scatter  them  abroad,  therefore  will  I 
save  my  sheep,    and  they  shall  no  more  be  a  prey ;   and 

23  I  will  judge  between  sheep  and  sheep.  And  I  will 
raise  up  one  shepherd  over  them,  and  he  shall  feed 
them,  even  my  servant  David  ;  he  shall  feed  them,  and 

24  he  shall  be  their  shepherd.  And  I,  Jehovah,  will  be 
their  God,  and  my  servant  David  a  prince  among  them. 

25  I,  Jehovah,  have  spoken  it.  And  I  will  make  with 
them  a  covenant  of  peace,  and  will  cause  evil  beasts  to 
cease  out  of  the  land,  so   that  they  shall  dwell  safely  in 

26  the  desert,  and  sleep  in  the  woods.  And  I  will  make 
them,  and  the  places  round  about  my  hill,  a  blessing  ; 
and  I  will  cause  the  shower  to  come  down  in  its  season  ; 

27  showers  rich  in  blessings  shall  there  be.  And  the 
tree  of  the  field  shall  yield  her  fruit,  and  the  earth 
shall  yield  her  increase  ;  and  they  shall  be  secure  in 
their  land,  and  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I 
shall  break  the  bands  of  their  yoke,  and  deliver  them 
out  of   the   hand   of   them    that   made  them    servants. 

28  And  they  shall  no  more  be  a  prey  to  the  nations, 
neither  shall  the  beasts  of  the  land  devour  them  ;  but 
they  shall  dwell  in   security,  and  none  shall  make  them 

29  afraid.  And  I  will  raise  up  for  them  a  plantation  for 
my  glory ;  and  they  shall  no  more  be  consumed  with 
hunger  in  the  land,  neither  shall  they  bear  the  reproach 

30  of  the  nations  any  more.  Then  shall  they  know,  that 
I,  Jehovah,  their  God,  am  with  them,  and  that  they,  the 


96  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXV. 

house  of  Israel,  are  my  people,  saith  the  Lord,  Jeho- 
vah. 
31       For  ye,  my  flock,  tlie  flock  of  my  pasture,  are  men, 
and  I  am  your  God,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


XXV. 

Prophecy  against  the  Edomitc?.  —  Ch.  xxxv. 

1  Moreover,  the  word   of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  say- 

2  ing ;  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  Mount  Seir,  and 

3  prophesy  against  it,  and  say  to  it ;  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah.  Behold,  I  am  against  thee,  O  Mount 
Seir,  and   I  will  stretch   out  my  hand  against  thee,  and 

4  I  will  make  thee  an  utter  desolation  ;  I  will  lay  thy 
cities  waste,  and  thou  shalt  be  desolate,  and  thou  shalt 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 

a  Because  thou  bearest  a  perpetual  hatred,  and  deliv- 
erest  up  the  sons  of  Israel  to  the  sword,  in  the  time  of 
their    calamity,    in    the    time   when    iniquity   bringeth 

6  destruction  ;  therefore,  as  I  live  !  saith  the  Lord,  Jeho- 
vah, Surely  to  blood  will  I  bring  thee,  and  blood  shall 
pursue   thee ;  since   thou   hast   not  hated  blood,   blood 

7  shall  pursue  thee.  Thus  will  I  make  Mount  Seir  an 
utter  desolation,  and  cut  off"  from   it   him   that  passeth 

8  out,  and  him  that  returneth.  And  I  will  fill  his  valleys 
with  the  slain.  Upon  thine  hills  and  in  thy  plains  and 
in   thy  valleys   shall   fall   they   that    are  slain   with  the 

9  sword.  I  will  make  thee  a  perpetual  desolation,  and 
thy  cities  shall  not  be  inhabited;  and  ye  shall  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah. 


Ch.  XXXVI.]  EZEKIEL.  97 

10  Because  thou  hast  said,  "  These  two  nations  and  these 
two  countries  shall  be  mine,  and  we  shall  possess  them," 

11  whereas  Jehovah  was  there  ;  therefore,  as  I  live,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah,  I  will  do  according  to  thine  anger 
and  according  to  thine  envy,  which  in  thy  hatred  against 
them  thou  hast  practised,  and  I  will  make  myself  known 

12  to  them,  when  I  judge  thee.  And  thou  shalt  know 
that  I  am  Jehovah,  and  that  I  have  heard  all  thy  blas- 
phemies, which  thou  hast  spoken  against  the  mountains 
of  Israel,  saying  ;  "  They  are  laid  desolate  ;  to  us  are  they 

13^ given  to  be  devoured."  Thus  with  your  mouth  have  ye 
magnified  yourselves  against  me,  and  multiplied  your 
words  against  nje  ;  I  have  heard  them. 

14  Thus    saith  the   Lord,    Jehovah  ;     When    the    whole 

15  land  rejoiceth,  I  will  prepare  desolation  for  thee.  As 
thou  didst  rejoice  over  my  inheritance,  the  house  of 
Israel,  because  it  was  desolate,  so  will  I  do  to  thee ! 
Mount  Seir  shall  be  desolate,  and  all  Edom,  even  all 
of  it;  and  they  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


XXVI. 

Promises  of  restoration  and  of  2,reat  felicity  to  Israel.  —  Cm.  xxxvi. 

1  Ai.so  thou,  son  of  man,  prophesy  to  the  mountains  of 
Israel,  and  say  ;   Ye  mountains   of  Israel,  hear  the   word 

2  of  Jehovah  !  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jeiiovah  ;  Because 
the  enemy  hath  said  concerning  you,  "  Aha  !  the  ever- 

3  lasting  heights  have  become  our  possessions  ;  "  therefore 
prophesy  and  say  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Be- 
cause, yea,   because   they  have   made  you   desolate,  and 

VOL.   III.  9 


98  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXVI. 

swallowed  you  up  on  every  side,  so  that  ye  have  become 
a  possession  to  the  residue  of  the  nations,  and  a  subject 
for   the  lips  of  talkers,   and    a  derision  to    the  people ; 

4  therefore,  ye  mountains  of  Israel,  hear  the  word  of  the 
Lord,  Jehovah  !  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  the 
mountains  and  the  hills,  the  valleys  and  the  plains,  to  the 
desolate  wastes  and  to  the  forsaken  cities,  which  are 
become   a  prey  and    a   derision   to   the    residue   of   the 

5  nations,  which  are  round  about ;  therefore,  thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah;  Surely  in  the  fire  of  my  jealousy  have 
I  spoken  against  the  residue  of  the  nalions,  and  against 
all  Edom,  who  have  allotted  my  land  to  themselves  for  a 
possession,  with  joy  of  their  whole  heart,  and  with  a 
despiteful  mind,  to  cast  it  out  for  a  prey. 

6  Prophesy,  therefore,  concerning  the  land  of  Israel,  and 
say  to  the  mountains  and  to  the  hills,  to  the  valleys  and 
the  plains ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Behold,  I 
have  spoken  in  my  jealousy   and  in  my  fury,  because  ye 

7  have  borne  the  reproach  of  the  nations.  Therefore 
thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  I  have  lifted  up  my  hand, 
that  the  nations  that  are  round  about  you,  that  they  shall 

8  bear  their  reproach.  But  ye,  O  mountains  of  Israel, 
shall   shoot  forth  your  branches,  and   bear  your  fruit  for 

9  my  people  Israel ;  for  they  are  near  coming.  For  be- 
hold, I   am   for  you,  and   I  will  turn  to  you,  and  ye  shall 

10  be  tilled  and  sown  ;  and  I  will  multiply  men  upon  you, 
even  all  the  house  of  Israel,  all  of  it ;  and  the  cities 
shall   be  inhabited,   and   the  waste  places  shall  be  built. 

11  I  will  multiply  men  upon  you,  and  beasts;  and  they  shall 
increase  and  be  fruitful ;  and  I  will  cause  you  to  be 
inhabited  as  of  old,  and  will  do  better  to  you  than  in  the 
ancient   time  ;   and   ye  shall   know  that  I   am  Jehovah. 

12  Yea,  I  will  cause  men  to  walk  upon  you,  even  my  peo- 
ple Israel,  and  they  shall  possess  thee,  and  thou  shalt  be 


Ch.  XXXVI.]  EZEKIEL.  99 

their   inheritance,   and  thou   shalt   no   more  henceforth 
bereave  them  of  children. 


13  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Because  they  say  of 
you,  "  Thou   hast  devoured   men,  and   made  thy   people 

14  childless  !  "  therefore  thou  shalt  devour  men  no  more,  and 
no  more   make    thy  people     childless,   saith   the    Lord, 

15  Jehovah.  Neither  will  I  cause  the  reproach  of  the 
nations  to  be  heard  against  thee  any  more,  neither  shalt 
thou  bear  the  derision  of  the  nations  any  more,  neither 
shalt  thou  make  thy  nation  childless  any  more,  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah. 

16  Moreover  the  word   of  Jehovah  came   to  me,  saying  ; 

17  Son  of  man,  when  the  house  of  Israel  dwelt  in  their 
own  land,  they  defiled  it  by  their  way  and  by  their 
doings  ;  their  way  before  me   was   as  the  impurity  of  an 

18  unclean  woman.  Wherefore  I  poured  my  fury  upon 
them,  for  the  blood  which  they  had  shed  in  the  land,  and 

19  because  they  had  polluted  it  with  their  idols.  And  I 
scattered  them  among  the  nations,  and  they  were  dis- 
persed through   the  countries  ;    according  to  their   way 

20  and  according  to  their  doings  I  judged  them.  And 
when  they  came  to  the  nations,  whither  they  went,  they 
polluted  my  holy  name,  in  that  it  was  said  of  them, 
"  These  are  the  people  of  Jehovah,  and   they   are  gone 

21  forth  out  of  his  land."  Therefore  1  will  have  regard  to 
my  holy  name,  which  the  house  of  Israel  have  polluted 
among  the  nations,  whither  they  are  gone. 

22  Therefore  say  to  the  house  of  Israel ;  Thus  saith  the 
Lord,  Jehovah;  Not  for  your  own  sakes  do  I  this,  O 
house  of  Israel,   but   for   my  holy  name,  which   ye  have 

23  polluted  among  the  nations,  whither  ye  are  gone.  And 
I  will  sanctify  my  great  name,  which  hath  been  polluted 


100  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXVI. 

among  the  nations,  which  ye  have  profaned  in  the 
midst  of  them  ;  and  the  nations  shall  know  that  I  am 
Jehovah,   when    I  shall    he  sanctified   in  regard   to  you 

24  before  their  eyes,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  For  I  will 
take  you  from  among  the    nations,  and  gather  you  out  of 

25  all  countries,  and  bring  you  into  your  own  land.  Then 
will  I  sprinkle  clean  water  upon  you,  and  ye  shall  be 
clean.     From  all    your   uncleanness  and    from    all  your 

96  idols  will  I  cleanse  you.  A  new  heart  also  will  I  give 
you,  and  a  new  spirit  will  I  put  within  you  ;  and  I  will 
take   out  of  your   body  the   heart  of  stone,   and  I   will 

27  give  you  a  heart  of  flesh.  And  I  will  put  my  spirit 
within  you,  and  cause  you  to   walk   in  my  statutes,  and 

28  ye  shall  keep  my  commandments  and  do  them.  And  ye 
shall  dwell  in  the  land  which  I  gave  to  your  fathers.  And 

29  ye  shall  be  my  people,  and  I  will  be  your  God.  And  I 
will  save  you  from  all  your  uncleanness.  And  I  will  call 
for  the   corn,  and  will   increase   it,  and  bring  no  famine 

30  upon  you.  And  I  will  multiply  the  fruit  of  the  tree,  and 
the   increase  of  the  field,  that   ye   may  receive  no  more 

31  the  reproach  of  famine  among  the  nations.  Then  shall 
ye  remember  your  evil  ways,  and  your  doings  which 
were  not   good,  and   ye  shall   loathe   yourselves  for  your 

32  iniquities,  and  for  your  abominations.  Not  for  your  own 
sakes  do  I  this,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  be  it  known  to 
you  !  Be  ye  ashamed  and  confounded  for  your  ways,  O 
house  of  Israel ! 

33  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  In  the  day  when  I 
shall  cleanse  you  from  all  your  iniquities,  then  will  I 
cause  the  cities  to  be   inhabited,  and   the  waste  places  to 

34  be  rebuilt;   and  the  desolate  land  shall  be  tilled,  whereas 

35  it  lay  desolate  in  the  sight  of  all  that  passed  by.  Then 
shall  it  be  said,  "  This  land,  that  was  desolate,  is  become 


Ch.  XXXVII.]  EZEKIEL.  101 

as  the  garden  of  Eden;  and  the  waste,  and  desolate,  and 
ruined  cities    are  become   fenced,   and  are    inhabited." 

36  Then  the  nations,  that  are  left  around  you,  shall  know 
that  I,  Jehovah,  have  built  that  which  was  ruined,  and 
planted  that  which  was  desolate.  I,  Jehovah,  have 
spoken  it,  and  I  will  do  it. 

37  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Yet  will  I  listen  to 
the   house  of  Israel,  and   do  this  for  them.     I  will   in- 

38  crease  them  with  men  like  a  flock ;  as  the  holy  flock,  as 
the  flock  of  Jerusalem  in  her  solemn  feasts ;  so  shall  the 
waste  cities  be  filled  with  flocks  of  men  ;  and  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


XXVII. 

Restoration  of  the  Jews  represented  by  the  vision  of  a  resurrection  of 
dry  bones. — Ch.  xxxvii.  1-14. 

1       The  hand  of  Jehovah  was  upon  me,  and  he  carried 

me  out  in  the  spirit  of  Jehovah,  and  set  me   in  the  midst 

:i  of  a  valley,  which  was   full  of  bones,  and  caused  me  to 

.pass  by  them  round  about;  and  behold,  there  were  very 

many  upon   the  surface  of  the  valley,  and    lo,  they  were 

very  dry. 
li       And   he   said  to    me.  Son   of  man,   can   these   bones 

live?    And  I  answered,  O  Lord,  Jehovah,  thou  knowest! 

4  Then  he  said   to  me,  Prophesy  to  these  dry  bones,  and 
say  to  them,0  ye  dry  bones,  Hear  the  word  of  Jehovah! 

5  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  to  these  bones  ;  Behold,  I 
will  cause   breath   to  enter  into  you,  and   ye  shall  live  ; 

9* 


102  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXVII. 

6  and  I  will  lay  sinews  upon  you,  and  will  bring  up  flesh 
upon  you,  and  cover  you  with  skin,  and  put  breath  into 
you,  and  ye  shall  live  ;  and  ye  shall  know  that  I  am  Je- 
hovah. 

7  So  I  prophesied,  as  I  was  commanded;  and  as  I 
prophesied,    a   voice  was  heard,  and   behold,  a  shaking, 

8  and  the  bones  came  together,  bone  to  its  bone.  And 
when  I  looked,  behold,  there  were  sinews  upon  them, 
and  the    flesh  grew,  and  the  skin   covered  them  above ; 

9  but  there  was  no  breath  in  them.  Then  said  he  to  me, 
Prophesy  to  breath,  prophesy,  O  son  of  man,  and  say  to 
breath  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Come  from  the 
four  winds,  O  breath,  and  breathe  upon  these  slain,  that 

10  they  may  live  !  So  I  prophesied,  as  he  commanded  me  ; 
and  the  breath  came  into  them,  and  they  lived  and  stood 
on  their  feet,  an  exceedingly  great  host. 

11  And  he  said  to  me.  Son  of  man,  these  bones  denote 
the  whole  house  of  Israel.  Behold,  they  say,  "Our 
bones   are   dried,  and   our   hope  is  lost,  and  we  are  cut 

12  off"."  Therefore  prophesy,  and  say  to  them;  Thus  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I  will  open  your  graves, 
and  cause   you  to   come  up  out  of  your  graves,   O  my 

13  people,  and  bring  you  into  the  land  of  Israel.  And  ye 
shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  when  I  open  your  graves, 
and  cause  you    to  come  up   out  of  your  graves,  O  my 

14  people,  and  put  my  breath  within  you,  and  ye  live,  and 
I  place  you  in  your  own  land,  then  shall  ye  know,  that  I, 
Jehovah,  have  spoken  it,  and  done  it,  saith  Jehovah. 


Ch.  xxxvir.]  EZEKIEL.  103 


XXVIII. 

Reunion  of  the    tribes   of  Israel   symbolically   represented.     Future 
piety  and  prosperity.  —  Ch.  xxxvii.  15-28. 

15  And     the    word    of   Jehovah    came    to   me,    saying ; 

16  Son  of  man,  take  thee  one  stick,  and  write  upon  it,  "  For 
Judah,  and  for  the  sons  of  Israel,  his  companions  ;  "  and 
take  another  stick,  and  write  upon  it,  "  For  Joseph,  the 
stick  of  Ephraim,  and  the   whole  house   of  Israel,    his 

17  companions."     Then  join  them  one   to  another  into  one 

18  stick,  that  they  may  become  one  iu  thy  hand.  And 
when  the  sons  of  thy  people  say  to  thee,  "  Wilt  thou  not 

19  show  us  what  thou  meanest  by  these?"  say  to  them, 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  Behold,  I  will  take  the 
stick  of  Joseph,  which  is  in  the  hand  of  Ephraim,  and  of 
the  tribes  of  Israel,  his  companions,  and  will  unite  them 
and   him  with   the  stick  of  Judah,  and  make   them   one 

20  stick,  and  they  shall  be  one  in  my  hand.  And  let  thfe 
sticks,  whereon  thou  writest,  be  in  thy  hand  before  their 

•21  eyes  ;  and  say  thou  to  them.  Thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah ;  Behold,  I  will  take  the  sons  of  Israel  from 
among  the  nations,  whither  they  are  gone,  and  will 
gather   them   from  every  side,  and  bring  them  into  their 

■■2-2  own  land.  And  I  will  make  them  one  nation  in  the 
land,  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel  ;  and  one  king  shall 
be  king  over  them  all  ;  and  they  shall  no  more  be  two 
nations,   and    no  more   shall  they    be   divided  into   two 

23  kingdoms.  Neither  shall  they  defile  themselves  any 
more  with  their  idols,  nor  with  tlieir  abominations,  nor 
with  any  of  their  transgressions ;  but  I  will  save  them 
from  all  their  dwelling-places,  wherein  they  have  sinned, 
and  will  cleanse  them ;  and  they  shall  be  my  people,  and 


104  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXVIII. 

24  I  will  be  their  God.  And  my  servant  David  shall  be 
king  over  them,  and  they  shall  have  one  shepherd  ;  and 
they  shall  walk  in  my  commandments,  and  observe  my 

25  statutes,  and  do  them.  And  they  shall  dwell  in  the 
land  which  I  gave  to  my  servant  Jacob,  wherein  your 
fathers  dwelt  ;  they  shall  dwell  therein,  and  their  sons 
and  their  sons'  sons  forever  ;  and  David,  my  servant,  shall 

26  be  their  prince  forever.  And  I  will  make  with  them  a 
covenant  of  peace ;  it  shall  be  an  everlasting  covenant 
with  them.  And  I  will  place  them  [in  the  land,]  and 
multiply   them,  and  set    my   sanctuary   in   the  midst   of 

37  them  forever.  And  my  dwelling-place  shall  be  with 
them  ;  yea,  I   will  be   their   God,   and   they  shall  be  my 

28  people  ;  and  the  nations  shall  know  that  I,  Jehovah,  do 
sanctify  Israel,  when  my  sanctuary  shall  be  in  the  midst 
of  them  forevermore. 


XXIX. 

Expedition  of  barbarous  nations,  under  the  command  of  Gog,  against 
Israel  after  their  restoration ;  tlieir  defeat,  and  the  triumph  and  hap- 
piness of  the  Jews.  —  Ch.  xxxviii,  xxxix. 

1  And    the    word    of    Jehovah    came    to    me,    saying ; 

2  Son  of  man,  set  thy  face  against  Gog,  of  the  land  of 
Magog,    prince    of    Rosh,    Meshech,    and   Tubal,    and 

3  prophesy  against  him,  and  say  ;  Thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah;    Behold,  I  am  against  thee,  O  Gog,  prince  of 

4  Rosh,  Meshech,  and  Tubal  !  And  I  will  turn  thee 
about,  and  put  rings  into  thy  jaws  ;  and  I  will  bring  thee 
forth,  thee  and  all  thine  army,   horses   and   horsemen, 


Ch.  xxxviii.]  fiZEKlEL.  105 

all   of  them   clothed   in   gorgeous    apparel,  even   a  great 
multitude  with    bucklers   and    shields,  all  of  them  hand- 

5  ling  swords.  Persians,  Ethiopians,  and  Lybians  are 
with    them,   all     of    them    with     shields     and     helmets. 

6  Gomer  and  all  his  bands,  the  house  of  Togarmuh  from 
the  north  quarters,  and  all  their  hosts,  many  nations  are 
with  thee. 

7  Be  prepared,  and  prepare  for  thyself,  thou  and  all  thy 
host,  that  are  assembled   unto  thee,   and   be  thou   their 

8  leader  !  After  many  days  siialt  thou  be  appointed  over 
them.  In  the  latter  years  shalt  thou  come  into  a  land, 
that  is  brought  back  from  the  sword,  gathered  out  of 
many  nations  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel,  which  had 
been  long  desolate  ;  but  it  is  brought  forth  out  of  the 
nations,    and    they   shall    dwell    securely,    all    of   them. 

9  Thou  shalt  go  up  like  a  storm,  thou  shalt  come  like  a 
cloud,  to  cover  the  land,  thou  and  all  thy  bands,  and 
many  nations  with  thee. 

10  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  At  the  same  time  shall 
thoughts  come  into  thy  mind,  and  thou  shalt  meditate  an 

11  evil  design,  and  shalt  say,  "I  will  go  up  to  the  land  of 
unwalled  villages  ;  I  will  go  to  them  that  are  at  rest,  that 
dwell  securely,  all   of  them  dwelling   without    walls,  and 

12  having  neither  bars  nor  gates,  to  take  a  spoil  and  to 
divide  a  prey,  to  turn  my  hand  against  the  desolated 
places  that  have  become  inliabited,  and  against  a  peo- 
ple gathered   out   of  the  nations,  possessing   cattle  and 

1:3  goods,  dwelling  in  the  heights  of  the  earth."  Sheba  and 
Dedan  and  the  merchants  of  Tarshish  and  all  the 
chiefs  thereof  shall  say  to  thee,  "  Art  thou  come  to  take 
a  spoil  ?  Hast  thou  gathered  thy  company  to  divide 
a  prey  1  to  carry  away  silver  and  gold,  to  take  away 
cattle  and  goods,  and  to  divide  great  spoil  ?  " 


106  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXVIII. 

14  Therefore,  prophesy,  son  of  man,  and  say  to  Gog  ; 
Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  In  that  day,  when  my 
people  Israel   dwelleth  securely,  thou   shalt    observe  it, 

15  and  thou  shalt  come  up  from  the  regions  of  the  North, 
thou   and   many  nations   with   thee,    all   of  them   riding 

16  upon  horses,  a  great  company,  and  a  mighty  host ;  thou 
shalt  come  up  against  my  people  Israel,  like  a  cloud,  to 
cover  the  land  ;  in  the  latter  days  it  shall  come  to  pass, 
that  I  will  bring  thee  against  my  land,  that  the  nations 
may  know  me,  when  I  shall  be  sanctified  in  regard  to 
thee,  before  their  eyes,  O  Gog ! 

17  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Art  thou  not  he,  of 
whom  I  spoke  in  old  time  by  my  servants,  the  prophets 
of  Israel,  who  prophesied  in  those  days  and  years,  that  I 

18  would  bring  thee  against  them  ?  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass  in  that  day,  in  the  day  when  Gog  shall  come 
against  the  land  of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  that 

19  my  anger  shall  ascend  in  fury.  For  in  my  jealousy,  in 
the  fire   of  my  wrath,  have  I  spoken.  Surely  in  that  day 

20  there  shall  be  a  great  shaking  in  the  land  of  Israel,  so 
that  the  fishes  of  the  sea,  and  the  birds  of  the  heavens, 
and  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and  every  creeping  thing  that 
creepeth  upon  the  ground,  and  all  the  men  that  are 
upon  the  face  of  the  earth,  shall  shake  at  my  presence  ; 
and  the  mountains  shall  be  thrown  down,  and  the  steep 
places  shall  fall,   and  every  wall  shall  fall  to  the  ground. 

21  And  I  will  call  for  a  sword  against  him  throughout  all 
my  mountains,  saith   the   Lord,  Jehovah,  and  they  shall 

22  all  turn  their  swords  against  each  other.  And  I  will 
contend  against  him  with  pestilence,  and  with  blood  ; 
and  overflowing  showers,  and  great  hailstones,  fire  and 
brimstone  will   I   rain   upon   him    and  his  hosts,  and  the 

2a  many  nations  that  are  with  him.  Thus  will  I  show 
myself  in    my   greatness   and    glory,    and  make  myself 


Ch.  xxxix]  EZEKIEL.  107 

known  before  the  eyes  of  many  nations,  and  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah. 


1  And  do  thou,  son  of  man,  prophesy  against  Goo-,  and 
say,  Behold,  I  am  against  thee,  O  Gog,  prince  of  Rosh, 

2  Meshech,  and  Tubal  !  I  will  turn  thee,  and  lead  thee 
about,  and  cause  thee  to  come  up  from  the  renrjons  of 
the  North,  and  bring  thee  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel. 

3  And    I    will   smite  thy   bow  out  of  thy   left   hand,    and 

4  cause  thine  arrows  to  fall  out  of  thy  right  hand.  Thou 
shalt  fall  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel,  thou  and  all  thy 
hosts,  and  the  nations  that  are  with  thee.  To  the  ra- 
venous birds  of  every    wing,    and  to   the  beasts  of  the 

5  forest,  give  I  thee  to  be  devoured.  Thou  shalt  fall  upon 
the  open  field ;  for  I  have  spoken  it,  saith  the  Lord 
Jehovah. 

6  And  I  will  send  a  fire  upon  Magog,  and  upon  them 
that  dwell  in  security,  in  the  sea-coasts  ;  and  they  shall 

7  know  that  I  am  Jehovah.  So  will  I  make  my  holy 
name  known  in  the  midst  of  my  people  Israel,  and  I  will 
not  suffer  my  holy  name  to  be  polluted  any  more;  and 
the  nations  shall  know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  the  Holy  One 

8  of  Israel.  Behold  it  cometh,  and  shall  be  done,  saith 
the  Lord,  Jehovah.     This  is  the  day,  of  which  I  spake. 

9  Then  shall  the  inhabitants  of  the  cities  of  Israel  go 
forth,  and  set  on  fire  and  burn  the  weapons,  the  shields 
and  the  bucklers,  the  bows  and  the  arrows,  the  hand- 
staves  and  the  spears,  and  they  shall    make  fires  of  them 

10  seven  years.  They  shall  take  no  wood  from  the  field, 
neither  shall  they  cut  down  any  from  the  forests;  for 
they  shall  make  their  fires  of  the  weapons.  And  they 
shall  spoil  those  that  spoiled  them,  and  plunder  those  that 
plundered  them,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


108  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XXXIX. 

11  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  tliat  day,  that  I  will  give 
to  Gog  a  place  there,  a  grave  in  Israel,  the  valley  of  the 
passengers  on  the  east  of  the  sea  ;  and  it  shall  stop  the 
way  of  passengers.  There  shall  they  bury  Gog  and  all 
his  multitude,  and   they  shall   call    it  "  The  valley  of  the 

12  multitude  of  Gog."  And  seven  months  shall  the  house 
of  Israel   be    burying   them,   that   they  may  cleanse    the 

13  land.  Yea,  all  the  people  of  the  land  shall  bury  them  ; 
and  it  shall  be  renown   to  them,  in  the  day  when  I  shall 

14  be  glorified,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  And  they  shall 
set  apart  men,  to  be  constantly  employed  in  the  work, 
who,  with  the  aid  of  those  that  pass  by,  shall  bury  those 
that  remain   upon   the  face  of  the  land,  to  cleanse  it;  at 

15  the  end  of  the  seven  months  shall  they  search.  And 
when  any  of  the  travellers,  that  pass  through  the  land, 
shall  see  a  man's  bone,  they  shall  set  up  a  sign  by  it,  till 
the  buriers  have  buried  it  in  the  valley  of  the  multitude 

16  of  Gog.  Also  the  name  of  a  city  shall  be  Multitude. 
Thus  shall  they  cleanse  the  land. 

17  And  thou,  son  of  man,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ; 
Say  to  the  birds  of  every  wing,  and  to  every  beast  of 
the  field.  Assemble  yourselves  and  come,  gather  your- 
selves from  every  side  to  my  sacrifice  which  I  make  for 
you,  a  great  sacrifice  upon  the  mountains  of  Israel  ;   and 

18  ye  shall  eat  flesh  and  drink  blood  ;  the  flesh  of  the 
mighty  shall  ye  eat,  and  the  blood  of  the  princes  of  the 
earth  shall  ye   drink,  of  rams,  of  lambs,   and   of  goats, 

19  of  bullocks,  all  of  them  fatted  in  Bashan.  And  ye  shall 
eat  fat  till  ye  be  full,  and  drink  blood  till  ye  be  drunken, 

20  of  my  sacrifice  which  I  make  fur  you.  'J'hus  shall  ye 
be  filled  at  my  table  with  horses  and  riders,  and  mighty 
men  and  warriors  of  all    kinds,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

21  And  I  will  set  my  glory  among   the  nations,  and  all  the 


Ch.  xxxii]  EZEKIEL.  109 

nations  shall   see  my  judgment  which  I  have  executed, 

22  and  my  hand  which  I  have  laid  upon  them.  And  the 
house  of  Israel   shall   know   that  I    am   Jehovah,  their 

23  God,  from  that  day  and  forward.  And  the  nations  shall 
know  that  the  house  of  Israel  were  carried  inlo  cap- 
tivity for  their  iniquity.  Because  they  trespassed 
against  me,  therefore  hid  I  my  face  from  them,  and 
gave  them  into  the  hand  of  their  enemies,  so   that  they 

24  all  fell  by  the  sword.  According  to  their  uncleanness 
and  according  to  their  transgressions  have  I  dealt  with 
them,  and  hid  my  face  from  them. 

t5  Therefore,  thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  I  will 
bring  back  the  captives  of  Jacob,  and  have  compassion 
upon  the  whole   house  of  Israel,  and  be  jealous  for  my 

26  holy  name.  Then  shall  they  feel  their  shame,  and  all 
their  trespasses  with  which  they  trespassed  against  me, 
when  they   dwell    in   security    in   their   own  land,   and 

27  none  maketh  them  afraid.  When  I  bring  them  back 
from  the  nations,  and  gather  them  from  the  lands  of 
their  enemies,  then  will  I  be  glorified  in  regard  to  them 

28  before  the  eyes  of  many  nations.  And  they  shall 
know  that  I  am  Jehovah,  their  God,  in  that  I  caused 
them  to  be  carried  into  captivity  among  the  nations, 
and  gathered  them  into  their  own  land,  and  left  none  of 

29  them  there.  And  I  will  hide  my  face  from  them  no 
more  ;  for  I  have  poured  out  my  spirit  upon  the  house 
of  Israel,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


10 


110  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XL. 


XXX. 

A  representation  of  the  Jewish  commonwealth,  the  temple  and  its 
services,  the  city  of  Jerusalem,  the  distribution  of  the  country 
among  the  twelve  tribes,  as  they  should  be  after  the  exile. — 
Ch.  XL.  -  xLvui. 


1. 

The  courts  and  doors  of  the  temple.  —  Ch.  xl. 

1  In  the  five  and  twentieth  year  of  our  captivity,  in  the 
first  month,  on  the  tenth  day  of  the  month,  in  the  four- 
teenth year  after  that  the  city  was  smitten,  on  the  self- 
same day  the   hand  of  Jehovah   was   upon  me,  and  he 

2  brought  me  thither  [into  the  city].  In  the  visions  of 
God  he  brought  me  into  the  land  of  Israel,  and  set  me 
upon  a  very  high  mountain,  near  which  was,  as  it  were, 

3  the  frame  of  a  city  toward  the  south.  And  when  he 
had  brought  me  thither,  behold,  there  was  a  man,  whose 
appearance  was  as  the  appearance  of  brass, with  a  line 
of  flax    in   his  hand,    and   a   measuring-reed ;    and    he 

4  stood  in  the  gate.  And  the  man  said  to  me,  Son  of 
man,  behold  with  thine  eyes  and  hear  with  thine  ears, 
and  give  heed  to  all  which  I  siiall  show  thee  ;  for  to  the 
intent  that  I  might  show  them  to  thee,  art  thou  brought 
hither  ;  declare  all,  which  thou  seest,  to  the  house  of 
Israel ! 

5  And  behold,  a  wall  on  the  outside  of  the  house 
round  about,  and  in  the  man's  hand  a  measuring-reed, 
in  length  six  cubits,  of  a  cubit  and  a  handbreadth ;   and 


Ch.  XL.]  EZEKIEL.  Ill 

he  measured  the  breadth  of  the   wall,   one  reed  ;  and 

6  the  height,  one  reed.  Then  came  he  to  the  gate, 
which  looked  toward  the  east,  and  went  up  the  steps 
thereof,  and  measured  the  upper  threshold  of  the  gate, 
one   reed   broad,  and  the   other  threshold   of  the  gate, 

7  one  reed  broad.  And  every  chamber  was  one  reed 
long,  and  one  reed  broad;  and  between  the  chambers 
were  five  cubits  ;   and  the  threshold  of  the  gate,  by  the 

8  porch  of  the  gate  within,  was  one  reed.     He  measured 

9  also  the  porch  of  the  gate  within,  one  reed.  Then  he 
measured  the  porch   of  the  gate,  eight  cubits ;   and  the 

10  border  thereof,  two  cubits;  now  the  porch  of  the  gate  was 
inward.  And  the  chambers  of  the  gate  eastward  were 
three  on  this  side,  and  three  on  that  side  :  they  three 
were   of  one   measure,    and  the   projecting   wall-pillars 

11  were  of  one  measure  on  this  side,  and  on  that  side. 
And  he  measured  the  breadth  of  the  entry  of  the  gate, 
ten  cubits  ;   and  the  length  of  the  entry  of  the  gate,  thir- 

12  teen  cubits.  There  was  also  a  space  before  the  cham- 
bers one  cubit  on  this  side,  and  a  space  one  cubit  on 
that  side ;   and   every  chamber  was  six   cubits  on   this 

13  side,  and  six  cubits  on  that  side.  Then  he  measured 
the  gate  from  the  roof  of  one  chamber  to  the  roof  of 
another,  the  breadth   was   five  and   twenty   cubits,  and 

14  door  was  over  against  door.  He  made  also  projecting 
wall-pillars  sixty  cubits,  even   to  the  border  of  the  gate 

15  of  the  court  round  about.  And  from  the  front  of  the 
gate  of  the  entrance   to  the  front  of  the  porch  of  the 

16  inner  gate  were  fifty  cubits.  And  there  were  closed 
windows  to  the  chambers  and  to  their  wall-projections 
inward  at  the  gate  round  about,  and  likewise  to  the 
cornices  ;  there  were  windows  round  about  within,  and 
upon  the  wall-projections  were  palm-trees. 


112  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XL. 

17  Then  he  brought  me  into  the  outer  court,  and  be- 
hold, there  were  rooms,  and  a  pavement  made  for  the 
court   round   about ;  thirty  rooms  were  upon  the  pave- 

18  ment.  And  the  pavement  at  the  sides  of  the  gates, 
by   the  length   of  the  gates,  was   the  lower   pavement. 

19  Then  he  measured  the  breadth  from  the  front  of  the 
lower  gate  to  the  front  of  the  inner  court  without,  a 
hundred  cubits  toward  the  east  and  toward  the  north. 

20  And  as  for  the  gate  that  looked  toward  the  north, 
in  the  outer  court,  he  measured  the  length  thereof,  and 

21  the  breadth  thereof  And  the  chambers  thereof  were 
three  on  this  side,  and  three  on  that  side.  And  the 
border  thereof,  and  the  cornices  thereof,  were  of  the 
same  measure  as  the  former  gate,  the  length  thereof 
was  fifty  cubits,  and  the  breadth  five  and  twenty  cubits. 

22  And  the  windows  thereof,  and  the  cornices  thereof,  and 
the  palm-trees  thereof  were  of  the  same  measure  as  the 
gate  which  looked  toward  the  east,  and  they  went  up 
to  it  by  seven  steps,  and   the  cornices  thereof  were  be- 

23  fore  them.  And  the  gate  of  the  inner  court  was  over 
against  the  gate  toward  the  north  and  east.  And  he 
measured  from  gate  to  gate  a  hundred  cubits. 

24  Then  he  led  me  toward  the  south  ;  and  behold,  there 
was  a  gate  toward  the  south  ;  and  he  measured  the 
border   thereof  and  the  cornices   thereof  according  to 

25  those  measures.  And  there  were  windows  in  it,  and 
within  the  cornices  thereof  round  about,  like  those 
windows  ;  the   length   was  fifty  cubits,  and  the  breadth 

26  five  and  twenty  cubits.  And  there  were  seven  steps  to 
go  up  to  it,  and  the  cornices  thereof  were  before 
them ;  and  it  had  palm-trees,  one  on  this  side  and 
another    on    that    side,   upon  the   wall-pillars   thereof. 

27  And   there   was   a  gate   in  the  inner   court  toward  the 


Ch.  XL.]  EZEKIEL.  113 

south ;  and  he  measured  from  gate   to  gate  toward  the 
south  a  hundred  cubits. 

28  And  he  brought  me  to  the  inner  court  through  the 
south  gate  ;   and  he  measured  the  south  gate  according 

29  to  the  same  measures.  And  the  chambers  thereof,  and 
the  border  thereof,  and  the  cornices  thereof  were  ac- 
cording to  those  measures.  And  there  were  windows 
in  it,  and  within  the  cornices  thereof,  round  about ;  it 
was  fifty  cubits  long,  and   five  and  twenty  cubits  broad. 

30  And   the  cornices  round   about    were  five    and   twenty 

31  cubits  long,  and  five  cubits  broad.  And  the  cornices 
thisreof  were  toward  the  outer  court ;  and  palm-trees 
were  upon  the  wall-pillars  thereof;  and  in  going  up  to 
it  there  were  eight  steps. 

32  And  he  brought  me  to  the  inner  court  toward  the 
east;  and   he   measured   the   gate   according    to    those 

33  measures.  And  the  chambers  thereof,  and  the  border 
thereof,  and  the  cornices  thereof  were  according  to 
those  measures ;  and  there  were  windows  in  it,  and  in 
the  cornices  thereof,  round  about ;  the  length  was 
fifty  cubits,   and  the    breadth    five   and  twenty   cubits. 

34  And  the  cornices  thereof  were  toward  the  outer  court ; 
and  palm-trees  were  upon  the  wall-pillars  thereof,  on 
this  side  and  on  that  side  ;  and  in  going  up  to  it  there 
were  eight  steps. 

35  And  he  brought  me  to   the  north  gate,  and  measured 
3C  it  according  to   those  measures;  the  chambers  thereof, 

and  the  border  thereof,  and  the  cornices  thereof;  and 
there  were  windows  to  it,  round  about ;  the  length  was 
fifty  cubits,  and  the  breadth  five  and  twenty  cubits. 
37  And  the  cornices  thereof  were  toward  the  outer  court; 
and  palm-trees  were  upon  the  wall-pillars  thereof,  on 
this  side  and  on  that  side ;  and  in  going  up  to  it  there 
were  eight  steps. 

10* 


114  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  XL. 

38       And  a  room  with  its  doors  was  by  the  borders  of  the 

89  gates,  where  they  washed  the   burnt-offering.     And   in 

the  porch  of  the  gate  were  two  tables  on  this  side,  and 

two  tables  on  that  side,  to   slay  thereon  the  burnt-oifer- 

ing,   and    the     sin-offering,     and    the    trespass-offering. 

40  And  at  the  side  without,  as  one  goeth  up  to  the  en- 
trance of  the  north  gate,  were  two  tables  ;  and  on  the 
other  side,  which   was   at   the  porch   of  the  gate,  were 

41  two  tables;  four  tables  were  on  this  side,  and  four 
tables   on   that   side ;    on   the  other   side   of  the   gate, 

42  eight  tables,  whereon  they  slew  their  sacrifices.  And 
the  four  tables  for  the  burnt-offering  were  of  hewn 
stone  ;  their  length  was  a  cubit  and  a  half,  and  their 
breadth  a  cubit  and  a  half,  and  their  height  a  cubit. 
Thereon   they  laid    the  instruments,   with   which   they 

43  slew  the  burnt-offering  and  the  sacrifice.  And  there 
were  edging-boards  of  a  handbreadth,  prepared  with- 
in round  about ;  and  upon  the  tables  was  the  flesh  of 
the  offering. 

44  And  without  the  inner  gate  were  rooms  for  the  sing- 
ers in  the  inner  court ;  they  were  at  the  side  of  the 
north  gate,  and  their  prospect  was  toward  the  south  ; 
one   at  the  side   of  the  east  gate,  having  the  prospect 

45  toward  the  north.  And  he  said  to  me.  This  room, 
whose  prospect    is   toward   the   south,   is  for  the  priests 

46  that  keep  the  charge  of  the  house.  And  the  room, 
whose  prospect  is  toward  the  north,  is  for  the  priests 
that  keep  the  charge  of  the  altar.  These  are  the  sons 
of  Zadok,  who,  among  the  sons  of  Levi,  come  near  to 

47  Jehovah,  to  minister  to  him.  Then  he  measured  the 
court ;  its  length  was  a  hundred  cubits,  and  its  breadth 
a  hundred  cubits,  being  square.  And  the  altar  stood 
before  the  house. 


Cu.  xLi.]  EZEKIEL.  115 

48  Then  he  brought  me  to  the  porch  of  the  temple,  and 
he  measured  the  door-border  of  the  porch,  five  cubits  on 
this  side,  and  five  cubits  on  that  side.  And  the  breadth 
of   the  gate   was  three   cubits  on  this  side,   and   three 

49  cubits  on  that  side.  The  length  of  the  porch  was 
twenty  cubits,  and  the  breadth  eleven  cubits;  and  they 
went  up  to  it  by  steps.  And  there  were  columns  by 
the  door-border,  one  on  this  side,  and  another  on  that 
side. 


2. 

The  various  parts  of  the  temple.  —  Ch.  xli. 

I  Afterwards  he  brought  me  to  the  temple ;  and 
he  measured  the  projecting  wall-pillars,  six  cubits 
broad  on  this  side,  and  six  cubits  broad  on  that 
side,   according  to    the   breadth  of   the  house.       And 

9  the  breadth  of  the  door  was  ten  cubits ;  and  the 
sides  of  the  door  were  five  cubits  on  this  side,  and 
five  cubits  on  that  side.     Then  he  measured  the  length, 

3  forty  cubits,  and  the  breadth,  twenty  cubits.  And  he 
went  inward,  and  measured  the  border  of  the  door, 
two  cubits;  and  the  door,  six  cubits;  and  the  breadth 
of  the  door,  seven  cubits. 

4  Then  he  measured  twenty  cubits  in  length,  and 
twenty  cubits  in  breadth  in  the  temple,  and  said  to  me, 

5  This  is  the  most  holy  place.  And  he  measured  the 
wall  of  the  house,  six  cubits;  and  the  breadth  of  every 
side-chamber,   four   cubits   round    about,    round    about 

6  the  house.     And   the   side-chambers  were   chamber  to 


116  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xLi. 

chamber,  three  and  thirty  times ;  and  they  entered  into 
the  wall  of  the  house  of  the  side-chambers  round 
about,  and  were  connected  with  it;  but  they  were  not 
'  connected  with  the  wall  of  the  house.  And  the  side- 
chambers  became  wider  upward,  having  a  winding 
ascent.  For  the  circuit  of  the  house  went  still  upward, 
round  about  the  house  ;  therefore  the  greater  breadth 
of  the  house  was  upward;  and  so  they  ascended  from 
the    lowest    story  to   the    highest   through   the    middle 

8  story.  T  saw  also  the  height  of  the  house  round  about ; 
the  foundations   of  the  side-chambers  were  a  full   reed, 

9  six  cubits  to  the  knuckles.  Tlie  thickness  of  the  wall 
of  the  side-chambers  outward  was  five  cubits,  and  the 
space  which  was  left    was  the   place  of  the  side-cham- 

10  bers  of  the  house.  And  between  the  rooms  was  the 
breadth   of  twenty   cubits   round    about   the   house   on 

11  every  side.  And  the  doors  of  the  side-chambers  were 
toward  the  space  that  was  left,  one  door  toward  the 
north,  and  another  door  toward  the  south ;  and  the 
breadth  of  the  space  that  was  left  was  five  cubits  round 
about. 

12  And  the  building,  which  was  before  the  separate 
place  at  the  side  toward  the  west,  was  seventy  cubits 
broad ;  and  the  wall  of  the  building  was  five  cubits 
thick  round  about,  and   the  length   thereof  was  ninety 

13  cubits.  Then  he  measured  the  length  of  the  house,  a 
hundred  cubits  ;  and  the  length  of  the  separate  place 
and  the  building  and   the   walls  thereof,  a   hundred  cu- 

14  bits.  Also  the  breadth  towards  the  front  of  the  house 
and  of  the   separate   place  toward  the  east  was  a  hun- 

15  dred  cubits.  And  he  measured  the  length  of  the 
building  before  the  separate  place,  and  that  which  was 
behind  it,  and  the  pillars  thereof  on  this  side  and  on 
that  side,  a  hundred  cubits ;   and  the  inner  temple,  and 


Ch.  xLi]  EZEKIEL.  117 

16  the  porches  of  the  court,  the  thresholds,  and  the  win- 
dows that  were  closed,  and  the  pillars  round  about  the 
three  sides.  Over  against  the  threshold  was  a  table  of 
wood   round   about,  from   the   ground   to  the  windows, 

17  and  the  windows  were  covered  with  it ;  upon  the 
space  above  every  door,  and  upon  the  inner  house,  and 
without,  and  upon  all  the  wall  round  about  within  and 
without,  according  to  measure. 

16  And  cherubs  and  palm-trees  were  made,  one  palm- 
tree   between  two   cherubs,   and  every  cherub  had  two 

19  faces  ;  and  the  face  of  a  man  was  toward  a  palm-tree 
on  one  side,  and  the  face  of  a  lion  toward  a  palm-tree 
on  the  other  side.     So  was   it  made  upon  all  the  house 

20  round  about.  From  the  ground  to  above  tlie  door 
were  cherubs  and   palm-trees   made,  and  on  the  wall  of 

21  the  temple.  The  posts  of  the  temple  were  four-square; 
and  the  front  sanctuary  had  the  same  appearance. 

22  The  altar  was  of  wood,  three  cubits  high,  and  two 
cubits  long :  and  the  corners  thereof,  and  the  base 
thereof,  and  the  walls  thereof  were  of  wood.  And  he 
said  to  me.  This  is  the  table,  that  standeth  before    Je- 

23  hovah.     And  the   temple   and   the   sanctuary   had   two 

24  doors.  And  the  two  doors  had  two  leaves  apiece,  two 
turning-leaves ;  two  leaves  for  one  door,  and  two  leaves 

9j  for  the  other  door.  And  there  were  made  on  them, 
even  on  the  doors  of  the  temple,  cherubs  and  palm- 
trees,  such  as  were  made  upon  the  walls,  and  a  wooden 

20  threshold  was  before  the  porch  without.  And  at  the 
closed  windows  were  palm-trees  on  this  side,  and  on 
that  side,  on  the  sides  of  the  porch,  and  on  the  side- 
chambers  of  the  house,  and  on  the  thresholds. 


lis  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xLii. 

3. 

The  buildings  connected  with  the  temple.  —  Ch.  xlii. 

1  Then  lie  led  me  forth  to  the  outer  court,  in  the  di- 
rection toward  the  north,  and  he  brought  me  to  the 
rooms,  which  were   before   the  separate  place,  and  be- 

2  fore  the  building  toward  the  north.  The  length  was  a 
hundred   cubits  before  the   gate  toward  the  north,  and 

3  the  breadth  was  fifty  cubits  ;  over  against  the  twenty 
cubits  in  the  inner  court,  and  over  against  the  pave- 
ment in   the  outer  court,  was   pillar   before   pillar,    in 

4  three  rows.  And  before  the  chambers  was  a  walk  of 
ten   cubits   breadth   inward,    a  way  of  one  cubit ;   and 

5  their  doors  were  toward  the  north.  And  the  upper 
rooms  were  narrower  (for  the  pillars  look  away  room 
from    them)     than    the    lower    and     middle    chambers 

6  of  the  building.  For  they  were  in  three  stories ;  but 
had  not  pillars,  as  the  pillars  of  the  courts;  therefore 
they  were  narrower  than   the  lowest,  and  than  the  mid- 

7  dlemost  from  the  ground.  And  as  to  the  wall  that 
was  without,  over  against  the  chambers,  toward  the 
outer  court,  before   the   chambers,   the  length   thereof 

8  was  fifty  cubits.  For  the  length  of  the  rooms  that 
were  in  the  outer  court  was  fifty  cubits  ;   but  before  the 

9  temple  it  was  an  hundred  cubits.  And  under  these 
rooms  was  an  entry  from  the  east,  as  one  came  to  them 

10  from  the  outer  court.  In  the  breadth  of  the  wall  of 
the  court  toward  the  east,  before  the  separate  place  and 

11  before  the  building,  were  rooms.  And  there  was  a 
way  before  them  similar  to  that  before  the  rooms 
toward  the  north.  Both  their  length  and  their  breadth 
were  the  same,  and  all  their  goings  out,  and  their  fash- 


Ch.  xLii.]  EZEKIEL.  119 

12  ions,  and  their  doors  were  the  same.  And  so  also 
were  the  doors  of  the  rooms  toward  the  south  ;  there 
was  a  door  at  the  head  of  the  way,  before  the  well- 
built  wall,  in  the  way  toward  the  east,  as  one  entered 
into  them. 

13  Then  he  said  to  me,  The  north  rooms  and  the  south 
rooms,  which  are  before  the  separate  place,  are  holy 
rooms,  where  the  priests,  when  they  come  near  to  Je- 
hovah, eat  the  most  holy  things.  There  shall  they  lay 
the  most  holy  things,  both  the  flour-offering,  and  the 
sin-offering,  and  the   trespass-offering;   for   the  place  is 

H  holy.  When  the  priests  enter  therein,  then  shall  they 
not  go  out  of  the  holy  place  into  the  outer  court,  but 
shall  leave  there  the  garments  in  which  they  minister  ; 
for  they  are  holy  ;   and   shall  put   on  other   garments, 

.  and  approach  to  the  place,  which  belongeth  to  the 
people. 

15  Now  when  he  had  made  an  end  of  measurino-  the 
innef  house,  he  brought  me  forth  to  the  gate,  whose 
prospect  is    toward  the  east,    and   measured    it  round 

16  about.  He  measured  the  east  side  with  the  measuring- 
reed,    five    hundred     reeds    with    the    measuring-reed 

n  round  about.  He  measured  the  north  side,  five  hun- 
dred   reeds,    with     the     measuring-reed    round     about. 

18  He  measured  the  south  side,   five   hundred   reeds,   with 

19  the  measuring-reed.  He  turned  himself  also  to  t!ie  west 
side,  and  measured  five  hundred   reeds   with  the   meas- 

20  uring-reed.  On  all  the  four  sides  measured  he  the 
wall  round  about,  five  hundred  reeds  in  length,  and  five 
hundred  in  breadth,  to  make  a  separation  between  the 
holy  and  the  unholy  place. 


120  LZEKiEL.  [Ch.  xliii. 

4. 

The  entrance  of  Jehovah  inlo  the  temple.  — Ch.  xliii.  1-12. 

1  Then  he  brought  me  to  the   gate,  even  to  the   gate 

2  that  looketh  toward  the  east.  And  behold,  the  glory 
of  the  God  of  Israel  came  from  the  east ;  and  the 
sound   thereof  was  as  the  sound  of  great   waters,  and 

3  the  earth  shone  with  his  glory.  And  the  appearance 
was  like  the  vision  which  I  saw,  like  the  vision  which 
I  saw  when  I  came  to  destroy  the  city ;  it  was  a  vision 
like  the  vision  which  I  saw  at  the  river  Chebar.  And 
I  fell   upon  my  face. 

4  And  the  glory  of  Jehovah  came  into  the  house  by 
the  way  of  the  gate,   whose   prospect  was  toward   the 

5  east.  Then  the  spirit  took  me  up  and  brought  me  into 
the    inner   court ;    and   behold,   the    glory  of   Jehovah 

6  filled  the  house.     And  I  heard  one  speaking  to   me  out 

7  of  the  house,  and  a  man  was  standing  by  me.  And  he 
said  to  me  ;  Son  of  man,  this  is  the  place  of  my  throne, 
and  the  place  of  the  soles  of  my  feet,  where  I  will 
dwell  in  the  midst  of  the  sons  of  Israel  forever ;  and 
the  house  of  Israel  shall  no  more  pollute  my  holy 
name,  neither  they  nor  their  kings,  by  their  fornication, 
and  by  the  dead   bodies   of  their   kings  in   their  sepul- 

8  chres  ;  in  that  they  set  their  threshold  by  my  threshold, 
and  their  post  near  my  post,  so  that  there  was  only  a 
wall  between  me  and  them,  and  defiled  my  holy  name 
by   the   abominations  which   they   committed ;    where- 

9  fore  I  have  consumed  them  in  my  anger.  Now  let 
them  remove  far  away  from  me  their  fornication,  and 
the  carcasses  of  their  kings ;  and  I  will  dwell  in  the 
midst  of  them  forever. 


Ch.  xLiii.]  EZEKIEL.  121 

10  And  thou,  son  of  man,  show  this  house  to  the  house 
of  Israel,  that  they  may  be  ashamed  of  their  iniquities, 

11  and  that  they  may  measure  the  pattern.  And  if  they 
be  ashamed  of  all  which  they  have  done,  let  them 
know  the  form  of  the  house  and  the  fashion  thereof, 
and  the  passages  for  going  out  and  coming  in,  and  all 
the  forms  thereof,  and  all  the  statutes  thereof,  and  all 
the  laws  thereof,  and  write  it  in  their  sight,  that  they 
may  keep  the   whole   form   thereof  and   all  the  statutes 

12  thereof,  and  do  them.  This  is  the  law  of  the  house. 
Upon  the  top  of  the  mountain,  all  within  its  limits 
shall  be  most  holy.  Behold,  this  is  the  law  of  the 
house. 


5. 

The  altar  of  burnt-offering. —  Ch.  XLiir.  13-27. 

13  And  these  are  the  measures  of  the  altar,  by  cubits; 
each  cubit  being  a  cubit  and  a  hand-breadth.  The 
bottom  shall  be  a  cubit  high  and  a  cubit  broad ;  and 
the  border  thereof,  by  the  edge  thereof  round  about, 
shall  be  a   span ;   and  this  shall  be  the  outer  part  of  the 

14  altar.  And  from  the  bottom  upon  the  ground  to  the 
lower  ledge  shall  be  two  cubits,  and  the  breadth  one 
cubit ;   and  from  the  lesser  ledge  to   the   greater  ledge 

15  shall  be  four  cubits,  and  the  breadth  a  cubit.  And  the 
altar  shall   be   four  cubits,    and   from   the  altar  upward 

iG  shall    be   four   horns.      And   the   altar   shall   be  twelve 

cubits  long  by  twelve  broad  ;  square  on   the  four  sides 

17  thereof     And   the   ledge   shall  be  fourteen  cubits   long 

VOL.   III.  11 


122  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xliii. 

by  fourteen  broad  on  the  four  sides  thereof;  and  the 
border  about  it  shall  be  half  a  cubit ;  and  the  bottom 
thereof  shall  be  a  cubit  round  about  ;  and  its  steps  shall 
look  toward  the  east. 

18  And  he  said  to  me,  Son  of  man,  thus  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah ;  These  are  the  statutes  of  the  altar,  in  the 
day  when  it  is   made,  to   offer   burnt-offerings  thereon, 

19  and  to  sprinkle  blood  thereon.  To  the  priests,  the 
sons  of  Levi,  of  the  race  of  Zadok,  that  come  near  to 
me,  saith  the  Lord,   Jehovah,    to  minister  to  me,  thou 

20  shalt  give  a  young  bullock  for  a  sin-offering.  And  thou 
shall  take  of  the  blood  thereof,  and  put  it  on  its  four 
horns,  and  on  the  four  corners  of  the  ledge,  and  on  the 
border   round   about,   and    thus   cleanse   and  purge   it. 

21  And  thou  shalt  take  the  bullock  of  the  sin-offering, 
and   it  shall   be   burned  in   the   appointed  place  of  the 

22  house,  without  the  sanctuary.  And  on  the  second  day 
thou  shalt  offer  a  he-goat  without  blemish  for  a  sin- 
offering  ;     and    they    shall    cleanse    the    altar,    as   they 

23  cleansed  it  with  the  bullock.  And  when  thou  hast 
made  an  end  of  cleansing  it,  thou  shalt  offer  a  young 
bullock   without  blemish,   and   a   ram  out  of  the  flock 

24  without  blemish.  And  thou  shalt  offer  them  before 
Jehovah,  and  the  priests   shall  cast  salt  upon  them,  and 

25  offer  them  up  for  a  burnt-offering  to  Jehovah.  Seven 
days  shylt  thou  sacrifice  daily  a  goat  for  a  sin-offering ; 
they   shall    also   sacrifice   a   young  bullock,  and    a  ram 

26  out  of  the  flock  without  blemish.  Seven  days  shall 
they   purge    the    altar,   and   purify   it,    and   consecrate 

27  themselves.  And  when  they  have  finished  these  days, 
it  shall  be  that  on  the  eighth  day  and  forward  the 
priests  shall  present  your  burnt-offerings  and  your 
thank-offerings  upon  the  altar,  and  I  will  accept  you, 
saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 


Ch.  xhv]  ezekiel.  123 


Divers  ordinances  for  the  priests.  —  Ch.  xliv. 

1  Then  he  brought  me  back  to  the  outer  gate  of  the 
sanctuary,  which   looketh   toward  the  east ;   and   it  was 

2  shut.  Tlien  said  Jehovah  to  ine  ;  This  gate  shall  be 
shut ;  it  shall  not  be  opened,  and  no  man  shall  enter 
in  by  it ;  because  Jehovah,  the  God  of  Israel,  entered  in 

3  by  it,  therefore  it  shall  be  shut.  The  prince,  because 
he  is  prince,  shall  sit  in  it,  to  eat  food  before  Jehovah  ; 
he  shall  enter  through  the  porch  of  that  gate,  and  by 
the  same  way  shall  he  go  out. 

4  Then  he  brought  me  to  the  north  gate  before  the 
house  ;  and  I  looked,  and  behold,  the  glory  of  Jehovah 
filled  the  house   of  Jehovah.     And  I  fell  upon  my  face. 

5  And  Jehovah  said  to  me.  Son  of  man,  mark  well,  and 
behold  with  thine  eyes,  and  hear  with  thine  ears  all 
that  I  say  to  thee  concerning  all  the  ordinances  of  the 
house  of  Jehovah,  and  all  the  laws  thereof;  and  mark 
well  all  the  entrances   of  the  house  and  all  the  outward 

6  passages  of  the  sanctuary.  And  say  to  the  rebellious 
house  of  Israel,  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  Let  it 
suffice  you  of  all  your  abominations,  O  house  of  Israel, 

7  in  that  ye  brought  strangers,  uncircumcised  in  heart, 
and  uncircumcised  in  flesh,  to  be  in  my  sanctuary,  so 
that  ye  polluted  my  house,  when  ye  oflered  my  food, 
the     fat    and   the   blood,    and   broke    my    covenant    by 

8  all  your  abominations.  And  ye  kept  not  the  charge  of 
my  holy  place,  but  appointed  for  yourselves  such  keep- 
ers of  my  charge  in  my  sanctuary. 

9  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  No  stranger,  uncir- 
cumcised   in   heart  and   uncircumcised   in   flesh,    shall 


124  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xliv. 

enter   into  my  sanctuary,  of  all    the   strangers  that  are 

10  among  the  sons  of  Israel.  But  even  the  Levites,  who 
departed  from  me,  when  Israel  went  astray,  who  went 
astray   from   me   after   their   idols,   shall    bear  their   in- 

11  iquity.  Yet  they  shall  be  ministers  in  my  sanctuary, 
having  charge  at  the  gates  of  the  house,  and  minister- 
ing at  the  house;  they  shall  slay  the  burnt-offering  and 
sacrifice   for  the  people,    and   they  shall   stand   before 

12  them,  to  minister  to  them.  Because  they  ministered  to 
them  before  their  idols,  and  caused  the  house  of  Israel 
to  fall  into  iniquity,  therefore  have  I  lifted  up  my  hand 
against   them,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  that   they  shall 

13  bear  their  iniquity.  And  they  shall  not  come  near  to  me, 
to  do  the  office  of  a  priest  to  me,  and  to  come  near  to 
any  of  my  holy  things,  in  the  most  holy  place;  but 
they   shall    bear  their   shame,    and   their    abominations 

14  which  they  have  committed.  But  I  will  make  them 
keepers  of  the  charge  of  the  house,  for  all  the  service 
thereof,  and  for  all  which  is  to  be  done  therein. 

15  But  the  priests,  the  Levites,  the  sons  of  Zadok,  that 
kept  the  charge  of  my  sanctuary,  when  the  sons  of 
Israel  went  astray  from  me,  they  shall  come  near  to  me, 
to  minister  to  me,  and  they  shall  stand  before  me,  to 
offer  to  me  the  fat  and  the  blood,  saith  the  Lord,  Jeho- 

16  vah.  They  shall  come  into  my  sanctuary,  and  they 
shall  draw  near  to  my  table  to  minister  to  me,  and  shall 

n  keep  my  charge.  And  when  they  enter  the  gates  of 
the  inner  court,  they  shall  be  clothed  with  linen  gar- 
ments, and  no  wool  shall  come  upon  them,  while  they 
minister  in  the  gates  of  the  inner  court,  and  within  the 

18  house.  They  shall  have  linen  coverings  upon  their 
heads,  and  linen  breeches  upon  their  loins;  they  shiill 
not  gird   themselves  with  any  thing  that   causeth  sweat. 

19  And  when  they  go  forth  into  the  outer  court,  even  into 


CH.   XLIV.l 

125 

the  outer   court  to  the   p 

garments,  in  which  they  m.  ^^^w  put  off  their 
the  holy  rooms,  and  shall  cloi.i  ^^(^  lay  them  "^ 
garments,  that   they    may   not  sai^ggives  with  other 

20  their  garments.     They  shall   neitheii^e  people  with 
nor   suffer   their   locks  to   grow  long,  their  heads, 

21  their  heads.      And   no   priest   shall   drinshall  shear 

22  they  enter  into  the  inner  court.  Neithepe,  when 
take  for  their  wives  a  widow,  or  her  that  is  p  ^'^^^ 
but  they  shall  take  virgins,  of  the  race  of  the^^^ ' 
of  Israel,    or    a   widow   that  is   the   widow   of  a  p'l^.^ 

23  And  they  shall  teach  my  people  the  difference  betwee. 
the   holy    and   unholy,   and  cause   them  to  discern   be- 

24  tween  the  unclean  and  the  clean.  And  in  controversy 
they  shall  stand  to  judge;  according  to  my  statutes 
shall  they  judge.  And  they  shall  keep  my  laws  and  my 
statutes   in   all   my   festivals,   and   they  shall  hallow  my 

25  sabbaths.  And  they  shall  come  to  no  dead  person,  to 
defile  themselves;  but  for  father,  or  for  mother,  or  for 
son,  or  for  daughter,  for  brother,  or  for  sister,  that  hath 

26  had  no  husband,  they  may  defile  themselves.  And 
after  his  cleansing  they  shall  reckon  to  him  seven  days. 

27  And  in  the  day  that  he  goeth  into  the  sanctuary,  into 
the  inner  court,  to  minister  in  the  sanctuary,  he  shall 
offer  his  sin-offering,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

28  And  it  shall  be  to  them  for  an  inheritance,  that  I  am 
their   inheritance.     And   ye  shall  give  them   no  posses- 

29  sion  in  Israel ;  I  am  their  possession.  They  shall  eat 
the  flour-offering,  and  the  sin-offering,  and  the  trespass^ 
offering;   and   every  dedicated   thing   in  Israel  shall   be 

30  theirs.  And  the  first  of  all  the  first-fruits,  and  every 
oblation  of  all  your  oblations  shall  belong  to  the  priests. 
Ye  shall  also  give  to   the   priest  the  first  of  your  meal, 

11* 


126                                            EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlv. 

that    he    may     cause     a    blessing    to    rest  on     thine 

31  house.     The  priests   shall   not    eat  of   any  thing  that 

dieth   of  itself,   or   that   is  torn,  whether  it  be  fowl  or 
beast. 


7. 


The  division  of  the  land.     Weights  and  measures.     Offerings,  &c. — 
Ch.  xlv. 

1  Moreover  when  ye  shall  divide  by  lot  the  land  for 
inheritance,  ye  shall  offer  an  oblation  to  Jehovah,  a 
holy  portion  of  the  land  ;  the  length  shall  be  five  and 
twenty  thousand  reeds,  and  the  breadth  ten  thousand. 
This    shall    be   holy   in    all    its    borders    round    about. 

2  And  of  this  there  shall  be  for  the  sanctuary  five  hun- 
dred in  length,  and  five  hundred  in  breadth,  square 
round    about ;   and    fifty    cubits    round    about    for    the 

3  suburbs  thereof  And  of  this  measure  shalt  thou 
measure  in  length  five  and  twenty  thousand,  and  in 
breadth  ten  thousand;   and  in  it  shall  be  the  sanctuary, 

4  the  most  holy  place.  This  is  the  holy  portion  of  the 
land ;  it  shall  be  for  the  priests,  the  ministers  of  the 
sanctuary,  who  come  near,  to  minister  to  Jehovah  ;  and 
it  shall  be  a  place  for  their  houses,  and  a  holy  place 
for  the  sanctuary. 

5  Five  and  twenty  thousand  in  length,  and  ten  thou- 
sand in  breadth,  shall  the  Levites,  the  ministers  of  the 
house,  have  for  themselves  for  a  possession,  and  twenty 
rooms. 


Ch.  xlv.]  EZEKIEL.  127 

6  And  ye  shall  appoint  the  possession  of  the  city,  five 
thousand  in  breadth,  and  five  and  twenty  thousand  in 
length,  over  against  the  oblation  of  the  holy  portion; 
it  shall  be  for  all  the  house  of  Israel. 

7  And  portions  shall  be  for  the  prince  on  this  side  and 
on  that  side  of  the  oblation  of  the  holy  portion,  and  of 
the  possession  of  the  city,  before  the  oblation  of  the 
holy  portion  and  before  the  possession  of  the  city,  from 
the  west  side  westward,  and  from  the  east  side  east- 
ward ;  and  the  length  shall  be  over  against  every  one 
of  the  portions,  from  the  west  border  to  the  east  border. 

8  As  for  the  land,  it  shall  be  to  him  a  possession  in  Israel, 
that  my  princes  may  no  more  oppress  my  people,  but 
give  the  rest  of  the  land  to  the  house  of  Israel  accord- 
ing to  their  tribes. 

9  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  Let  it  suffice  you,  O 
princes  of  Israel !  Remove  violence  and  spoil,  and 
execute  judgment  and  justice,  and  cease  from  your 
expulsions    of   my   people,    saith    the    Lord,    Jehovah. 

10  Ye  shall   have  just   balances,  and   a  just  ephah,    and  a 

11  just  bath.  The  ephah  and  the  bath  shall  be  of  one 
measure  ;  that  the  bath  may  contain  the  tenth  part  of  a 
homer,  and  the  ephah  the  tenth  part  of  a  homer  ;  the 
measure     thereof    shall    be    according    to    the    homer. 

12  And  the  shekel  shall  be  twenty  gerahs ;  twenty 
shekels,  five  and  twenty  shekels,  and  fifteen  shekels 
shall  be  to  you  one  maneh. 

13  This  is  the  heave-offering  which  ye  shall  offer  ;  the 
sixth  part  of  an  ephah  out  of  a  homer  of  wheat,  and 
the  sixth  part  of  an  ephah   out  of  a  homer  of  barley. 

14  And  as  for  the  statute  concerning  oil,  the  bath  of  oil, 
ye  shall  offer  the   tenth   part  of  a  bath  out  of  a  cor ;  a 

15  cor  being  ten  baths  ;  for  a  homer  is  ten  baths.  And 
ye  shall  offer   one   lamb  out  of  the   flock,  out   of  two 


128  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlv. 

hundred,  from  the  watered  pastures  of  Israel,  for  the 
flour-offering  and  for  the  burnt-offering,  and  for  the 
thank-offerings,  to   make  reconciliation  for  them,  saith 

16  the  Lord,  Jehovah.     All   the  people  of  the  land  shall 

17  give  this  heave-offering  for  the  prince  in  Israel. 
And  it  shall  be  the  duty  of  the  prince  to  give  burnt- 
offerings,  and  flour-offerings,  and  drink-offerings  in  the 
feasts,  and  in  the  new  moons,  and  in  the  sabbaths,  and 
in  all  the  solemn  assemblies  of  the  house  of  Israel ;  he 
shall  present  the  sin-offering,  and  the  flour-offering, 
and  the  burnt-offering,  and  the  peace-offerings,  to  make 
reconciliation  for  the  house  of  Israel. 

18  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah  ;  In  the  first  month,  on 
the  first  day  of  the  month,  thou  shalt  take  a  young 
bullock  without  blemish,  and  shalt  cleanse  the  sanctua- 

19  ry.  And  the  priest  shall  take  of  the  blood  of  the  sin- 
offering,  and  put  it  upon  the  posts  of  the  house,  and 
upon  the  four   corners   of  the  ledge   of  the   altar,  and 

20  upon  the  posts  of  the  gate  of  the  inner  court.  And  so 
shalt  thou  do  on  the  seventh  day  for  him  that  hath 
transgressed  through  error  or  simplicity;  so  shall  ye 
make  reconciliation  for  the  house. 

21  In  the  first  month,  on  the  fourteenth  day  of  the 
month,   ye  shall    have  the   passover,   a-  feast    of  seven 

22  days ;  every  one  shall  eat  unleavened  bread.  And 
upon  that  day  shall  the  prince  sacrifice  for  himself,  and 
for  all  the  people  of  the  land,  a  bullock  for  a  sin-offer- 

23  ing.  And  the  seven  days  of  the  feast  he  shall  sacrifice 
a  burnt-offering  to  Jehovah,  seven  bullocks  and  seven 
rams  without  blemish,  daily  the  seven  days;   and  a  he- 

24  goat  daily  for  a  sin-offering.  And  he  shall  present  a 
flour-offering,   an  ephah  for   a  bullock,   and   an  ephah 

25  for  a  ram,  and  a  hin  of  oil  for  an  ephah.  In  the  sev- 
enth month,  on  the  fifteenth  day  of  the  month,  shall  he 


Ch.  xlvi.]  EZEKIEL.  129 

do  the  like,  in  the  feast,  seven  da^ys,  according  to  the 
sin-offering,  and  the  burnt-offering,  and  the  flour-offer- 
inor,  and  the  oil. 


Various  ordinances  concerning  offerings,  festivals,  the  prince,  the  place 
of  the  cooks,  &c.  —  Ch.  xlvi. 

1  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah;  The  gate  of  the 
inner  court,  that  looketh  toward  the  east,  shall  be  shut 
the  six  working-days  ;  but  on  the  sabbath  it  shall  be 
opened,  and   on   the  day  of  the  new   moon    it  shall  be 

2  opened.  And  the  prince  shall  enter  by  the  way  of  the 
porch  of  the  outer  gate,  and  shall  stand  by  the  post  of 
the  gate,  and  the  priests  shall  present  his  burnt-offer- 
ings, and  his  peace-offerings,  and  he  shall  worship  at 
the  threshold  of  the   gate  ;  then  he  shall   go  forth ;  but 

3  the  gate  shall  not  be  shut,  until  the  evening.  Like- 
wise the  people  of  the  land  shall  worship  at  the  door  of 
this   gate    before   Jehovah  on   the   sabbaths  and  on  the 

4  new  moons.  And  the  burnt-offering,  which  the  prince 
shall  offer  to  Jehovah  on  the  sabbath-day,  shall  be  six 
lambs   without    blemish,    and   a   ram   without    blemish. 

5  And  the  flour-offering  shall  be  an  ephah  for  a  ram  ;  and 
the  flour-offering  for  the   lambs  as  much   as  he   is  dis- 

6  posed  to  give ;  and  a  hin  of  oil  to  an  ephah.  And  in 
the  day  of  the  new  moon  there  shall  be  a  young  bul- 
Iqck    without    blemish,  and    six  lambs  and  a  ram  ;   they 

7  shall  be  without  blemish.  And  he  shall  present,  as  a 
flour-ofl'ering,   an  ephah  for   a  bullock,   and   an  ephah 


130  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlvi. 

for  a  ram,  and   for  the   lambs   as  much  as  he  is  able  to 
give  ;   and  a  hin  of  oil  to  an  ephah. 

8  And  when  the  prince  shall  enter,  he  shall  go  in  by 
the  way  of  the  porch  of  that  gate,  and  he  shall  go  forth 

9  by  the  way  thereof  But  when  the  people  of  the  land 
come  before  Jehovah  in  the  solemn  feasts,  he  that  en- 
teretli  by  the  way  of  the  north  gate  to  worship  shall  go 
out  by  the  way  of  the  south  gate ;  and  he  that  entereth 
by  the  way  of  the  south  gate  shall  go  forth  by  the  way 
of  the  north  gate  ;  he  shall  not  return  by  the  way  of 
the  gate   by  which  he  entered,  but  shall   go  forth  over 

10  against  it.  And  the  prince  shall  go  in  in  the  midst 
of  them,  when  they  go  in,  and  when  they  go  forth,  shall 
go  forth. 

11  And  in  the  feasts  and  in  the  solemn  assemblies  the 
flour-offering  shall  be  an  ephah  for  a  bullock,  and  an 
ephah  for  a  ram,  and  for  the  lambs  as   he  is  disposed  to 

12  give ;  and  a  hin  of  oil  to  an  ephah.  And  when  the 
prince  shall  present  a  freewill  burnt-oifering  or  a  free- 
will tliank-offering  to  Jehovah,  the  gate  that  looketh 
toward  the  east  shall  be  opened  for  him,  and  he  shall 
present  his  burnt-offering,  or  his  thank-ofi'ering,  as  he 
was  wont  to  do  on  the  sabbath-day  ;  then  he  shall  go 
forth,  and  the  gate  shall  be  shut  after  he  hath  gone 
forth. 

13  And  thou  shalt  present,  for  a  burnt-offering  daily  to 
Jehovah,   a  lamb  that  is  a  year  old  without  blemish  ; 

14  every  morning  shalt  thou  present  it.  And  thou  shalt 
present  with  it  every  morning  a  flour-offering,  the  sixth 
part  of  an  ephah,  and  the  third  part  of  a  hin  of  oil  to 
moisten   the   fine   flour,  for  a  flour-ofiering  to  Jehovah; 

15  by  a  perpetual  statute  continually.  Thus  shall  they 
prepare  the  lamb,  and  the  flour-ofiering,  and  the  oil, 
every  morning,  for  a  continual  burnl-ofi'ering. 


Ch.  xlvi.]  EZEKIEL.  131 

16  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah ;  If  the  prince  give  a 
gift  to  any  of  his  sons,  the  inheritance  thereof  shall 
belong  to    his  sons;   it   shall  be  their  possession  by  in- 

17  heritance.  But  if  he  give  a  gift  of  his  inheritance  to 
one  of  his  servants,  it  shall  be  his  to  the  year  of  liberty, 
when  it  shall  return  to  the  prince.     But  his  inheritance 

18  given  to  his  sons  shall  be  theirs.  And  the  prince  shall 
not  take  of  the  people's  inheritance,  to  thrust  them  out 
of  their  possession  :  but  he  shall  give  an  inheritance  to 
his  sons  out  of  his  own  possession  ;  that  no  one  of  my 
people  may  be  driven  from  his  possession. 

19  Then  he  brought  me  through  the  entry,  which  was 
at  the  side  of  the  gate,  into  the  holy  rooms  for  the 
priests,  which   looked   toward   the  north ;   and    behold, 

20  there  was  a  place  behind,  toward  the  west.  And  he 
said  to  me  ;  This  is  the  place  where  the  priests  shall 
boil  the  trespass-offering,  and  the  sin-offering,  and  bake 
the  flour-offering  ;    that   they   may   not   bear   them  into 

21  the  outer  court,  and  so  sanctify  the  people.  Then  he 
brought  me  forth  into  the  outer  court,  and  caused  me 
to   pass   by  the  four  corners  of  the  court;   and  behold, 

22  there  was  a  court  in  every  corner  of  the  court.  In  the 
four  corners  of  the  court  were  covered  courts  forty 
cubits  long,  and  thirty  broad  ;  these   four  corners  were 

23  of  one  measure.  And  there  was  in  them  a  wall  round 
about,  even   round  about   the  four  ;   and   boiling-places 

24  were  made  under  the  walls  round  about.  Then  said  he 
to  me.  These  are  the  places  of  them  that  boil,  where 
the  ministers  of  the  house  shall  I)oil  the  sacrifice  of  the 
people. 


132  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlvii. 


The  fountains  of  the  temple. — Ch.  xlvii.  1-12. 

1  Afterward  he  brought  me  again  to  the  door  of  the 
house  ;  and  behold,  waters  issued  forth  from  under  the 
threshold  of  the  house  eastward  ;  for  the  fore-front  of 
the  house  stood  toward  the  east.  And  the  waters 
flowed   down  from  the  side  of  the   house,  south  of  the 

2  altar.  Then  he  brought  me  out  by  the  way  of  the  gate, 
northward  ;  and  he  brought  me  round  by  the  way  with- 
out to  the  outer  gate,  that  looked  toward  the  east;  and 
behold,  there  ran  out  waters  from   the  right  side. 

3  And  when  the  man  that  had  the  line  in  his  hand 
went  forth  eastward,  he  measured  a  thousand  cubits, 
and  he  led  me  through   the  waters,  and  the  waters  were 

i  to  the  soles  of  the  feet.  Again  he  measured  a  thousand 
cubits,  and  led  me  through  the  waters,  and  the  waters 
were  to  the  knees.  Again  he  measured  a  thousand 
cubits,  and  led  me   through,  and  the  waters  were  to  the 

5  loins.  Again  he  measured  a  thousand  cubits,  and  it 
was  a  river,  which  I  could  not  pass  through  ;  for  the 
waters  were  high,  waters  to  swim  in,  a  river  which 
could  not  be  passed  through. 

6  And  he  said  to  me,  Hast  thou  seen  this,  son  of 
man  ?     Then  he  brought  me  back  to   the  brink  of  the 

7  river.  Now  when  I  had  returned,  behold,  at  the  brink 
of  the  river  were  very  many  trees,  on  the  one   side  and 

8  on  the  other.  Then  said  he  to  me.  These  waters  issue 
forth  toward  the  east  region,  and  run  down  into  the 
desert,  and  go   into  the  sea  ;  they  go  forth  into  the  sea, 

9  and  the  waters  shall  be  healed.  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass,  that  every  living  thing  that  moveth,  whithersoever 


Ch.  xlvii.]         '  EZEKIEL.  133 

the  river  shall  come,  shall  live,  and  there  shall  be  very 
many  fish  there ;  for  when  these  waters  shall  come 
thither,   [the    waters  of  the   sea]   shall   be  healed,  and 

10  every  thing  shall  live,  whither  the  river  cometh.  And 
it  shall  come  to  pass  that  fishers  shall  staiid  upon  it ; 
from  En-gedi  to  En-eglaim  shall  be  places  to  spread 
nets ;  and  therein  shall  be  fish  according  to  their  kinds, 

11  like  the  fish  of  the  great  sea,  exceeding  many.  But 
the  miry  places   thereof,  and  the  marshes  thereof,  shall 

12  not  be  healed ;  they  shall  be  appointed  for  salt.  And 
by  the  river,  upon  the  bank  thereof,  on  this  side  and 
on  that  side,  shall  grow  all  trees  for  food,  whose  leaf 
shall  not  fade,  and  whose  fruit  shall  not  fail;  every 
month  shall  they  bring  forth  new  fruit ;  because  their 
waters  issue  forth  from  the  sanctuary.  And  their  fruit 
shall  be  for  food,  and  their  leaves  for  medicine. 


10. 

Divisions  and  boundaries  of  ihe  land.  —  Ch.  xlvii.  13--xlviii. 

13  Thus  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah.  This  is  the  border, 
according  to  which  ye  shall  distribute  the  land  among 
the  twelve  tribes   of  Israel.      Joseph   shall    have    two 

14  portions.  And  ye  shall  inherit  it,  one  like  another. 
For  I  have  lifted  up  my  hand,  that  I  would  give  it  to 
your  fathers;  and  this  land  shall  fall  to  you  for  an  in- 
heritance. 

15  And  this  shall  be  the  border  of  the  land  toward 
the   north   side,   from   the   great  sea  toward  the  way  of 

16  Hethlon,  as  men  go  to   Zedad  ;  Hamath,  Berothah,  Si- 

VOL.  III.  12 


134  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlviii. 

braim,  which   is   between   the  border  of  Damascus  and 
the  border  of  Hamath,  and   Hazar-hatticon,   which  is 

17  by  the  coast  of  Hauran.  And  the  border  from  the  sea 
shall  be  Hazar-Enon,  the  border  of  Damascus  and 
farther   northward,  and   the  border   of  Hamath.     This 

18  is  the  north  side.  And  the  east  side  ye  shall  measure 
between  Hauran  and  Damascus,  and  between  Gilead  and 
the  land   of  Israel   by  the  Jordan,    from  the   border  to 

19  the  east  sea.  This  is  the  east  side.  And  the  south 
side  southward  shall  be  from  Tamar  to  the  waters  of 
strife  in   Kadesh,  as   far   as  the  river   by  the  great  sea. 

20  This  is  the  south  side  southward.  And  the  west  side 
shall  be  the  great  sea,  from  the  border  till  a  man  come 
over  against  Hamath.     This  is  the  west  side. 

21  So  shall  ye  divide  this  land  among  you,  according  to 

22  the  tribes  of  Israel.  And  ye  shall  divide  it  by  lot  for 
an  inheritance  to  you,  and  to  the  strangers  that  sojourn 
among  you,  who  have  begotten  children  among  you  ; 
and  they  shall  be  to  you  as  born  in  the  country  among 
the  sons  of  Israel  ;  they  shall   have  an  inheritance  with 

23  you  among  the  tribes  of  Israel.  And  it  shall  come  to 
pass,  that  in  what  tribe  the  stranger  sojourneth,  there 
shall  ye  appoint  him  his  inheritance,  saith  the  Lord, 
Jehovah. 

1  And  these  are  the  names  of  the  tribes.  From  the 
north  end  by  the  way  of  Hethlon,  as  one  goeth  to  Ha- 
math, Hazar-Enan,  the  border  of  Damascus  northward 
toward   Hamath  ;    and   to   him   belongs   fropi   the  east 

2  side  to  the  west  side  ;  Dan,  one  tribe.  And  by  the 
border  of  Dan,   from   the  east  side   to   the   west  side, 

3  Asher,  one  tribe.  And  by  the  border  of  Asher,  from 
the   east   side  to   the   west    side,   Naphtali,   one    tribe. 

4  And  by  the  border   of  Naphtali,   from   the  east  side  to 


Ch.  xlviii.]  EZEKIEL.  135 

5  the  west  side,  Manasseh,  one  tribe.  And  by  the  bor- 
der of  Manasseh,  from  the  east  side  to   the  west  side, 

6  Ephraim,  one  tribe.  And  by  the  border  of  Ephraim, 
from  the  east  side  to  the  west  side,  Reuben,  one  tribe. 

7  And  by  the  border  of  Reuben,  from  the  east  side  to  the 
west  side,  Judah,  one  tribe. 

8  And  by  the  border  of  Judah,  from  the  east  side  to 
the  west,  shall  be  the  oblation  which  ye  shall  offer, 
five  and  twenty  thousand  reeds  in  breadth,  and  in 
length  as  one  of  the  other  portions  from  the  east  side 
to  the   west   side;    and   the  sanctuary   shall   be   in   the 

9  midst  of  it.  The  oblation,  which  ye  shall  offer  to 
Jehovah,   shall   be   five    and   twenty  thousand  reeds  in 

10  length,  and  ten  thousand  in  breadth.  And  the  holy 
oblation  shall  be  for  these  ;  for  the  priests  toward  the 
north  five  and  twenty  thousand  reeds  in  length,  and 
toward  the  west  ten  thousand  in  breadth,  and  toward 
the  east  ten  thousand  in  breadth,  and  toward  the 
south  five  and  twenty  thousand  in  length.   And  the  sanc- 

11  tuary  of  Jehovah  shall  be  in  the  midst  thereof.  It  shall 
be  for  the  priests,  who  are  sanctified,  the  sons  of  Zadok, 
who  kept  my  charge,  who  went  not  astray  when  the 
sons  of  Israel   went  astray,  as   the  Levites  went  astray. 

12  And  it  shall  be  a  most  holy  oblation  for  them,  out  of  the 
oblation  of  land,  by  the  border  of  the  Levites. 

13  And  over  against  the  border  of  the  priests,  the  Le- 
vites shall  have  five  and  twenty  thousand  reeds  in 
length  and  ten  thousand  in  breadth ;  the  whole  length 
five  and  twenty  thousand,  and  the  breadth  ten  thousand. 

14  And  they  shall  not  sell  of  it ;  neither  shall  they  ex- 
change  or  transfer  the   first  fruits  of  the  land  ;   for  it  is 

15  holy  to  Jehovah.  And  the  five  thousand,  which  are 
left  in  breadth,  over  against  the  five  and  twenty  thou- 
sand   in  length,  shall   be  common  land  for  the  city,  for 


136  EZEKIEL.  [Ch.  xlviii. 

habitation   and    for    suburbs.       And   the  city  shall    be 

16  in  the  midst  of  it.  And  this  shall  be  the  measure 
thereof;  the  north  side  four  thousand  and  five  hundred, 
and  the  south  side  four  thousand  and  five  hundred, 
and  the  east  side  four  thousand  and  five  hundred, 
and    the    west   side    four   thousand  and   five    hundred. 

17  And  the  suburbs  of  the  city  shall  be  toward  the  north 
two  hundred  and  fifty,  and  toward  the  south  two  hun- 
dred and  fifty,  and  toward  the  east  two  hundred  and 
fifty,  and  toward  the  west  two  hundred  and  fifty. 

18  And  as  to  the  residue  in  length,  over  against  the  holy 
portion,  ten  thousand  eastward  and  ten  thousand  west- 
ward, over  against  the  holy   portion,  its  increase  shall 

19  be  for  food  to  them  that  serve  the  city.  And  they  that 
serve    the   city   shall  serve   it   out   of  all   the   tribes  of 

20  Israel.  All  the  oblation  shall  be  five  and  twenty  thou- 
sand reeds  by  five  and  twenty  thousand ;  ye  shall  offer 
the  holy  oblation,  four  square,  together  with  the  pos- 
session of  the  city, 

21  And  the  residue  on  both  sides  of  the  holy  oblation 
and  of  the  possession  of  the  city,  over  against  the  five 
and  twenty  thousand  to  the  east  border,  and  westward 
over  ao-ainst  the  five  and  twenty  thousand  to  the  west 
border,  by  the  portions  of  the  tribes,  shall  be  for  the 
prince ;  and  the  holy  oblation  and  the  sanctuary  of  the 

23  house  shall  be  in  the  midst  thereof.  What  is  left  from 
the  possession  of  the  Levites  and  of  the  city,  which 
are  between  what  belongs  to  the  prince,  between  the 
borders  of  Judah  and  Benjamin,  shall  belong  to  the 
prince. 

23  And  as  for  the   rest  of  the  tribes,  from  the  east  side 

24  to  the  west  side,  Benjamin,  one  tribe.  And  by  the 
border  of  Benjamin,  from  the  east  side  to  the  west  side, 

25  Simeon,  one  tribe.     And  by  the  border  of  Simeon, 


Ch.  xlviii.]  EZEKIEL.  137 

from  the  east  side  to  the  west  side,  Issachar,  one  tribe. 

26  And  by  the  border  of  Issachar,  from  the  east  side  to  the 

27  west  side,  Zebulon,  one  tribe.  And  by.  the  border  of 
Zebulon,  from  the  east  side  to  the  west  side,  Gad,  one 

28  tribe.  And  by  the  border  of  Gad,  at  the  south  side 
southward,  shall  the  border  be  from  Tamar  to  the  wa- 
ters of  strife  in  Kadesh,  even  to  the  river  by  the  great 
sea. 

29  This  is  the  land  which  ye  shall  divide  by  lot  of  the 
possession  among  the  tribes  of  Israel,  and  these  are 
their  portions,  saith  the  Lord,  Jehovah. 

30  And  these  are  the  gates  of  the  city.  On  the  north 
side  shall   its   measure   be  four   thousand   five  hundred 

31  reeds.  And  the  gates  of  the  city  shall  be  after  the 
names  of  the  tribes  of  Israel ;  three  gates  northward  ; 
one  gate    of  Reuben,  one   gate   of  Judah,  one  gate  of 

32  Levi.  And  on  the  east  side  shall  be  four  thousand  and 
five  hundred  [reeds]  ;  and  three  gates  ;  one  gate  of  Jo- 

33  seph,  one  gate  of  Benjamin,  one  gate  of  Dan.  And  on 
the  south  side  its  measure  shall  be  four  thousand  five 
hundred;  and  three  gates  ;  one  gate  of  Simeon,  one  gate 

34  of  Issachar,  one  gate  of  Zebulon.  On  the  west  side, 
four  thousand  and  five  hundred  ;  and  three  gates  ;  one 
gate  of  Gad,  one  gate  of  Asher,   one  gate  of  Naphtali. 

35  Its  measure  round  about  was  eighteen  thousand  reeds. 
And  the  name  of  the  city,  from  that  day,  shall  be 
Jehovah-is-there, 


12* 


THE 


PROPHET    DANIEL 


DANIEL. 


Ch.  I.] 


Daniel's  captivity  and  elevation.  — Ch.  i. 

1  In  the  third  year  of  the  reign  of  Jehoiakim,  king  of 
Judah,    came    Nebuchadnezzar,     king    of    Babylon, 

2  against  Jerusalem,  and  besieged  it.  And  the  Lord  gave 
Jehoiakim,  king  of  Judah,  into  his  hand,  with  part  of 
the  vessels  of  the  house  of  God  ;  and  he  carried  them 
into  the  land  of  Shinar,  to  the  house  of  his  god;  and 
he  brought  the   vessels   into   the  treasure-house  of  his 

3  god.  And  the  king  commanded  Ashpenaz,  the  master 
of  his  eunuchs,  that  he  should  bring  certain  of  the 
sons  of  Israel,  of  the  king's  race,   and  of  the  princes, 

4  youths  in  whom  was  no  blemish,  and  well-favored,  and 
skilful  in  all  wisdom,  and  having  knowledge,  and  intel- 
ligence, and  strength,  to  stand  in  the  king's  palace, 
and   be   taught   the  writing    and   the  language   of  the 

5  Chaldeans.  And  the  king  appointed  them  a  daily  pro- 
vision of  the  king's  food,  and  of  the  wine  which  he 
drank ;  so  nourishing  them  three  years,  that  at  the  end 
thereof  they  might   stand   as  servants  before   the  king. 

6  Now  among  these  were,  of  the  sons  of  Judah,  Daniel, 

7  Hananiah,  Mishael,  and  Azariah.     And  the  prince  of 


142  DANIEL.  [Ch.  I. 

the  eunuchs  gave  them  other  names.  To  Daniel  he 
gave  the  name  of  Belteshazzar  ;  and  to  Hananiah,  of 
Shadrach ;  and  to  Mishael,  of  Meshach  ;  and  to  Aza- 
riah,  of  Abednego. 

8  But  Daniel  purposed  in  his  heart,  that  he  would  not 
defile  himself  with  the  portion  of  the  king's  meat,  nor 
with  the  wine  which  he  drank  ;  therefore  he  requested 
of  the  prince  of  the   eunuchs,  that   he  might  not  defile 

9  himself.     And    God  gave    Daniel  favor  and  kindness 

10  from  the  prince  of  the  eunuchs.  And  the  prince  of 
the  eunuchs  said  to  Daniel,  I  fear  my  lord,  the  king, 
who  hath  appointed  your  meat  and  your  drink  ;  for  he 
might  see  your  faces  in  worse  condition  than  the 
youths  of  your  age  ;  then  shall  ye  make  me  endanger 

11  my  head  to  the  king.  Then  said  Daniel  to  the  stew- 
ard,  whom  the  prince  of   the  eunuchs  had   set   over 

12  Daniel,  Hananiah,  Mishael,  and  Azariah,  Try  thy 
servants  ten  days,  and  let  them  give  us  pulse  to  eat,  and 

13  water  to  drink.  Then  let  our  countenances  be  looked 
upon  before  thee,  and  the  countenances  of  the  youths 
that  eat  of  the  portion  of  the  king's  meat ;    and   as 

14  thou  seest,  deal  with  thy  servants.     And  he  consented 

15  to  them  in  this  matter,  and  tried  them  ten  days.  And 
at  the  end  of  ten  days  their  countenances  appeared 
fairer   and   fatter    in   flesh  than  all  the  youths  who    eat 

16  the  portion  of  the  king's  meat.  So  the  steward  took 
away  the  portion  of  their  meat,  and  the  wine  which 
they  should  drink,  and  gave  them  pulse. 

17  And  God  gave  these  four  youths  knowledge  and  skill 
in   all   learning   and  wisdom  ;  and    Daniel   had    under- 

18  standing  in  all  visions  and  dreams.  And  at  the  end  of 
the  days,  when  the  king  had  commanded  him  to  bring 
them    before   him,    then   the   prince    of  the    eunuchs 


Ch.  II.]  DANIEL.  143 

19  brought  them  in  before  Nebuchadnezzar.  And  the 
king  conversed  with  them  ;  and  among  them  all  was 
found  none  like  Daniel,  Hananiah,  Mishael,  and  Aza- 
riah.     Therefore    tliey    stood     as    servants    before    the 

20  king.  And  in  all  matters  of  wisdom  and  understand- 
ing, concerning  which  the  king  inquired  of  them,  he 
found   them  ten   times   better   than   all   the  scribes  and 

21  magicians  that  were  in  all  his  realm.  And  Daniel 
lived  even  to  the  first  year  of  Cyrus,  the  king. 


11. 

Nebuchadnezzar's  dream,  and  its  interpretation  by  Daniel. — Ch.  ii. 

1  And  in  the  second  year  of  the  reign  of  Nebuchad- 
nezzar, Nebuchadnezzar  dreamed  dreams,  on  account 
of  which  his  spirit  was  troubled,  and  his  sleep  went  from 

2  him.  Then  the  king  commanded  to  call  the  scribes, 
and  the  magicians,  and  the  sorcerers,  and  the  Chal- 
deans, that  they  might  show  the  king  his  dreams;  and 

3  they  came  and  stood  before  the  king.  And  the  king 
said  to  them,  I  have  dreamed  a  dream,  and  my  spirit  is 

4  troubled  to  know  the  dream.  And  the  Chaldeans  said 
to  the  king  in  Syriac,  O  king,  live  forever !  Tell  thy 
servants  the  dream,  and  we  will  show  the  interpretation. 

5  The  king  answered  and  said  to  the  Chaldeans;  The 
word  has  gone  from  me  !  If  ye  will  not  make  known  to 
me  the  dream  and  the  interpretation  thereof,  ye  shall 
be  cut  in  pieces,  and  your  houses  shall  be  made  a  dung- 

6  hill.  But  if  ye  show  the  dream  and  the  interpretation 
thereof,  ye  shall  receive  from  me  gifts,  and  rewards,  and 


144  DANIEL.  [Ch.  II. 

crreat  honor.     Therefore   show   me   the  dream,  and  its 

7  interpretation  !  They  answered  again  and  said,  Let 
the  king  tell  his  servants  the  dream,  and  we  will  show 

8  the  interpretation  of  it.  The  king  answered  and  said, 
I  know  of  a  certain,  that  ye  seek  to  gain  time,  because 

9  ye  see  that  the  word  hath  gone  forth  from  me.  For  if 
ye  do  not  make  known  to  me  the  dream,  this  alone  is 
your  purpose,  and  ye  have  prepared  lying  and  deceitful 
words  to  speak  before  me,  till  the  time  be  changed. 
Tell  me  therefore  the  dream,   and  I  shall  know  that  ye 

10  can  show  me  the  interpretation  thereof.  The  Chal- 
deans answered  before  the  king,  and  said  ;  There  is 
not  a  man  upon  the  earth  who  can  show  what  the  king 
requireth;  on  which  account  no  king,  however  great 
and  powerful,  hath  asked  such  things  of  any  scribe,  or 

11  magician,  or  Chaldean.  It  is  a  hard  thing  which  the 
king  requireth,  and  there  is  none  other  that  can  show 
it  before  the  king,  except  the  gods,  whose  dwelling  is 
not  with  men. 

12  For  this  cause  the  king  was  angry  and  very  furious, 
and  commanded  to  destroy  all    the   wise  men  of  Baby- 

13  Ion.  And  the  decree  went  forth  that  the  wise  men 
should  be  slain,  and  they  sought  Daniel  and  his  fellows, 

14  to  slay  them.  Then  Daniel  answered  with  understand- 
ing and  wisdom  to  Arioch,  the  captain  of  the  king's 
guard,   who  was  gone   forth   to   slay   the    wise   men  of 

15  Babylon.  He  answered  and  said  to  Arioch,  the  king's 
captain.  Why  is  the  decree  so   hasty   from  the   king? 

16  Then  Arioch  made  the  thing  known  to  Daniel.  Then 
Daniel  went  in,  and  desired  of  the  king,  that  he  would 
give   him   time,   and   that  he  would   show  the  king  the 

17  interpretation.  Then  Daniel  went  to  his  house,  and 
made   the    thing    known    to    llananiah,    Mishael,    and 

18  Azariah,  his   companions;  that  they  would  desire  mer- 


Ch.  II.]  DANIEL.  145 

cies  of  the  God  of  heaven,  concerning  this  secret ; 
that  Daniel  and  his  fellows  should  not  perish,  with  the 
rest  of  the  wise  men  of  Babylon. 

19  Then   was   the   secret   revealed  to  Daniel   in  a  night 

20  vision.  Then  Daniel  blessed  the  God  of  heaven.  Dan- 
iel spake    and  said  ;  Blessed   be   the  name  of  God  for- 

21  ever  and  ever !  for  wisdom  and  might  are  his.  And  he 
changeth  times  and  seasons  ;  he  removeth  kings,  and 
setteth   up  kings;  he  giveth   wisdom  to   the   wise,  and 

22  knowledge  to  them  that  have  understanding.  He  re- 
vealeth  deep  and  secret  things  ;  he  knoweth  what  is  in 

23  darkness,  and  light  dwelleth  with  him.  I  thank  thee 
and  praise  thee,  O  thou  God  of  my  fathers,  who  hast 
given  me  wisdom  and  might,  and  hast  made  known 
to  me  now  what  we  desired  of  thee  ;  for  thou  hast  now 
made  known  to  us  the  king's  matter. 

24  Therefore  Daniel  went  in  to  Arioch,  whom  the  king 
had  appointed  to  destroy  the  wise  men  of  Babylon  ; 
he  went  and  said  thus  to  him  ;  Destroy  not  the  wise 
men  of  Babylon  ;    bring   me   in   before  the  king,  and  I 

25  will  show  to  the  king  the  interpretation.  Then  Arioch 
brought  in  Daniel  before  the  king  in  haste,  and  said 
thus  to  him  ;  I  have  found  a  man  of  the  captives  of  Ju- 
dah,  that  will  make  known  to  the  king  the  interpretation. 

26  The  king  answered  and  said  to  Daniel,  whose  name 
was  Belteshazzar,  Art  thou  able  to  make  known  to  me 
the   dream  which   I   have  seen,   and  the  interpretation 

27  thereof?  Daniel  answered  in  the  presence  of  the  kino-j 
and  said.  The  secret,  which  the  king  hath  demanded, 
the   wise   men,  the   scribes,  the  magicians,  the  astrolo- 

28  gers  cannot  show  to  the  king ;  but  there  is  a  God  in 
heaven  that  revealeth  secrets,  and  maketh  known  to 
king  Nebuchadnezzar  what  shall  be  in  the  days  to  come. 
Thy  dream   and  the  visions  of  thy  head  upon  thy  bed 

VOL.  III.  13 


146  DANIEL.  [Ch.  II. 

29  were  these.  Thy  thoughts,  O  king,  came  into  thy 
mind,  what  should  come  to  pass  hereafter ;  and  he  that 
revealeth  secrets  maketh  known  to  thee  what  shall  come 

30  to  pass.  But  as  for  me,  this  secret  is  not  revealed  to 
me  through  any  wisdom  which  I  have  more  than  all 
the  living,  but  to  the  end  that  the  interpretation  might 
be  made  known  to  the  king,  and  that  thou  mightest 
know  the  thoughts  of  thy  heart. 

31  Thou,  O  king,  sawest,  and  behold,  a  great  image. 
This  image,  which  was  high  and  of  surpassing  bright- 
ness,   stood    before   thee ;    and    its   form    was   terrible. 

32  The  head  of  this  image  was  of  fine  gold ;  his  breast 
and  his  arms  of  silver;   his  belly  and  his  thighs  of  brass  ; 

33  his  legs  of  iron  ;   his  feet,  part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay. 

34  Thou  sawest  till  a  stone  was  cut  out  without  hands, 
which  smote  the  image  upon  his  feet,  that  were  of  iron 

35  and  clay,  and  broke  them  to  pieces.  Then  was  the 
iron,  the  clay,  the  brass,  the  silver,  and  the  gold  broken 
to  pieces  together,  and  became  like  chaff  from  the  sum- 
mer thrashing-floors,  and  the  wind  carried  them  away, 
so  that  no  place  was  found  for  them  ;  and  the  stone 
that   smote   the   image   became  a  great   mountain,  and 

3C  filled  the  whole  eartii.  This  is  the  dream,  and  now  we 
will  tell  the  interpretation  of  it  before  the  king. 

37  Thou,  O  king,  art  a  king  of  kings;  for  the  God  of 
heaven  hath  given  thee  a  kingdom,  power,  and  strength, 

38  and  glory.  And  wheresoever  the  children  of  men 
dwell,  the  beasts  of  the  field  and  the  birds  of  heaven 
hath   he  given  into  thy  hand,  and  hath  made  thee  ruler 

39  over  them  all.  Thou  art  the  head  of  gold.  And  after 
thee  shall  arise  another  kingdom,  inferior  to  thee  ;  and 
another   third   kingdom  of  brass,  which   shall  bear  rule 

40  over  all  the  earth.  And  a  fourth  kingdom  shall  be 
strong  as   iron  ;   forasmuch    as   iron  breaketh  in  pieces 


Ch.  II.]  DANIEL.  147 

and  subdueth  all  things  ;  even  as  iron,  that  breaketh  all 

41  these,  shall  it  break  in  pieces  and  bruise.  And  whereas 
thou  sawest  the  feet  and  toes  part  of  potter's  clay  and 
part  of  iron,  it  shall  be  a  divided  kingdom  ;  but  there 
shall   be  in  it  of  the  strength  of  the  iron,  forasmuch  as 

42  thou  sawest  the  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay.  And  as 
the  toes  of  the  feet  were  part  of  iron  and  part  of  clay, 
so  the  kingdom  shall  be  partly  strong  and  partly  broken. 

43  And  whereas  thou  sawest  iron  mixed  with  miry  clay, 
they  shall  mingle  themselves  by  marriage,  but  they  shall 
not  cleave  to  each  other,  even  as  iron  is  not  mixed  with 

44  clay.  But  in  the  days  of  these  kings  shall  the  God  of 
heaven  set  up  a  kingdom  which  shall  never  be  destroy- 
ed ;  and  the  kingdom  shall  be  left  to  no  other  people  ; 
but  it  shall  break  in  pieces  and  consume  all  these  king- 

45  doms,  and  it  shall  stand  forever  ;  even  as  thou  sawest 
that  the  stone  was  cut  out  of  the  mountain  without 
hands,  and  that  it  broke  in  pieces  the  iron,  the  brass, 
the  clay,  the  silver,  and  the  gold.  The  great  God  hath 
made  known  to  the  king  what  shall  come  to  pass  here- 
after ;  and  the  dream  is  certain,  and  the  interpretation 
thereof  sure. 

46  Then  king  Nebuchadnezzar  fell  upon  his  face  and 
worshipped  Daniel,  and   commanded  that   they    should 

47  offer  an  oblation  and  sweet  odors  to  him.  The  king 
answered  Daniel  and  said,  Of  a  truth,  your  God  is  the 
God  of  gods,  and   the   Lord  of  kings,  and  the   revealer 

48  of  secrets,  since  thou  couldst  reveal  this  secret.  Then 
the  king  made  Daniel  a  great  man,  and  gave  him  many 
great  gifts,  and  made  him  ruler  over  the  whole  province 
of  Babylon,  and  chief  of  the  governors  over  all  the  wise 

40  men  of  Babylon.  Then  Daniel  requested  of  the  king, 
and  he  set  Shadrach,  Meshach,   and  Abednego    over 


148  DANIEL.  [Ch.  hi. 

the   affairs  of  the  province  of  Babylon ;  but  Daniel  was 
in  the  gate  of  the  king. 


III. 


Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego  are  east  into  a  furnace,  for  refusing 
to  worship  a  golden  image,  and  come  out  of  it  unhurt.  —  Ch.  iit. 

1  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  made  an  image  of  gold, 
whose  height  was  sixty  cubits,  and  whose  breadth  was 
six  cubits.     He  set   it   up  in  the  plain  of  Dura,  in  the 

2  province  of  Babylon.  Then  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king, 
sent  to  gather  together  the  satraps,  the  prefects,  and  the 
deputy  governors,  the  chief  judges,  the  treasurers,  the 
judges,  the  counsellors,  and  all  the  rulers  of  the  prov- 
inces, to   come  to  the   dedication   of  the   image,  which 

3  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  had  set  up.  Then  the  sa- 
traps, prefects,  and  deputy  governors,  the  chief  judges, 
treasurers,  judges,  counsellors,  and  all  the  rulers  of  the 
provinces  were  gathered  together  to  the  dedication  of 
the  image,  which  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  had  set  up  ; 
and  they  stood  before  the  image,  which   Nebuchadnez- 

4  zar,  the  king,  had  set  up.  Then  a  herald  cried  aloud  ; 
To    you   it    is    commanded,    O    people,   nations,    and 

.'■>  languages,  that  at  the  time  ye  hear  the  sound  of  the 
horn,  the  pipe,  the  harp,  the  sambuck,  the  psaltery,  the 
bagpipe,  and  all  kinds  of  music,  ye  fall  down  and  wor- 
ship the  golden  image,  which  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king, 

6  hath  set  up.  And  whoso  doth  not  fall  down  and  wor- 
ship shall  the  same  hour   be  cast  into  the    midst  of  a 


Ch.  III.]  DANIEL.  149 

7  burning  fiery  furnace.  Therefore  at  the  time  when  all 
the  people  heard  the  sound  of  the  horn,  the  pipe,  the 
harp,  the  sambuck,  the  psaltery,  and  all  kinds  of  music, 
all  the  people,  the  nations,  and  the  languages  fell  down 
and  worshipped  the  golden  image,  which  Nebuchad- 
nezzar, the  king,  had  set  up. 

8  Wherefore  at  that  time  certain  Chaldeans  came  near, 

9  and    accused   the  Jews.     They   spake  and  said  to  king 
0  Nebuchadnezzar,  O  king,  live  forever  !    Thou,  O  king, 

hast  made  a  decree,  that  every  man  that  shall  hear  the 
sound  of  the  horn,  the  pipe,  the  harp,  the  sambuck,  the 
psaltery,  the  bagpipe,  and   all  kinds  of  music,  shall  fall 

11  down  and  worship  the  golden  image ;  and  that  whoso 
doth  not   fall   down  and  worship  shall  be  cast  into  the 

12  midst  of  a  burning  fiery  furnace.  Now  there  are  cer- 
tain Jews,  whom  thou  hast  set  over  the  affairs  of  the 
province  of  Babylon,  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abedne- 
go,  these  men,  O  king,  have  not  regarded  thee  ;  they 
serve  not  thy  gods,  nor  worship  the  golden  image 
which  thou  hast  set  up. 

13  Then  Nebuchadnezzar  in  rage  and  fury  command- 
ed to  bring  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego.     Then 

14  they  brought  these  men  before  the  king.  Nebuchad- 
nezzar spake  and  said  to  them ;  Was  it  by  design,  O 
Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego  ?  Do  ye  not  serve 
my  gods,   nor   worship  the  golden  image  which  I  have 

15  set  up  ?  Now  if  ye  be  ready  that  at  the  time  ye  hear 
the  sound  of  the  horn,  the  pipe,  the  harp,  the  sambuck, 
the  psaltery,  the  bagpipe,  and  all  kinds  of  music,  ye 
fall  down  and  worship  the  image,  which  I  have  set  up, 
well  !  but  if  ye  worship  not,  ye  shall  be  cast  the  same 
hour  into  the  midst  of  a  burning  fiery  furnace;  and 
who  is  the  God  that  shall  deliver  you  out  of  my  hands? 

13* 


150  DANIEL,  [Ch.  Hi. 

16  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego  answered  and  said 
to  the  king,  O  Nebuchadnezzar,  we  have   no   need   to 

n  answer  thee  in  this  matter.  Behold,  our  God,  whom 
we  serve,  is  able  to  deliver  us  from  the  burning  fiery 
furnace,  and  he  will  deliver  us  out  of  thy  hand,  O  king ! 

18  But  if  not,  be  it  known  to  thee,  O  king,  that  we  will 
not  serve  thy  gods,  nor  worship  the  golden  image  which 
thou  hast  set  up. 

19  Then  was  Nebuchadnezzar  full  of  fury,  and  the  form 
of  his  visage  was  changed  against  Shadrach,  Meshach, 
and  Abednego.  And  he  spake  and  commanded  that 
they  should   heat   the  furnace  seven  times  more  than  it 

20  was  wont  to  be  heated.  And  he  commanded  the 
mightiest  men  in  his  army  to  bind  Shadrach,  Meshach, 
and  Abednego,  and  to  cast  them   into  the  burning  fiery 

21  furnace.  Then  these  men  were  bound  in  their  trow- 
sers,  their  under-garments,  their  mantles,  and  their 
other  clothing,    and    were   cast   into  the   midst   of  the 

22  burning  fiery  furnace.     And  because   the   command  of 
I'the  king  was  urgent,  and  the  furnace  exceeding  hot, 

the  flame  of  the  fire  killed  those  men  that  took  up  Sha- 

23  drach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego.  And  these  three  men, 
Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego,  fell  down  bound 
into  the  midst  of  the  burning  fiery  furnace. 

24  Then  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king,  was  astonished, 
and  rose  up  in  haste,  and  spake,  and  said  to  his  coun- 
sellors. Did  we  not  cast  three  men  bound  into  the 
midst  of  the  fire  ?      They   answered   and  said  to    the 

25  king,  True,  O  king  !  He  answered  and  said.  Behold, 
I  see  four  men  loose,  walking  in  the  midst  of  the  fire, 
and  they  have  no    hurt,    and   the    appearance    of  the 

26  fourth  is  like  a  son  of  God.  Then  Nebuchadnezzar 
came  near  to  the  mouth  of  the  burning  fiery  furnace, 
and  spake  and  said,  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego, 


Ch.  IV.]  DANIEL.  151 

ye  servants  of  the  Most  High  God,  come  forth  !  Then 
Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego  came  forth  out  of 
the  midst  of  the  fire. 
•27  And  the  satraps,  prefects,  and  deputy  governors,  and 
the  counsellors  of  the  kingr,  beingf  gathered  together, 
saw  these  men,  upon  whose  bodies  the  fire  had  no 
power,  nor  was  a  hair  of  their  head  singed,  nor  w'ere 
their  trowsers  changed,  nor  had  the  smell  of  fire  passed 

28  on  them.  Then  Nebuchadnezzar  spake  and  said, 
Blessed  be  the  God  of  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abed- 
nego, who  hath  sent  his  angel,  and  delivered  his  ser- 
vants, that  trusted  in  him,  and  disobeyed  the  command 
of  the  king,  and  yielded  their  bodies,  that  they  might 
not  serve  nor  worship  any  god  except  their  own  God ! 

29  Therefore  I  make  a  decree,  that  every  people,  nation, 
and  language,  which  speaks  any  thing  reproachful 
against  the  God  of  Shadrach,  Meshach,  and  Abednego, 
shall  be  cut  in  pieces,  and  its  houses  shall  be  made  a 
dunghill  ;     because    there    is    no   other  god,  that    can 

30  deliver  after  this  sort.  Then  the  king  promoted  Sha- 
drach, Meshach,  and  Abednego  in  the  province  of 
Babylon. 


IV. 


Nebuchadnezzar's  dream.    Its  interpretation,  and  fulfilment. —  Ch.  iv. 

1  Nebuchadnezzar,   the  king,  to   all  people,  nations, 
and  languages,  that  dwell  upon  the  whole  earth.    Peace 

2  be  multiplied   to  you  !    I  have  thought  it  good  to  show 


152  DANIEL.  [Ch.  IV, 

the  signs   and  wonders  which  the  Most  High  God  hath 

3  wrought  toward  me.  How  great  are  his  signs,  and 
how  mighty  are  his  wonders  !  His  kingdom  is  an  ever- 
lasting kingdom,  and  his  dominion  endureth  from  gene- 

4  ration  to  generation.     I,  Nebuchadnezzar,  was  at  ease 

5  in  my  house,  and  flourishing  in  my  palace.  There  I 
saw  a  dream  which  made  me  afraid,  and  the  thoughts 
upon  my  bed  and   the  visions  of  my  head  troubled  me. 

6  Therefore  made  I  a  decree  to  bring  in  all  the  wise 
men    of  Babylon   before   me ;     that   they    might    make 

7  known  to  me  the  interpretation  of  the  dream.  Then 
came  in  the  scribes,  the  magicians,  the  Chaldeans,  and 
the  astrologers ;  and  I  told  the  dream  before  them ;  but 
they   did    not    make   known   to  me   its   interpretation. 

8  But  at  the  last,  Daniel  came  in  before  me,  whose  name 
is  Belteshazzar,  according  to  the  name  of  my  god,  and 
in  whom  is  the  spirit  of  the  holy  gods,  and  I  told  him 

9  the  dream.  "  O  Belteshazzar,  master  of  the  scribes, 
since  I  know  that  the  spirit  of  the  holy  gods  is  in  thee, 
and  no  secret  is  too  hard  for  thee,  tell  me  the  visions  of 
my  dream   which  I  have  seen,   and  the   interpretation 

10  thereof  The  visions  of  my  head  were  these.  1  saw, 
and  behold,  a  tree  in  the   midst,  whose  height  was  very 

11  great.  The  tree  was  large  and  strong,  and  its  height 
reached  to  the  heavens,  and  it  might  be  seen  to  the  end  of 

12  the  whole  earth.  The  leaves  thereof  were  fair,  and  the 
fruit  abundant,  and  in  it  was  food  for  all.  The  beasts 
of  the  field  had  shadow  under  it,  and  the  birds  of  heaven 
dwelt  in  the  boughs  thereof,  and  all  flesh  was  fed  of  it. 

13  I  saw,  in  the  visions  of  my  head  upon  my  bed,  and  be- 
hold,  a   watcher,   even   a    holy   one,  came   down  from 

14  heaven  ;  he  cried  aloud,  and  spake  thus ;  Hew  down 
the  tree,  and  cut  off  its  branches;  shake  off  its  leaves, 
and  scatter  its  fruit ;  let  the  beasts  go  away  from  under 


Ch.  IV.]  DANIEL.  153 

15  it,  and  the  birds  from  its  branches !  Yet  leave  the 
stump  of  its  roots  in  the  earth,  in  bands  of  iron  and 
brass,  in  the  tender  grass  of  the  field  ;  and  he  shall  be 
wet   with  the  dew  of  heaven,    and  his  portion  shall  be 

16  with  the  beasts  in  the  grass  of  the  field.  His  heart 
shall  be  changed,  and  be  no  more  that  of  a  man,  and 
a  beast's  heart  shall  be  given  him,  and  seven  times  shall 

17  pass  over  him.  This  is  the  decree  of  the  watchers  and 
the  sentence  of  the  holy  ones ;  to  the  intent  that  the 
living  may  know  that  the  Most  High  ruleth  in  the 
kingdoms  of  men,  and  giveth  them  to  whomsoever  he 
will,    and  setteth   up    over  them   the    lowest    of   men. 

18  This  dream,  I,  king  Nebuchadnezzar,  saw,  and  do  thou, 
O  Belteshazzar,  declare  the  interpretation  thereof, 
forasmuch  as  all  the  wise  men  of  my  kingdom  are  not 
able  to  make  known  to  me  the  interpretation  ;  but  thou 
art  able,  for  the  spirit  of  the  holy  gods  is  in  thee." 

19  Then  Daniel,  who  was  called  Belteshazzar,  was 
amazed  for  one  hour,  and  his  thoughts  troubled  him. 
The  king  spake  and  said,  Belteshazzar,  let  not  the 
dream,  or  the  interpretation  thereof  trouble  thee  !  Belte- 
shazzar answered  and  said,  My  lord,  the  dream  be  to 
them  that  hate  thee,  and  the  signification  of  it  to  thine 

20  enemies  !  The  tree  which  thou  sawest,  which  was  large 
and  strong,  whose  height  reached  to  heaven,  and  which 

21  might  be  seen  by  all  the  earth ;  whose  leaves  were  fair, 
and  whose  fruit  abundant,  and  in  which  was  food  for  all ; 
under  which  all  the  beasts  of  the  field  dwelt,  and  upon 
whose  branches  the  birds   of  heaven   had  their  habita- 

22  tion ;  it  is  thou,  O  king,  who  art  become  great  and 
strong  ;  for  thy  greatness  is  immense,  and  reacheth  to 
heaven,    and    thy  dominion  to  the    end  of  the    earth. 

33  And  whereas  the  king  saw  a  watcher,  even  a  holy  one, 
coming  down  from  heaven,  and   saying.  Hew  the  tree 


154  ...'  DANIEL. 


[Ch.  IV. 


down  and  destroy  it,  yet  leave  the  stump  of  its  roots  in 
the  earth,  in  bands  of  iron  and  brass,  in  the  tender 
grass  of  the  field,  and  he  shall  be  wet  with  the  dew  of 
heaven,  and  his  portion   shall  be  with  the  beasts   of  the 

24  field,  till  seven  times  pass  over  him ;  this  is  the  inter- 
pretation, O  king,  and  this  is  the  decree  of  the  Most 

25  High,  which  is  come  upon  my  lord,  the  king;  they 
shall  drive  thee  from  men,  and  thy  dwelling  shall  be 
with  the  beasts  of  the  field,  and  they  shall  let  thee  eat 
grass  as  oxen,  and  be  wet  with  the  dew  of  heaven,  and 
seven  times  shall  pass  over  thee,  till  thou  know  that  the 
Most  High  ruleth  in  the  kingdoms  of  men,  and  giveth 

2G  them  to  whomsoever  he  will.  And  whereas  it  was 
commanded  to  leave  the  stump  of  the  roots  of  the  tree, 
thy  kingdom  shall  be  sure  to  thee,  after  thou  shalt  have 

27  acknowledged  that  Heaven  rules.  Wherefore,  O  king, 
let  my  counsel  be  acceptable  to  thee,  and  break  off 
thy  sins  by  righteousness,  and  thy  iniquities  by  showing 
mercy  to  the  poor ;  if  it  may  be  a  lengthening  out  of 
thy  tranquillity. 
28  29  All  this  came  upon  king  Nebuchadnezzar.  At  the 
end  of  twelve   months,  he  was  walking  in   the  palace 

30  of  the  kingdom  of  Babylon  ;  and  the  king  spake  and 
said ;  Is  not  this  the  great  Babylon  which  I  have  built 
for  the  seat  of  the  kingdom,  by  the  might  of  my  power 

31  and  for  the  honor  of  my  majesty  1  While  the  word 
was  in  the  king's  mouth,  there  fell  a  voice  from  heaven  ; 
"  To  thee  it  is  said,  O  Nebuchadnezzar  !  the  kingdom 

32  is  departed  from  thee.  And  they  shall  drive  thee  from 
men,  and  thy  dwelling  shall  be  with  the  beasts  of  the 
field ;  they  shall  make  thee  eat  grass  as  oxen,  and 
seven  times  shall  pass  over  thee,  until  thou  know  that 
the   Most   High   ruleth  in   the    kingdoms  of  men,  and 

33  giveth  them   to  whomsoever  he  will."     The  same  hour 


Ch.  IV.]  DANIEL.  155 

was  the  word  fulfilled  against  Nebuchadnezzar,  and  he 
was  driven  from  men,  and  did  eat  grass  as  oxen,  and  his 
body  was  wet  with  the  dew  of  heaven,  till  his  hairs 
were  grown  like  eagles'  feathers,  and  his  nails  like 
birds'  claws. 

34  But  at  the  end  of  the  days,  I,  Nebuchadnezzar,  lifted 
up  my  eyes  to  heaven,  and  my  understanding  returned 
to  me,  and  I  blessed  the  Most  High,  and  I  praised  and 
honored  Him  that  liveth  forever,  whose  dominion  is  an 
everlasting    dominion,   and    whose    kingdom    endureth 

35  from  generation  to  generation.  And  all  the  inhabitants 
of  the  earth  are  reputed  as  nothing ;  and  he  doeth 
according  to  his  will  in  the  army  of  heaven,  and  among 
the   inhabitants  of  the   earth ;    and  none   can  stay   his 

36  hand,  or  say  to  him.  What  doest  thou  ?  At  the  same 
time  my  reason  returned  to  me,  and  also  the  glory  of 
my  kingdom,  my  honor,  and  my  splendor  returned  to 
me ;  and  my  counsellors  and  my  lords  sought  me ;  and 
I  was   established   in   my   kingdom,  and  I  received  yet 

37  greater  majesty.  Now  I,  Nebuchadnezzar,  praise  and 
extol  and  honor  the  King  of  heaven  ;  all  whose  works 
are  truth  and  his  ways  justice;  and  those  that  walk  in 
pride  he  is  able  to  abase. 


.156  DANIKL.  -  [Ch.  v. 

V. 

Bclsiiazzar's  feast.     Capture  of  Babylon.  —  Ch.  v. 

1  Belshazzar,  the  king,  gave  a  great  feast  to  his 
thousand  lords,  and  drank    wine   before   the  thousand. 

9  Belshazzar,  while  they  tasted  the  wine,  commanded  to 
bring  the  golden  and  silver  vessels  which  his  father, 
Nebuchadnezzar,  had  taken  out  of  the  temple  at  Jeru- 
salem ;  that  the  king  and  his  princes,  his  wives  and  his 

3  concubines  might  drink  therein.  Then  they  brought 
the  golden  vessels  that  were  taken  out  of  the  temple 
of  the  house  of  God  at  Jerusalem  ;  and  the  king  and 
his   princes,   his  wives   and    his   concubines   drank    in 

4  them.  They  drank  wine,  and  praised  the  gods  of  gold, 
and  of  silver,  of  brass,  of  iron,  of  wood,  and  of  stone. 

5  In  the  same  hour  came  forth  fingers  of  a  man's  hand, 
and  wrote  over  against  the  candlestick  upon  the  plaster 
of  the  wall  of  the  king's  palace;   and  the  king  saw  the 

G  hand  that  wrote.  Then  the  king's  countenance  was 
changed,  and  his  thoughts  troubled  him,  so  that  the 
joints  of  his   loins  were   loosened,  and    his  knees  smote 

1  one  against  another.  The  king  cried  aloud  to  bring  in 
the  magicians,  the  Chaldeans,  and  the  astrologers. 
And  the  king  spake  and  said  to  the  wise  men  of  Babylon, 
Whoever  shall  read  this  writing,  and  show  the  inter- 
pretation thereof,  shall  be  clothed  with  purple,  and  have 
a  chain  of  gold  about   his   neck,  and  shall  be  the  third 

8  ruler  in  the  kingdom.  Then  all  the  king's  wise  men 
came   in ;     but   they   could   not   read  the  writing,   nor 

9  make  known  to  the  king  its  signification.  Then  was 
king  Belshazzar  in  great  consternation,  and  his  coun- 
tenance   was    changed,   and  his    lords    were  amazed. 


Ch.  v.]  DANIEL.  157 

10  Then  the  queen,  on  account  of  this  affair  of  the  king 
and  his  lords,  came  into  the  banquet-house  ;  and  the 
queen  spake  and  said,  O  king,  live  forever !  Let  not  thy 
thoughts    terrify    thee,    nor    let     thy    countenance    be 

11  changed!  There  is  a  man  in  thy  kingdom  in  whom 
is  the  spirit  of  the  holy  gods ;  and  in  the  days  of  thy 
father,  light  and  understanding  and  wisdom,  like  the 
wisdom  of  the  gods,  were  found  in  him  ;  and  the  king, 
Nebuchadnezzar,  thy  father,  made  him  master  of  the 
scribes,  the   magicians,  the  Chaldeans,    and  the  astrolo- 

12  gers  ;  thy  father,  O  king!  forasmuch  as  an  excellent 
spirit  and  knowledge  and  understanding,  to  interpret 
dreams,  and  to  explain  hard  sentences,  and  solve  difficult 
questions  were  found  in  him,  in  Daniel,  whom  the  king 
named  Belteshazzar ;  now  let  Daniel  be  called,  and  he 
will  show  the  interpretation. 

13  Then  was  Daniel  brought  in  before  the  king.  And 
the  king  spake  and  said  to  Daniel,  Art  thou  that  Dan- 
iel, of  the  captives  of  Judah,  whom  the  king,  my  father, 

14  brought  out  of  Judea  1  I  have  heard  concerning  thee, 
that  the  spirit  of  the  gods  is  in  thee,  and  that  light  and 
understanding  and   excellent  wisdom   are  found  in  thee. 

15  And  now  the  wise  men  and  the  magicians  have  been 
brought  in  before  me,  that  they  should  read  this  writ- 
ing, and  make  known  to  me  its  signification ;  but  they 

16  could  not  show  the  signification  of  the  thing.  But  I 
have  heard  of  thee  that  thou  canst  give  interpretations, 
and  solve  difficult  questions.  Now  if  thou  canst  read 
the  writing  and  make  known  to  me  its  signification, 
thou  shalt  be  clothed  with  purple,  and  have  a  chain  of 
gold  about  thy  neck,  and  shalt  be  the  third  ruler  in  the 
kingdom. 

17  Then  answered  Daniel  and  said  before  the  king,  Let 
thy  gifts  be  to  thyself,  and  give  thy  rewards  to  another  ! 

VOL.  in.  14 


158  DANIEL.  [Ch.  v. 

yet  1  will  read  the  writing  to  the  king,  and  make  known 

18  to  him  the  signification.  O  king,  the  Most  High  God 
gave  to  Nebuchadnezzar,   thy   father,   a  kingdom,    and 

19  majesty,  and  glory,  and  honor.  And  by  reason  of 
the  majesty  which  he  gave  him,  all  people,  nations,  and 
languages  trembled  and  feared  before  him  ;  whom  he 
would,  he  slew,  and  whom  he  would,  he  kept  alive  ; 
whom  he  would,  he  set  up,  and  whom  he  would,  he  put 

20  down.  But  when  his  heart  was  lifted  up,  and  his  spirit 
hardened   in   pride,   he  was   deposed   from    his    kingly 

21  throne,  and  his  glory  was  taken  from  him.  And  he 
was  driven  from  the  sons  of  men  ;  and  his  heart  be- 
came like  the  beasts,  and  his  dwelling  was  with  wild 
asses  ;  he  was  fed  with  grass  like  oxen,  and  his  body 
was  wet  with  the  dew  of  heaven ;  till  he  knew  that  the 
Most   High  God  ruled  in   the    kingdoms   of  men,    and 

22  appointed  over  them  whomsoever  he  would.  And  thou, 
his   son,   O   Belshazzar,   hast  not    humbled   thy   heart, 

23  though  thou  knewest  all  this :  but  hast  lifted  thyself 
up  against  the  Lord  of  heaven  ;  and  they  have  brought 
the  vessels  of  his  house  before  thee,  and  thou,  and  thy 
lords,  thy  wives,  and  thy  concubines  have  drunk  wine 
in  them  ;  and  thou  hast  praised  the  gods  of  silver,  and 
<Told,  of  brass,  iron,  wood,  and  stone,  which  see  not, 
nor  hear,  nor  know  ;  and  the  God,  in  whose  hand  is 
thy  breath,  and    whose   are   all  thy  ways,   thou  hast  not 

24  honored.     Then  was  the  hand   sent  from  him,   and  this 

25  writing  was  written.  And  this  is  the  writing  which 
was  written ;   Numbered,  Numbered,  Weighed,  and  To 

26  be  Divided.  And  this  is  the  interpretation  of  it. 
Numbered  :    God    hath    numbered   thy    kingdom,   and 

27  made   an  end  of  it.     Weighed  :  Thou    art  weighed   in 
26  the    balances,    and     found     wanting.       Divided  :     Thy 

kingdom  is  divided,   and  given  to  the  Medes  and  Per- 


Ch.  VI.]  DANIEL.  159 

29  sians.  Then  Belshazzar  commanded,  and  they  clothed 
Daniel  with  purple,  and  put  a  chain  of  gold  about  his 
neck,  and  made  a  proclamation  concerning  him  that 
he  should  be  the  third  ruler  in  the  kingdom. 

30  In  the  same  night    was  Belshazzar,  king  of  the  Chal- 

31  deans,  slain ;  and  Darius,  the  Mede,  took  the  kingdom, 
being  about  sixty-two  years  old. 


VI. 

DaDiel  conies  safe  from  the  lions'  den,  into  which  he  had  been  cast  for 
allegiance  to  his  God.  — Ch.  vi. 

1  It  pleased  Darius  to  set  over  the  kingdom  a  hundred 
and   twenty   satraps,  which   should   be  over   the  whole 

2  kingdom,  and  over  these  three  presidents,  of  whom 
Daniel  was  one,  that  the  satraps  might  give  accounts  to 

3  them,  and  the  king  should  have  no  damage.  Then 
this  Daniel  was  preferred  above  the  presidents  and 
satraps,  because  an  excellent  spirit  was  in  him,  and  the 

4  king  thought  to  set  him  over  the  whole  realm.  Then 
the  presidents  and  satraps  sought  to  find  occasion 
against  Daniel  in  relation  to  the  kingdom;  but  they 
could  find  no  occasion  nor  fault ;  because  he  was 
faithful,    and    no   error    nor    fault  was    found    in    him. 

5  Then  said  these  men,  We  shall  not  find  any  occasion 
against  this  Daniel,  unless   we  find   it   against  hiin  con- 

6  cerning  the  law  of  his  God.  Then  these  presidents 
and   satraps    assembled  together  to  the  king,  and  spake 

7  thus  to  him  ;  King  Darius,  live  forever  !  All  the  presi- 
dents of  the  kingdom,  the  governors  and  the  satraps, 


160  DANIEL.  [Ch.  vr. 

the  counsellors  and  the  prefects,  have  consulted  to- 
gether to  establish  a  royal  statute,  and  to  make  a  firm 
decree,  that  whoever  shall  ask  a  petition  of  any  god  or 
man  for  thirty  days,  save  of  thee,  O   king,  he  shall  be 

8  cast  into  the  den  of  lions.  Now,  O  king,  establish  the 
decree  and  sign  the  writing,  that  it  be  not  changed, 
according     to    the   law   of    the   Medes    and    Persians, 

9  which  altereth  not.  Wherefore  king  Darius  signed  the 
writing  and  the  decree. 

10  Now  when  Daniel  knew  that  the  writing  was  signed, 
he  went  into  his  house,  his  windows  being  open  in  his 
chamber  toward  Jerusalem,  and  three  times  a  day  he 
kneeled   upon   his    knees,  and  prayed,  and  gave  thanks 

11  before  his  God,  as  he  had  done  before.  Then  these 
men  assembled,  and  found   Daniel  praying,  and  making 

12  supplication  before  his  God.  Then  they  came  near 
and  spake  before  the  king  concerning  the  royal  decree; 
Hast  thou  not  signed  a  decree,  that  every  man  that 
shall  ask  a  petition  of  any  god  or  man,  within  thirty 
days,  save  of  thee,  O  king,  shall  be  cast  into  the  den  of 
lions?  The  king  answered  and  said,  The  thing  is  true, 
according  to  the  law  of  the  Medes  and  Persians,  which 

13  altereth  not.  Then  answered  they  and  said  before  the 
king;  Daniel,  who  is  of  the  sons  of  the  captives  of 
Judah,  regardeth  not  thee,  O  king,  nor  the  decree 
which  thou   hast  signed,  but   maketh  his  petition  three 

14  times  a  day.  Then  the  king,  when  he  heard  these 
words,  was  sore  displeased  with  himself,  and  set  his 
heart  to  deliver  him  ;    and    he  labored   till   the   going 

15  down  of  the  sun  to  deliver  him.  Then  these  men 
assembled  before  the  king,  and  said  to  the  king.  Know, 
O  king,  that  the  law  of  the  Medes  and  Persians  is,  that 
no  decree  or  statute,  which  the  king  establisheth,  may 

iG  be  changed.      Then  the    king  commanded  that   they 


Ch.  VI.]  DANIEL.  161 

should  bring  Daniel  and  cast  him  into  the  den  of  lions. 
And  the    king  spake  and  said  to  Daniel,  May  thy  God, 

17  whom  thou  servest  continually,  deliver  thee  !  And  a 
stone  was  brought  and  laid  upon  the  mouth  of  the  den  ; 
and  the  king  sealed  it  with  his  own  signet,  and  with 
the  signet  of  his  lords,  that  nothing  might  be  changed 
concerning  Daniel. 

18  Then  the  king  went  to  his  palace,  and  passed  the 
night  fasting,  and   suffered   not  the   concubines   to   be 

19  brought  to  him ;  and  his  sleep  went  from  him.  Then 
the  king  arose  very  early  in  the   morning,  and   went  in 

20  haste  to  the  den  of  lions.  And  when  he  came  to  the 
den,  he  cried  with  a  troubled  voice  to  Daniel  ;  and  the 
king  spake  and  said  to  Daniel,  O  Daniel,  servant  of  the 
living  God,  is  thy  God,   whom  thou   servest  continually, 

21  able  to  deliver  thee  from  the  lions?     Then  said  Daniel 

22  to  the  king,  O  king,  live  forever  !  My  God  hath  sent 
his  angel,  and  hath  shut  the  lions'  mouths,  so  that  they 
have  not  hurt  me;  forasmuch  as  before  him  innocency 
was  found  in  me  ;   and  also  before  thee,  O  king,  have  I 

23  done  no  wronji.  Then  was  the  kinfj  exceedingly  jilad, 
and  commanded  that  they  should  take  Daniel  up  out  of 
the  den.  So  Daniel  was  taken  up  out  of  the  den,  and 
no   manner   of  hurt  was   found   upon   him,  because   he 

24  trusted  in  his  God.  And  the  king  commanded,  and 
they  brought  those  men  which  had  accused  Daniel, 
and  cast  them  into  the  den  of  lions,  them,  their  chil- 
dren, and  their  wives  ;  and  the  lions  had  the  mastery  of 
them,  and  broke  all  their  bones  before  they  came  to 
the  bottom  of  the  den. 

25  Then  king  Darius  wrote  to  all  people,  nations,  and 
languages,  that  dwell  in   all   the  earth.  Peace  be  multi- 

26  plied  to  you  !  I  make  a  decree,  that  in  every  govern- 
ment of  my  kingdom   men  tremble  and  fear  before  the 

14* 


162  DANIEL.  [Ch.  VII. 

God  of  Daniel ;  for  he  is  the  living  God,  that  endureth 
forever,   and   whose  kingdom    shall   not  be    destroyed, 

27  and  whose  dominion  shall  endure  to  the  end.  He 
delivereth  and  rescueth,  and  he  worketh  signs  and 
wonders  in  heaven  and  in  earth,  who  hath  delivered 
Daniel  from  the  power  of  the  lions. 

28  This  Daniel  prospered  in  the  reign  of  Darius,  and  in 
the  reign  of  Cyrus,  the  Persian. 


VII. 


Daniel's    vision  of   four   beasts,   the    symbols    of    four  kingdoms.  — 
Ch.  VII. 

'  1  In  the  first  year  of  Belshazzar,  king  of  Babylon, 
Daniel  had  a  dream,  and  visions  of  his  head  upon  his 
bed.     Then  he   wrote  the   dream,  and   related  the  sum 

2  of  the  matters.     Daniel  spake  and  said  ; 

I  saw   in   my  vision   by   night,  and   behold,  the  four 

3  winds  of  heaven  burst  forth  upon  the  great  sea.  And 
four  great   beasts   came   up   from   the   sea,  diverse  one 

4  from  another.  The  first  was  like  a  lion,  and  had 
eagles'  wings  ;  I  beheld  till  his  wings  were  plucked 
from  it,  and  it  was  lifted  up  from  the  earth,  and  made 
to  stand  upon  the  feet  as  a  man,  and  a  man's  heart  was 
given  to  it. 

5  And  behold,  another  beast,  the  second,  like  to  a 
bear,  and  it  stood  up  on  one  side,  and  it  had  three  ribs 
in  its  mouth  between  its  teeth ;  and  they  spake  thus  to 
it ;  Arise,  devour  much  flesh  I 


Ch.  vii.]  DANIEL.  163 

6  After  this  I  beheld,  and  lo,  another,  like  a  leopard, 
which  had  upon  its  back  four  wings  of  a  bird  ;  the 
beast  also  had  four  heads,  and  dominion  was  given  to 
it. 

7  After  this  I  saw  in  the  niglit  visions,  and  behold, 
a  fourth  beast,  dreadful,  and  terrible,  and  exceedingly 
strong ;  and  it  had  great  iron  teeth  ;  it  devoured,  and 
brake  in  pieces,  and  stamped  the  residue  with  its  feet, 
and  it  was  diverse  from   all  the  beasts  that  were  before 

8  it  ;  and  it  had  ten  horns.  I  gave  heed  to  the  horns, 
and  behold,  there  came  up  among  them  another  little 
horn,  before  which  three  of  the  first  horns  were 
plucked  up  by  the  roots ;  and  behold,  in  this  horn 
were  eyes  like  the  eyes  of  man,  and  a  mouth  speaking 

9  great  things.  I  beheld,  till  thrones  were  placed,  and 
an  aged  person  seated  himself,  his  garment  white  like 
snow,  and  the  hair  of  his  head  like  pure  wool  ;  his 
throne   like   a  fiery  flame,  and    his  wheels  like  burning 

10  fire.  A  fiery  stream  issued  and  came  forth  from  before 
him ;  thousands  of  thousands  ministered  to  him,  and 
ten  thousand  times  ten  thousand  stood  before  him  ;  the 

11  tribunal  sat,  and  the  books  were  opened.  I  beheld  ; 
and  because  of  the  great  words  which  the  horn  spake,  I 
beheld  till  the  beast   was   slain,  and   his  body  destroyed 

12  and  given  to  the  burning  flame.  As  to  the  rest  of  the 
beasts,  they  had  their  dominion  taken  away,  for  the 
duration  of  their  lives  had  been  appointed  for  a  season 
and  a  time. 

13  I  saw  in  the  night  visions,  and  behold,  one  like  a  son 
of  man  came  with  the  clouds  of  heaven,  and  came  to 
the  aged  person,  and  they  brought  him  near  before  him. 

14  And  there  was  given  him  dominion,  and  glory,  and  a 
kingdom,  that  all  people,  nations,  and  languages  should 
serve   him  ;   his  dominion   is   an   everlasting  dominion. 


164  DANIEL.  [Ch.  VII. 

which   shall  not  pass   away,  and  his  kingdom  shall  not 
be  destroyed. 

15  I,  Daniel,  was   grieved   in   my  spirit   within  me,  and 

16  the  visions  of  my  head  troubled  me.  I  came  near  to 
one  of  them  that  stood  by,  and  asked  him  the  truth  con- 
cerning all  this.     So  he  told   me,  and   made  known  to 

17  me  the  interpretation  of  the  things.  These  great 
beasts,    which   are    four,    are    four  kings,    which   shall 

18  arise  out  of  the  earth.  Then  shall  the  saints  of  the 
Most  High  receive  the   kingdom,  and  possess  the  king- 

19  dom  forever,  even  forever  and  ever.  Then  I  desired  to 
know  the  truth  concerning  the  fourth  beast,  which  was 
diverse  from  all  the  others,  exceedingly  dreadful, 
whose  teeth  were  of  iron  and  his  nails  of  brass,  which 
devoured,   broke   in    pieces,   and  stamped   the    residue 

20  with  his  feet ;  and  concerning  the  ten  horns  which 
were  in  his  head,  and  the  other  which  came  up,  and 
before  which  three  fell ;  even  that  horn,  which  had 
eyes,  and  a  mouth  that  spake  very  great  things,  and 
whose  appearance  was  larger   than   that  of  his  fellows. 

91  I  beheld,  and  the   same   horn  made  war  with  the  saints 

22  and  prevailed  against  them,  until  the  aged  person  came, 
and  judgment  was  given  to  the  saints  of  the  Most 
High,  and  the  time  came  that  the  saints  should  possess 

23  the  kingdom.  He  spake  thus ;  The  fourth  beast  is  a 
fourth  kingdom  upon  earth,  which  is  diverse  from  all 
kingdoms,  and   shall   devour  the  whole  earth,  and  shall 

24  tread  it  down,  and  break  it  in  pieces.  And  the  ten 
horns  are  ten  kings,  which  shall  arise  out  of  this  king- 
dom ;  and  another  shall  arise  after  them  ;  and  he  shall 
be   diverse   from  the   former,   and   shall    subdue   three 

25  kings.  And  he  will  speak  great  words  against  the  Most 
High,  and  will  harass  the  saints  of  the  Most  High,  and 
shall  resolve  to  change  times  and  laws  ;  and  they  shall  be 


Ch.  VIII.]  DANIEL.  165 

given  into  his  hand  a  time,  and  times,  and  half  a  time. 

26  But  the   tribunal  shall   sit,    and   his  dominion  shall  be 

27  taken  away,  and  consumed  and  destroyed  forever.  And 
the  sovereignty,  and  dominion,  and  power  over  all 
kingdoms  under  the  whole  heaven  shall  be  given  to  the 
people  of  the  saints  of  the  Most  High;  his  kingdom  is 
an  everlasting  kingdom,  and   all   dominions   shall  serve 

28  and  obey  him.  Here  ended  his  words.  As  for  me, 
Daniel,  my  thoughts  terrified  me  much,  and  my  coun- 
tenance changed  ;   but  I  kept  the  matter  in  my  heart. 


VIII. 

Vision  of  the  ram  and  the  he-goat,  and  its  explanation.  — Ch.  viii. 

1  In  the  third  year  of  the  reign  of  king  Belshazzar,  a 
vision  appeared  to  me,  Daniel,  after  that  which  appeared 

2  to  me  at  the  first.  And  I  saw  in  a  vision,  and  when  I 
saw,  I  was  in  Shushan,  in  the  palace,  which  is  in  the 
province  of  Elam  ;   and   I   saw  in  a  vision,  and  was  by 

3  the  river  Ulai.  And  I  lifted  up  my  eyes  and  saw,  and 
behold,  there  stood  before  the  river  a  ram,  which  had 
two  horns;   and  the  two  horns  were  high  ;   and  one  was 

4  higher  than  the  other;  and  the  higher  came  up  last.  I 
saw  the  ram  pushing  westward  and  northward  and 
southward,  and  no  beast  could  stand  before  him,  and 
none  could  deliver  out  of  his  hand  ;   but  he  did  accord- 

5  ing  to  his  will,  and  became  great.  And  I  gave  heed, 
and  behold,  a  he-goat  came  from  the  west,  over  the  face 
of  the   whole  earth,  without  touching  the  ground ;  and 


166  DANIEL.  [Ch.  VIII. 

the   goat  had    a  conspicuous   horn    between    his    eyes. 

G  And   he   came  to  the  ram,  which  had  two  horns,  which 

I  had   seen   standing  before  the  river,  and   ran  against 

7  him  in  the  fury  of  his  power.  And  I  saw  him  come 
close  to  the  ram,  and  he  was  enraged  against  him,  and 
smote  the  ram,  and  broke  his  two  horns ;  and  there 
was  no  power  in  the  ram  to  stand  before  him ;  and  he 
cast  him   down   to  the  ground,  and  stamped  upon  him  ; 

8  and  none  could  deliver  the  ram  out  of  his  hand.  And 
the  he-goat  became  exceedingly  great ;  but  when  he 
was  strongest,  the  great  horn  was  broken,  and  instead 
of  it  grew  up   four   conspicuous  ones  toward   the  four 

9  winds  of  heaven.  And  out  of  one  of  them  came  forth 
a  little  horn,  which  became  exceedingly  great  toward 
the  south,  and  toward  the  east,  and  toward  the  glorious 

10  land.  And  he  exalted  himself  even  to  the  host  of  heav- 
en, and  some  of  the  host  and  of  the  stars  he  cast  down 

11  to  the  ground,  and  stamped  upon  them.  Yea,  he  mag- 
nified himself  even  to  the  prince  of  the  host,  and  the 
daily  sacrifice  was  taken  away  from  him,  and  the  place 

12  of  his  sanctuary  was  cast  down.  And  a  host  set  itself 
against  the  daily  sacrifice  with  impiety,  and  it  cast 
down  the  law  to   the  ground,  and  it   accomplished   its 

13  purpose  and  prospered.  And  I  heard  a  holy  one  speak  ; 
and  another  holy  one  said  to  the  one  that  had  spoken, 
To  how  long  a  time  extends  the  vision  concerninsf  the 
daily  sacrifice,  and  the  impiety  of  the  destroyer,  that 
both  the  sanctuary  and  the  host  shall  be  trodden  under 

14  foot  ?  And  he  said  to  rae.  To  two  thousand  and  three 
hundred  evenings  and  mornings  ;  then  shall  the  sanctu- 
ary be  cleansed. 

15  And  it  came  to  pass,  when  I,  Daniel,  had  seen  the 
vision,  and  sought  for  the  meaning,  behold,  there  stood 

16  one   before  me   having  the  appearance  of  a  man.     And 


Ch.  VIII.]  DANIEL.  167 

I  heard  a  man's  voice  between  the  banks  of  Ulai,  which 
called  and   said,  Gabriel,  make  this  man  to  understand 

17  the  vision.  And  he  came  near  where  I  stood;  and 
when  he  came,  I  was  afraid,  and  fell  upon  my  face, 
and  he  said  to  me,  Understand,  O  son  of  man  !   for  this 

18  vision  relates  to  the  time  of  the  end.  But  when  he 
spake  to  me,  I  fell  senseless  upon  my  face  to  the  ground  ; 
but    he    touched   me,  and   lifted    me   up,   where   I   had 

19  stood.  And  he  said.  Behold,  I  make  known  to  thee 
what  shall  be  in  the  latter  time  of  the  indignation  ;   for 

90  [the  vision  relates]  to  the  time  of  the  end.  The  ram, 
which  thou  sawest,  having  two  horns,  denotes  the  kings 

21  of  Media  and  Persia.  And  the  rough  goat  is  the  kino- 
of  Greece;   and  the  great  horn  between  his  eyes  is  the 

2i  first  king.  And  as  that  was  broken  and  four  arose  in 
its  place,  four   kingdoms  shall    arise  out  of  the  nation, 

23  but  not  with  his  power.  And  toward  the  end  of  their 
kingdom,  when  the  transgressors  have  filled  up  the 
measure    of   their    iniquities,    a    king    shall    arise   of  a 

24  fierce  countenance,  and  cunning  in  artifices.  And  his 
power  shall  become  mighty,  but  not  by  his  strength ; 
and  he  will  destroy  wonderfully,  and  prosper,  and  ac- 
complish his  purposes,  and  he  will  destroy  the  mighty, 

25  and  the  people  of  the  holy  ones.  And  through  his 
policy  will  he  cause  fraud  to  prosper  in  his  hand,  and 
he  will  magnify  himself  in  his  heart,  and  he  will  destroy 
many  in  the  midst  of  security,  and  he  will  stand  up 
against   the  prince  of  princes  ;   but   he  shall  be  broken 

2C  without  hand.  And  the  vision  of  the  evening  and  the 
morning,  which  has  been  told  thee,  is  true;   but  do  thou 

27  shut  up  the  vision;  for  it  relates  to  distant  days.  And 
I,  Daniel,  fainted,  and  was  sick  some  days  ;  afterward 
I  rose  up  and  did  the  king's  business;  and  I  was  as- 
tonished at  the  vision,  but  no  one  explained  it. 


168  DANIEL.  [Ch.  IX. 


IX. 


Daniel's  prayer  for  tha  restoration  of  Jerusalem.     Revelation  of  the 
seventy  weeks.  —  Ch.  ix. 

1  In  the  first  year  of  Darius,  the  son  of  Ahasuerus,  of  the 
race  of  the  Medes,  who  became  king  over  the  realm  of 

2  the  Chaldeans,  in  the  first  year  of  his  reign,  I,  Daniel, 
attentively  considered  in  the  books  the  number  of  the 
years,  concerning  which  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to 
Jeremiah,  the  prophet,  that  Jerusalem  should  remain  in 
ruins,  till  they  were  accomplished,  namely,  seventy  years. 

3  And  I  set  my  face  toward  God,  the  Lord,  and  made 
prayers  and  supplications,  with  fasting,  and  sackcloth, 

4  and  ashes.  And  I  prayed  to  Jehovah,  my  God,  and  made 
my  confession,  and  said,  O  Lord,  the  great  and  terri- 
ble God,  who  keepeth  the  covenant  and  mercy  to  them 

5  that  love  him  and  keep  his  commandments  !  We  have 
sinned,  and  have  committed  iniquity,  and  have  done 
wickedly,  and  have  rebelled,  even  by  departing  from  thy 

6  precepts  and  thy  statutes.  Neither  have  we  hearkened 
to  thy  servants,  the  prophets,  who  spake  in  thy  name  to 
our   kings,  our  princes,  and  our   fathers,  and  to  all  the 

7  people  of  the  land.  To  thee,  O  Lord,  belongeth  right- 
eousness, but  to  us  confusion  of  face,  as  at  this  day  ;  to 
the  men  of  Judah,  and  to  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem, 
and  to  all  Israel,  to  those  that  are  near,  and  to  those 
that  are  far  off,  through  all  the  countries  whither  thou 
hast  driven  them,  because  of  their  trespass,  which  they 

8  have  trespassed  against  thee.  O  Lord,  to  us  belongeth 
confusion  of  face,  to  our   kings,  to  our  princes,  and  to 

9  our  fathers,  because  we  have  siinicd  against  thee.     Yet 


Ch.  IX.]  DANIEL,  169 

with  the  Lord,  our  God,  is  mercy  and  forgiveness.     For 

10  we  have  rebelled  against  him,  and  have  not  obeyed  the 
voice  of  Jehovah,  our  God,  to  walk  in  his  laws,  which 

11  he  set  before  us  by  his  servants,  the  prophets.  Yea, 
all  Israel  have  transgressed  thy  law,  and  turned  away, 
so  as  not  to  obey  thy  voice ;  therefore  the  curse  is 
poured  out  upon  us,  and  the  oath  that  is  written  in  the 
law  of  Moses,  the  servant  of  God,  because   we   have 

12  sinned  against  him.  And  he  hath  fulfilled  his  word 
which  he  spake  against  us,  and  against  our  judges 
who   judged  us,  by  bringing  great  calamity  upon    us  ; 

13  for  under  the  whole  heaven  hath  it  not  been  done, 
as  hath  been  done  to  Jerusalem.  As  it  is  written  in 
the  law  of  Moses,  all  this  evil  came  upon  us.  For 
we  made  not  our  prayer  to  Jehovah,  our  God,  that 
we  might   turn   from  our  iniquities,   and   give  heed  to 

14  thy  truth.  Therefore  hath  Jehovah,  our  God,  kept 
his  mind  upon  the  evil,  and  brought  it  upon  us;  for 
Jehovah,  our  God,  is   righteous  in  all    his  works  which 

15  he  doeth ;  for  we  obeyed  not  his  voice.  And  now,  O 
Lord,  our  God,  that  broughtest  thy  people  forth  from 
the  land  of  Egypt  with  a  mighty  hand,  and  madest  thee 
a  name,  such   as  it  is  at  this  day,  we  have  sinned,  we 

16  have    done    wickedly.     O   Lord,    according  to   all   thy 
goodness,  let  thine  anger  and  thy  fury,  I  beseech  thee,, 
be    turned    away    from    thy    city   Jerusalem,    thy    holy 
mountain !    for   because  of  our  iniquities,  and   the  ini- 
quities of  our   fathers,    Jerusalem   and   thy  people   are 

17  become  a  reproach  to  all  that  are  about  us.  Now, 
therefore,  O  our  God,  hear  the  prayer  of  thy  servant, 
and  his  supplications,  and  cause  thy  face  to  shine  upon 
thy   sanctuary  that   is   desolate,  for    the    Lord's    sake! 

18  O  my  God,  incline  thine  ear,  and  hear!  open  thine 
eyes,  and   behold   our  desolations,    and  the  city  which 

VOL.  III.  1.5 


170  DANIEL.  [Ch.  IX. 

is  called  by  thy  name !  for   we  do  not  present  our  sup- 
plications before  thee  on  account  of  our  righteousness, 

19  but  on  account  of  thy  great  mercy.  O  Lord,  hear !  O 
Lord,  forgive  !  O  Lord,  hearken  and  do  !  Defer  not, 
for  thine  own  sake,  O  my  God  !  For  thy  city  and  thy 
people  are  called  by  thy  name. 

20  And  while  I  was  speaking,  and  praying,  and  confess- 
ing my  sin,  and  the  sin  of  my  people  Israel,  and  pre- 
senting my  supplication    before  the  Lord,  my  God,  for 

21  the  holy  mountain  of  my  God  ;  yea,  while  I  was  speak- 
ing in  prayer,  the  man  Gabriel,  whom  I  had  seen  in  the 
former  vision,  came,  weary   with   running,  and  reached 

32  me  about  the  time  of  the  evening  oblation.  And  he 
instructed  me,  and  talked  with  me,  and  said,  O  Daniel, 

23  I  am  now  come  forth  to  give  thee  understanding.  At 
the  beginning  of  thy  supplication  the  commandment 
went  forth,  and  I  am  come  to  show  thee ;  for  thou  art 
greatly  beloved  :  therefore  give  heed  to  the  words,  and 

24  consider  the  prophecy.  Seventy  weeks  are  appointed  for 
thy  people,  and  for  thy  holy  city  to  complete  the  iniquity, 
and  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  sins,  and  to  expiate  the  guilt, 
and  to  bring  in  the  righteousness  of  ancient  times,  and  to 
seal  up  the  vision  and  the  prophet,  and  to  anoint  the  most 

25  holy  place.  Know,  therefore,  and  understand  !  From 
the  going  forth  of  the  word  that  Jerusalem  should  again 
be  built,  to  an  anointed  prince,  are  seven  weeks  ;  then 
shall  the  streets  and  moats  of  Jerusalem  again  be  built 

26  sixty-two  weeks,  yet  in  troublous  times.  And  after 
sixty-two  weeks  shall  an  anointed  one  be  cut  off,  with- 
out deliverance,  and  the  city  and  the  sanctuary  shall  be 
destroyed  by  the  people  of  the  prince  that  shall  come, 
whose  end  shall  be  as  by  a  flood  ;  yet  to  the  end  of  the 

27  war  is  desolation  appointed.  And  he  shall  establish  a 
covenant   with   many  for   one   week,  and  during  half  a 


Ch.  x]  DANIEL.  171 

week  he  shall  cause  the  sacrifice  and  the  oblation  to 
cease,  and  upon  the  battlement  [of  the  temple]  shall  be 
the  abominations  of  the  destroyer,  until  the  appointed 
destruction  is  poured  out  upon  the  destroyer. 


X. 


Daniel's  last  vision  concerning  several  nations  and  kings  with  whose 
fortunes  that  of  the  Jewish  nation  was  connected,  and  other  events. 
—  Ch.  X.-  XII. 

1  In  the  third  year  of  Cyrus,  king  of  Persia,  was  a 
revelation  made  to  Daniel,  who  was  also  called  Belte- 
shazzar  ;  and  the  revelation  is  true,  and  relates  to  long 
warfare.  And  he  gave  heed  to  the  revelation,  and  had 
understanding  of  the  vision. 

2  In   those  days,   I,   Daniel,    was   mourning  three  full 

3  weeks.  I  ate  no  pleasant  bread,  neither  came  flesh  or 
wine  into  my  mouth,  till  three  whole  weeks  were  ended. 

4  And  in  the   four   and   twentieth  day  of  the  first  month, 

5  as  I  was  by  the  side  of  the  great  river  Hiddekel,  I 
lifted  up  my  eyes  and  looked,  and  behold,  a  certain 
man,  clothed  in  linen,  and  his  loins  girded  with  gold  of 

6  Uphaz.  His  body  was  like  chrysolite,  and  his  face 
had  the  appearance  of  lightning,  and  his  eyes  were  as 
torches  of  fire,  and  his  arms  and  his  feet  like  polished 
brass,  and  the  sound  of  his  words  was  as   the  sound  of 

7  a  multitude.  And  I,  Daniel,  alone  saw  the  vision,  and 
the  men  who  were  with  me  saw  not  the  vision  ;  but  a 
great  terror  fell  upon  them,  and  they  fled  to  hide  them- 

8  selves.     Therefore  I  was  left  alone,  and  saw  this  great 


172  DANIEL.  [Ch.  X, 

vision ;  and  there  remained  no  strength  in  me,  and  my 
color  was  changed  into  a  deadly  paleness,  and  I  re- 
9  tained  no  strength.  And  I  heard  the  sound  of  his 
words;  and  as  I  heard  the  sound  of  his  words,  I  fell 
senseless  upon  my  face,  and  my  face  toward  the  ground. 

10  And   behold,    a  hand  touched   me,  and  lifted   me  upon 

11  my  knees  and  the  palms  of  my  hands.  And  he  said  to 
me,  O  Daniel,  greatly  beloved  man,  give  heed  to  the 
words  which  I  speak  to  thee,  and  stand  upright !  for  to 
thee  am  I  now  sent.  And  when  he  had  said  this  to  me 
I  stood  up  trembling. 

12  Then  said  he  to  me.  Fear  not,  Daniel !  for  from  the 
first  day  that  thou  didst  set  thy  heart  to  understand, 
and  to  chasten  thyself  before  thy  God,  thy  words  were 

13  heard,  and  I  am  come  on  account  of  thy  words.  But 
the  prince  of  the  kingdom  of  Persia  withstood  me  one 
and  twenty  days  ;  but  lo,  Michael,  one  of  the  chief 
princes  came   to   help   me  ;    and  I  was  left  there  victo- 

14  rious  with  the  kings  of  Persia.  Now  I  am  come  to 
teach   thee  what  shall  befall  thy  people  in  future  days  ; 

15  for  the  vision  yet  relates  to  distant  days.  And  when  he 
had  spoken  these  words  to  me,   I   set  my  face  toward 

iG  the  ground,  and  was  dumb.  And  behold,  one,  having 
the  appearance  of  the  sons  of  men,  touched  my  lips  ; 
then  I  opened  my  mouth  and  spake,  and  said  to  him 
that  stood   before  me,   O   my  lord,   by   the  vision   my 

17  pains  came  upon  me,  and  I  retained  no  strength.  And 
how  can  the  servant  of  this  my  lord  talk  with  this  my 
lord?    And    straightway  there  remained   no  strength  in 

18  me,  neither  was  breath  left  in  me.  Then  came  again 
and  touched  me  one  having   the  appearance   of  a  man, 

19  and  strengthened  me,  and  said,  O  man,  greatly  beloved, 
fear  not!  peace  be  to  thee  !  be  strong!  yea,  be  strong! 
And  when  he  had  spoken  to  me,  I  was  strengthened, 


Ch.  XI.]  DANIEL.  173 

and  said,  Let  my  lord  speak  ;  for   thou   hast   strength- 

20  ened  me.  Then  he  said,  Knowest  thou  wherefore  I 
have  come  to  thee  ?  And  now  will  I  return  to  fight 
with  the  prince   of  Persia,  and  I  will  go  forth ;  but  be- 

21  hold,  the  prince  of  Greece  shall  come.  Yet  will  I 
show  thee  what  is  written  in  the  book  of  truth.  No 
one  aideth  me  against  them  but  Michael,  your  prince. 

1  But  I  also,  in  the  first  year  of  Darius  the  Mede,  stood 

2  up  to  confirm  and  strengthen  him.  And  now  I  will 
show  thee  the  truth. 

Behold,  there  shall  arise  yet  three  kings  in  Persia, 
and  the  fourth  shall  be  far  richer  than  they  all,  and 
relying   upon  his  riches   he  shall  stir  up  all  against  the 

3  realm  of  Greece.  But  a  mighty  king  shall  arise,  and 
rule  with  great  dominion,  and  do  according  to  his  will. 

4  But  when  he  shall  have  arisen,  his  kingdom  shall  be 
broken,  and  shall  be  divided  toward  the  four  winds  of 
heaven  ;  and  not  to  his  posterity,  nor  with  the  domin- 
ion with  which  he  ruled ;  for  his  kingdom  shall  be 
plucked  up,  and  divided   amongst  others  besides  those. 

5  And  the  kingr  of  the  South  shall  become  stronsf ;  but 
one  of  his  princes  shall  be  stronger  than  he,  and  have 
dominion ;    his  dominion   shall    be   a  great    dominion. 

6  And  after  some  years  they  shall  ally  themselves  with 
each  other  ;  and  the  daughter  of  the  king  of  the  South 
shall  come  to  the  king  of  the  North,  to  make  peace  ; 
but  she  shall  not  retain  the  power ;  neither  shall  she 
stand,  nor  her  offspring ;  but  she  shall  be  given  up, 
and  they  that  brought  her,  and  he  that  begat  her,  and 
he  that  strengthened  her  in  these  times. 

7  But  aut  of  a  branch  of  her  roots  shali  one  arise  iu 
his  place,  who  shall  come  to  an  army,  and  shall  come 
against  the   fortresses  of  the   king  of  the  North,    and 

8  besiege  them,   and  prevail  against  them.      And   their 

15* 


174  DANIEL.  [Ch.  xr. 

gods,  with  their  molten  images,  and  their  precious  ves- 
sels of  silver  and  of  gold  shall  he  carry  into  captivity 
into  Egypt ;  and  he  shall  prevail  for  many  years 
9  against  the  king  of  the  North  ;  who  shall  come  against 
the  kingdom  of  the  king  of  the  South,  but  shall  return 
into  his  own  land. 

10  But  his  sons  shall  be  stirred  up,  and  shall  assemble  a 
multitude  of  great  forces;  and  one  of  them  shall  invade, 
and  overflow,   and   pass  through,   and   shall   again  stir 

11  himself  up  to  war  even  against  his  fortress.  Then 
shall  the  king  of  the  South  be  enraged,  and  shall  come 
forth  and  fight  with  him,  even  with  the  king  of  the 
North ;  and  shall   lead   forth   a   great  multitude,  and  a 

12  multitude  shall  be  delivered  into  his  hand.  And  the 
multitude  shall  be  elated,  and  his  heart  shall  be  lifted 
up,  and  though   he   cast  down   tens  of  thousands,   yet 

13  shall  he  not  be  strong.  For  the  king  of  the  North 
shall  again  bring  against  him  a  multitude  greater  than 
the  former,  and  shall  certainly  come,  after  certain  years, 

14  with  a  great  army  and  with  great  riches.  And  in  those 
times  shall  many  stand  up  against  the  king  of  the 
South;   and  violent  men  of  thy  people   shall  exalt  them- 

15  selves,  to  establish  the  vision,  and  shall  fall.  And  the 
kino-  of  the  North  shall  come,  and  cast  up  a  mount, 
and  take  the  fortified  cities ;  and  the  arms  of  the  South 
shall   not  withstand,  neither   his  chosen  people,  neither 

16  shall  there  be  any  strength  to  withstand.  And  he  that 
cometh  against  him  shall  do  according  to  his  will,  and 
none  shall  stand  before  him  ;  and  he  shall  stand  in  the 
glorious  land,   and  destruction   shall    be   in   his   hand. 

17  And  he  shall  set  his  face  to  come  against  bim  with  the 
strength  of  his  whole  kingdom,  and  the  righteous  with 
him  ;  and  he  shall  accomplish  his  purpose;  and  he  shall 
give  him  his  daughter  in  marriage,  to  ruin  his  land. 


Ch.  XI.]  DANIEL.  Its 

But  it   shall   not  succeed,   neither  shall   it   be  fot  him. 

18  After  this  he  shall  turn  his  face  to  the  isles,  and  shall 
take  many  ;  but  a  commander  shall  put  an  end  to  his 
scorn;     nay,    shall  cause   his    scorn    to    return     upon 

19  himself.  Then  shall  he  turn  his  face  to  the  fortresses 
of  his  own  land;  and  he  shall  stumble,  and  fall,  and 
shall  not  be  found. 

20  Then  shall  arise  in  his  place  one  who  shall  send 
an  exacter  of  tribute  through  the  glory  of  his  kingdom  ; 
but  within  kw  days  shall  he  be  destroyed,  neither  in 
anger,  nor  in  battle. 

21  And  in  his  place  shall  arise  a  despised  person,  to 
whom  they  shall  not  give  the  honor  of  the  kingdom  ; 
but  in  the  midst   of  peace  he   shall   come  in  and  obtain 

22  the  kingdom  by  flatteries.  And  the  forces  of  a  flood 
shall   be  overwhelmed  before  him,  and  shall  be  broken  ; 

23  and  also  the  prince  that  is  allied  with  him.  For  after 
the  league  made  with  him,  he  will  practise  deceit;  for 
he  will  come  up,  and   become  strong   with  a  small  peo- 

24  pie.  In  the  midst  of  peace  shall  he  come  into  the 
fattest  provinces  of  the  land,  and  he  shall  do  what  his 
fathers  never  did,  nor  his  fathers'  fathers ;  he  shall 
scatter  among  them  prey,  and  spoil,  and  riches  ;  and 
he  shall  form  his  devices   against  the  strong-holds,  even 

35  for  a  long  time.  And  he  shall  stir  up  his  power  and 
his  courage  against  the  king  of  the  South,  with  a  great 
army  ;  and  the  king  of  the  South  shall  be  stirred  up  to 
battle  with  a  very  great  and  mighty  army ;  but  he  shall 
not  stand;   for   they   shall    form    devices   against    him. 

26  Even  they  that  eat  of  his  food  shall  destroy  him  ;  and 
his  army  shall  overflow,  and  many  shall  fall  down  slain. 

27  And  the  hearts  of  both  these  kings  shall  be  to  do  mis- 
chief; and  they  shall  speak  lies  at  one  table;  but  it 
shall  not  prosper ;   for   yet  the  end  is  for  the  appointed 


176  DANIEL.  [Cn.  xi. 

28  time.  Then  shall  he  return  into  his  land  with  great 
riches;  and  he  vvill'set  his  heart  against  the  holy  cove- 
nant, and  he  will  execute  his  purposes,  and  return  to 
his  own  land. 

29  At  an  appointed  time  he  shall  again  go  against  the 
South  ;  but   it  shall   not   be  the  second  time,  as  at  the 

30  first.  For  the  Chittaean  ships  shall  come  against  him, 
and  he  shall  be  discouraged,  and  return,  and  be  enraged 
against  the  holy  covenant,  and  execute  his  purposes  ;  he 
shall  even  return,  and  have  intelligence  with  them  that 

31  forsake  the  holy  covenant.  And  forces  shall  be  raised 
by  him,  which  shall  pollute  the  sanctuary,  the  strong- 
hold, and  take   away  the  daily  sacrifice,  and  set  up  the 

32  abomination  of  the  destroyer.  And  such  as  do  wick- 
edly against  the  covenant  will  he  lead  to  apostacy  by 
flatteries  ;  but  the  people   that  know  their  God  shall  be 

33  strong,  and  do  exploits.  And  they  that  have  under- 
standing among  the  people  shall  instruct  many ;  yet 
they  shall  fall  by  the  sword,  and  by  flame,  by  captivity, 

34  and  by  spoil,  many  days.  And  whilst  they  fall  they 
shall  receive  a  little  help,  and  many  shall  join  them  with 

35  flatteries.  And  some  of  them  of  understanding  shall 
fall,  to  purify  them,  and  to  cleanse,  and  make  them 
white,  even   to  the  time    of  the   end,  for    it  is  yet  for  a 

36  time  appointed.  And  the  king  shall  do  according  to  bis 
will;  and  he  shall  exalt  himself  and  magnify  himself 
against  every  god,  and  he  shall  speak  horrible  things 
against  the  God  of  gods,  until  the  indignation  be  ac- 
complished;  for  that  which  is  determined  shall  be  done. 

37  Neither  shall  he  regard  the  god  of  his  fathers,  nor  the 
desire  of   women  ;    nor  shall  he  regard   any  god,   but 

38  magnify  himself  against  all.  But  in  their  place  shall 
he  honor  the  god  of  strong-holds,  and  a  god  whom  his 
fathers  knew   not  shall   he  honor   with   gold,  and  with 


Ch.  XII.]  DANIEL.  177 

silver,    and    with     precious    stones,    and    with   jewels. 

39  And  he  shall  act  against  the  fortified  palaces  with  a 
strange  god  ;  whoever  acknowledges  him,  to  them  he 
will  give  great  honor,  and  give  them  dominion  over 
many,  and  divide   the  land  amongst  them  for  a  reward. 

40  But  at  the  time  of  the  end  shall  the  king  of  the 
South  push  at  him,  and  the  king  of  the  North  shall 
come  against  him  like  a  whirlwind,  with  chariots,  and 
with  horsemen,  and  with  many  ships ;  and  he  shall 
enter  into  the  countries,  and  overflow  them,  and   pass 

41  over  them.  He  shall  also  enter  into  the  glorious  land, 
and  multitudes  shall  be  overthrown;  but  these  shall 
escape   out  of   his   hand,    Edom,    and   Moab,    and  the 

42  chief  of  the  sons  of  Amnion.  He  shall  stretch  forth 
his  hand  also  upon  the  countries,  and  the  land  of  Egypt 

43  shall  not  escape.  And  he  shall  have  power  over  the 
treasures  of  gold  and  of  silver,  and  over  all  the  precious 
things  of  Egypt,  and  the  Lybians  and  Ethiopians   shall 

44  be  in  his  train.  But  tidings  out  of  the  East  and  out 
of  the  North  shall  trouble  him,  and  he  shall  go  forth 
with  great  fury   to  destroy,  and  utterly  to  make  away 

45  many.  And  he  shall  pitch  his  palace-tents  between  the 
sea  and  the  glorious  holy  mountain  ;  yet  he  shall  come 
to  his  end,  and  none  shall   help  him. 

1  And  at  that  time  shall  Michael  arise,  the  great  prince 
that  standeth  up  for  the  sons  of  thy  people  ;  and  there 
shall  be  a  time  of  trouble,  such  as  never  was  since 
there  was  a  nation  even  to  that  time  ;  but  at  that  time 
shall   thy  people   be   delivered,  every  one   that  shall   be 

2  found  written  in  the  book.  And  many  of  them  that 
sleep  in  the  dust  of  the  earth  shall  awake,  some  to 
everlasting  life,  and  some  to  shame,  to   everlasting  con- 

3  tempt.  And  they  that  are  wise  shall  shine  as  the 
brightness  of  the  firmament ;  and  they  that  turn  many 
to  righteousness,  as  the  stars  forever  and  ever. 


178  DANIEL.  [Ch.  XII. 

4  But  thou,  O  Daniel,  shut  up  these  words  and  seal 
this  book  even  to  the  time  of  the  end.  Many  shall  run 
eagerly  through  it,  and  much  knowledge  shall  be 
gained. 

5  And  I,  Daniel,  looked,  and  behold,  two  others  stood 
there,  one    on  this   side   of  the  bank   of  the  river,  and 

6  the  other  on  that  side  of  the  bank  of  the  river.  And 
one  of  them  said  to  the  man  clothed  in  linen,  who  was 
upon   the   waters  of  the  river,   How  long  shall  it  be  to 

7  the  end  of  these  wonders?  And  I  heard  the  man 
clothed  in  linen,  who  was  upon  the  waters  of  the  river, 
as  he  held  up  his  right  hand  and  his  left  hand  to  heaven, 
and  swore  by  Him  that  liveth  forever,  that  in  a  time, 
times,  and  a  half,  and  when  the  dispersion  of  a  portion 
of  the  holy  people  should  be  at  an  end,  all  these  things 

8  should  be  fulfilled.  And  I  heard,  but  understood  not; 
and   I   said,  My   lord,    what   is   to  follow  these  things  ? 

9  And   he   said.  Go  thy    way,   Daniel,   for   the  words  are 

10  closed  up  and  sealed  till  the  time  of  the  end.  Many 
shall  be  cleansed,  and  made  white,  and  purified,  and  the 
wicked  will  do  wickedly  ;   and  none  of  the  wicked  will 

11  understand,  but  the  wise  will  understand.  And  from 
the  time  when  the  daily  sacrifice  shall  be  taken  away, 
and  the  abomination  of  the  destroyer  set  up,  there  shall 

12  be  a  thousand,  two  hundred,  and  ninety  days.  Happy  is 
he,  that  waiteth  and   cometh   to  a  thousand,  three  hun- 

13  dred,  and  five  and  thirty  days!  But  go  thou  thy  way 
even  to  the  end  ;  for  thou  shalt  rest,  and  rise  up  for 
thy  portion  at  the  end  of  the  days. 


THE 


PROPHET    HAGGAI 


HAGGAL 


Ch.  I.] 

I. 


The  people  reproved  for  neglecting  to  build  the  temple.  — Ch.  i. 

1  In  the  second  year  of  Darius,  the  king,  in  the  sixth 
month,  on  the  first  day  of  the  month,  came  the  word  of 
Jehovah  by  Haggai,  the  prophet,  to  Zerubbabel,  the  son 
of  Shealtiel,  governor  of  Judah,  and  to  Joshua,  the  son 

2  of  Josedech,  the  high  priest,  saying.  Thus  saith  Jeho- 
vah of  hosts  ;  This  people  saith.  The  time  is  not  yet 
come,  the  time   that  the  house  of  Jehovah   should  be 

3  built.  But  the  word  of  Jehovah  hath  come  by  Haggai, 
the  prophet,  saying, 

4  Is  it,  then,  a  time  for  you 
To  dwell  in  ceiled  houses, 
While  this  house  lieth  waste? 

5  Therefore  thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 
Consider  how  it  goeth  with  you ! 

6  Ye  sow  much,  and  bring  in  little; 
Ye  eat,  but  are  not  full ; 

Ye  drink,  but  are  not  satisfied ; 
Ye  clothe  yourselves,  but  do  not  become  warm ; 
VOL.  in.  16 


182  HAGGAI.  [Ch.  I. 

And  he  that  earneth   wages  earneth  them  for  a  purse 
with  holes. 


7  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts; 
Consider  how  it  goeth  with  you ! 

8  Go  up  to  the  mountain,  and  bring  wood,  and  build  the 

house, 
That  I  may  have  pleasure  therein, 
And  be  glorified,  saith  Jehovah. 

9  Ye  look  for  much,  and  lo,  it  cometh  to  little  ; 
And  when  ye  bring  it  home,  I  blow  it  away ; 
And  why  ?    saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 
Because  of  my  house  which  lieth  waste. 
While  ye  run  every  one  to  his  own  house. 

10  Therefore  the  heaven  over  you  withholdeth  the  dew, 
And  the  earth  refuseth  her  fruit. 

11  And  I   have   called   for   a   drought  upon  the  land,  and 

upon  the  mountains  ; 
And  upon  the  corn,  and  the  new  wine,  and  the  oil ; 
Upon  that  which  the  ground  bringeth  forth. 
And  upon  men,  and  upon  cattle. 
And  upon  all  the  labor  of  the  hands. 

12  Then  Zerubbabel,  the  son  of  Shealtiel,  and  Joshua, 
the  son  of  Josedech,  the  high  priest,  and  all  the  people 
hearkened  to  the  voice  of  Jehovah,  their  God,  and  to 
the  words  of  Haggai,  the  prophet,  as  Jehovah,  their 
God,  had   sent  him ;   and  the  people  feared  before  Jeho- 

13  vah.  Then  spake  Haggai,  the  messenger  of  Jehovah, 
by  a  message   from  Jehovah,  to   the  people,   saying,  I 

14  am  with  you,  saith  Jehovah.  And  Jehovah  stirred  up 
the  spirit  of  Zerubbabel,  the  son  of  Shealtiel,  governor 
of  Judah,  and  the  spirit  of  Joshua,  the  son  of  Jose- 
dech, the   high  priest,  and  the  spirit  of  all  the  people. 


Ch.  II.]  HAGGAI.  183 

so  that  they  came,  and  did  work  upon  the  house  of  Je- 
15  hovah  of  hosts,  their  God,  on  the   four   and  twentieth 
day  of  the  sixth  month,  in  the  second  year  of  Darius, 
the  kinof. 


II. 

^       The  glory  of  the  second  temple.  —  Ch.  ii.  1-9. 

1  In  the  seventh  month,  on  the  one  and  twentieth  day 
of  the  month,  came  the  word  of  Jehovah  by  the  prophet 

2  Haggai,  saying;  Speak  now  to  Zerubbabel,  the  son  of 
Shealtiel,  governor  of  Judah,  and  to  Joshua,  the  son  of 
Josedech,  the  high  priest,  and  to  the  residue  of  the 
people,  saying; 

3  Who  is  there  left  among  you, 
That  saw  this  house 

In  its  former  glory  ? 

And  what  do  ye  see  it  now  ? 

Is  it  not  as  nothing  in  your  eyes  ? 

4  Yet  now  be  strong,  O  Zerubbabel,  saith  Jehovah  ; 
And  be  strong,  O   Joshua,  son   of  Josedech,   the   high 

priest ; 

And  be  strong,  O  all  ye  people  of  the  land,  saith  Jeho- 
vah, and  work  ! 

For  I  am  with  you,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

5  According  to  the  covenant,   which  I  made   with  you, 

when  ye  came  out  of  Egypt, 
And  my  spirit  remaineth  among  you  ; 


184  HAGGAI.  [Ch.  II. 

Fear  ye  not ! 

6  For  thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
Yet  once  more,  in  a  short  time, 

I  will  shake  the  heavens  and  the  earth, 
The  sea  and  the  dry  land  ; 

7  I  will  shake  all  the  nations, 

And  here  shall  come  the  precious  things  of  all  the  na- 
tions ; 
And  I  will  fill  this  house  with  glory, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

8  Mine  is  the  silver  and  mine  the  gold, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 

9  Greater  shall  be  the  glory  of  this  latter  house  than  of 

the  former, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
And  in  this  place  will  I  give  peace, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 


III. 


The   neglect   to  build   the    temple   the   cause   of  unfruitful   seasons. 
Promise  of  favor.  —  Ch.  ii.  10-19. 

10  On  the  four  and  twentieth  day  of  the  ninth  month, 
in  the  second  year  of  Darius,  came  the    word  of  Jeho- 

11  vah  by  Haggai,  the  prophet,  saying,  Thus  saith  Jeho- 
vah   of   hosts ;    Ask    now    the    law    from    the    priests, 

12  saying;  If  a  man  carry  holy  flesh  in  the  skirt  of  his 
garment,  and  with  his  skirt  touch  bread,  or  pottage,  or 
wine,  or   oil,  or   any  food,   shall    it  be  holy?     And  the 

13  priests   answered   and  said,   No.     Then  said  Haggai ; 


Ch.  II.]  HAGGAI.  185 

If  a  man,  unclean  by  a  dead  body,  touch  any  of  these 
things,  shall  it  be  unclean  ?     And  the  priests  answer- 

14  ed    and   said.   It  shall    be    unclean.      Then    answered 
Haggai  and  said  ; 

So  is  this  people,  and  so  is  this  nation  before  me, 
saith  Jehovah  ; 
And  so  is  all  the  work  of  their  hands  ; 
And  that  which  they  offer  there  is  unclean. 

15  And  now,  I  pray  you,  consider  [how   it  hath  gone  with 

you] 
From  that  day  and  upward, 
From  the  time  before  one  stone  was  laid  upon  another 

in  the  temple  of  Jehovah, 

16  Since  that  time  one  hath  come  to  a  heap  of  twenty 

measures, 
And  there  were  but  ten ; 
One  hath  come  to   a  vat  to  draw  out  fifty  vessels  from 

the  wine-press. 
And  there  were  but  twenty  ; 

17  I  have  smitten  you  with  blasting,   with  mildew,    and 

with  hail, 
Even  all  the  works  of  your  hands  ; 
Yet  none  among  you  hath  turned  to  me,  saith  Jehovah. 

18  Consider,  I  pray  you, 
From  that  day  and  upward  ; 

From  the  four  and  twentieth  day  of  the  ninth  month  ; 
From   the   day  when  the  foundation   of  the  temple   of 

Jehovah  was  laid  ; 
Consider  ye ! 

19  Is  there  yet  seed  in  the  barn  ? 

Yea,  as  yet  the  vine,  and  the  fig-tree,  and  pomegranate, 

and  the  olive-tree  have  not  borne  ; 
But  from  this  day  will  I  bless  you. 
16* 


186  HAGGAI.  [Ch.  II. 

IV. 

Promise  of  prosperity,  victory  over  enemies,  &c.  —  Ch.  ii.  20-23. 

20  And  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  the  second  time  to 
Haggai,  on   the  four   and   twentieth  day  of  the  month, 

21  saying ;  Speak  to   ^erubbahel,  the  governor  of  Judah, 
and  say, 

I  will  shake  the  heavens  and  the  earth, 

22  And  I  will  overthrow  the  thrones  of  kingdoms, 

And  I  will  destroy  the  strength  of  the  kingdoms  of  the 

nations, 
And  I  will  overthrow  the   chariots,  and  those  that  ride 

in  them, 
And  the  horses  and  their  riders  shall  come  down, 
One  by  the  sward  of  the  other. 

23  In  that  day,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

I   will   take  thee,  O   Zerubbabel,  son  of  ShealtieJ,  my 

servant,  saith  Jehovah, 
And  keep  thee  as  a  signet  ; 
for  thee  have  I  chosen,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 


THE 

PROPHET    ZECHARIAH 


ZECHARIAH. 


PART    I. 

Prophecies  and  visions  relating  to  the  establishment  of  the  Jews  in  a 
new  state  after  the  captivity. 

Ch.  I.] 

I. 

Exhortation  to  repentance.  —  Ch.  i.  1-6. 

1  In  the  eighth  month,  in  the  second  year  of  Darius, 
came  the  word  of  Jehovah  to  Zechariah,  the  son  of 
Barachiah,  the  son  of  Iddo,  the  prophet,  saying, 

2  Jehovah  hath  been  much  displeased  with  your  fathers. 

3  But  say  thou  to  them,  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts; 
Turn  ye  to  me,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

And  I  will  turn  to  you,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

4  Be  ye  not  as  your  fathers,  to  whom  the  former  prophets 

cried,  saying, 

Turn  ye  now  from  your  evil  ways,  and  from  your  evil 
doings  ! 

But  they  did  not  hear,  nor  hearken  to  me,  saith  Jeho- 
vah. 

5  Your  fathers,  where  are  they  ? 

And  the  prophets,  do  they  live  forever? 


190  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  i. 

6  But  my  words  and  my  statutes. 
Which  I  commanded  my  servants,  the  prophets, 
Did  they  not  overtake  your  fathers  ? 
And  they  returned  and  said. 
Even  as  Jehovah  of  hosts  thought 
To  do  to  us  according  to  our  ways,  and  according  to 

our  doings. 
So  hath  he  done  to  us. 


II. 


Vision  of  the  horsemen,  designed  to  encourage  the  Jews,  and  to  assure 
them  that  they  might  proceed  in  tranquillity  to  build  the  city  and 
temple.  —  Ch.  i.  7-17. 

7  On  the  four  and  twentieth  day  of  the  eleventh  month, 
which  is  the  month  Sebat,  in  the  second  year  of  Darius, 
came  the  word  of  Jehovah  to  Zechariah,  the  son  of 
Barachiah,  the  son  of  Iddo,  the  prophet,  saying, 

8  I  saw  in  the  night,  and  behold,  a  man  riding  upon  a 
red  horse,  and  he  stood  among  the  myrtle-trees  that 
were  in  the   deep  valley,  and   behind  him  were  other 

9  horses,  red,  fox-colored,  and  white.  Then  I  said,  O 
my  lord,  what  are  these?  And  the  angel,  that  talked 
with  me,  said  to  me,  I  will  show   thee  what  these  are. 

JO  And  the  man,  that  stood  among  the  myrtle-trees,  an- 
swered and  said.  These   are  they  whom  Jehovah   hath 

11  sent  to  go  to  and  fro  through  the  earth.  And  they 
answered  the  angel  of  Jehovah  that  stood  among  the 
myrtle-trees,  and  said,  We  have  gone  to  and  fro  through 
the  earth,  and  behold,  all  the  earth  sitteth  still  and  is  at 


Ch.  I.]  ZECHARIAH.  191 

12  rest.     Then  the  angel  of  Jehovah  answered,  and  said, 

0  Jehovah  of  hosts,  how  long  wilt  thou  not  have  mercy 
on  Jerusalem  and  on  the  cities  of  Judah,  against  which 
thou  hast   had  indignation    these    threescore    and   ten 

13  years  ?     And  Jehovah  answered  the   angel,  that  talked 
with  me,  good  words  and  comfortable  words. 

14  And  the  angel,  who  talked  with  me,  said  to  me,  Pro- 

claim thou  and  say  ; 
Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts; 

1  am  jealous  for  Jerusalem   and  for   Zion  with  great 

jealousy, 

15  And  with  great  anger  am  I  angry  with  the  nations  that 

are  at  ease ; 
For  I  was  but  a  little  displeased, 
And  they  helped  forward  the  affliction. 

16  Therefore,  thus  saith  Jehovah  ; 

I  return  to  Jerusalem  with  mercies ; 

My  house  shall  be  built  in  it, 

Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

And  a  line  shall  be  stretched  forth  on  Jerusalem. 

17  Proclaim  yet  and  say, 
Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

My  cities  shall  yet  overflow  with  prosperity, 
And  Jehovah  will  yet  comfort  Zion, 
And  will  yet  choose  Jerusalem. 


192  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  ii. 

III. 

The  vision  of  four  horns,  and  its  explanation.  —  Ch.  i.  18-21. 

18  Then  I  lifted  up   my  eyes   and    looked,  and   behold, 

19  four  horns.  And  I  said  to  the  angel,  that  talked  with 
me,  What  mean  these  ?  And  he  answered  me,  These  are 
the  horns,    which  have  scattered  Judah,  Israel,  and  Je- 

20  rusalem.       And     Jehovah    showed    me    four    smiths. 
SI  Then  said  I,  What  come  these  to  do?     And  he  spake, 

saying,  These  are  the  horns  which  scattered  Judah, 
so  that  no  man  lifted  up  his  head ;  and  now  these  are 
come  to  make  them  afraid,  and  to  cast  out  the  horns  of 
the  nations  which  lifted  up  their  horn  against  the  land 
of  Judah  to  scatter  it. 


IV. 


Vision  of  the  man  with  the  measuring-line,  denoting  that  Jerusalem 
should  be  rebuilt.     Promise  of  future  glory.  —  Ch.  ii. 

1  1  LIFTED  up  mine  eyes  again,  and  looked,  and  behold, 

2  a  man  with  a  measuring-line  in  his  hand.  Then  said 
I,  Whither  goest  thou  ?  And  he  said  to  me,  To  meas- 
ure Jerusalem,  to  see  what  is  the  breadth  thereof,  and 

3  what  is  the  length  thereof  And  behold,  the  angel, 
who  talked  with  me,  went  forth,  and  another  angel  went 

4  forth  to  meet  him,  and  said  to  him.  Run,  speak  to  that 
young  man,  saying. 


Ch.  II.]  ZECHARIAH.  193 

Jerusalem  shall  be  inhabited  without  walls, 

For  the  multitude  of  men  and  of  cattle  within  her. 

5  And  I  will  be  to  her,  saith  Jehovah, 
A  wall  of  fire  round  about. 

And  glory  will  I  be  within  her. 

6  Ho  !  ho!  Flee  ye  out  of  the  land  of  the  North,  saith 

Jehovah  ! 
For  toward  the  four  winds  of  heaven  have  I  spread  you 
abroad,  saith  Jehovah. 

7  Ho  !   Zion  1  escape  1 

Thou  that  dwellest  with  the  daughter  of  Babylon  ! 

8  For  thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 

For  glory  hath  he  sent  me  to  the  nations  which  plun- 
dered you  ; 

(For  he  that  toucheth  you  toucheth  the  apple  of  his 
eye.) 

9  For,  behold,  Ijivill  shake  my  hand  over  them, 

And  they  shall  be  a  spoil  to  those  that  served  them  ; 
And  ye  shall  know  that  Jehovah  of  hosts  sent  me. 

10  Sing  and  rejoice,  O  daughter  of  Zion! 
For,  behold,  I  will  come. 

And  I  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee,  saith  Jehovah ; 

11  And  many  nations  shall  join  themselves  to  Jehovah  in 

that  day, 
And  shall  be  my  people ; 
And  I  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee  ; 
And  thou  shalt  know  that  Jehovah  of  hosts  sent  me  to 

thee. 

12  And  Jehovah  will  possess  Judah  as  his  portion  in  the 

holy  land, 
And  will  again  choose  Jerusalem. 

13  Be  silent,  all  flesh,  before  Jehovah ! 

For  he  riseth  up  from  his  holy  habitation. 

TOL.  III.  17 


194  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  in. 


V. 


Joshua,  the  high  priest,  accused  and  acquitted  before  Jehovah.     Prom- 
ise of  the  Messiah.  —  Ch.  hi. 


1  And  he  showed  me  Joshua,  the  high  priest,  standing 
before  the  angel  of  Jehovah  ;   and  the  adversary  stand- 

2  ing  at  his  right  hand,  to  accuse  him.  And  Jehovah 
said  to  the  adversary  ; 

Jehovah  rebuke  thee,  adversary, 
Even  Jehovah,   who   hath   chosen    Jerusalem,    rebuke 

thee! 
Is  not  this  man  a  brand  plucked  out  of  the  fire  ? 

3  Now  Joshua  was  clothed  with  filthy  garments,  and 

4  stood  before  the  angel.  And  he  [the  angel]  spake  and 
said  to  them  [the  angels]  that  stood  before  him,  say- 
ing. Take  off  the  filthy  garments  from  him  !  And  to 
him  he  said.  Behold,  I  have  caused  thine  iniquity  to 
pass  from  thee,  and  will  clothe  thee  with  goodly  appar- 

5  el.  And  I  said,  Let  them  set  a  fair  mitre  upon  his 
head  !  And  they  set  a  fair  mitre  upon  his  head,  and 
clothed  him  with  garments.  And  the  angel  of  Jeho- 
vah stood  by. 

6  And  the  angel  of  Jehovah  declared  to  Joshua  and 
said, 

7  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
If  thou  wilt  walk  in  my  ways, 
And  if  thou  wilt  keep  my  charge. 
Then  thou  shalt  also  rule  my  house. 


Ch.  IV.]  ZECHARIAH.  195 

And  shalt  also  keep  my  courts, 

And  I  will  give  thee  guides  among  these  that  stand  by. 

8  Hear  now,  O  Joshua,  high  priest. 

Thou  and  thy  companions,  who  sit  before  thee ! 
For  they  are  men,  that  are  signs. 

For,  behold,    I   will    cause    to    come    my   servant,  the 
Branch. 

9  For,  behold,  the  stone,  which  I  have  laid  before  Joshua, 
Upon  this  one  stone  shall  seven  eyes  be  fixed  ; 
Behold,  I  will  engrave  the  ornaments  thereof,  saith  Je- 
hovah of  hosts  ; 

And  I  will  remove  the  iniquity  of  this  land  in  one  day. 
10  In  that  day,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 
Shall  ye  invite  every  one  his  neighbor. 
Under  the  vine,  and  under  the  fig-tree. 


VI. 


Vision  of  the  candlestick,  and  the  two  olive-trees  which  supplied  it 
with  oil ;  symbols  denoting  that  the  temple  was  to  be  built  not  so 
much  by  human  strength,  as  by  the  Divine  Spirit.  — Ch.  iv. 

1  And  the  angel,  that  talked  with  me,  came  again,  and 
awaked  me,  as  a  man  that  is  wakened  out  of  his  sleep, 

2  and  said  to  me,  What  seest  thou  ?  And  I  said,  I  have 
looked,  and  behold,  a  candlestick,  all  of  gold,  with  a 
bowl  upon  the  top  of  it,  and  its  seven  lamps  upon  it, 
and  seven  pipes  to  the  seven  lamps  which  are  upon  the 

3  top  of  it ;  and  two  olive-trees  by  it,  one  upon  the  right 
side  of  the  bowl,  and  the  other  upon  the  left  side  of  it. 


196  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  iv. 

4  And  I  spake,  and  said  to  the  angel  that  talked  with  me, 

5  What  mean  these,  my  lord  ?  Then  the  angel,  who  talked 
with   me,  answered    and   said   to  me,  Knowest  thou  not 

6  what  these  mean  ?  And  I  said,  No,  my  lord.  Then  he 
answered  and  spake  to  me,  saying.  This  is  the  word  of 
Jehovah  to  Zerubbabel,  saying, 

Not  by  might,  nor  by  power, 
But  by  my  spirit, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

7  What  art  thou,  O  great  mountain  ? 

Before  Zerubbabel  thou  shalt  become  a  plain  ! 

And  he  shall  bring  forth  the  head-stone  amid  shoutings, 

The  people  crying,  "  Favor,  favor  be  to  it  !  " 

8  Moreover,  the  word   of  Jehovah  came  to  me,  saying, 

9  The  hands  of  Zerubbabel  have  laid  the  foundation  of 
this  house  ;  his  hands  shall  also  finish  it.  And  thou 
shalt    know    that    Jehovah  of   hosts    sent    me    to   you. 

10  For  who  will  despise  the  day  of  small  things?  With 
joy  shall  the  plummet  be  seen  in  the  hand  of  Zerub- 
babel by  those  seven  ;  they  are  the  eyes  of  Jehovah, 
which  run  to  and  fro  through  the  whole  earth. 

11  Then  I  spake  and  said  to  him.  What  mean  these  two 
olive-trees  upon   the   right  side  of  the  candlestick,  and 

12  upon  the  left  side  thereof?  And  I  spake  the  second 
time,  and  said  to  him.  What  mean  these  two  olive- 
branches,  which  are  by  the  side  of  the  two  golden  tubes 

13  which  empty  the  oil  out  of  themselves  ?  And  he  an- 
swered me  and  said,  Knowest  thou  not  what  these  mean? 

14  And  I  said.  No,  my  lord.  And  he  said,  These  are  the 
two  anointed  ones  that  stand  before  the  Lord  of  all  the 
earth. 


Ch.  v.]  zechariah.  197 


VII. 

Vision  of  the  flying  book-roll,  and  of  the  woman  shut  up  in  an  ephah. 
—  Ch.  v. 

1  And  I   lifted  up  my  eyes  again   and   looked,    and 

2  behold,  a  flying  roll.  And  he  said  to  me,  What  seest 
thou  ?  And  I  answered,  I  see  a  flying  roll ;  the  length 
thereof  is  twenty  cubits,  and  the   breadth  thereof  ten 

3  cubits.     Then  said  he  to  me, 

This  is  the  curse  that  goeth  forth 
Over  the  face  of  the  whole  land ; 
For  every  one  who  stealeth  shall  be  cut  off*  from  hence, 

according  to  it, 
And  every  one  who  sweareth   falsely  shall  be  cut  off 
from  hence,  according  to  it. 

4  I  will  bring  it  forth,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 
And  it  shall  enter  into  the  house  of  the  thief. 

And  into  the  house  of  him  that  sweareth  falsely  by  my 

name ; 
And  it  shall  abide  in  his  house. 
And  shall  consume  it,  with  the  timber  thereof,  and  the 

stones  thereof 

5  Then  the  angel  who  talked  with  me  went  forth,  and 
said  to  me.  Lift  up  now  thine  eyes,  and  see  what  this  is 

6  which  goeth  forth  !  And  I  said,  What  is  it?  And  he 
said,  This  is  an  ephah,  which  goeth  forth.  He  said, 
moreover.   This  is   their  image  through  all  the  land. 

1  And  behold,  a  talent   of  lead  was  lifted  up,  and  a  wo- 
8  man  was  sitting  upon  the  ephah.     And   he  said,  This 
17* 


198  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  vi. 

is  the  Wickedness.  And  he  cast  her  into  the  ephah, 
and  he  cast  the  weight  of  lead  upon  the  mouth  thereof. 
9  Then  lifted  I  up  mine  eyes  and  looked,  and  behold, 
there  came  forth  two  women,  and  a  divine  energy  was 
in  their  wings  ;  for  they  had  wings  like  the  wings  of  a 
stork,  and   they  lifted   up  the   ephah  between  the  earth 

10  and  heaven.      Then   said   I  to   the   angel   who  talked 

11  with  me.  Whither  do  these  bear  the  ephah  ?  And  he 
said  to  me.  To  build  it  a  house  in  the  land  of  Shinar, 
that  it  may  be  fixed  there,  and  set  upon  its  base. 


VIII. 

Vision    of  the  four    chariots,  portending  divine  judgments  upon  the 
nations  of  the  North.  —  Ch.  vi.  1-8. 

1  And  T  lifted  up  mine  eyes  again,  and  looked,  and 
behold,  there  came  four  chariots  out  from  between  two 
mountains ;     and     the    mountains    were    mountains   of 

2  brass.     In  the  first  chariot  were  red  horses ;   and  in  the 

3  second  chariot,  black  horses  ;  and  in  the  third  chariot, 
white  horses ;   and  in  the  fourth  chariot,  spotted,  strong 

4  horses.      Then   I    spake,    and   said   to    the    angel   that 

5  talked  with  me.  What  are  these,  my  lord?  And  the 
angel  answered  and  said  to  me,  These  are  the  four 
Winds  of  heaven,  which  go  forth  from  standing  before 

6  the  Lord  of  all  the  earth.  The  black  horses,  which 
are  thereto,  go  forth  into  the  north  country,  and  the 
white  go   forth    after   them ;   and   the   spotted  go   forth 

7  into   the  south   country.     And  the  strongest  ones  went 


Ch.  VI.]  ZECHARIAH.  199 

forth,  and  sought  to  go,  even  to  walk  to  and^  fro 
through  the  earth.  And  he  said.  Go,  walk  ye  to  and 
fro  through  the  earth !  So  they  walked  to  and  fro 
8  through  the  earth.  Then  he  cried  to  me,  and  spake  to 
me,  saying.  Behold,  these  that  go  forth  toward  the 
north  country  shall  execute  my  wrath  against  the  north 
country. 


IX. 

A  crown  placed  upon  the  head  of  Joshua,  a  symbol  of  a  future  sove- 
reign, the  Messiah,  who  should  unite  the  offices  of  king  and  priest.  — 
Ch.  VI.  9-15. 

9       And    the   word    of  Jehovah   came    to   me,    saying  ; 

10  Take  from  those  of  the  captivity,  from  Heldai,  from 
Tobijah,  and  from  Jedaiah,  and  come  thou  the  same 
day,  and  go  into  the  house  of  Josiah,  the  son  of  Zeph- 

11  aniah,  whither  they  are  come  from  Babylon  ;  take  from 
them  silver  and  gold,  and  make  a  crown,  and  set  it  upon 
the  head  of   Joshua,   the  son    of  Josedech,   the   high 

12  priest,  and  speak  to  him,  saying.  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of 
hosts ; 

Behold,  a  man  whose  name  is  the  Branch, 
He  shall  spring  up  from  his  place. 
And  he  shall  build  the  temple  of  Jehovah. 

13  He  shall  build  the  temple  of  Jehovah, 
And  he  shall  bear  the  majesty. 

And  sit  and  rule  upon  his  throne, 

And  be  a  priest  upon  his  throne. 

And  the  counsel  of  peace  shall  be  between  them  both. 


200  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  vii. 

14  And  the  crown  shall  be  to  Helem,  and  to  Tobijah, 
and  to  Jedaiah,   and   to   Hen,   the  son   of  Zephaniah, 

15  for  a  memorial  in  the  temple  of  Jehovah.  And  they 
that  are  far  off  shall  come  and  build  in  the  temple  of 
Jehovah ;  and  ye  shall  know  that  Jehovah  of  hosts 
sent  me  to  you.  And  this  shall  come  to  pass,  if  ye 
will  diligently  obey  the  voice  of  Jehovah,  your  God. 


X. 


Through   reformation  and  the  prevalence  of  true   righteousness,  the 
favor  of  God  shall  change  fasts  into  feasts.  —  Ch.  vu.,  viii. 

1  And  it  came  to  pass,  in  the  fourth  year  of  king 
Darius,  that  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  Zechariah, 
on   the  fourth  day    of  the   ninth    month,  even  in  Chis- 

2  leu;  when  they  had  sent  to  the  house  of  God  She- 
rezer   and     Regemmelech,    and    their    men,    to    pray 

3  before  Jehovah,  and  to  speak  to  the  priests  that  were 
in  the  house  of  Jehovah  of  hosts,  and  to  the  prophets, 
saying  ;   "  Shall  I  weep   in  the  fifth   month,  separating 

4  myself,  as  I  have  done  these  so  many  years?"  Then 
came   the  word   of  Jehovah    of   hosts  to  me,  saying  ; 

5  Speak  to  all  the  people  of  the  land,  and  to  the  priests, 
saying ;  When  ye  fasted  and  mourned  in  the  fifth 
month  and  in  the  seventh  month,  even  those  seventy 

6  years,  did  ye  at  all  fast  for  me,  even  for  me  ?  And 
when  ye  eat   and  drink,   is   it  not  ye  that   eat,  and  ye 

7  that  drink?  Are  not  these  the  words  which  Jehovah 
proclaimed   by  the  former  prophets,  when   Jerusalem 


Ch.  VIII.]  ZECHARIAH.  201 

was  inhabited  and  in  prosperity,  and  her  cities  round 
about  her,  and  when  the  South  and  the  Plain  were 
inhabited  ? 

8  And  the  word   of  Jehovah    came  to  Zechariah,  say- 

9  ing ;  Thus  spake  Jehovah  of  hosts,  saying ;  Judge  true 
judgment,  and   show  mercy  and  compassion  every  man 

10  to  his  brother.  And  the  widow,  and  the  orplian,  and 
the  stranger,  and   the  poor,   oppress  not,  and  meditate 

11  not  evil  against  one  another  in  your  heart.  But  they 
refused  to  hearken,  and  showed   a   refractory  shoulder, 

13  and  made  their  ears  dull,  that  they  might  not  hear ; 
yea,  they  made  their  hearts  as  an  adamant  stone,  that 
they  might  not  hear  the  law,  and  the  words  which 
Jehovah  of  hosts  sent  by  his  spirit,  by  the  former 
prophets.     Therefore  came  great   anger   from  Jehovah 

13  of  hosts.  And  as  he  called,  and  they  would  not  hear, 
so  they  called,  and  I  would    not  hear,  saith  Jehovah  of 

14  hosts.  And  I  scattered  them  as  with  a  whirlwind 
among  all  the  nations,  which  they  knew  not.  And  the 
land  was  desolate  after  them,  so  that  no  man  passed 
through,  nor  returned;  and  thus  the  glorious  land  was 
made  a  desolation. 

1  And  the  word   of  Jehovah  of  hosts  came  to  me,  say- 

ing; 

2  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 

I  have  been  jealous  for  Zion  with  great  jealousy. 
And  with  great  wrath  have  I  been  jealous  for  her. 

3  Thus  saith  Jeliovah  ; 

I  have  returned  to  Zion, 
And  I  will  dwell   in  Jerusalem ; 
And  Jerusalem  shall  be  called  a  city  of  truth. 
And  the  mountain  of  Jehovah  of  hosts,  the  holy  moun- 
tain. 


202  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  viii. 

4  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 

There  shall  yet  old  men  and  old  women  dwell 

In  the  streets  of  Jerusalem, 

Every  one  with  his  staff  in  his  hand  for  great  age. 

5  And  the  streets  of  the  city  shall  be  full 
Of  boys  and  girls  playing  in  her  streets. 

6  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 
If  it  be  difficult  in  the  eyes 

Of  the  residue  of  this  people  in  these  days, 
Is  it  therefore  difficult  in  my  eyes, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ? 

7  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
Behold,  I  will  save  my  people 

From  the  land  of  the  rising,  and   from  the  land  of  the 
setting  sun. 

8  And  I  will  bring  them,  and  they  shall  dwell  in  Jerusa- 

lem ; 
And  they  shall  be  my  people. 
And  I  will  be  their  God, 
In  truth  and  in  righteousness. 

9  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 
Let  your  hands  be  strong, 
Ye  that  hear,  in  these  days. 

These  words  by  the  mouth  of  the  prophets, 

Who  were  in  the  day  when  the  foundation  of  the  house 

of  Jehovah  of  hosts  was  laid. 
The  temple,  that  it  might  be  built. 

10  For  before  these  days 

There  was  no  recompense  for  men, 

Nor  was  there  any  recompense  for  beasts ; 

Nor  to  him  that  went  out,  nor  to  him  that  came  in,  was 

there  security  from  the  enemy  ; 

For  I  set  all  men  one  against  another. 

u  But  now  I  will  not  be,  as  in  former  days, 


Ch.  VIII.]  ZECHARIAH.  203 

Toward  the  residue  of  this  people, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

12  For  the  seed  shall  be  prosperous  ; 
The  vine  shall  yield  its  fruit, 

And  the  earth  shall  yield  her  increase, 
And  the  heavens  shall  yield  their  dew  ; 
And  I  will  cause  the  remnant  of  this  people  to  possess 
all  these. 

13  And  it  shall  be,  that  as  ye  were  a  curse  among  the  na- 

tions, 
O  house  of  Judah  and  house  of  Israel, 
So  will  I  save  you,  and  ye  shall  be  a  blessing. 
Fear  not ;  let  your  hands  be  strong  ! 

14  For  thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
As  I  thought  to  do  you  evil, 

When  your  fathers  provoked  me  to  anger, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 
And  I  repented  not, 

15  So  have  I  again  thought,  in  these  days. 
To  do  good  to  Jerusalem, 

And  to  the  house  of  Judah.     Fear  ye  not ! 

16  These  are  the  things  which  ye  shall  do  ; 
Speak  ye  every  man  the  truth  to  his  neighbor ; 
Judge  according  to  truth,  and  for  peace  in  your  gates; 

17  And   meditate   not   evil    against  one   another  in  your 

hearts, 
And  love  not  a  false  oath  ! 
For  all  these  are  things  which  I  hate,  saith  Jehovah. 

18  And   the  word  of  Jehovah  of  hosts  came  to  me,  say- 

ing; 

19  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

The  fast  of  the  fourth  month,  and  the   fast  of  the  fifth 
month, 


204  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  viir. 

And  the  fast  of  the  seventh  month,  and  the  fast  of  the 

tenth  month, 
Shall  be  to  the  house  of  Judah  for  joy  and  gladness, 
And  cheerful  festivals. 
But  love  ye  truth  and  peace  ! 

20  Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 

It  shall  yet  come  to  pass,  that  many  nations  shall  come, 
And  the  inhabitants  of  many  cities; 

21  And  the  inhabitants  of  one  city  shall  go  to  another,  say- 

ing, 
"  Let  us  go  speedily  to  pray  before  Jehovah, 
"  And  to  seek  Jehovah  of  hosts  ! 
"  I  will  go  also  1  " 

22  Then  shall  come  many  nations  and  mighty  kingdoms. 
To  seek  Jehovah  of  hosts  in  Jerusalem, 

And  to  pray  before  Jehovah. 

23  Thus  "^aith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 

In  those  days  shall  ten  men  of  all  languages  of  the  na- 
tions take  hold, 
They  shall  take  hold  of  the  skirt  of  him  that  is  a  Jevi', 
Saying,  "  We  will  go  with  you, 
"  For  we  have  heard  that  God  is  with  you." 


Ch.  IX.]  ZECHARIAH.  205 

PART      II. 

Prophecies  of  a  different  iiind. 
I. 

The  prosperity  of  the  Jewish  nation  after  the  destruction  of  their  ene- 
mies. The  coming  of  the  Messiah,  and  his  peaceful  and  glorious 
kingdom. — Ch.  ix.,  x. 

1  The  prophecy  of  the  word  of  Jehovah  is  against  the 

land  of  Iladrach, 
And  upon  Damascus  shall  it  come  down, 
(For  the  eye  of  Jehovah  is  over  man, 
And  over  all  the  tribes  of  Israel,) 

2  And  against  Hamath,  which  bordereth  thereon, 
And  Tyre  and  Sidon,  though  she  be  very  wise. 

3  Though  Tyre  hath  built  her  a  fortress. 
And  hath  heaped  up  silver  as  dust, 

And  fine  gold  as  the  mire  of  the  streets, 

4  Behold,  the  Lord  will  cast  her  out, 
And  will  smite  her  power  into  the  sea, 
And  she  shall  be  devoured  by  fire. 

3  Askelon  shall  see  it  and  fear, 

Gaza  also  shall  see  and  tremble, 

And  Ekron,   because  her  expectation   shall   be   put  to 
shame. 

The  king  shall  perish  from  Gaza, 

And  Askelon  shall  not  be  inhabited. 
6  And  strangers  shall  dwell  in  Ashdod, 

And  I  will  cut  off  the  pride  of  the  Philistines. 

VOL.  III.  18 


206  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  ix. 

7  And  I  will  take  away  his  blood  out  of  his  mouth, 
And  his  abominations  from  between  his  teeth  ; 
And  even  he  shall  be  left  for  our  God, 

And  he  shall  be  as  a  governor  in  Judah, 
And  Ekron  as  a  Jebusite. 

8  And  I  will  encamp  about  my  house,  as  a  garrison, 
Against  him  that  passeth  by  and  him  that  returneth, 
And  no  oppressor  shall  pass  through  them  any  more ; 
For  now  have  I  seen  with  mine  eyes. 

9  Rejoice  greatly,  O  daughter  of  Z'lon, 
Shout,  O  daughter  of  Jerusalem  ! 
Behold,  thy  king  cometh  to  thee, 

He  is  just  and  victorious. 
Mild,  and  riding  upon  an  ass, 
Even  upon  a  colt,  the  foal  of  an  ass. 

10  And  I  will  cut  off  the  chariot  from  Ephraim, 
And  the  horse  from  Jerusalem  ; 

And  the  battle-bow  shall  be  cut  off. 
And  he  shall  speak  peace  to  the  nations  ; 
And  his  dominion  shall  be  from  sea  to  sea, 
And  from  the  river  to  the  ends  of  the  earth. 

11  As   for   thee  also,  on  account  of  thy  blood-sealed  cove- 

nant, 
I  will  set  thy  prisoners   free  from  the  pit  wherein  is  no 
water. 

12  Return  ye  to  the  strong-hold,  ye  prisoners  of  hope  ! 
Even  this  day  do  I  declare  it ; 

I  will  restore  double  unto  thee. 

13  For  I  will  bend  Judah  as  a  bow  for  myself; 
As  a  bow  will  I  extend  Ephraim  to  the  utmost ; 
And  I  will  raise  up  thy  sons,  O  Zion, 
Against  thy  sons,  O  Greece, 


Ch.  X.]  ZECHARIAH.  207 

And  make  thee  as  the  sword  of  a  mighty  man. 

14  And  Jehovah  shall  be  seen  over  them, 

And  his  arrow  shall  go  forth  as  the  lightning ; 
And  the  Lord,  Jehovah,  shall  blow  the  trumpet, 
And  shall  go  forth  with  whirlwinds  of  the  South. 

15  Jehovah  of  hosts  shall  defend  them  ; 

And  they  shall  devour,  and  trample  under  feet  the  sling- 
stones, 
And  they  shall  drink,  and  shout,  as  through  wine, 
And  they  shall  be  filled  like  a  bowl,  like  the  corners  of 
the  altar. 

16  And  Jehovah,  their  God,  shall  save  them  in  that  day  ; 
He  will  save  his  people  as  a  flock  ; 

For  they  shall  be  as  the  stones  of  a  crown,  lifting  them- 
selves up  in  his  land. 

17  How  great  shall    be    their  prosperity,    and   how   great 

their  beauty ! 
Corn  shall   make  the  young  men  thrive,  and  new  wine 
the  maidens. 

1  Ask  ye  of  Jehovah  rain  in  the  time  of  the  latter  rain ! 
It  is  Jehovah  that  maketh  the  lightning  ; 

And  he  will  give  you  abundant  showers, 
To  every  one  the  herb  of  the  field. 

2  For  the  teraphim  speak  falsehood, 
And  the  diviners  see  a  lie, 

And  tell  false  dreams  ; 

Their  consolations  are  vain; 

Therefore  they  wander,  as  a  flock, 

They  are  in  distress,  because  there  is  no  shepherd. 

3  My  anger  is  kindled  against  the  shepherds, 
And  the  bucks  will  I  punish ; 

For  Jehovah  of  hosts  will  visit  his  flock,  the  house  of 
Judah. 


208  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  x. 

And  make  them  as  his  goodly  horse  in  battle. 

4  From  him  shall  come  forth  the  corner-stone, 
From  him  the  nail, 

From  him  the  battle-bow  ; 

From  him  shall  every  leader  come  forth. 

5  And  they  shall  be  as  mighty  men, 

Who  tread  down  their  enemies  in  battle,  as  the  mire  of 

the  streets, 
And  they  shall  fight,  because  Jehovah  is  with  them ; 
And  the  riders  on  horses  shall  be  confounded. 

6  And  I  will  strengthen  the  house  of  Judah, 
And  give  victory  to  the  house  of  Joseph, 

And  I  will  set  them  in  their  dwellings,  because  I  have 

compassion  upon  them ; 
And  they  shall  be  as  though  I  had  not  cast  them  off; 
For  I  am  Jehovah,  their  God,  and  I  will  hear  them. 

7  And  Ephraim  shall  be  as  a  mighty  man, 

And  their  heart  shall  rejoice,  as  through  wine  ; 
And  their  sons  shall  see  it  and  rejoice, 
Their  hearts  shall  rejoice  in  Jehovah. 

8  I  will  whistle  for  them,   and  will  gather  them  ;  for  I 

will  redeem  them  ; 
And  they  shall  be  as  numerous  as  they  were  before. 

9  Though  I  scatter  them  among  the  nations. 
Yet  in  far  countries  will  they  remember  me ; 

And  they  shall  live  with  their  children,  and  shall  re- 
turn. 
10  And  I  will  bring  them  back  from  the  land  of  Egypt, 
And  from  Assyria  will  I  gather  them  ; 
And  I  will  bring  them  into  the  land  of  Gilead  and  of 

Lebanon, 
And  there  shall  not  be  room  enough  for  them, 
n  And  they  shall  pass  through  the  sea,  through  distress; 


Ch.  XI.]  ZECHARIAH.  209 

Yet  shall  He  smite  the  waves  in  the  sea, 
And  all  the  depths  of  the  river  shall  be  dried  up  ; 
And  the  pride  of  Assyria  shall  be  brought  dovi^n, 
And  the  sceptre  of  Egypt  shall  depart. 
12  And  I  will  strengthen  them,  through  Jehovah, 
And  in  his  name  shall  they  walk,  saith  Jehovah. 


II. 

The  desolation  of  Judea.  —  Ch.  xi.  1-3. 

1  Open  thy  doors,  O  Lebanon, 
That  the  fire  may  devour  thy  cedars  ! 

2  Howl,  O  cypress,  for  the  cedar  falleth  ! 
For  the  lofty  ones  are  destroyed  ! 
Howl,  O  ye  oaks  of  Bashan, 

For  the  high  forest  is  come  down  ! 

3  Hark  !  the  voice  of  the  howling  of  the  shepherds, 
Because  their  glory  is  destroyed  ! 

The  voice  of  the  roaring  of  young  lions, 
Because  the  pride  of  Jordan  is  destroyed  ! 


III. 


Judea   undone  by  bad  rulers  and  by  internal  dissensions.  —  Ch.  xi. 

4-17. 


4       Thus  said  Jehovah,  my  God  ; 
Feed  thou  the  flock  of  slaughter, 
18* 


210  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  xi. 

5  Whose  possessors   slay  them,  and   hold   themselves   not 

guilty, 
And  which  they,  who  sell,  say,  "  Blessed  be  Jehovah, 

for  I  am  rich  1  " 
And  whose  shepherds  spare  them  not. 

6  For  I  will  no  longer  spare 

The  inhabitants  of  the  land,  saith  Jehovah  ; 

But,  behold,  I  will  deliver  the  men. 

Every  one  into  the  hand  of  his  neighbor, 

And  into  the  hand  of  his  king  ; 

And  they  shall  smite  the  land. 

And  I  will  not  deliver  out  of  their  hand. 

7  So  I  fed  the  flock  of  slaughter,  truly  a  miserable 
flock.  And  I  took  to  me  two  crooks  ;  the  one  I  called 
Favor,   and  the  other   I  called  Bands  ;   and  I   fed  the 

8  flock.  And  I  cut  off"  three  shepherds  in  one  month ; 
for  I  was  weary  of  them,   and   they  also  abhorred  me. 

9  Then  I  said,  I  will  not  feed  you;  that  which  dieth,  let 
it  die  ;  and  that  which  is  to  be  cut  off",  let  it  be  cut  off*; 

10  and  let  the  rest  eat  the  flesh  of  one  another.  And  I 
took  my  staff  Favor,  and  cut  it  asunder,  that  I  might 
break  my  covenant  which  I  had  made  with  all  the  na- 
il tions.  And  it  was  broken  in  that  day  :  and  so  the  poor 
of  the  flock,  who  observed  me,  knew  that  it  was  the 
word  of  Jehovah. 

12  Then  I  said  to  them,  If  it  seem  good  in  your  eyes, 
give   me   my  wages!    If  not,  keep   them!    And   they 

13  weighed  for  my  wages  thirty  shekels  of  silver.  And 
Jehovah  said  to  me,  Cast  it  into  the  treasury,  the 
goodly  price  at  which  I  was  valued  by  them  !  And  I 
took  the  thirty   shekels   of  silver,  and  cast  them   into 

14  the  house  of  Jehovah,  into  the  treasury.  Then  I  broke 
my  other  crook,  even  Bands,  to  break  the  brotherhood 
between  Judah  and  Israel. 


Ch.  XII.]  ZECHARIAH.  211 

15  And  Jehovah  said  to  me  ; 

Take  to  thee  yet  the  instruments  of  a  foolish  shepherd! 

16  For  lo,  I  will  raise  up  a  shepherd  in  the  land, 
Who  shall  not  care  for  those  that  are  perishing, 
Nor  seek  that  which  is  gone  astray. 

Nor  heal  that  which  is  wounded, 
Nor  support  that  which  cannot  go ; 
But  he  shall  eat  the  flesh  of  the  fat,  /, 
And  consume  it  even  to  the  CiLawn.  A^^g/^ 

17  Woe  to  the  foolish  shepherd  that  leaveth  the  flock  ! 
The  sword  is  in  his  arm,  and  at  his  right  eye ; 

His  arm  shall  surely  be  withered. 

And  his  right  eye  shall  surely  be  darkened ! 


IV. 

Invasion  of  Jerusalem  by  a  multitude  of  hostile  nations,  which^  ter- 
minates in  their  defeat  and  ruin,  and  is  followed  by  the  permanent 
peace  and  prosperity  of  the  Jews.  —  Ch.  xii.-xiii.  6. 

1  The  prophecy  of  the  word   of  Jehovah  concerning 
Israel. 

Thus  saith  Jehovah,  who  stretched  out  the  heavens, 
And  laid  the  foundation  of  the  earth, 
And  formed  the  spirit  of  man  within  him. 

2  Behold,  I  make  Jerusalem  a  cup  of  giddiness  to  all  the 

nations  round  about, 
And  for  Judah  also  shall  it  be 
In  the  siege  against  Jerusalem. 

3  And  in  that  day  will  I  make  Jerusalem 


212  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  xii. 

A  burdensome  stone  for  all  nations  ; 
All  that  lift  it  up  shall  tear  themselves, 
And   all   the   nations  of   the  earth  shall  gather  them- 
selves together  against  it. 

4  In  that  day,  saith  Jehovah, 

I  will  smite  every  horse  with  amazement, 
And  his  rider  with  madness  ; 
I  will  open  mine  eyes  upon  the  house  of  Judah, 
And  ever^'hoi^e  of  the  nations  will  I  smite  with  blind- 
ness. 

5  Then  shall  the  leaders  of  Judah  say  in  their  heart, 
"  Strong  are  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem, 

"  Through  Jehovah  of  hosts,  their  God." 

6  In  that  day  will  I  make  the  leaders  of  Judah 
Like  a  fire-pan  among  wood. 

And  like  a  torch  of  fire  in  a  sheaf, 

And   they  shall  devour,  on   the  right   hand   and   on  the 

left. 
All  the  nations  round  about. 
And  Jerusalem   shall   again    dwell  in  her  own  place  at 

Jerusalem. 

7  Jehovah  will  also  save  the  tents  of  Judah  first, 
That  the  glory  of  the  house  of  David, 

And  the  glory  of  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem, 
May  not  magnify  itself  against  Judah. 

8  In   that  day  shall   Jehovah  defend  the  inhabitants   of 

Jerusalem, 
And  he  that  is  feeble  among  them  in  that  day  shall  be 

like  David, 
And  the  house  of  David  shall  be  as  God, 
As  the  angel  of  Jehovah  before  them. 

9  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 
That  I  will  seek  to  destroy  all  the  nations 
Which  come  against  Jerusalem, 


Ch.  XIII.]  ZECHARIAH.  213 

16       Then  will  I  pour  upon  the  house  of  David, 
And  upon  the  inhabitants  of  Jerusalem, 
A  spirit  of  supplication,  and  of  prayer ; 
And  they  shall  look  to  me  whom  they  pierced, 
And  they  shall  mourn  for  him,  as  one   mourneth  for  his 

only  son. 
And   shall   be   in   bitterness  for  him,  as   one   that  is  in 

bitterness  for  his  first-born. 
11  In  that  day  the  mourning  shall  be  great  in  Jerusalem, 
As    the  mourning  of  Hadadrimmon   in   the    valley   of 

Megiddo. 
13  And  the  land  shall  mourn,  every  family  apart  ; 

The  family  of  the  house  of  David  apart,  and  their  wives 

apart ; 
The  family  of  the  house  of  Nathan   apart,  and  their 

wives  apart ; 

13  The  family  of  the  house  of  Levi  apart,  and  their  wives 

apart ; 
The  family  of  the  house  of  Shimei   apart,   and  their 
wives  apart ; 

14  All  the  families  that  remain. 

Every  family  apart,  and  their  wives  apart. 

1  In  that  day  there  shall  be  a  fountain  opened 

To  the  house  of  David,  and  to  the  inhabitants  of  Jeru- 
salem, 
For  sin  and  for  uncleanness. 

2  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

That  1   will   cut   off  the  names  of  the  idols  out  of  the 

land. 
And  they  shall  no  more  be  remembered  ; 
And  the  prophets  also,  and  the  impure  spirit, 
Will  I  cause  to  pass  out  of  the  land. 


214  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  xiii. 

3  And   it  shall  come  to  pass,  when  any  one  shall  yet  pro- 

phesy, 

That  his  father  and  mother  shall  say  to  him. 

Even  they  that  begat  him,  "  Thou  shalt  not  live; 

"  For  thou  hast  spoken  falsehood  in  the  name  of  Jeho- 
vah." 

And  his  father  and  mother,  that  begat  him,  shall  pierce 
him  through  when  he  prophesieth. 

4  And  it  shall    come  to  pass  in  that  day,  that  the  prophet 

shall  be  ashamed. 
Every  one  of  his  vision,  when  he  prophesieth ; 
Neither  shall  they  wear  a  garment  of  hair,  to  deceive. 

5  But  each  shall  say,  "  I  am  no  prophet ; 
"  I  am  a  man  that  tilleth  the  ground  ; 

"For  a  man  hath  purchased  me  from  my  youth." 

6  And  when  one  shall  say  to  him, 

"  What  are  these  wounds  in  thy  hands?" 
He  shall  answer, 

"  Those  with  which  I  was  wounded  in  the  house  of  my 
friends." 


V. 


Times  of  great  calamity,  which  are  to  be  followed,  through  the  aid  of 
Jehovah,  by  victory,  prosperity,  and  holiness.  — Ch.  xiii.  7-xiv. 

7       Awake,  O  sword,  against  my  shepherd, 
Even  against  my  fellow,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ! 
'  Smite  the  shepherd,  and  let  the  sheep  be  scattered ! 
I  will  also  turn  my  hand  against  the  lambs  ! 


Ch.  XIV.]  ZECHARIAH.  215 

8  And   it  shall   come  to  pass  in  all  the  land,  saith  Jeho- 

vah, 
That  two  parts  therein  shall  be  cut  off  and  die; 
But  the  third  part  shall  be  left  therein. 

9  And  I  will  bring  the  third  part  through  the  fire, 
And  will  refine  them,  as  silver  is  refined, 

And  will  try  them,  as  gold  is  tried; 

They  shall  call  upon  me,  and  I  will  hear  them  ; 

I  will  say,  "  It  is  my  people !  " 

And  they  shall  say,  "  Jehovah  is  my  God  !  " 

1  Behold,  the  day  of  Jehovah  cometh, 

When  thy  spoil  shall  be  divided  in  the  midst  of  thee. 

2  For   I   will   gather  all  nations  against  Jerusalem  to  bat- 

tle; 
And  the  city  shall  be  taken, 
And  the  houses  shall  be  rifled, 
And  the  women  shall  be  ravished  ; 
And  half  of  the  city  shall  go  forth  into  captivity, 
And  the  residue  of  the  people  shall  not  be  cut  off  from 

the  city. 

3  Then  shall  Jehovah  go  forth. 
And  fight  against  those  nations. 

As  he  once  fought  in  the  day  of  battle. 

4  And   his   feet  shall  stand  in  that  day  upon  the  mount  of" 

Olives, 
Which  is  before  Jerusalem  on  the  east  ; 
And  the  mount  of  Olives  shall  be  cloven,  in  the  middle 

of  it,  eastward  and  westward. 
Into  a  very  great  valley  ; 
And    half  of   the    mountain   shall    remove  toward   the 

north, 
And  half  of  it  toward  the  south. 

5  And  ye  shall  flee  into  the  valley  of  my  mountains, 


216  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  xiv. 

For  the  valley  of  the  mountains  shall  reach  to  Azal  ; 
Yea,  ye  shall  flee,  as  ye  fled  before  the  earthquake, 
In  the  days  of  Uzziah,  king  of  Judah. 
And  Jehovah,  my  God,  will  come. 
And  all  his  holy  ones  with  him. 

6  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day. 

That  there  shall  be  no  light,  but  cold  and  ice  ; 

7  And  there  shall  be  one  day, 
(Known  to  Jehovah  is  it,) 

It  shall  be  neither  day,  nor  night; 

But  at  the  time  of  evening  there  shall  be  light.  •'-' 

8  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 

That  living  waters  shall  go  out  from  Jerusalem, 
Half  of  them  toward  the  eastern  sea. 
And  half  of  them  toward  the  western  sea  ; 
In  summer  and  in  winter  shall  they  be. 

9  And  Jehovah  shall  be  king  over  all  the  earth  ; 

In  that  day  shall  Jehovah  be  one,  and  his  name  one. 

10  The  whole  land  shall  be  turned  into  a  plain. 
From  Geba  to  Rimmon,  south  of  Jerusalem  ; 

And  the  city  shall  be  exalted  and  inhabited  in  her 
place. 

From  the  gate  of  Benjamin  to  the  place  of  the  former 
gate, 

And  to  the  corner  gate, 

And  from  the  tower  of  Hananeel  to  the  king's  wine- 
presses. 

11  Men  shall  dwell  therein, 

And  there  shall  be  no  more  destruction  ; 
But  Jerusalem  shall  dwell  securely. 

12  And  this  shall  be  the  plague. 

With  which  Jehovah  will  smite  all  the  nations 
Which  warred  against  Jerusalem  ; 


Ch.  XIV.]  ZECHARIAH.  217 

Their   flesh  shall  consume  away  while  they  stand  upon 

their  feet, 
And  their  eyes  shall  consume  away  in  their  sockets, 
And  their  tongue  shall  consume  away  in  their  mouth. 

13  And  it  shall  come  to  pass  in  that  day, 

That   there   shall   be    a  great  tumult  among  them  from 

Jehovah ; 
And   they   shall  lay   hold   every  one  on  the  hand  of  his 

neighbor, 
And   his  hand   shall   rise   up    against   the   hand    of  his 

neighbor. 

14  And  Judah  also  shall  fight  in  Jerusalem. 

But   the  wealth  of  all  the  nations  round  about  shall  be 

gathered  together. 
Gold,  and  silver,  and  apparel,  in  great  abundance. 

15  And  so  shall  be  the  plague  of  the  horse. 
Of  the  mule,  of  the  camel,  and  of  the  ass. 

And  of  every  beast  which  shall  be  in  those  camps, 
Even  as  this  plague. 

16  And  it  shall  be,  that  every  one  that  is  left, 

Of  all  the  nations  which  come  against  Jerusalem, 
Even  they  shall  go  up,  from  year  to  year, 
To  worship  the  King,  Jehovah  of  hosts. 
And  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 

17  And  it  shall  be,  that  whoso  will  not  go  up, 
Of  the  families  of  the  earth,  to  Jerusalem, 
To  worship  the  King,  Jehovah  of  hosts, 
Upon  them  shall  be  no  rain. 

18  And  if  the  family  of  Egypt  go  not  up,  and  come  not. 
Then  not  for  them  shall  there  be  water. 

The  plague  shall  come  upon  them. 

With  which  Jehovah  shall  smite  the  nations 

Which  go  not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 

19  This  shall  be  the  punishment  of  Egypt, 

VOL.   III.  19 


4.- 


218  ZECHARIAH.  [Ch.  xiv 

And  the  punishment  of  all  the  nations 

That  come  not  up  to  keep  the  feast  of  tabernacles. 

20  In  that  day,  upon  the  bells  of  the  horses 
Shall  be  written,  "  Holy  to  Jehovah." 
And  the  pots  in  the  house  of  Jehovah 
Shall  be  as  the  bowls  before  the  altar. 

21  And  every  pot  in  Jerusalem  and  in  Judali 
Shall  be  holy  to  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 

And  all  that  sacrifice  shall  come, 

And  shall  take  of  them,  and  seethe  therein. 

And  there  shall  be  no  more  a  Canaanite 

In  the  house  of  Jehovah  of  hosts,  in  that  day. 


THE 


PROPHET    JONAH 


JONAH. 


Ch.  I.] 


Jonah's  commission  to  Nineveh,  his  disobedience,  and  his  punishment. 
—  Ch.  I. 

I       Now  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  Jonah,  the  son  of 
a  Amittai,  saying,  Arise,  go  to  Nineveh,  that  great  city, 

and  cry  against  it ;  for  their   wickedness  is  come    up 

before  me. 

3  But  Jonah  rose  up,  to  flee  to  Tarshish  from  the 
presence  of  Jehovah  ;  and  he  went  down  to  Joppa,  and 
found  a  ship  going  to  Tarshish,  and  paid  the  fare 
thereof,  and  went  down  into  it,  to  go  with  them  to 
Tarshish  from  the  presence  of  Jehovah. 

4  But  Jehovah  sent  forth  a  great  wind  upon  the  sea, 
and  there  was  a  mighty  tempest   in  the  sea,  so  that  the 

s  ship  was  like  to  be  broken  in  pieces.  Then  the  mari- 
ners were  afraid,  and  cried  every  man  to  his  god. 
And  they  cast  forth  the  things  that  were  in  the  ship 
into  the  sea,  to  lighten  it  of  them.  But  Jonah  was 
gone  down   to   the  lower  part  of  the  ship,  and  he  lay 

fi  and  was  fast  asleep.  And  the  ship-master  came  to  him, 
and  said  to  him.  What  meanest  thou,  O  sleeper? 
Arise,  call  upon  thy  God  !  Perhaps  God  will  think  upon 
19* 


222  JONAH.  [Ch.  I- 

7  US,  that  we  perish  not.  And  they  said  one  to  another, 
Come  and  let  us  cast  lots,  that  we  may  know  on  whose 
account  this  evil  is  upon  us !  And  they  cast  lots,  and 
the  lot  fell  upon  Jonah, 

8  Then  said  they  to  him,  Tell  us,  we  pray  thee,  on 
whose  account  this  evil  is  upon  us.  What  is  thy  busi- 
ness ?     What  is  thy  country  1     And  of  what  people  art 

9  thou  ?  And  he  said  to  them,  I  am  a  Hebrew ;  and  I 
fear   Jehovah,  the   God  of  heaven,   who  made  the  sea 

10  and  the  dry  land.  Then  were  the  men  exceedingly 
afraid,  and  said  to  him,  Wherefore  hast  thou  done  this  ? 
For  the   men   knew  that  he  fled   from  the  presence  of 

11  Jehovah,  because  he  had  told  them.  Then  said  they 
to  him.  What  shall  we  do  to  thee,  that  the  sea  may  be 
calm  to   us?  For   the   sea   grew  more  and  more   tem- 

12  pestuous.  And  he  said  to  them.  Take  me  up,  and  cast 
me  forth  into  the  sea ;  and  the  sea  shall  be  calm  to  you. 
For  1  know,  that  because  of  me  this  great  tempest  is 
upon  you. 

i-i  Nevertheless  the  men  rowed  hard  to  firing  the  ship 
to   the   land;    but   they  could   not;    for  the  sea  grew 

I'J  more  and  more  tempestuous  against  them.  And  they 
cried  to  Jehovah  and  said.  We  beseech  thee,  O  Jeho- 
vah, we  beseech  thee,  let  us  not  perish  for  the  life  of 
this  man,  and   lay  not  upon   us   innocent   blood!     For 

15  thou,  O  Jehovah,  doest  what  pleaseth  thee.  And  they 
took  up  Jonah,  and  cast   him   forth   into  the  sea ;  and 

16  the  sea  ceased  from  its  raging.  Then  the  men  feared 
Jehovah  exceedingly,  and  offered  sacrifice  to  Jehovah, 
and  made  vows. 

17  Now  Jehovah  had  prepared  a  great  fish  to  swallow 
up  Jonah.  And  Jonah  was  in  the  belly  of  the  fish 
three  days  and  three  nights. 


Ch.  II.]  JONAH,  223 

II. 

Jonah's  prayer  and  deliverance.  — Ch.  ii. 

1  Then  Jonah  prayed  to  Jehovah  from  the  belly  of  the 

2  fish,  and  said  ; 

I  cried,  by  reason  of  my  distress,  to  Jehovah, 
And  he  heard  me  ; 

Out  of  the  depth  of  the  under-world  I  cried. 
And  thou  didst  hear  my  voice. 

3  Thou  didst  cast  me  into  the  deep,  into  the  heart  of  the 

sea. 
And  the  flood  compassed  me  about ; 
All  thy  billows  and  thy  waves  passed  over  me. 

4  And  I  said,  "  I  am  cast  out  from  before  thine  eyes ! 
"  O  might  I  once  more  look  to  thy  holy  temple  !  " 

5  The  waters  compassed  me  about,  even  to  the  life. 
The  deep  enclosed  me  round  about; 
Sea-weeds  were  bound  around  my  head  ; 

6  I  sank  down  to  the  foundations  of  the  mountains, 
The  bars  of  the  earth  were  about  me  forever ; 

Yet  hast  thou  brought  up  my  life  from  the  pit,  O  Jeho- 
vah, my  God  ! 

7  When   my  soul  fainted  within  me,  I  remembered  Jeho- 

vah, 
And  my  prayer  came  to  thee, 
To  thine  holy  temple. 

8  They,  that  honor  lying  vanities,  forsake  their  mercy: 

9  But  I  will  sacrifice  to  thee  with  the  voice  of  thanksgiv- 

ing ; 
I  will  pay  that  which  I  have  vowed  ; 
Salvation  is  from  Jehovah. 


224  JONAH.  [Ch.  III. 

10       And  Jehovah  commanded  the  fish,  and   it  cast  out 
Jonah  upon  the  dry  land. 


III. 


Jonah's  second  commission  to  Nineveh,  which  he  does  not  decline. 
The  effect  of  it.     His  displeasure,  and  its  reproof.  —  Ch.  hi.,  iv. 

1  And  the  word  of  Jehovah  came  to  Jonah  the  second 

2  time,  saying,  Arise,  go  to  Nineveh,  that  great  city,  and 
proclaim  to  her  the  words  which  I  shall  speak  to  thee. 

3  And  Jonah  arose  and  went  to  Nineveh,  according  to 
the  word  of  Jehovah. 

Now     Nineveh    was    a    great     city     through     God, 

4  three  days'  journey  in  extent.  And  Jonah  began  to 
enter  into  the  city  a  day's  journey,  and  he  cried  out 
and  said,  Yet  forty  days,  and  Nineveh  shall  be  over- 
thrown. 

5  And  the  men  of  Nineveh  believed  God,  and  pro- 
claimed a   fast,  and  put   on  sackcloth,  from   the  great- 

6  est  of  them  even  to  the  least  of  them.  For  when  the 
matter  came  to  the  king  of  Nineveh,  he  arose  from  his 
throne,  and  put   away  his  robe   from  him,  and  covered 

7  himself  with  sackcloth,  and  sat  in  ashes.  And  he 
caused  it  to  be  proclaimed  and  published  through 
Nineveh,  by  the  decree  of  the  king  and  his  nobles, 
saying,  Let  neither  man  nor  beast,  herd  nor  flock, 
taste  any   thing  ;  let  them   not  feed,  nor   drink  water. 

8  But  let  man  and  beast  be  covered  with  sackcloth,  and 
cry  mightily  to  God.  Yea,  let  them  turn  every  one 
from  his  evil  way,  and  from  the  violence  that  is  in  their 


Ch.  IV.]  JONAH.  225 

9  hands.  Who  can  tell  if  God  will  turn  and  repent,  and 
turn  away  from  his  fierce  anger,  that  we  perish  not  ? 

10       And  God  saw  their  works,  that  they  turned  from  their 
evil  way ;  and  God  repented  of  the  evil  which   he  had 
said  that  he  would  do  to  them,  and  he  did  it  not. 
1       But  this  displeased   Jonah   exceedingly,  and  he  was 

a  very  angry.  And  he  prayed  to  Jehovah  and  said,  Ah ! 
Jehovah,  was  not  this  what  I  said,  when  I  was  yet  in 
my  own  country  ?  Therefore  I  made  haste  to  flee  to 
Tarshish.  For  I  knew  that  thou  art  a  gracious  and 
merciful  God,  slow   to   anger   and   abundant   in  mercy, 

3  and  that  thou  repentest  of  a  threatened  evil.  And 
now,  O  Jehovah,   take,  I  pray   thee,  my  life  from  me ! 

4  for  it  is  better  for  me  to  die  than  to  live.  And  Jeho- 
vah said,  Is  it  right,  that  thou  shouldst  be  angry  ? 

5  Now  Jonah  had  gone  out  of  the  city,  and  had  sat  on 
the  east  side  of  the  city,  and  had  made  himself  a  booth 
there,  and  had  sat   under  it  in  the  shade,  till  he  should 

6  see  what  would  become  of  the  city.  And  God,  Jeho- 
vah, prepared  a  gourd ;  and  it  grew  up  over  Jonah,  to 
be  a  shadow  over  his  head,  to  deliver  him  from  his  dis- 
tress.    And   Jonah  was  exceedingly  glad  of  the  gourd. 

7  But  God  prepared  a  worm,  when  the  morning 
rose  the  next  day,   and  it  smote   the  gourd  so   that   it 

8  withered.  And  when  the  sun  arose,  God  prepared 
a  sultry  east  wind ;  and  the  sun  beat  upon  the  head 
of  Jonah,  and  he  was  faint,  and  he  asked  for  him- 
self death,  and  said.  It  is  better  for  me  to  die  than  to 
live. 

9  And  God  said  to  Jonah,  Is  it  right,  that  thou  shouldst 
be  angry   for  the   gourd  1     And    he    said.  It  is  right, 

10  that  I  should  be  angry  even  to  death.  And  Jehovah 
said.  Thou  hast  had  pity  on  the  gourd,  for  which  thou 


226  JONAH.  [Ch.  IV. 

hast  not  labored,  and  which  thou  madest  not  to  grow, 
u  which  grew  up  in  a  night  and  perished  in  a  night ;  and 
should  not  I  spare  Nineveh,  that  great  city,  wherein  are 
more  than  a  hundred  and  twenty  thousand  persons, 
that  cannot  discern  between  their  right  hand  and  their 
left  hand,  and  also  many  cattle  ? 


THE 


PROPHET    MALACHI 


MALACHI. 


Ch.  I.] 


God's  peculiar  regard  for  the  Jewish  nation  manifested  by  a  comparison 
between  Israel  and  p]dom.  —  Ch.  i.  1-5. 

1  The   prophecy  of  the   word  of  Jehovah,  concerning 
Israel,  by  Malachi. 

2  I  have  loved  you,  saith  Jehovah. 

But  ye  say,  "  Wherein  hast  thou  loved  us  ?  " 
Was  not  Esau  Jacob's  brother,  saith  Jehovah  ? 
Yet  I  have  loved  Jacob, 

3  And  Esau  have  I  hated; 

And  I  have  made  his  mountains  a  desolation, 
And  his  inheritance  to  be  habitations  of  the  desert. 

4  Although  Edom  say,  "  We  are  ruined, 

"  Yet  will  we  build  again  the  desolate  places;  " 
Thus  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
They  may  build,  but  I  will  throw  down  ; 
And  men  shall  call  them,  "The  impious  land; 
"  The  people   against  whom  Jehovah  hath  indignation 
forever." 

5  And  your  eyes  shall  see  it,  and  ye  shall  say, 

"  Great  is  Jehovah  beyond  the  borders  of  Israel !  " 
VOL.  III.  20 


230  MALACHI.  [Ch.  t. 


11. 

Against  the  priests,  on  acconnt  of  their  irreligion,  their  violations  of  the 
law,  and  their  complaints  of  wearisome  service.  —  Ch.  i.  6-ii.  9. 

6  A  SON  honoreth  his  father, 
And  a  servant  his  master  ; 

If  I,  then,  be  a  father,  where  is  mine  honor  ? 

And  if  I  be  a  master,  where  is  my  fear  1 

Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  to  you,  ye  priests,  that  despise 

my  name. 
Ye  say,  "  Wherein  do  we  despise  thy  name  1  " 

7  Ye  bring  polluted  food  to  mine  altar. 

And  ye  say,  "  Wherein  do  we  pollute  thee  ?  " 

In  that  ye  say,  "  The  table  of  Jehovah  is  contemptible." 

For  when  ye  bring  the  blind  for  sacrifice, 

[Ye  say,]  "  It  is  not  evil." 

8  And  when  ye  offer  the  lame  and  the  sick, 
[Ye  say,]  "  It  is  not  evil." 

Offer  it,  then,  to  thy  governor ; 
Will  he  be  pleased  with  thee, 
Or  have  regard  to  thee  ? 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

9  And  now,  I  pray  you,  beseech  God  to  be  gracious  unto 

us  ! 
Since  such  things  are  done  by  you, 
Will  he  have  regard  to  you, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ? 

10  O  that  some  one  of  you  would  close  the  doors, 

That  ye   might  not   kindle  the  fire  upon  mine  altar  in 

vain ! 
I  have  no  pleasure  in  you,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 
Neither  will  I  accept  an  offering  at  your  hand. 


Ch.  II.]  MALACHI.  231 

11  For  from  the  rising  of  the  sun  even  to  the  going  down 

of  the  same, 
My  name  shall  be  great  among  the  nations. 
And   in   every   place   shall    incense   be  offered    to  my 

name, 
And  a  pure  offering  ; 

For  my  name  shall  be  great  among  the  nations, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

12  But  ye  profane  it, 

In  that  ye  say,  "  The  table  of  Jehovah  is  polluted, 
"  And  what    is   offered  thereon,  even  its   food,  is   con- 
temptible." 

13  Ye  say  also,  "  Behold,  what  weariness  !  " 
And  ye  snuff  at  it, 

Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 

And  ye   bring  that  which  is  plundered,  and  lame,  and 

sick, 
And  present  it  for  an  offering ; 
Shall  I  accept  it  at  your  hand  ? 
Saith  Jehovah. 

14  Cursed  be  the  deceiver. 
Who  hath  in  his  flock  a  male, 

And  voweth  and  sacrificeth  to  Jehovah  that  which  is 

marred  ; 
For  I  am  a  great  king,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts ; 
And  my  name  is  terrible  among  the  nations. 

1  And  now  to  you,  O  ye  priests,  is  this  commandment ! 

2  If  ye  will  not  hearken, 

If  ye  will  not  lay  it  to  heart, 

To  give  glory  to  my  name,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

I  will  send  a  curse  upon  you. 

And  I  will  curse  your  blessings; 

Yea,  I  have  cursed  them  already, 


232  MALACHI.  [Ch.  II. 

Because  ye  do  not  lay  it  to  heart. 
3  Behold,  I  will  rebuke  your  seed, 

And  I  will  scatter  dung  in  your  faces, 

The  dung  of  your  solemn  feasts. 

And  ye  shall  be  carried  to  it. 
■i  And  ye   shall    know   that   I  have  sent  to  you  this  com- 
mandment. 

That  my  covenant  may  remain  with  Levi, 

5  Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

My  covenant  was  with  him  for  life  and  peace, 
Which  I   gave  to  him  for  the  fear  wherewith  he  feared 

me, 
And  was  afraid  before  my  name. 

6  The  law  of  truth  was  in  his  mouth. 

And  unrighteousness  was  not  found  in  his  lips  ; 
He  walked  with  me  in  truth  and  equity. 
And  turned  many  away  from  iniquity. 

7  For  the  lips  of  the  priest  should  keep  knowledge. 
And  men  should  seek  the  law  from  his  mouth  ; 
For  he  is  the  messenger  of  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

8  But  ye  have  departed  from  the  way. 

Ye  have  caused  many  to  stumble  at  the  law, 
And  ye  have  made  void  the  covenant  with  Levi, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

9  Therefore  will  I  also  make  you 
Despicable  and  base  before  all  the  people; 
According  as  ye  have  not  kept  my  ways. 
But  have  had  respect  to  persons  in  the  law. 


Ch.  II.]  MALACHI.  233 


III. 


Against  marriages  with  foi'eigners,  and    against   divorces.  —  Ch.  ii. 
10-16. 

10       Have  we  not  all  one  Father? 

Hath  not  one  God  created  us  ? 

Why  do  we  deal  treacherously,  one  against  another, 

And  profane  the  covenant  made  with  our  fathers  ? 
u  Judah  hath  dealt  treacherously. 

And  an  abomination    is    committed  in  Israel   and    in 
Jerusalem. 

For  Judah  hath  profaned  the  holy  people  of  Jehovah, 
which  he  loveth. 

And  hath  married  the  daughter  of  a  strange  god. 

12  Jehovah  will  cut  off  the  man  tTiat  doeth  this, 

Him  that  waketh    and  him   that  answereth,   from    the 

tents  of  Jacob, 
And  him  that  bringeth  an  offering  to  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

13  And  this  also  ye  do  ; 

Ye  cover  the  altar  of  Jehovah  with  tears. 
With  weeping,  and  with  groans, 
So  that  he  no  more  hath  regard  to  the  offering, 
Cfor  receiveth  it  with  good-wilf  from  your  hand. 

14  Yet  ye  say,  "  Wherefore  V 

It  is  because  Jehovah  has  been  a  witness  between  thee 

and  the  wife  of  thy  youth, 
Against  whom  thou  hast  dealt  unfaithfully. 
Although  she  was  thy  companion  and  thy  covenanted 

wife. 

15  But  did  not  He  make  one  only  ? 

And  yet  had  he  a  residue  of  the  spirit  ,- 
2Q* 


234  MALACHI.  [Ch.  hi- 

And  wherefore  one  ? 
He  sought  a  godly  race. 
Therefore  take  heed  to  your  spirit, 
And  be  not  unfaithful  to  the  wife  of  thy  youth ! 
16  For  I  hate  him  that  putteth  away, 
Saith  Jehovah,  the  God  of  Israel, 
And  him  that  covereth  his  garment  with  violence, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

Therefore  take  heed  to  your  spirit,  and  be   not  un- 
faithful. 


IV. 

Judgment  threatened  at  the  comhig  of  the  Messiah. —  ii.  17-  iii.  6. 

17       Ye  have  wearied  Jehovah  with  your  words  ; 
Yet  ye  say,  "  Wherein  have  we  wearied  him?  " 
In  that  ye  say,  "  Every  one  of  them  that  do  evil 
"  Is  good  in  the  sight  of  Jehovah, 
"  And  in  them  he  hath  delight ;  " 
Or,  "  Where  is  the  God  of  judgment  1  " 

1  Behold,  I  will  send  my  messenger. 

And  he  shall  prepare  the  way  before  me ; 

And  the  Lord,  whom  ye  seek,  shall  suddenly  come  to 

his  temple  ; 
And  the  messenger  of  the  covenant,  whom  ye  desire. 
Behold,  he  shall  come,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

2  But  who  shall  abide  the  day  of  his  coming  ? 
And  who  shall  stand  when  he  appeareth  ? 
For  he  shall  be  like  the  fire  of  the  refiner. 
And  like  the  soap  of  the  fuller. 


Ch.  III.]  MALACHI.  235 

3  And  he  shall  sit  as  a  refiner  and  purifier  of  silver, 
And  he  shall  purify  the  sons  of  Levi, 

And  shall  refine  them  as  gold  and  silver, 
That,   being    holy    to    Jehovah,    they    may    bring    an 
offering  in  righteousness. 

4  Then   shall   the  offering  of  Judah  and   Jerusalem    be 

pleasing  to  Jehovah, 
As  in  the  days  of  old, 
And  as  in  former  years. 

5  And  I  will  come  near  to  you  to  judgment ; 
And  I  will  be  a  swift  witness 

Against    sorcerers,    and  against  adulterers,  and  against 

false  swearers, 
And  against  those  who  defraud  the  hireling  of  his  hire, 
And  oppress  the  widow  and  the  fatherless, 
And  turn  aside  the  stranger  from  his  right, 
And  fear  not  me,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

6  For  I  am  Jehovah  ;  I  change  not ; 

Therefore,  ye  sons  of  Jacob,  are  ye  not  consumed. 


V. 

The  people  are  rebuked  for  withholding  the  legal  tithes  and  offerings. 
—  Ch.  III.  7-12. 

7       From  the   days   of  your  fathers  have  ye  turned  aside 
from  my  statutes. 
And  have  not  kept  them  ; 
Return  to  me,  and  I  will  return  to  you, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 


236  MALACHI.  [Ch.  III. 

But  ye  say,  "  Wherein  shall  we  return  ?  " 

8  Shall  man  rob  God  ? 
But  ye  have  robbed  me. 

But  ye  say,  "  Wherein  have  we  robbed  thee?  " 
In  tithes  and  offerings. 

9  Ye  are  cursed  with  a  curse, 

For  ye  have  robbed  me,  even  this  whole  nation. 

10  Bring  ye  all  the  tithes  into  the  storehouse, 
That  there  be  food  in  my  house  ; 

And  try  me  now  in  this, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

Whether  I  will  not  open  to  you  the  windows  of  heaven, 
And  pour  out  upon  you    a  blessing,  until  there  is  none 
left. 

11  And  I  will  rebuke  for  you  the  devourer, 

And  he  shall  not  destroy  the  fruits  of  your  ground. 
Nor  shall  your  vine  be  barren  in  the  field, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

12  And  all  nations  shall  call  you  blessed; 
For  ye  shall  be  a  delightful  land, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 


VI. 

Whatever  may  be  the  appearance  of  delay,  reward  will  come   to  the 
righteous,  and  punishment  to  the  wicked.  —  m.  13 -i v. 

13  Your  words  have  been  bold   against  me,  saith  Jeho- 

vah ; 
Yet  ye  say,  "  What  have  we  spoken  against  thee?  " 

14  Ye  have  said,  "  It  is  a  vain  thing  to  serve  God ,-  " 


Ch.  IV.]  MALACHI.  237 

And,  "  What  profit  is  it   that    we   have   kept  his  ordi- 
nances, 

"  And  that  we  liave  walked  mournfully  before  Jehovah 
of  hosts  ? 
15  "  Therefore  we  call  the  proud  happy ; 

"  Yea,  they  that  do  wickedness  are  built  up  ; 

"  Yea,  they  tempt  God,  and  are  delivered." 

itj       Then  they,  that  feared  Jehovah,  spake  to  one  another, 

And  Jehovah  gave  ear  and  heard ; 

And  a  book  of  remembrance  was  written  before  him. 

For  them  that  feared  Jehovah, 

And  that  thought  upon  his  name, 
n  And  they  shall  be  to  me,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts, 

In  the  day  which  I  appoint,  as  my  own  property  : 

And  I  will  spare  them, 

As  a  father  spareth  his  own  son  that  serveth  him. 
18  Then  shall  ye  return  and  see 

What  is  the  difference  between  the  righteous  and  the 
wicked. 

Between  him  who  serveth  God, 

And  him  who  serveth  him  not. 

1  For,  behold,    the   day  cometh,  which  shall    burn  as  an 

oven  ; 
Then  shall  all  the  proud, 
And  all  that  do  wickedness,  be  stubble  ; 
And  the  day  that  cometh  shall  burn  them  up, 
Saith  Jehovah  of  hosts  ; 
It  shall  leave  them  neither  root  nor  branch. 

2  But  for  you,  that  fear  my  name. 
Shall  the  sun  of  salvation  arise 
With  healing  under  his  wings. 

And  ye  shall  go  forth  and  leap  for  joy, 
Like  calves  of  the  stall. 


238  MALACHI.  [Ch.  IV. 

3  And  ye  shall  tcead  down  the  wicked  ; 

For  they  shall  be  as  dust  under  the  soles  of  your  feet, 
In  the  day  which  I  appoint,  saith  Jehovah  of  hosts. 

4  Remember  ye  the  law  of  Moses,  my  servant, 
Which  I  commanded  him  in  Horeb  for  all  Israel, 
My  statutes  and  precepts  ! 

5  Behold,  I  will  send  you  Elijah,  the  prophet, 
Before  the  day  of  Jehovah  come. 

The  great  and  terrible  day. 

6  He  shall  turn  the  heart  of  the  fathers  to  the  children, 
And  the  heart  of  the  children  to  their  fathers. 

That  I  may  not  come 

And  smite  the  land  with  a  curse. 


NOTES. 


EziIIILtlHl 

tie  M  :  ■ 


before  Iht^eeMi 
theCbri'eiv 


•lie-':. 


^'Ol.  111. 


NOTES. 


NOTES    ON    EZEKIEL. 

EzEKiEL,  whose  name,  being  interpreted,  is  "  God-will-strengthen" 
the  son  of  Buzi,  a  priest,  was  one  of  the  ten  thousand  captives,  car- 
ried with  king  Jehoiachin,  or  Jeconiah,  into  Mesopotamia,  and  placed 
near  the  river  Chebar,  or  Chaboras,  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  the  king  of 
Babylon.  2  Kings  xxiv.  14.  This  event  happened  about  twelve  years 
before  the  destruction  of  Jerusalem,  or  about  six  hundred  years  before 
the  Christian  era.  In  the  fifth  year  after  his  removal  he  was  called  to 
the  prophetic  office,  Ch.  i.  2,  which  he  continued  to  exercise  to  at  least 
the  sixteenth  year  after  the  capture  of  Jerusalem  by  Nebuchadnezzar, 
or  to  the  twenty-seventh  of  his  captivity,  that  is,  about  twenty-two 
years;  not  twenty-seven,  as  is  stated  by  Jahn.  How  much  longer  he 
prophesied,  and  when  he  closed  his  life,  we  are  not  informed.  From 
what  has  been  said  it  appears  tliat  he  was  a  contemporary  of  Jeremiah. 
A  great  help  to  the  intelligent  perusal  of  both  of  these  prophets  is  the 
Jewish  history  of  the  times  in  which  they  flourished.  It  may  be 
found  in  the  Bible,  or  in  the  writings  of  Joscphus,  or  in  Prideaux's 
Connection,  or  in  Milman's  History  of  the  Jews. 

Respecting  the  comparative  merits  of  Ezekiel  as  a  writer,  there  has 
been  a  considerable  diversity  of  opinion,  as  may  be  seen  in  the  remarks 
of  Bishop  Lowth  upon  this  prophet,  in  his  Lectures  on  Hebrew  Poetry, 
and  the  note  of  Michaclis.  To  me  the  judgment  of  Michaelis  ap- 
pears in  this  instance  to  be  more  correct  than  that  of  Lowth.  Un- 
doubtedly there  are  to  be  found  in  Ezekiel  some  striking  passages,  such 
as  the  vision  of  the  dry  bones,  some  great  thoughts,  such  as  that  in 
xxxvi.  26,  and  many  bold  images.  But  in  general  he  wearies  the 
reader  by  endless  amplitication  and  frequent  repetition,  and  sometimes 
VOL.   III.  21 


242  NOTES. 

disgusts  by  his  minuteness  of  detail  in  the  delineation  of  gross  images. 
One  illustration,  which  Isaiah  has  despatched  in  a  single  verse,  or  a 
single  expression.  Is.  i.  21,  Ezekiel  has  spun  out  into  whole  chapters, 
so  as  to  lead  us  to  wonder  at  the  state  of  society,  when  such  things 
would  not  be  offensive  to  the  taste  of  a  writer  of  genius  and  his  con- 
temporary readers.  See  Ch.  xvi.  and  xxiii.  His  visions  and  allegories 
sometimes  dazzle  and  confound  rather  than  impress  and  instruct  us, 
though  it  may  be  said  that  his  contemporaries  may  have  attached  a 
meaning  to  them,  where  we  cannot.  Yet  he  was  himself  so  sensible  of 
the  obscurity  of  some  of  his  emblems  and  allegories,  that  he  gives  a 
verbal  explanation  of  them.  Some  of  his  emblems  are  forced  and 
unnatural,  and  there  occurs  occasionally  something  ludicrous  in  their 
want  of  appropriateness,  as  when  he  takes  an  iron  pan,  and  lays  siege 
to  it,  as  the  emblem  of  enemies  besieging  the  wall  of  a  city.  His 
language  is  generally  prosaic,  prolix,  and  without  strength. 

There  may  appear  to  some  readers  a  want  of  reverence  in  thus 
speaking  of  the  style  of  the  prophet ;  but  since  the  time  of  Bishop 
Lowth  the  style  of  the  sacred  writers  has  been  regarded  as  their  own, 
and  made  the  subject  of  criticism,  and  in  my  opinion  great  injury  is 
done  to  the  just  claims  of  the  sacred  writers  by  extravagant  and  indis- 
criminate eulogy. 

Though  I  cannot  rank  Ezekiel  so  high  amongst  the  sacred  writers 
as  some  others  have  done,  in  regard  to  the  style  and  dress  in  which  he 
conveys  his  sentiments,  I  yield  to  no  one  in  respect  for  the  depth  of 
his  moral  feelings,  and  his  just  and  discriminating  moral  and  religious 
views.     See  iii.  17-21,  xviii.,  xxxiii. 

The  prophecies  of  Ezekiel  have  sometimes  been  divided  into  three 
parts  ;  I.  Those  relating  to  the  Jews  before  the  destruction  of  Jerusa- 
lem, Ch.  i.  -xxiv. ;  'II.  Prophecies  relating  to  foreign  nations,  Ch.  xxv. 
-  xxxii. :  III.  Prophecies  relating  to  the  Jews  after  the  destruction  of 
Jerusalem,  Ch.  xxxiii.  -  xlviii. 

I.  1.  —  in  the  thirtieth  year:  i.  e.  of  the  reign  of  Nabopalassar, 
the  first  king  of  Babylon  that  was  independent  of  Assyria.  See  Ros. 
ad  loc.  — visiotis  of  God;  i.  e.  visions  presented  or  sent  by  God. 
The  plural  is  here  used,  because  the  vision  to  which  it  relates  consists 
of  a  variety  of  pai-ticulars. 

3.  — hand  of  Jehovah,  Sfc.  :  i.  e.  he  was  under  the  influence  of  the 
divine  spirit. 

4. — a  stormy  wind  came  from  the  north.  I  do  not  regard  this  as 
referring  to  the  calamities  which  were  to  burst  on  Jerusalem  from  her 


EZEKIEL.  243 

northern  enemies,  the  Chaldeans ;  but  rather  as  preparatory  to  the 
manifestation  of  the  Deity  which  follows.  Comp.  1  Kings  xix.  11 ; 
Acts  ii.  2.  The  storm  is  said  to  come  from  the  north,  in  allu- 
sion to  an  opinion  that  prevailed  in  the  East,  that  in  the  remotest 
regions  of  the  north  there  was  a  certain  mount  of  congregation,  a  place 
where  God  and  his  angels  assembled.  See  Is.  xiv.  13,  and  the  notes  of 
Gesenius  or  Rosenmilller  upon  it.  It  may  be  here  remarked,  that  it 
is  against  the  spirit  of  the  writer  to  explain  the  circumstances  of  the 
vision  too  minutely,  or  to  assign  a  particular  meaning  to  every  part  of 
the  scene.  Ezekiel  evidently  describes  a  manifestation  of  the  Deity  to 
him,  by  which  he  was  called  to  assume  and  exercise  the  prophetic 
office.  This  was  the  great  design  of  the  vision.  The  circumstances, 
under  which  this  manifestation  was  made,  were  designed  to  make  it 
more  august  and  impressive.  He,  who  is  elsewhere  said  to  make  the 
clouds  his  chariot,  is  here  represented  as  sitting  upon  such  a  chariot, 
and  drawn  by  living  creatures  of  surpassing  excellence,  and  in  a  man- 
ner calculated  to  excite  astonishment  and  veneration  ;  in  an  unearthly 
manner,  and  corresponding  to  the  greatness  of  Deity.  Various  par- 
ticulars in  the  description  are  introduced  only  to  till  up  the  scene,  and 
add  to  its  majesty. 

5.  — jour  living  creatures.  In  Ch.  x.  they  are  called  cherubs,  and 
are  to  be  regarded  as  a  class  of  angels.  In  Gen.  iii.  24,  they  are 
represented  as  guarding  the  tree  of  life.  They  are  said  to  have  the 
human  form,  by  which  it  is  to  be  understood,  that  they  resembled  man 
in  respect  to  their  size  and  their  erect  stature.  In  other  respects  their 
forms  are  borrowed  from  creatures  regarded  as  most  excellent  upon  the 
earth,  namely,  from  the  lion,  the  first  amongst  wild  beasts,  the  eagle, 
the  first  amongst  birds,  the  ox,  the  tirst  amongst  tame  animals,  and 
from  man,  the  head  of  them  all.  As  symbols,  these  animals  denote 
strength  and  wisdom ;  or  perhaps,  strength,  swiftness,  obedience,  and 
wisdom.  Having  four  faces,  they  are  ready  to  go  with  promptness  and 
execute  the  commands  of  God  in  every  direction.  The  representation 
of  the  Deity,  having  his  chariot-throne  borne  by  creatures  uniting  the 
forms  of  various  animals,  was  agreeable  to  the  conceptions  of  the  East- 
ern nations,  as  appears  from  antiquities  of  Egypt,  and  some  of  the 
countries  of  Asia.     See  Rosenmilller  on  Ch.  i.  10. 

7. — their  feet  were  upright:  i.  e.  perpendicular,  not  horizontal, 
like  human  feet. 

9.  —  were  joined  one  to  another:  i.  e.  of  the  two  in  front,  and  of 
the  two  behind,  the  right  wing  of  one  reached  to  the  left  wing  of  the 
other ;  the  extremities  of  the  expanded  inner  wings  forming  an  arch. 


244  NOTES. 

Newcome.  —  they  turned  not  about.  Having  a  face  in  each 
direction,  they  could  go  forward  or  backward,  to  the  right  hand  or  to 
the  left.  The  wheels  also  were  adapted  to  such  motions.  For  it  ap- 
pears from  verses  16  and  17,  that  the  wheels  were  made  so  as  to  move 
sideways,  as  well  as  straight  forwards ;  i.  e.  they  were  composed  of 
two  rims  intersecting  each  other  at  right  angles.  There  was  no  need 
therefore  of  their  turning.  This  proceeding  directly  on,  in  the  same 
undeviating  inflexible  position,  seems  to  show  their  steadiness  in  per- 
forming the  divine  will,  which  advances  to  its  destined  goal  right  on- 
wards. It  may  be  said,  that  it  is  impossible  to  construct  wheels  of  this 
kind,  so  as  to  move  a  carriage,  as  is  here  represented.  But  in  vision 
they  would  go  as  well  as  any  wheels.  No  human  artist  could  give  a 
living  spirit  to  wheels. 

12.  —  the  spirit  was  to  go.  By  a  comparison  of  this  phraseology 
with  verses  20,  21,  and  x.  17,  I  should  suppose  that  spin^  in  this  verse 
denotes  the  divine  spirit  or  power  which  was  imparted  to  the  living 
creatures.  So  in  Ch.  ii.  2,  it  is  said,  "  the  spirit  entered  into  me, 
when  he  spoke  to  me,  and  set  me  upon  my  feet."  Others  understand 
by  it  inclination,  or  will. 

15.  —  with  its  four  sides.  The  wheel  being  composed  of  two  rims 
intersecting  each  other  at  right  angles,  as  it  were  a  wheel  within  a 
wheel,  the  four  semicircular  parts  thus  formed  seem  to  be  called  the 
four  faces  or  sides. 

18.  — full  of  eyes.  Their  eyes  may  be  supposed  to  represent  God's 
all-seeing  providence. 

20. — for  the  spirit  of  the  living  creatures  was  in  the  wheels  :  i.  e. 
the  same  divine  spirit  which  was  in  the  living  creatures,  directing 
their  motions,  was  also  in  the  wheels. 

22.  —  a  firmament  like  crystal.  So  in  the  Apocalypse  iv.  6,  the 
floor  or  pavement  of  the  divine  throne  is  represented  as  "  a  sea  of 
glass,  like  unto  crystal."  And  in  Exodus  xxiv.  10,  it  is  said  that  the 
elders  of  Israel  "  saw  the  God  of  Israel,  and  under  his  feet  as  it  were 
a  paved  work  of  sapphire,  and  shining  like  heaven  itself."  It  has  been 
said,  that  this  representation  of  the  pavement  of  the  divine  throne  is 
borrowed  from  the  custom  of  the  ancients,  who  covered  the  flooifs  of 
their  more  costly  edifices  with  glass  or  crystal.     See  Ros.  ad  loc. 

24.  —  voice  of  the  Almighty:  i.  e.  like  thunder.  Comp.  x.  5. ; 
Ps.  xxix.  3,  &c. 

26.  —  like  that  of  a  man.  So  in  Dan.  vii.  9,  the  Supreme  Being  is 
represented  in  the  form  of  an  aged  man. 


EZEKIEL.  245 

II.  1.  —  Son  of  man:  i.  e.  O  man  ;  0  thou  that  belongest  to  the 
race  of  mortal  men,  in  contradistinction  from  God  and  angels. 

4.  —  Brazen-faced,  lit.  hard  if  face. 

9.  —  a  book-roll.  It  is  well  known,  that  ancient  books  were  written 
so  as  to  be  rolled  up  in  the  manner  of  modern  maps,  on  cylinders  of 
wood  or  ivory.  Hence  the  word  volume,  from  volumen,  a  Latin  word 
from  volvo,  to  roll. 

10.  —  within  and  without.  Contrary  to  the  state  of  the  ancient 
rolls  in  general,  which  were  written  only  on  the  inside.  Thus  Juve- 
nal mentions  it  as  an  unusual  circumstance,  denoting  a  prolix,  weari- 
some writer. 

"  aut  summi  plena  jam  margine  libri 
Scriptus,  et  in  tergo,  nee  dum  finitus  Orestes  .'  " 

Sat.  I.  5,  6. 

"  or,  huger  still, 
Orestes,  with  broad  margin  over-writ. 

And  back,  and O,  ye  gods  !  not  finished  yet  ?  " 

Gifford's  Trans. 

Adam  Clarke  remarks,  "  The  Hebrew  rolls  are  generally  written  in 
this  way.  There  are  several  of  such  Hebrew  rolls  before  me,  all 
written  on  the  inside  only,  consisting  of  skins  of  vellum,  or  parchment, 
sewed  together,  extending  to  several  yards  in  length.  Other  Asiatic 
books  were  written  in  the  same  way.  A  Sanscrit  roll  of  sixty  feet  in 
length,  also  before  me,  is  all  written  on  the  inside ;  and  a  Koran,  writ- 
ten in  exceedingly  small  characters,  about  two  inches  broad,  and 
twelve  feet  long,  and  weighing  but  about  half  an  ounce."  The  cir- 
cumstance, that  the  roll  here  mentioned  was  written  within  and  without, 
denotes  that  it  contained  denunciations  of  a  long  series  of  calanu- 
ties. 

III.  1.  —  eat  this  roll.  We  have  a  similar  metaphor  at  the  present 
day,  with  a  similar,  though  not  precisely  the  same,  meaning.  To 
devour  a  book,  as  the  phrase  is  now  used,  denotes  the  eagerness  and 
interest  with  which  it  is  perused.  To  eat,  when  used  in  a  similar 
way  by  the  Hebrews,  seems  to  have  reference  to  the  thoroughness 
with  which  one  becomes  master  of  the  book  or  subject  to  which  it  is 
applied.  The  author  of  the  Apocalypse  borrows  the  metaphor  from, 
thispassage.  Rev.,  x.  9,  10.  It  is  used  by  our  Savior  in  its  utmost 
boldness,  when  he  says,  "  Unless  ye  eat  the  flesh,  of  the  Son  of  Man 
and  drink  liis  blood,  ye  have  no  life  in  you,"  John  vi.  53;  which  is 

21* 


246  NOTES. 

explained  by  ver.  35,  "  He  that  cometh  to  me  shall  never  hunger,  and 
he  that  believeth  on  me  shall  never  thirst."  "  To  eat  the  flesh  and 
to  drink  the  blood  of  the  Son  of  Man,"  is  thoroughly  to  receive  and 
retain  all  those  good  influences,  which  flov?  from  his  doctrines,  his 
precepts,  his  life,  and  his  death  ;  and  for  the  prophet  to  eat  the  book- 
roll  was  for  him  to  be  thoroughly  acquainted  with  its  contents.  The 
same  metaphor  is  used  by  later  Jewish  writers.  Thus,  in  reference  to 
a  Jewish  opinion  that  Hezekiah  was  the  Messiah,  it  is  said,  "  Rabbi 
Hillel  said,  Israel  shall  not  have  a  Messiah,  since  they  eat  him  in  the 
time  of  Hezekiah."  And  again,  "  It  shall  be,  that  they  shall  eat  the 
years  of  the  Messiah."  See  also  Jer.  xv.  16.  It  is  remarked  by 
Archbishop  Newcome,  upon  the  passage,  that  "  Christians  eat  bread 
and  drink  wine,  partly  to  show  that  they  should  receive  and  imbibe  the 
doctrines  of  Christ  so  as  to  practise  them."  In  verse  10,  the  prophet 
uses  plain  language. 

3.  —  as  honey  Jor  sweetness.  This  seems  to  denote  that  the 
prophet  received  his  con^mission  from  God  with  willingness  and  satis- 
faction. 

12.  — from  his  place  :  i.  e.  by  us,  his  ministering  spirKs,  who  are 
now  in  the  place  where  his  glory  dwelleth. 

14.  —  but  the  hand  of  Jehovah,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  I  was  impelled  by  a 
strong  influence  from  God. 

15.  —  astonished :  i.  e.  by  the  commission  with  which  I  was  in- 
trusted, and  the  overpowering  splendor  of  the  vision. 

20. —  a  stumhling-block :  i.  e.  "  such  a  temptation  to  sin,  and  par- 
ticularly to  idolatry,  as  he  might  have  resisted."     Newcome. 

IV.  4.  —  lay  the  iniquity,  fyc. :  i.  e.  Declare  that  you  thus  repre- 
sent the  punisliment  of  the  iniquity  of  Israel.  —  thou  shall  bear :  i.  e. 
shalt  presignify  the  punishment  which  they  shall  bear. 

12.  —  dung.  The  dung  of  oxen  and  camels  was  often  used  in  the 
East  as  fuel  for  preparing  their  food.  The  command  to  use  human 
dung  expressed  extreme  necessity. 

V.  6.  —  }nore  than  the  nations:  becau.se  the  nations  have  adhered 
to  the  religious  rites  transmitted  down  to  them  by  their  ancestors. 

16.  —  RosenmOller  remarks,  "  It  is  not  necessary  to  suppose,  with 
Grotius,  that  the  arrows  of  famine  denote  thunderbolts,  winds,  storms, 
locusts,  mildew,  with  which,  as  with  arrows,  God  destroys  the  harvest 
and  brings  famine ;  but  weapons  are  attributed  to  famine  itself,  be- 
cause it  will  press  them  like  an  enemy  on  every  side»  and,  as  It  were, 
destroy  them  with  weapotvs." 


EZEKIEL.  247 

VI.  3. — high  places,  upon  which  idolatrous  worship  was  prac- 
tised. 

4. — sun-images:  i.  e.  statues  representing  the  sun,  regarded  as  a 
deity.  Their  form  was  probably  conical  or  pyramidal,  the  form  being 
borrowed  from  the  ascent  of  a  flame  of  fire.     See  Ges.  Thes.  ad  loc. 

11.  —  Smite:  i.e.  with  one  hand  upon  the  other,  i.  e.  smite  thine 
hands  together  ;  a  gesture   of  astonishment  and  grief. 

VII.  6.  —  It  awaketh,  4'C-  For  the  end  of  a  country  to  awake 
seems  a  harsh  metaphor.  Its  use,  however,  in  the  original  is  account- 
ed for  by  the  circumstance  that  the  two  words  form  what  is  called  a 
paronomasia;  a  play  upon  words  somewhat  analogous  to  alliteration. 

2Tiy  ruin  runneth  is  an  expression  somewhat  resembling  the  original. 

7.  —  Thy  fate,  lit.  thy  circle ;  the  vicissitudes  of  things  being  con- 
ceived of  as  revolving  in  a  circle. 

10. —  The  rod  hath  blossomed.  "The  rod  of  oppression  and  of 
wickedness,  ver.  11,  prevails  among  the  Jews,  and  their  pride  in- 
creases."    Newcome. 

12.  —  JVor  the  seller  mourn :  as  his  property  would  soon  be  in  the 
possession  of  the  enemy. 

13.  —  the  seller  shall  not  return:  i.  e.  at  the  year  of  jubilee. 

14.  —  For  mine  anger,  Sfc.  :  which  prevents  their  going  to  battle  by 
taking  away  their  courage  and  resources.     Comp.  Is.  xxix.  14. 

17.  —  shall  flow  with  tvater :  i.e.  shall  be,  as  it  were,  dissolved 
into  water,  and  unable  to  support  their  bodies. 

19.  —  stumbling-block  of  their  iniquity.  It  was  employed  to 
adorn  their  idols,  and  to  nourish  their  own  pride. 

22.  —  my  secret  place :  i.  e.  the  sanctuary,  which  was  not  to  be 
approached  by  any  but  the  priests. 

23.  —  Make  a  chain :  i.  e.  to  denote  that  the  people  shall  be  led 
into  captivity  in  chains. 

26. — seek  a  vision,  Sfc,  whether  there  be  any  way  of  escaping 
their  calamities.  —  Instruction,  8fc. :  i.  e.  there  shall  be  no  one  who 
can  show  them  a  way  of  escape,  either  by  an  answer  from  God  or  by 
human  wisdom.  "Then  shall  they  seeke  visyons  in  vayne  at  their 
prophetes."     Cranmer's  Bible. 

27.  —  be  troubled :  i.  e.  be,  as  it  were,  in  trepidation,  in  a  tremor. 

VIII.  3.  —  in  the  visions  of  God:  i.  e.  not  by  actual  removal,  but 
mental  representation.  — the  idol  of  jealousy :  i.  e.  an  idol  which 
rivalled  God  and  piovoked  his  jealousy  ;  pi-obably  an  image  of  Baal. 
See  2  Kings  xxiii.  4,  5. 


248  NOTES. 

10.  —  creeping  things.  The  prophet  seems  here  to  refer  to  idola- 
tries borrowed  from  Egypt.  "  Round  the  room  in  Thebes,  where  the 
body  of  king  Osymandrias  seemed  to  be  buried,  a  multitude  of  cham- 
bers was  built,  which  had  elegant  paintings  of  all  the  beasts  sacred  in 
Egypt."     Diod.  Sic.  1,  p.  59,  ed.  Wess.,  quoted  by  Newcome. 

12.  —  in  the  dark. 

"  By  the  vision  led 
His  eye  surveyed  the  dark  idolatries 
Of  alienated  Judah." 

Par.  Lost,  I.  455. 

14. — weeping  for  Thammuz.  The  name  of  a  Syrian  god  corre- 
sponding to  the  Adonis  of  the  Greeks.  For  a  good  account  of  the 
manner  in  which  the  fabled  death  and  resurrection  of  this  god  were 
celebrated,  and  of  their  symbolical  import,  see  Robinson's  Calmet's 
Dictionary,  article  Adonis. 

"  The  love-tale 
Infected  Sion's  daughters  with  like  heat; 
Whose  wanton  passions  in  the  sacred  porch 
Ezekiel  saw." 

Far.  Lost,  I.  453. 
17.  —  branch  to  their  nostrils.     In  allusion  to  a  custom  of  the  Per- 
sians, who,  when  they  worshipped  the  rising  sun,  used  to  hold  in  their 
left  hands  a  bunch  of  twigs  called  Barsom.     See  Ros.  ad  loc. 

IX.  2.  —  inkhorn  by  his  side:  i.  e.  suspended  from  the  girdle,  as 
is  still  the  custom  in  the  East.  See  Robinson's  Calmet,  article  Ink- 
horn. 

4.  —  a  mark.  This  mark  was  probably  the  last  letter  of  the  He- 
brew alphabet  in  its  ancient  form,  somewhat  resembling  a  cross,  from 
which  the  T  of  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  which  is  the  same  as  ours, 
was  borrowed. 

7.  —  Pollute  the  house  :  i.  e.  with  the  blood  of  the  slain. 

X.  1. — cherubs.  I  see  not  why  the  plural  of  cherub  should  not 
be  formed  in  the  usual  way.  The  Bishop's  Bible  hzs  it  chcrubims ; 
Cranmer's  cherubins. 

2.  —  over  the  city,  to  denote  that  the  city  should  be  burned  by  the 
Babylonians. 

13.  —  Whirlwind.     See  Is.  v.  28. 


EZEKIEL.  249 

14.  —  cherub.  From  Ch.  i.  10  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  the  face 
of  an  ox  is  here  denoted.  But  why  the  face  of  the  ox,  rather  than 
either  of  the  other  three  faces,  should  be  called  the  face  of  the  cherub, 
it  is  not  easy  to  say.  Lightfoot,  as  quoted  by  Ros.  ad  loc,  supposes  the 
appellation  to  arise  from  the  circumstance,  that  it  was  the  face  of  the 
ox  that  presented  itself  to  the  high  priest  as  he  was  advancing  toward 
the  ark. 

XI.  3.  —  The  time  is  not  near  that  we  should  build  houses. 
Newcome  explains  this  passage  as  follows  :  "  The  time  is  not  near  that 
we  should  build  houses  in  a  foreign  land.  Chald.  Jer.  xxix.  5.  Here 
we  shall  die  in  mature  age;  as  the  choice  pieces  are  not  taken  out  of 
the  caldron  till  they  are  perfectly  prepared.  The  image  is  suggested 
by  the  process  at  the  Jewish  sacrifices.  See  1  Sam.  ii.  13,  14.  In 
opposition  to  this,  God  says,  verse  7,  that  if  Jerusalem  is  the  caldron,  it 
is  the  caldron  of  the  slain ;  and  verse  11,  that  it  should  not  be 
the  caldron  of  many,  who  were  destined  to  fly  and  to  perish  in  the 
extreme  parts  of  their  country.  See  2  Kings  xxv.  6,  7,  21."  Or, 
"  The  city  is  the  caldron,  and  we  are  the  flesh,"  may  denote  simply, 
We  will  share  all  fates  with  her;  we  will  either  be  preserved  or  perish 
with  her. 

5.  —  Thus  have  ye  said,  Sfc.  "  Ye  have  advanced  the  assertion 
mentioned,  verse  3.  You  have  rightly  said.  What  you  say,  '  The  city 
is  the  caldron,  and  we  are  the  flesh,'  shall  be  fulfilled,  but  not  as  you 
understand  it.  Many  of  you  will  perish  in  the  city.  For  those  it  will 
be  the  caldron,  and  they  will  be  the  flesh  boiled  in  it.  But  yourselves 
shall  not  be  the  flesh  in  the  caldron ;  but  you  shall  be  taken  out  and 
elsewhere  cut  in  pieces." 

RosenmUller  explains  it  somewhat  differently,  supposing  the  mean- 
ing of  those  who  used  the  proverb  to  be,  "  The  Babylonians  will  take 
and  burn  the  city,  and  we,  who  are  shut  up  in  it,  shall  be  burned,  as 
flesh  is  boiled  in  a  pot ;  it  is  not  safe,  therefore,  to  remain  in  the  city, 
much  less  to  build  or  repair  houses."  RosenmUller  supposes  their  ob- 
ject to  be,  to  show  the  necessity  of  procuring  aid  from  the  Egyptians, 
whicb  Jeremiah,  as  well  as  Ezekiel,  xvii.  15,  had  opposed  as  injurious 
to  the  state.  The  explanation  of  Newcome  seems  to  be  favored  by 
verse  15.  See  also  Jer.  xxxviii.  17-23.  It  is  a  frequent  practice  with 
Ezekiel  to  express  in  plain  language  what  he  had  previously  expressed 
in  metaphor  or  allegory. 

16.  —  sanctuary:  i.  e.  a  place  of  refuge,  an  asylum;  the  sacred 
places  among  the  Hebrews  having  the  privileges  of  an  asylum.  See 
I  Kings  i.  50  ;  ii.  2S. 


250  NOTES. 

23.  —  the  mountain,  8rc. :  i.  e.  the  Mount  of  Olives.  The  assertion, 
that  the  glory  of  Jehovah  went  up  from  the  midst  of  the  city,  may 
denote  that  he  would  desert  the  city. 

XII.  3. — prepare  thee  stuff  for  removing:  i.  e.  whatever  is 
necessary  for  a  long  journey.  It  is  evident  that  the  prophet  is  ordered 
to  do  this,  in  order  to  represent  in  his  own  person  the  flight  and  exile 
of  Zedekiah  and  the  Jews. 

4. — at  even.  A  circumstance,  which  seems  to  denote  secret 
flight.     Comp.  2  Kings  xxv.  4. 

6.  —  Cover  thy  face :  a  sign  of  shame  and  grief. 

7.  —  the  wall :  i.  e.  the  wall  of  his  house, which,  says  Kimchi,  was 
to  be  broken  through  with  the  hand,  rather  than  with  instruments  of 
iron,  so  that  the  noise  might  not  be  heard. 

13.  —  not  see  it.     His  eyes  were  put  out.     See  2  Kings  xxv.  7. 
16. —  declare:    confessing  that  they  were  justly  punished  for  their 
idolatries  and  immoralities. 

XIII.  2.  —  out  of  their  own  hearts  :  i.  e.  things  of  their  own  in- 
vention, without  a  commission  from  God. 

4.  —  like  the  foxes :  i.  e.  they  destroy  the  vineyard  of  Jehovah,  in- 
stead of  protecting  it. 

5.  —  Ve  have  not  gone  up,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  ye  have"not  used  the  means 
to  avert  from  the  people  the  judgments  of  Jehovah,  by  your  interces- 
sions, your  instructions,  your  warnings,  and   your  exemplary  conduct. 

8.  —  have  seen  a  lie :  i.  e.  pi-ophesied  that  which  is  false. 

9. — in  the  assembly,  Sfc:  i.  e.  they  shall  not  be  considered  as 
belonging  to  my  people.  — register:  i.  e.  which  contains  the  names 
of  all  belonging  to  the  nation  of  Israel, 

16.  —  even  the  projihets.  This  verse  explains  the  whole  from  verse 
10.  Jerusalem  is  the  wall  which  is  to  be  destroyed ;  and  those  who 
daubed  it  with  mortar  unduly  prepared  are  the  false  prophets. 

18. — pillows,  8fc.  This  language  seems  to  be  metaphorical,  de- 
noting the  accommodating,  flattering  answers,  which  these  female 
prophets  gave  to  those  who  consulted  them,  or  the  secuiity  and  pros- 
perity which  they  promised  to  the  people  generally.  See  verse  22. 
For  the  customs  fiom  which  the  language  is  borrowed,  see  Rob. 
Calm.  art.  Bed. 

IS.  —  hunt  the  lives:  i.  e.  lead  them  to  destruction  for  your  own 
profit. 

19. — pollute  me :  i.  e.  by  uttering  their  false  oracles  in  the  name 
of  Jehovah. 


EZEKIEL.  251 

XIV.  3. — idols  in  their  heart:  i.  e.  they  have  a  strong  inward 
inclination  to  idolatry,  and  have  actually  set  up  idols,  which  they  wor- 
ship. 

5. —  that  I  may  lay  hold:  i.  e.  catch,  surprise  them  in  their  own 
consciences,  when  they  perceive  that  I  am  acquainted  with  their 
secret  idolatries,  and  denounce  the  woes  which  they  deserve. 

9.  —  /,  Jehovah,  have  deceived.  "When  any  false  prophet  is  de- 
ceived, the  probable  event  proving  contrary  to  his  prophecy,  I,  Jeho- 
vah, have  so  superintended  the  course  of  things  as  to  deceive  that 
prophet."     Newcome. 

XV.  2.  —  a  branch,  that  is  among,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  which  is  unfruitful, 
and  so  on  a  par  with  barren  forest-trees. 

XVI.  2,  —  an  Amorite:  i.  e.  "Your  degenerate  and  idolati-ous 
conduct  being  suitable  to  such  a  descent.  See  Susan.  56,  Jolin.  viii. 
44.     It  is  the  language  of  indignation  and  reproof,  like 

'  Duris  genuit  te  cautibus  horrens 
Caucasus.' 

Virg.  Mn.  IV.  366."     Newcome. 

See  also  Is.  i.  10. 

24. — an  arched  place :  \.  e.  a  brothel,  corresponding  io  fornix  in 
Latin.  —  a  high  place :  i.  e.  a  place  devoted  to  the  worship  of  idols. 
Plain  language  and  metaphorical  seem  to  be  mingled  in  this  verse. 

30. — faint :  i.  e.  with  lust. 

31. — scoffeth  at  her  hire :  i.  e.  at  a  low-price  ;  sets  a  high  price  on 
her  favors. 

56.  —  mentioned  by  thy  mouth  :  i.  e.  she  was  held  in  such  contempt 
that  thou  didst  not  even  mention  her  name. 

62.  —  that  I  am  Jehovah :  i.  e.  the  Unchangeable. 

XVII.  3. — great  eagle:  i.  e.  Nebuchadnezzar.     See  verse  12. 

5.  — one  of  the  shoots  :  i.  e.  Zedekiah,  of  the  seed  royal,  placed  in 
Judea  by  Nebuchadnezzar,  after  the  removal  of  Jehoiachin. 

7.  — another  great  eagle  :  i.  e.  the  king  of  Egypt. 

XVIII.  6.  —  eat  not  upon  the  mountains  :  i.  e.  things  offered  to 
idols.  See  Exod.  xxxii.  6.  — lift  not  up  his  eyes  :  i.  e.  in  trust  and 
adoration.     — uncleanness.     See  Lev.  xx.  18. 

8.  — usury  :  i.  e.  interest.     See  Deut.  xxiii.  19,  20. 


252  NOTES. 

13.— his  blood  shall  be  upon  him:  i.  e.  he  shall  be  guilty  of  his 
own  blood ;  the  voluntary  cause  of  his  own  death.  He  cannot  com- 
plain that  he  is  unjustly  condemned.     See  Lev.  xx.  9. 

17.  —  keepeth  back  his  hand  from  the  poor :  i.  e.  doth  not  lay  it 
upon  them  oppressively. 

XIX.  2.  —  a  lioness.  "  An  allusion  to  Gen.  xlix.  9.  Judea  was 
among  the  nations  like  a  lioness  among  the  beasts  of  the  forest.  She 
had  strength  and  sovereignty."     Newcome. 

3.  —  one  of  her  ivhelps.  Jehoahaz,  the  son  of  Josiah.  See 
2  Kings  xxiii.  33,  34. 

5.  —  another,  &fc.  This  is  commonly  supposed  to  be  Jehoiakim. 
See  2  Kings  xxiii.  34-36.  RosenmUller,  however,  prefers  Jehoia- 
chin,  who  reigned  only  three  months,  on  the  ground  that  Jehoiakim 
was  made  king  by  Pharaoh  Necho,  rather  than  by  the  Jewish  people. 
But  Pharaoh  may  have  acted  from  the  recommendation,  or  with  the 
approbation  of  the  people. 

7.  —  He  knew,  <^c.  The  word  is  here  used  in  the  same  sense  as 
in  Gen.  iv.  1. 

XX.  5.  —  lifted  up  my  hand :  i.  e.  sware.  See  Gen.  xiv.  22 ; 
Ex.  vi.  8. 

7.  —  the  abomination  of  his  eyes  :  i.  e.  the  idols  to  which  his  eyes 
look  with  pleasure  or  reverence. 

11.  —  live:  i.  e.  prosper,  enjoy  prosperity. 

12.  —  a  sign :  i.  e.  "  a  mark  of  distinction  to  mankind,  that  I  was 
their  Creator  and  God,  and  they  my  creatures  and  people;  and  a  me- 
morial to  themselves,  which  might  constanly  suggest  to  them  that 
they  were  set  apart  by  me  to  be  a  holy  and  peculiar  nation.  Exod. 
xxxi.  13."     Newcome. 

25.  —  I  gave  them  statutes  that  were  not  good  :  i.  e.  I  suffered 
them  to  fall  into  the  observance  of  idolatrous  lites  of  an  abominable 
and  destructive  character,  such  as  are  mentioned  in  the  following 
verse. 

26.  —  I  polluted  them:  i.  e.  suffered  them  to  pollute  themselves 
with  idolatrous  sacrifices. 

29.  —  "What  is  this  idolatrous  high  place  to  which  ye  go  rather 
than  to  my  sanctuary  ?  And  yet,  notwithstanding  my  reproof,  the 
name  continues,  and  the  practice,  unto  this  day."     Newcome. 

35.  —  desert  of  the  nations :  i.  e.  the  barren  regions  which  lie 
between  Judea  and  Babylon. 


EZEKIEL.  253 

37.  —  under  the  rod:  a  shepherd's  rod,  in  allusion  to  the  custom  of" 
numbering  flocks  and  herds  by  striking  them  with  the  rod  as  they 
enter  the  fold,  so  as  to  see  that  all  are  there.  — bond  of  the  cove- 
nant :  i.  e.  I  will  renew  with  you  the  covenant  which  I  made  with 
your  fathers,  from  the  bond  of  which  ye  have,  as  it  were,  set  your- 
selves loose  by  your  impiety. 

39. —  Be  altogether  idolaters,  or  altogether  worshippers  of  me.  Re- 
nounce me,  or  your  idols.     Choose  ye  whom  ye  will  serve. 

45.  —  the  soxith :  i.  e.  Jerusalem,  which  was  south  from  the  river 
Chebar  in  Chaldea. 

49.  —  Doth  he  not  speak  inparables  7  i.  e.  Is  he  not  unintelligible  ? 
In  what  follows,  Ch.  xxi.,  therefore,  the  prophet  is  instructed  to  deliver 
plainly  what,  in  verses  47,  48,  is  set  forth  parabolically. 

XXI.  3.  —  my  sword:  i.e.  the  armed  Chaldeans,  whom  I  shall 
employ  to  execute  my  purposes.     See  9,  10. 

5.  —  not  return:  i.  e.  into  its  scabbard. 

6.  —  With  the  breaking  of  thy  loins  :  i.  e.  With  the  utmost  anguish, 
with  pain  in  thy  loins,  as  if  they  were  broken.  See  Is.  xxi.  3  ;  Nah. 
ii.  10. 

7.  —  the  rumor  :  i.  e.  of  approaching  calamity.     See  vii.  26. 

10.  —  Or  shall  we  make  mirth:  i.e.  rather  than  to  be  warned  by 
the  threatened  chastisement.  —  Tlie  staff  of  my  son :  i.  e.  the  tribef 
or  people  of  Israel,  so  denominated  from  the  sceptre  or  staff  of  the 
leader  of  the  tribe.  See  verse  13.  —  every  rod :  i.  e.  every  rod  of 
chastisement.  Various  explanations  of  this  uncertain  verse  may  be 
found  in  Rosenmilller. 

13. — smite  upon  thy  thigh.  See  the  note  on  Jer.  xxxi.  19.  — 
The  trial  is  made :  i.  e.  the  contemning  staff,  or  tribe,  which  is  men- 
tioned in  the  following  line,  has  been  tried  by  means  of  prophetic 
warnings,  and  various  punishments.  — contemning  rod.  This  is  a. 
misprint  for  "  contemning  staff."  It  refers  to  the  "  staff  of  my  son  " 
in  verse  tenth,  and  the  original  word  for  "  staff"  is  the  same  in  both 
verses.  The  "  contemning  staff"  seems  to  denote  the  scornful,  contu- 
macious staff,  or  tribe,  w^hich  despises  punishment,  verse  tenth,  and  is 
here  threatened  with  entire  destruction. 

16.  —  Unite  thyself:  sword  to  sword  ;  in  reference  to  verse  14, 
"  twice,  yea  thrice,  cometh  the  sword,"  &c. 

17.  —  smite  my  hands :  a  gesture  of  sorrow  ;  or,  as  some  understand 
it,   of  encouragement   to   the   victorious   Chaldeans.     —  cause    mine 

VOL.  III.  22 


254  NOTES. 

anger  to  cease :  i.  e.  by  satisfying  it ;  by  inflicting  severe  punish- 
ment. 

\9.  —  hoth  of  them:  i.  e.  the  ways,  or  roads. 

21.  —  use  divination :  in  order  to  discover  whether  he  should  first 
attack  Jerusalem,  or  Rabbah.  —  his  arrows.  There  were  several 
modes  of  divination  by  arrows,  of  which  it  is  uncertain  which  was 
practised  here.  From  the  use  of  the  verb  shake  together,  it  is  proba- 
ble that  the  names  of  the  cities  were  written  upon  the  arrows,  and  that 
which  was  first  drawn  out  was  regarded  as  indicating  the  city  which 
should  first  be  attacked.  Pococke,  in  his  Spec.  Hist.  Arab.  p.  329, 
relates,  that  when  one  was  about  to  set  out  on  a  journey,  or  to  marry  a 
wife,  or  to  undertake  any  business  of  importance,  he  used  to  consult 
three  arrows,  which  he  kept  inclosed  in  a  box.  On  the  first  was 
written,  God  orders  it;  on  the  second,  God  forbids  it ;  and  on  the 
third  nothing  was  written.  One  of  these  he  draws  out  with  his  hand, 
and  if  it  be  that  which  has  the  first  inscription,  he  pursues  his  enter- 
prise with  alacrity  ;  if  the  second,  he  desists  from  his  undertaking;  and 
if  the  blank  arrow,  he  draws  again,  until  a  decisive  answer  be  given  by 
one  of  the  other  two.  See  Kos.  ad  loc.  — teraphim.  These  appear 
to  have  been  idolatrous  images  in  the  human  form.  How  they  were 
questioned  is  uncertain.  — look  at  the  liver:  a  mode  of  divination 
familiar  to  the  Greeks  and  Romans,  as  well  as  to  the  Oi'icntals. 

23.  —  in  their  sight :  i.  e.  of  the  Jews.  —  because  they  swore  oaths  : 
i.  e.  because  the  Chaldeans  had  bound  themselves  in  a  treaty  of  alli- 
ance by  an  oath  to  defend  the  Jews,  although  Zedekiah  and  the  Jews 
had  not  regarded  their  oath  to  Nebuchadnezzar.  A  very  different 
explanation  has  been  given  by  Schnurrer,  who  supposes  the  meaning 
to  be,  that  it  appeared  incredible  to  the  Babylonians  that  so  strong  a 
city,  having  the  protection  of  Jehovah,  should  fall  before  him ;  that 
some  swore  there  was  fraud  in  the  augury,  and  some  that  it  was 
founded  in  truth  ;  and  that  finally  the  king  decided,  that  the  wicked- 
ness and  impiety  of  the  Jews  were  so  great,  that  no  one  ought  to 
despair  of  taking  their  city.     See  Ros.  ad  loc. 

24.  —  that  hand :  i.  e.  the  well  known  hand  or  power  of  Nebuchad- 
nezzar. 

25. — prince:  i.  e.  Zedekiah. 

27. — judgment  belongeth:  i.  e.  to  whom  belongeth  the  sovereign- 
ty, the  office  of  governing. 

28.  —  sons  of  Amman.  See  verse  20.  —  and  their  reproach  : 
i.  e.  which  they  cast  upon  the  Jews  when  they  were  in  distress.  See 
XXV.  3,  6;  Zeph.  ii.  8. 


EZEKIEL.  255 

29.  —  While  they  see  deceit :  i.  e.  utter  false  prophecies.  — bring 
thee  upon  the  necks  :  i.  e.  that  the  sword  may  bring  thee,  O  Ammo- 
nite, prosti  ate  upon  the  mangled  bodies  of  the  slain  ;  of  those  whose 
heads  are  severed  from  their  bodies,  leaving  the  bleeding  neck  a  promi- 
nent object. 

30.  —  Return  the  sword :  i.  e,  make  no  resistance,  for  it  will  be 
vain. 

31.  —  /  will  blow  upon  thee :  i.  e.  to  increase  the  heat  of  the  fire. 

XXII.  4.  —  days — years:  i.e.  appointed  for  thy  punishment,  for 
thy  captivity,  &c. 

5.  —  confusion  :   such  as  tumults,  sedition,  violence. 

10.  — uncover,  Sfc:  i.  e.  by  criminal  intercourse  with  his  wife. 

12.  —  take  a  reward:  i.  e.  the  judges  are  bribed  to  condemn  the 
innocent  to  death. 

13.  —  smitten  my  hands  :  i.  e.  with  astonishment  and  indignation. 
15. — consume  thine  impurity:  thy  impure  citizens  shall  be  slain 

or  carried  captive. 

16.  —  be  profaned :  declared  impious  and  profane  by  the  punish- 
ment which  I  send  upon  you. 

28.  —  daub,  Sfc.     See  Ch.  xiii.  13  -  16. 

XXIII.  3.  —  in  Egypt.     See  xx.  8. 

4.  — Aholah  :  i.  e.  her  tent  or  tabernacle,  not  God's  dwelling-place. 

^holibah :   i.   e.  my     tabernacle   is  in  her ;   in   reference    to    the 

temple  in  Jerusalem. 

14.  —  tnen  portrayed.  By  these  are  not  to  be  understood  Babylo- 
nian gods  painted  in  human  form,  but  rather  Babylonian  princes,  with 
whom  the  Jews  were  led  to  form  alliances,  and  by  whom  they  were 
allured  to  idolatry. 

18.  — discovered :  i.  e.  she  was  open  and  notorious  in  them. 

35.  —  bear  thou  thy  lewdness  :  i.  e.  the  consequences,  the  punish- 
ment of  it. 

40.  —  men  to  come  from  afar:  i.  e.  not  content  with  domestic 
superstitions  and  idolatries,  they  borrowed  many  from  foreigners,  such 
as  the  Assyrians  and  Chaldeans. 

42.  —  deep-drinkers,  fyc. :  i.e.  such  as  wasted  in  riot  what  they 
obtained  by  plunder  in  the  deserts  of  Arabia. 

49.  —  bear  the  sins  of  your  idols:  i.  e.  suflfer  punishment  for  the 
sins  which  you  committed  in  worshipping  idols. 


256  NOTES. 

XXIV.  6.  —  bring  it  out  —  let  no  lot,  l^c.  Let  the  citizens,  with- 
out distinction  of  station,  age,  or  sex,  be  the  prey  of  the  enemy. 

12.  — labors  :  i.  e.  endeavors  to  cleanse  it. 

13. — quieted,  Sfc:  i.  e.  by  the  infliction  of  severe  punishments. 

17.  — ?nake  no  mourning,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  to  be  a  sign  or  symbol  to  the 
Jews,  setting  forth  that,  in  the  destruction  of  the  city  and  its  inhabi- 
tants, they  shall  not  have  opportunity  to  lament  their  dead. 

27. — speak,  and  be  no  more  dumb:  i.  e.  speak  freely  and  with 
confidence,  having  no  fear  of  ridicule  or  violence,  when  your  citizens 
see  your  former  predictions  fulfilled. 

XXV.  9.  —  open  the  side,  Sfc:  i.  e.  cause  the  territory  upon  his 
borders  to  be  invaded  or  passed  through. 

XXVI.  2. — gate  of  the  nations.  Jerusalem  is  so  called  because 
immense  multitudes  resorted  thither  for  traffic. 

4.  —  scrape  off  her  earth,  8fc.  The  entii-eness  of  her  destruction  is 
thus  set  forth.  Not  only  shall  her  edifices  be  destroyed,  but  the  very 
earth  on  which  she  stood  shall  be  removed,  and  nothing  but  bare  rock 
remain. 

6.  —  her  daughters  that  are  upon  the  land:  i.  e.  the  cities  and  vil- 
lages in  Phoenicia,  sai<l  to  be  on  the  land,  or  continent,  in  distinction  from 
Tyre,  which  was  upon  an  island,  or  peninsula.     See  verse  17. 

11.  —  idols  of  thy  strength  :  i.e.  to  which  they  look  as  a  refuge; 
upon  which  they  rely  for  aid. 

16.  —  sit  on  the  ground  ;  a  posture  expressive  of  grief. 

17. — peopled  from  the  seas:  i.  e.  to  which  people  came  from 
every  sea. 

20. — in  the  land  of  the  living:  i.  e.  the  land  of  the  Jews,  who 
shall  be  living  and  prosperous,  when  Tyre  is  in  the  lower  world. 

XXVII.  5 —  Senir :  a  part  of  the  ridge  of  mount  Hermon. 

6.  —  benches,  for  the  rowers.  —  Chittians  :  i.  e.  Cyprians,  inhabi- 
tants of  Cyprus ;  or,  perhaps,  of  the  islands  and  coasts  of  the  Mediter- 
ranean. 

7.  —  Elisha:  i.  e.  Peloponnesus. 

8.  — Jlrvad:  a  city  upon  aa  island  of  the  same  name  at  the  mouth  of 
the  river  Eleutheros,  upon  the  coast  of  Phcrnicia. 

9. Gebal  -.  on  the  coast  of  Phoenicia,  called  by  the  Greeks  Byblos. 

13.  —  Javan  :  Greece.  — Tubal:  the  Tibareni,  a  nation  of  Asia 
Minor  upon  the  Euxine  sea. Meshech  :  the  Moschi,  a  barbarous 


EZEKIEL.  257 

people  inhabiting  the  mountains  between  Iberia,  Armenia,  and  Col- 
chis.    —  persons  of  men:  i.  e.  slaves. 

14.  —  Togarmah  :  Armenia,  or  a  part  of  it. 

15.  —  Dedan  :  a  city  in  the  Persian  gulf,  now  called  Daden. 

17.  —  Minnith :  a  town  upon  the  borders  ol  the  Ammonites,  — 
syrup  :  Heb.  debash;  the  unfermented  juice  of  the  grape  boiled  down 
to  a  syrup,  which  is  still  an  article  of  exportation  from  Palestine.  It 
was  probably  this  substance  which  was  carried  as  a  present  to  Phara- 
oh, since  genuine  honey  probably  abounded  in  Egypt.     Gen.  xliii.  11. 

19.  —  Vedan :  probably  the  name  of  a  place  in  Arabia.  See  Ges. 
ad  verb. 

21.  —  Kedar  :   in  Arabia. 

22. —  Sheba  :  in  Arabia  Felix.  — Raamah  :  a  city  of  Arabia  on 
the  Persian  gulf. 

23.  — Haran :  in  Mesopotamia,  Gen.  xi.  31 ;  Latin,  Carrce,  memora- 
ble for  the  defeat  of  Crassus,  which  there  occurred.  —  Canneh  : 
probably  the  same  as  Calneh,  a  great  city  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the 
Tigris,  subject  to  the  Assyrians,  called  by  the  Greeks  Ctesiphon.  — 
Eden  :  a  region  of  Mesopotamia,  or  Assyria.  —  Chilmad :  the  name 
of  an  unknown  place. 

25.  —  Tarshish  :  the  proper  name  of  a  city  and  country  in  Spain, 
Tartessus,  the  most  celebrated  emporium  in  the  West,  to  which  the 
Hebrews  and  Phoenicians  traded,  situated  between  the  two  mouths  of 
the  river  Baetis  or  Guadalquivir. 

26.  —  Compare  Horace,  Lib.  I,  Od.  xiv. 

XXVIII.     3.  —  art  wiser:  i.  e.  in  thy  own  conceit. 
7.  —  beauty  of  thy  uyisdom  :  i.  e.  the  beautiful  things  procured  by 
thy  wisdom,  such  as  edifices,  wealth,  the  army,  &c. 

9.  —  man,  and  not  God,  8/-C. :  i.e.  mortal,  and  not  immortal.  The 
term  -God  seems  here  to  be  used  in  a  generic  sense,  as  in  Is.  xxxi. 
3.  "  The  Egyptians  are  men,  and  not  God,  and  their  horses  are  flesh, 
and  not  spirit." 

10.  —  the  uncircumcised.  This  was  a  name  of  contempt  given  by 
the  Jews  to  other  nations.  Perhaps  it  may  here  be  used  to  denote 
the  impious,  the  uncircumcised  in  heart  and  flesh. 

13.  — thy  jewel-holes  ;  the  holes,  in  which  the  jewels  of  the  signet, 
verse  12,  weie  set.  The  assertion,  that  these  were  prepared  at  his 
birth,  intimates  that  so  many  ornaments  were  appointed  for  him. 

14.  —  cherub.  The  two  cherubs  were  of  beaten  gold,  and  covered 
the  mercy-seat  with  their  wings.     They  were  in  the  most  holy  place, 

22* 


2.58  '  NOTES. 

and  there  was  access  to  them,  even  for  the  high  priest,  only  once  a 
year.  The  image,  therefore,  sets  forth,  that^  the  king  of  Tyre  was 
regarded  with  a  reverence  almost  religious,  as  more  than  mortal. 
—  in  the  inidst  of  the  stones  of  fire  :  the  twelve  precious  stones  on  the 
breast-plate  of  the  high  priest,  which  shone  like  tire. 

17.  —  thy  splendor:  i.  e.  thy  prosperity. 

18.  —  thy  sanctuaries :  i.  e.  thy  palace,  which  was,  as  it  were, 
sacred  to  the  use  of  the  king. 

22.  —  am  sanctified  in  her :  i.  e.  when  I  shall  show  that  I  am  holy 
and  just  by  the  punishment  I  inflict  upon  her. 

XXIX.  3.  —  great  dragon.  The  crocodile  is  alluded  to,  which, 
among  the  ancients,  was  a  symbol  of  Egypt,  and  appears  so  on  Roman 
coins.  —  rivers.  The  Nile  had  seven  mouths.  Rivers  also  emptied 
themselves  into  it,  and  channels  were  cut  from  it. 

4.  — fish,  8fc.  Pharaoh  being  represented  by  the  crocodile,  his  sub- 
jects or  soldiers  are  represented  by  fish. 

6.  — staff  of  reed.     Comp.  2  Kings  xviii.  21  ;  Is.  xxxvi.  6. 

10.  —  Migdol  even  to  Syene  ;  the  former  being  in  the  northern,  the 
latter  in  the  southern  part  of  Egypt. 

18.  —  made  bald:  by  the  helmet,  by  disease,  and  by  labor.  — 
peeled;  woi-n,  galled,  by  bearing  burdens.  — had  ivages  :  i.  e.  they 
found  no  spoils  in  the  city,  the  Tyrians  having  carried  them  away  in 
ships. 

21.  —  a  horn  to  groto  forth:  i.  e.  I  will  restore  to  Israel  their 
former  powei- and  prosperity.  — to  opeji  the  mouth:  i.  e.  with  free- 
dom and  confidence,  when  they  see  your  predictions  fulfilled. 

XXX.  5.  —  C%w&  .-  in  Mareotis,  an  Egyptian  province,  according 
to  Ptolemy.  Grotius.  Gesenius  conjectures  that  the  reading  should  be 
JVub,  i.  e.  Nubia. 

9.  —  confident :  feeling  secure  from  danger. 

12. — rivers  dry:  upon  which  the  fertility  and  wealth  of  Egypt 
depend. 

13.  —  JSToph  :  i.  e.  Memphis. 

14.  —  Pathros :  i.  e.  Thebais,  or  upper  Egypt.  — Zoan:  i.  e. 
Tanis,  in  lower  Egypt.     — jYo  :  i.  e.  Thebes.  See  note  on  Nah.  iii.  8. 

17. —  On:  i.  e.  Heliopolis,  the  city  of  the  sun.  — Pibeseth,  in 
lower  Egypt,  called  by  the  Greeks   Hubastis,  or   Bubastus. 

18.  —  Tahpanhes :  called  by  Herodotus  the  Pehisiac  Daphne,  sit- 
uated on  the  western  side  of  the  Pelusiac  branch  of  the  Nile. 


EZEKIEL.  259 

XXXI.  3.  —  the  Assyrian.  Assyria,  mightier  than  Egypt,  was 
laid  waste  for  wickedness  and  impiety,  therefore  Egypt  might  be. 

4.  —  their  plantation:  i.  e.  the  plantation  on  the  banks  of  the 
streams. 

10.  —  his  heart.  "This  allegory  is  boldly  pursued;  though  here, 
and  verses  11,14,  15,  16,  17,  18,  its  imagery  is  not  supported  with  the 
scrupulous  accuracy  of  polished  writers."     Newcome. 

13.  — his  ruin  :  i.  e.  his  fallen  trunk. 

14. —  To  the  end:  i.  e.  the  preceding  destruction  came  upon  him,  to 
the  end,  &c. 

15.  —  covered  it :   as  it  were  with  sackcloth. 

16.  —  Were  comforted :  because  he  had  become  as  one  of  them. 
See  Is.  xiv.  10. 

XXXII.  2.  —  dragon  in  the  seas  :  i.  e.  the  crocodile  of  the  Nile. 
6.  —  cover  the  heavens  :    with  black  clouds,  as  with  funeral  gar- 
ments.    See  note  on  Is.  xiii.  10. 

9.  —  thy  destruction  :  i.  e.  the  tidings  of  thy  destruction. 

24-  —  Elam:  a  province  of  Persia  of  which  Susa  was'the  capital, 
Ez.  iv.  9 ;  Dan.  viii.  2 ;  sometimes,  perhaps,  denoting  the  whole  of 
Persia. 

27. — Havi?ig  their  swords,  fyc.  I  should  understand  by  this,  that 
the  swords,  which  they  once  wielded  so  powerfully,  were  lying 
useless  under  their  heads,  and  that  the  weapons,  the  instruments  of 
their  iniquity,  which  once  were  worn  upon  healthy  and  strong  bodies, 
were  lying  useless  upon  their  bones.  Others  suppose  the  meaning  to  be, 
that  they  were  interred  with  the  honors  of  war,  having  their  swords 
placed  under  their  heads,  but  that  their  iniquity,  i.  e.  the  punishment 
of  their  iniquity,  rested  upon  their  bones. 

28.— And  thou,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  O  Egypt.     Comp.  verses  18-20. 

30. —  of  the  JVorth  :  i.  e.  the  Tyrians,  who  were  at  the  north  with 
respect  of  Egypt  and  Judea,  and  are  usually  associated  with  the  Sido- 
nians.  Perhaps  also  the  Syrian  kings  may  be  referred  to.  —  In  the 
midst,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  in  spite  of  the  terror  which  they  caused  by  their 
might. 

31.  —  comfort  himself:  i.  e.  by  seeing  so  many  companions  in  mis- 
fortune. 

XXXIII.  15.  —  statutes  of  life:  i.  e.  to  the  observance  of  which 
life  is  promised. 


260  NOTES. 

24. ibrahain,^c.  :  i.  e.  If  Abraham,  a  single  individual,  increased 

into  so  great  a  multitude,  much  more  shall  we,  who  are  many,  be  mul- 
tiplied. 

31.  — lovely  :  i.  e.  pleasing  to  God. 

XXXIV.  16.  —  the  fat  and  the  strong:  i.  e.  rich  and  powerful 
oppressors. 

25.  —  covenant  of  iieace  :  i.  e.  a  covenant  engaging  to  secure  peace 
or  prosperity, 

29.  — for  my  glory :  i.  e.  by  which  my  glory  shall  be  promoted. 

XXXV.  2.  —Mount  Seir :  i.  e.  the  mountainous  country  of  the 
Edomites,  extending  from  the  Dead  sea  to  the  Elanitic  gulf,  the 
northern  part  of  which  is  now  called  Djebal,  and  the  southern  El- 
Shera.     See  the  note  upon  Obadiah,  verse  3. 

5.  —  a  perpetual  hatred:  i.  e.  beginning  with  that  of  Esau  towards 
Jacob. 

10.  —  two  nations  :  i.  e.  Israel  and  Judah. 

XXXVI.  2.  —  everlasting  heights:  i.  e.  the  mountains  of  Judea 
celebrated  by  ancient  fame. 

3.  —  the  residue  of  the  nations  :  i.  e.  the  nations  which  remained 
unconquered  by  the  Babylonians. 

12.  —  bereave  them  of  children:  i.  e.  thy  inhabitants,  O  mountain, 
shall  no  more  perish  in  thy  defence. 

38. — Jlock  of  Jerusalem:  i.  e.  as  the  numerous  flocks  assembled  in 
Jerusalem  for  sacrifices  during  the  solemn  festivals. 

XXXVIII.  2. — Magog.  The  name  of  a  region,  and  of  a  great 
and  powerful  people,  dwelling  in  the  extreme  recesses  of  the  North. 
Nearly  the  same  people  seem  to  be  intended,  as  were  comprehended 
by  the  Greeks  under  the  name  of  Scythians.  See  Ges.  ad  verb.  — 
Mosh :  i.  e.  without  much  doubt,  Russia.     See  Ges.  ad  verb. 

4.  —  turn  thee  about :  i.  e.  I  will  manage  thee,  incline  thee  to  that 
which  I  have  in  view.  See  xxxix.  2.  So  Vatablus  in  Poole's  Sy- 
nopsis. 

6.  —  Gomer.  Probably  the  Cimmerians,  inhabiting  the  Chersone- 
sus  of  Taurica,  and  the  adjacent  regions,  as  far  as  to  the  mouths  of  the 
Tanais  and  the  Ister.     See  Ges.  ad  verb. 

12.  — heights  of  the  earth  :  i.  e.  Judea,  which  its  inhabitants  regard- 
ed as  higher  than  all  other  lands. 


EZEKIEL.  261 

13.  —  merchants  of  Tarshinh :  i.  e.  probably,  who  traded  to  Tar- 
shish. 

XXXIX.  9.  —  iurn  the  weapons:  as  was  customary  amongst 
ancient  nations.     See  Virg.  .^n.  VIII.  561. 

16.  — of  a  city  ;  i.  e.  to  be  built  near  the  great  burial-place. 

XL.  9.  —  border:  1.  e.  the  projecting  margin,  which  surrounds  a 
door,  often  ornamented  with  columns  at  the  sides,  and  with  a  I'rieze 
above.     See  Ges.  Thesaur.  upon  the  Hebrew  word. 

10. — projecting  wall-pillars  :  i.  e.  projections,  juttings  out,  promi- 
nent pans  of  the  wall  in  the  front  of  an  edifice,  often  decorated  with 
columns  or  palms,  between  which  are  sunken  spaces  or  recesses  in  the 
wall,  where  the  windows  are  situated.     Ges. 

16.  —  closed  tvindows  :  i.  e.  with  bars  or  lattices,  which,  being  let 
into  the  walls  or  beams,  could  not  be  opened  and  shut  at  pleasure. 
Ges.  —  cornices  :  i.  e.  projections,  which  appear  to  have  been  carried 
round  the  building.     See  Ges. 

43.  —  edging-boards.  This  seems  to  denote  boards  provided  with 
hooks  to  which  the  victims  were  fastened. 

XLI.     1.  —  the  temple  :  i.  e.  the  body  or  nave  of  the  temple. 

8.  —  six  cubits  to  the  knuckles :  i.  e.  of  the  lesser  kind  of  cubits,  not 
so  long  as  another  kind  by  the  distance  from  the  knuckles  to  the  end  of 
the  fingers. 

24.  —  turning-leaves  :  i.  e.  turning  on  their  hinges. 

XLIII.  3.  —  tvhen  I  came  to  destroy  :  i.  e.  to  predict  the  destruc- 
tion of,  according  to  a  common  Plebrew  idiom.  See  xxxii.  18;  Jer. 
i.  10. 

7. — fornication:  i.  e.  idolatry.  See  Ch.  xvi.  — dead  bodies. 
"  It  seems  that  some  monuments  of  the  deceased  kings  were  erected 
near  the  wall,  which  surrounded  the  temple  and  the  courts.  This 
vicinity  was  regarded  as  a  profanation  of  the  temple."     Michaelis. 

13.  —  bottom:  i.  e.  the  base  of  the  altar,  extending  one  cubit  be- 
yond the  breadth  of  the  altar.  According  to  others,  the  cavity  in  the 
hearth  where  the  fire  was  kept  burning;  which  appears  to  be  less 
suited  to  the  connexion  in  verses  14  and  17. 

XLIV.  19.  —  sanctify,  Sfc.  Whatever  touched  any  thii}g  holy 
was  regarded  as  becoming  itself  holy,  and  no  longer  to  be  profaned  by 
common  use.     See  Ex.  xxx.  29 ;  Lev.  vi.  27. 


262  NOTES. 

26.  —  they  shall  reckon  :  i.  e.  the  other  priests. 
28.  —  /  am  their  inheritance :  i.  e.  of  things  offered   to  God  they 
shall  have  an  abundance. 

XLV.  7.  —  every  one  of  the  portions  :  i.  e.  to  be  assigned  to  the 
adjoining  tribes.     See  Ch.  xlviii.  8. 

9.  —  expulsions  :  i.  e.  expelling  my  people  from  their  homes,  their 
estates. 

12.  —  maneh  or  mina.  The  meaning  may  be  that  there  shall  be 
three  kinds  of  maneh,  one  of  20,  one  of  25,  and  one  of  15  shekels, 
or  that  20  +  25  +  15  =  60  shekels,  shall  be  one  maneh. 

XLVI.  17,  —  of  liberty :  i.  e.  of  jubilee,  when  slaves  were  set  at 
'iberty.     See  Lev.  xxv.  10. 

XLVII.  8.  —  the  sea:  i.  e.  the  Dead  sea,  the  sea  of  Sodom,  or 
lake  Asphaltites.  Respecting  this  sea,  see  Robinson's  Calmet,  Art. 
Sea,  and  Maundrell's  Journey,  &c.,  p.  140,  &c.,  American  edition. 

15.  —  great  sea  :  i.  e.  the  Mediterranean.  — Hethlon.  For  infor- 
mation concerning  this  and  the  following  places,  see  Robinson's  Cal- 
met. 

XLVIII.  18.  —  serve  the  city:  i.  e.  perform  the  various  labors 
which  a  great  city  needs,  such  as  repairing  walls,  streets,  cleansing, 
&c. 

35.  —  Jehovah-is-there.  Jehovah  will  not  again  desert  them ;  he 
will  be  with  them  for  their  protection  and  happiness.  The  meaning  of 
the  name  is  equivalent  to  that  of  the  name  given  to  the  city  of  Jeru- 
salem by  Jeremiah,  xxxiii.  16,  "  Jehovah-is-our-salvation," 


NOTES     ON     DANIEL. 

What  we  know  of  Daniel  appears  with  so  much  distinctness  in  the 
book  which  bears  his  name,  that  it  is  unnecessary  to  say  any  thing 
here  of  his  character  and  history.     His  name  imports,  either  "judge- 


EZEKIEL.  263 

of-God,"  i.  e.  one  who  pronounces  judgment  in  the  name  of  God,  or, 
"  God  is-n)y-judge,"  i.  e.  my  vindicator.  He  is  referred  to  in  Ezekiel 
xiv.  14,  16,  IS,  20  ;  xxviii.  3  ;  as  distinguished  for  piety  and  for  wisdom. 
From  these  passages  of  Ezekiel,  however,  we  cannot  infer  that  the 
book  of  Daniel  was  known  to  that  prophet. 

A  tradition*  is  said  to  prevail  amongst  the  Mahometans,  that  Daniel 
returned  with  Ezra  into  Judea,  and  that  he  was  afterwards  prefect  of 
Syria,  and  that  he  closed  his  life  at  Susa,  the  capital  of  Persia.  But  it 
is  entitled  to  no  credit. 

The  book  of  Daniel  consists  of  two  principal  parts,  the  one  historical, 
extending  to  the  end  of  chapter  sixth,  (he  other  prophetical,  containing, 
four  visions,  representing  the  revolutions  of  kingdoms.  The  work  is 
written  in  different  languages.  Ch.  i. -ii.  4,  and  from  Ch.  viii.  to  the 
end,  being  in  Hebrew,  and  the  other  part  in  Chaldee.  For  this  fact 
no  satisfactory  reason  has  been  assigned. 

The  most  important  question,  relating  to  the  book  of  Daniel,  is 
whether  it  be  genuine  ;  that  is,  the  production  of  a  prophet,  who  lived 
during  the  exile  at  Babylon.  The  best  defence  of  its  genuineness, 
probably,  is  that  of  Bishop  Chandler  t  in  his  dissertation  upon  the  sub- 
ject. Most  of  the  distinguished  German  critics  in  modern  times  regard 
the  work  as  a  production  of  the  age  of  Antiochus  Epiphanes,  conse- 
quently as  the  latest  of  the  books  of  the  Old  Testament.  There  are 
those,  however,  who  maintain  its  genuineness,  such  as  Jahn  and 
Hengstenberg.  I  have  given  the  book  the  place  to  which  it  belongs 
according  to  the  i-eceived  opinion  of  its  genuineness,  but  do  not  wish 
to  have  my  opinion  upon  the  subject  inferred  from  that  circumstance. 
It  is  not  consistent  with  the  design  of  the  present  work  to  settle  pr 
discuss  questions  of  this  kind. 

I.  4.  —  to  stand  in  the  king's  palace  :  i.  e.  to  be  servants  to  wait 
upon  the  king.  — the  writing:  i.  e.  the  letters,  which  differed  from 
the  Hebrew. 

8. — defile  himself.  Tlie  meat  of  the  king  was  regarded  as  pollu- 
ting, because  it  might  consist  of  animals,  or  parts  of  animals  forbidden 
by  the  Jewish  law,  or  because  portions  of  it  might  have  been  offered  to 
idols.  For  this  last  reason  the  wine  of  the  king  was  regarded  as  pol- 
luting. 

*  See  Ro?.  Comm.  in  Dan.  p.  5. 

t  In  his  work,  entitled,  A  Vindication  of  the  Defence  of  Christianity 
from  the  Prophecies  of  the  Old  Testament.     London,  1728. 


264  NOTES. 

12. — pulse:  more  sirici\y,  seed-herbs,  vegetables. 

17.  —  learning :  lit.  writing,  which  in  verse  fourth  denoted  the  Chal- 
dee  letters,  but  must  here  denote  the  subjects  of  writing,  what  is  con- 
tained in  books.  — wisdom.  In  various  parts  of  the  Old  Testament  the 
meaning  of  this  word  is  the  common  English  meaning.  But  here  and 
in  verse  twentieth,  and  elsewhere  in  Daniel,  it  seems  to  denote 
that  sort  of  wisdom,  which  is  expected  in  scribes,  learned  men,  magi- 
cians, &c. 

20. — scribes:  i.  e.  learned  men,  skilled  in  matters  of  religioli ; 
it^oYQatijiiaTiL?.  —  magicians.  Simonis  regards  the  primaiy  mean- 
ing of  the  word,  from  which  the  Hebrew  is  derived,  to  be,  to  cover, 
to  hide  ;   hence,  to  practise  hidden  arts,  to  use  incantation. 

II.  2.  —  sorcerers.  The  primary  meaning  of  the  original  seems  to 
have  been,  to  pray,  to  worshij) ;  hence,  to  use  magic  formulas,  to  mut- 
ter.    —  Chaldeans.     The  word  here  seems  to  denote  astrologers. 

5. —  The  word  has  gone  from  me  :  i.  e.  it  has  been  uttered,  and  is 
irrevocable.  See  verse  13.  According  to  the  Common  Version,  it 
would  appear  that  the  king  had  forgotten  his  dream  ;  but  in  that  case, 
it  would  not  have  troubled  him.  The  true  reason  of  the  king's  re- 
quiring them  to  tell  the  dream  is  indicated  in  verse  9 ;  "  Tell  me  the 
dream,  and  I  shall  know  that  ye  can  show  me  the  interpretation 
thereof." 

9.  —  till  the  time  be  changed :  i.  e.  till  the  pi-esent  time  pass,  and  I 
be  occupied  with  other  business,  so  as  to  give  up  inquiry  about  the 
dream. 

21.  —  he  changeth  times  and  seasons:  i.e.  all  the  vicissitudes  of 
time  depend  upon  him. 

27.  —  astrologers :  Lit.  deciders,  determiners.  By  casting  nativities 
fj-om  the  place  of  the  stars,  at  one's  birth,  they  determined  and  foretold 
his  condition. 

30. — know  the  thoughts  of  thy  heart:  i.e.  understand  the  vision 
or  dream  which  came  into  thy  mind,  verse  29. 

38. —  Thou  art  the  head,  &fc.  Here  Nebuchadnezzar  is  considered 
as  the  representative  of  the  kingdom.  It  is  the  kingdom  which  is 
chiefly  denoted. 

39.  —  another  kingdom,  inferior  to  thee :  i.  e.  of  the  Modes  and 
Persians.  —  third  kingdom  of  brass :  i.  e.  the  Macedonian,  the 
kingdom  of  Alexander  the  Great. 

40.  —  a  fourth  kingdom:  i.  e.  "  the  kingdom  of  the  successors  of 
Alexandei-,  the   Seleucida;   and  the  Lagida; ;  which  is  called  one,  and 


DANIEL.  265 

yet  was  divided,  as  is  mentioned  in  the  next  verse  ;  one,  because  both 
families  were  from  Macedonia,  and  divided,  because  its  boundaries 
were  unceitain  and  often  disturbed  by  wars."  Grotius.  Most  inter- 
preters have  supposed  tlie  Roman  kingdom  to  be  denoted. 

42.  — partly  strong  and  partly  broken :  i.  e.  one  part  strong  and 
one  depressed,  according  as  different  parties  prevail. 

44.  —  God  of  heaven  set  up  a  kingdom,  8fc. :  i.  e.  the  kingdom  of 
the  Messiah.  —  to  no  other  jjeople  :  as  the  Babylonians  relinquished 
theirs  to  the  Persians,  and  the  Persians  theirs  to  the  Greeks. 

46.  —  worshipped  Daniel,  <^c.  —  offer  an  oblation  and  sweet  odors  : 
i.  e.  paid  him  such  honors  as  were  paid  to  the  gods;  not  because  he 
regarded  Daniel  as  a  god,  but  as  a  god-inspired  man,  as  appears 
from  the  next  verse  ;  or  because  the  spirit  of  the  holy  gods  was  in  him. 
iv.  8. 

49.  — in  the  gate  of  the  king :  i.  e.  of  the  royal  palace,  put  for  the 
palace  itself,  or  rather  for  the  court  of  the  palace,  into  which  there 
was  only  one  entrance.  So  it  is  well  known  that  the  court  of  the  Turk- 
ish sovereigns  is  called  the  Porte,  or  the  Sublime  Porte,  i.  e.  the 
Gate,  or  the  High  Gate. 

III.  5.  —  sambuck:  Gr.  aau^vxii.  This  was  probably  a  species  of 
harp.  Concerning  this  and  other  musical  instruments,  see  Jahn's  Ar- 
chaeology, §  94,93.  — bagpipe.  This  was  a  wind-instrument,  con- 
sisting of  pipes  annexed  to  a  bag.  It  is  still  called  in  Asia  Minor 
Sambonja,  and  in  Italy  Zampogna,  names  which,  like  the  Chaldee, 
are  borrowed  from  the  Greek  avutportu. 

22.  —  the  command  of  the  king  was  urgent,  ^c. :  and  so  made  them 
hasty  and  precipitate,  so  that  they  came  too  near  the  fire. 

25.  — a  son  of  God :  i.  e.  an  angel,  as  the  king  himself  explains  it, 
verse  28. 

IV.  8.  —  Belteshazzar,  according  to  the  name  of  my  God.  Bel- 
teshazzar  is  a  compound  woi'd,  meaning  BeVt  prince,  i.  e.  the  prince 
whom  Bel  favors. 

13.  — a  watcher  :  i.  e.  an  angel,  so  called  fi-om  his  office  of  watch- 
ing over  men.     See  Ps.  xci.  11. 

16.  —  seven  times:  i.  e.  seven  years. 

32.  —  A  description,  somewhat  figurative,  of  insanity. 

34.  —  the  end  of  the  days :  i.  e,  the  seven  years,  verse  16. 

V.  5. — the  hand.     What  in    the   Common    Version   is   rendered 
VOL.  III.  23 


266  NOTES. 

part  of  the  hand  is,  literally,  the  extremity  of  the  hand ;  i.  e.  the  hand, 
considered  as  an  extremity. 

6. — joints  of  his  loins:  i.  e.  the  joints  of  his  back,  the  vertebrae. 

12.  —  hard  sentences:  i.e.   enigmas,  ditficult  questions,  Vit.  knots. 

26. — numbered  thy  kingdom:  i.  e.  he  hath  lixed  the  number  of 
days  and  years,  upon  the  completion  of  which  thy  kingdom  shall  be  at 
an  end. 

VII.  2.  —  the  great  sea:  i.  e.  the  Mediterranean.  The  storm 
upon  the  great  sea  is  symbolical  of  great  wars,  revolutions,  &c. 

4. —  The  first  was  like  a  lion.  The  Babylonian  kingdom  under 
Nebuchadnezzar,  powerful  and  fierce,  denoted  by  the  head  of  gold  in 
Nebuchadnezzar's  dream.  — eagles^  wings.  The  eagle  flies  highest 
and  swiftest,  and  thus  denotes  the  eminence  which  the  kingdom  at- 
tained, and  the  rapidity  of  its  conquests.  By  the  deprivation  of  its 
wings,  and  a  human  heart  being  given  to  it,  seems  to  be  denoted  that  it 
lost  its  glory  and  power,  and  grew  less  ferocious. 

5.  —  the  second,  like  to  a  bear:  i.e.  the  Medo-Persian  empire, 
which  was  to  succeed  the  Babylonian,  answering  to  the  breast  and 
arms  in  the  image  in  Nebuchadnezzar's  dream.  The  bear  is  fierce 
and  strong,  but  inferior  to  the  lion.  —  on  one  side.  This  seems  to 
denote  that  the  Medes  and  Persians  dwelt  on  one  side,  i.  e.  at  the  east 
of  the  Babylonians.  —  three  ribs  in  its  mouth,  denoting  the  Median, 
Persian,  and  Chaldean  kingdoms,  which  were  brought  into  one. 

6. — like  a  leopard :  i.e.  the  Macedonian  kingdom  under  Alexan- 
der, compared  to  a  leopard  for  fierceness  and  activity.  The  wings  on 
his  back  denote  the  rapidity  of  Alexander's  conquests.  The  four 
heads  probably  denote  the  four  generals  of  Alexander,  viz.  Ptolemy, 
Seleucus,  Philip,  and  Antigonus. 

7.  —  a  fourth  beast :  i.  e.  the  kingdom  of  the  Seleucidas  and  Lagi- 
d*,  i.  e.  of  Egypt  and  Syria,  which  succeeded  that  of  Alexander  the 
Great,  corresponding  to  the  legs  and  feet  of  the  image  in  Nebuchadnez- 
zar's dream,  and  by  which  (he  Jewish  people  was  afflicted.  Others 
understand  the  fourth  kingdom  to  be  the  Roman.  —  ten  horns  :  said,  in 
verse  24,  to  denote  ten  kings ;  i.e.  says  Rosenmilller,  the  ten  kings 
who  had  dominion  over  Palestine  after  the  death  of  Alexander,  viz. 
Antigonus,  Demetrius  Poliorcetes,  Ptolemy  the  son  of  Lagus,  Ptole- 
my Philadelphus,  Ptolemy  Euergetes,  Ptolemy  Philopator,  Ptolemy 
Epiphanes,  Ptolemy  Philometor,  Antiochus  the  Great,  Seleucus  Phi- 
lopator. "  That  these  kings,"  says  RosenmOller,  "  had  successively 
dominion   over    Palestine,  from   the   time  of  Alexander  the   Gi-eat  to 


DANIEL.  267 

Antiocluis  Epiphanes,  appears  from  Justin,  Lib.  XV.,  Plutarch's  Life  of 
Demetrius,  Diodorus  Siculus,  Lib.  XIX.,  XX.,  Polyb.  Lib.  V.,  Jo- 
seph. Lib.  XIL,  and  the  book  of  Appian  concerning  Syria." 

8. — another  little  horn  :  i.  e.  Antiochus  Epiphanes.  See  Ch.  viii. 
23-25.  —  like  the  eyes  of  man,  denoting  intelHgence,  perspicacity. 
—  speaking  great  things.     Comp.  verse  25. 

9.  —  were  placed.  So  Apoc.  iv.  2,  "  a  throne  was  set." — an  aged 
person.  Undoubtedly  the  Supi-eme  Being  is  intended.  But  it  is  not 
probable  that  the  expression,  "  ancient  of  days,"  means  anytliing  more 
than  an  aged  person  or  man.  It  was  not  an  epithet  exclusively  belonging 
to  the  Deity.  It  is  rather  the  intention  of  the  prophet  to  represent  the 
Deity  in  the  form  of  an  aged  man.  — like  pure  tvool :  i.  e.  white  with 
age. 

10.  —  the  tribunal.  See  verse  26.  Probably  ceitain  angels  of  the 
highest  order  are  denoted.  — the  books  were  opened;  i.  e.  "  records 
containing  all  that  relates  to  a  cause,  accusation,  defence,  testimony, 
documents."     Grot. 

11.  —  the  beast  was  slain:  the  kingdom  of  Egypt  and  Syria,  which 
had  been  so  long  contending  for  the  possession  of  Palestine,  and  inflict- 
ed upon  it  such  grievous  oppressions.     See  verse  7,  and  the  note. 

12.  —  a  season  and  a  time:  i.  e.  a  fixed  time  appointed  by  God, 
beyond  wliich  it  could  not  exist. 

13.  —  a  son  of  ?nan  :  \.  e.  a  man.  See  Ezek.  ii.  1,  and  note,  also 
viii.  17 ;  i.  e.  the  Messiah.  —  ivith  the  clouds  of  heaven.  This  may 
mean  that  the  Messiah  was  represented  to  the  prophet's  vision,  borne 
upon  tiie  clouds,  as  a  chariot;  or  that  he  shall  come  as  swift  as 
clouds  boi-ne  by  the  wind.  See  Jer.  iv.  13.  Comp.  uerU  nvnirig 
avffiuto,  Horn.  Od.  II.  148.  That  the  Messiah  is  referred  to  by  the 
writer  in  this  passage,  I  have  no  doubt.  But  it  seems  to  be  his  in- 
tention, not  to  give  him  a  distinguishing  epithet,  but  to  represent 
him  as  having  the  form  and  appearance  of  a  man. 

22. — judgment  was  given,  8fc.  I  understand  the  meaning  to  be, 
that  the  authority,  the  government,  the  possession  of  the  kingdom  was 
given,  &c. ;  and  not,  with  Gesenius,  and  De  Wette,  ihai  justice  ivas 
rendered  to  them.     See  veise  27. 

23.  —  The  fourth  beast,  S/'c.     See  note  on  verse  7. 

25. —  times  and  laws:  such  as  sabbaths,  religious  ordinances,  &c. 
See  1  Mac.  i.  10-22,  41-64.  — a  time  atid  times  and  half  a 
time:  i.  e.  three  yeais  and  a  half.  Sec  Joseph.  Proem,  ad  Bell.  Jud. 
§  7,  and  Lib.  I.  Cap.  I.  §  1. 


268  NOTES. 

VIII.  2. —  Shushan:  i.  e.  Susa,  the  capital  of  Susiana,  (and  of  all 
Persia,)  in  which  the  Persian  nionarchs  held  their  winter  residence, 
Neh.  i.  1  ;  Esth.  i.  2.  It  was  situated  on  the  Eulaeiis  or  Choaspes, 
probably  on  the  spot  now  occupied  by  the  village  Shush;  Ges.  ad 
verb. 

3. — a  ram  which  had  two  horns:  i.  e.  the  empire  of  (he  Medes 
and  Persians,  as  explained  in  verse  20,  which  was  dislinguished  among 
other  kingdoms,  as  the  ram  among  sheep.  — the  higher:  i.  e.  the 
Persian  empire. 

5.  —  he-goat:  i.  e.  the  kingdom  of  Macedonia,  or  Gi'eece,  under 
Alexandei',  previously  denoted  by  the  belly  and  thighs  of  the  image 
in  Nebuchadnezzar's  dream,  and  by  the  third  beast,  the  leopard, 
Ch.  vii.  6.  — without  touching  the  ground:  i.  e.  seeming  to  fly 
rather  than  to  run.  So  Virgil  of  Camilla.  JVec  teneras  cursu  loesisset 
aristas.  JEn.  VII.  809.  So  the  leopard  was  said  to  have  wings. 
The  rapidity  of  Alexander's  conquests  is  denoted.  — a  conspicuous 
horn  between  his  eyes;  i.  e.  Alexander.  The  horn  being  placed  be- 
tween his  eyes  may  denote  that  the  power  of  Alexander  was  accom- 
panied by  sagacity  and  policy. 

8. — four  conspicuous  ones:  i.  e.  the  four  parts  into  which  the 
empire  was  divided  by  Alexander's  generals  after  his  death. 

9.  —  a  little  horn  which  became  exceedingly  great :  i.  e.  Antiochus 
Epiphanes,  who  was  at  the  beginning  of  his  tareera  private  man,  and 
at  one  time  a  prisoner  and  hostage  at  Rome.  See  Ch.  vii.  8.  — the 
glorious  land:  i.  e.  Judea.     See  Ezek.  xx.  6. 

10.^— host  of  heaven.  This  term  seems  to  include  more  than  the 
stars.  It  denote;;,  probably,  the  angels  by  which  God  was  supposed  to 
be  surrounded.  See  Job  xxxviii.  7.  Figuratively,  the  priests,  rulers, 
and  chaiYipions  of  the  Jewish  people  arc  denoted.  See  note  on  verse 
11. 

11.  — prince  of  the  host :  i.  e.  God  himself,  called  prince  of  princes, 
verse  25.  — fro7n  him  :  i.  e.  the  prince  of  the  host.  — place  of  his 
sanctuary:  i.  e.  the  temple.  The  meaning  of  vei'ses  10-12  is,  that 
Antiochus  set  himself  against  the  I'eligion  of  the  Jews,  abused  its 
ministers,  and  profaned  and  desolated  the  temple.     See  1  Mac.  Ch.  1. 

12. — Andahosl:  i.e.  the  army  of  Antiochus.  Otherwise,  And 
the  host,  mentioned  in  the  preceding  verse,  shall  be  delivered  up  to 
the  impious,  or,  on  account  of  impiety. 

13.  — a  holy  one :  i.  e.  an  angel. 

14.  —  evenings  and  mornings  :  i.  e.  days. 


DANIEL.  269 

16.  —  a  man^s  voice ;  i.  e.  the  voice  of  an  angel  resembling  the 
human  voice.  The  Jews  suppose  Michael,  the  archangel,  to  have 
been  the  speaker. 

17.  —  time  of  the  end:  the  end  of  the  indignation,  verse  19;  i.e. 
the  calamitous  times  preceding  the  coming  of  the  Messiah. 

21.  —  the  king  of  Greece:  i.  e.  the  liings  of  Greece  collectively, 
or,  the  kingdom  of  Greece.  So  vii.  17.  — the  first  king:  i.e.  the 
first  who  extended  his  empire  into  Asia,  unless  we  understand  the 
term  to  denote,  first  in  eminence,  as  it  sometimes  does. 

22. — four  kingdoms  shall  arise:  i.  e.  1.  Macedonia,  or  Greece. 
2.  Asia  Minor.     3.  Egypt.     4.  Babylon  and  Syria. 

23.  —  the  transgressors.  Some  suppose  the  Jews  to  be  denoted,  to 
punish  whom  Antiochus  was  raised  up  ;  others,  the  subjects  of  the 
kingdom  just  mentioned.  — a  king  shall  arise:  i.  e.  Antiochus 
Epiphanes. 

24.  —  not  by  his  strength  :  i.  e.  not  so  much  by  force,  as  by  policy, 
cunning,  fraud.  S'ee  verse  25.  — people  of  the  holy  ones :  i.  e.  the 
Jews. 

25.  —  in  the  midst  of  security  :  i.  e.  while  all  seems  to  be  peace- 
ful, and    they  suspect  no  danger.      — prince  of  princes:    i.  e.   God. 

—  without  hand :  not  by  any  visible  force,  or  the  interference  of 
man. 

26.  —  the  vision,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  of  the  2300  evenings  and  mornings,  dur- 
ing which  the  daily  sacrifices  should  be  interrupted.     See  verses  13, 14. 

—  shut  tip  :  i.  e.  keep  them  secret,  ov  record  the  .vision,  and  seal  up 
the  book  that  contains  it.  See  xii.  4,  9.  — distant  days:  i.e.  a 
remote  period  of  time. 

IX.  2.  —  the  books  :  containing  the  prophecies  of  Jeremiah,  which 
were  on  different  rolls,  or  books.     See  Jer.  xxv.  11,  12;  xxix.  10. 

11.  —  law  of  Moses.    See  Levit.  xxvi.  14,  &c. ;  Deut.  xxviii.  15,  &c. 

12.  — judges  :  i.  e.  rulers  of  every  name. 

23.  —  to  show  thee;  for  thou  art  greatly  beloved:  or,  to  show  thee 
that  thou  art  greatly  beloved,  viz.  by  bringing  an  answer  to  thy 
prayer. 

24.  —  Seventy  weeks,  8fc. :  i.  e.  weeks  of  years,  or  490  years.  This 
verse  appears  to  contain  a  series  of  parallelisms,  thus  : 

1  Seventy  weeks  are  appointed  for  thy  people. 
And  for  thy  holy  city, 

2  To  complete  fhe  iniquity, 

2a* 


270  NOTES, 

And  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  sins, 

3  And  to  expiate  the  £;uilt, 

And  to  bring  in  the  riirhteousness  of  ancient  times, 

4  And  to  seal  up  the  vision  and  the  prophet, 
And  to  anoint  the  most  holy  place. 

In  the  rendering,  "  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  sins,"  I  have 
adopted  the  Keri,  as  the  true  reading,  as  probably  did  the  authors 
of  the  Common  Version.  It  was  the  reading  of  the  Syr.  and  Vul- 
gate, and  is  supported  by  the  parallel  expression  in  Ch.  viii.  23.  If 
this  be  the  true  reading,  it  is  probable  that  it  denotes  "  to  fill  up 
the  measure  of  sins,"  as  it  certainly  does  in  Ch.  viii.  2'S.  If  this  he 
so,  then  to  complete  the  iniquity  is  a  more  natural  rendering  of 
the  parallel  word,  than  to  finish,  in  the  sense  o(  j^utting  an  end  to. 
It  also  appears  to  me  n)ore  likely  that  the  couplet  second  contains  a 
difTerent  sentiment  from  couplet  third,  than  that  four  expressions 
should  be  used  to  denote  nearly  the  same  thought.  In  regard  to  the 
sentiment,  the  idea  seems  to  be,  that  the  people  were  allowed  a  certain 
space  of  time  to  fill  up  the  measure  of  their  iniquities,  before  suffering 
certain  great  calamities.  Comp.  viii.  23  ;  Gen.  xv.  16.  —  to  expiate 
the  guilt.  The  meaning  of  these  words  will  be  different,  according 
to  the  application  which  is  made  of  the  whole  passage.  Those,  who 
refer  it  to  the  time  of  Antiochus  Epiphanes,  ivill  suppose  the  guilt  to 
be  expiated  by  punishment,  or  by  the  calamities  which  came  upon  the 
Jews.  Those  who  refer  it  to  the  time  of  our  Savior  will  suppose  the 
guilt  to  be  expiated  by  the  crucifixion  of  Jesus.  —  to  bring  in 
the  righteousness  of  ancient  times.  This  is  a  strictly  literal,  and,  I 
think,  the  most  natural  and  probable  rendeiing.  The  piety  of  the 
ancient  fathers  is  thus  referred  to  in  Ps.  cxxxix.  24,  ^nd  lead  me  in 
the  ancient  way.  See  also  Jer.  vi.  16;  xviii.  15.  The  next  proba- 
ble rendering  is,  to  bring  in  an  everlasting  salvation  ;  according  to  a 
secondary,  but  common  meaning  of  the  word  rendered  righteousness. 
—  to  seal  up  the  vision  and  the  prophet:  i.  e.  to  fulfil  the  predic- 
tions of  the  prophet;  by  which  term  the  prophets  generally  may  be 
denoted  ;  and  the  term  prophet  or  prophets  denotes  prophecy  or  proph- 
ecies, according  to  the  idiom  by  which  we  say  that  we  have  read  an  au- 
thor, meaning  the  writings  of  the  author.  —  to  anoint  the  most  holy 
place,  or,  the  holy  of  holies.  Some  supi)ose  the  meaning  to  be,  to 
consecrate  or  purify  the  temple  ;  others,  to  furnish  the  Christian  church, 
the  spiritual  temple,  with  spiritual  gifts.  That  the  phrase  cannot  be 
applied  to  a  person  is  plain   from  the   fact,  that  it  is  of  frequent  occur- 


DANIEL.  271 

rence  in  the  Old  Testament,  and  is  never  applied  (o  jiersons,  but 
always  to  things. 

,  25.  —  an  anointed  prince ;  or,  an  anointed  one,  a  prince.  Some 
of  those  who  suppose  the  Messiah  to  be  here  denoted,  Hengstenberg 
for  instance,  Christol.  Theil.  II.  p.  459,  as  well  as  those  who  suppose 
Cyrus  to  be  the  anointed  prince  here  mentioned,  yet  maintain,  that  the 
indefinite  article  is  required  by  the  original.  — seven  weeks.  The 
pointing  here  adopted,  placing  a  semicolon  after  "  seven  weeks,"  is 
that  of  the  Common  Version,  as- it  came  from  the  hands  of  the  Trans- 
lators ;  as  appears  from  most  of  the  ancient  copies,  and  especially  from 
the  fac-simile  of  the  first  edition  of  it,  piinted  in  Oxford,  1833;  a  copy 
of  which  is  in  the  possession  of  Kev.  Mr.  Lolhrop,  of  Brattle  Street 
Church,  Boston.  In  most  copies  of  the  Common  Version,  as  it  is  now 
printed,  there  is  no  stop  after  "  seven  weeks,"  so  that  it  reads  "  seven 
weeks  and  threescore  and  two  weeks,"  i.  e  sixty-nine  weeks.  I  doubt 
whetTier  such  a  form  of  expression,  to  denote  sixty-nine,  can  be  jus- 
tified by  the  usage  of  the  Hebrew  or  any  other  language.  —  then 
shall  the  streets  and  moats,  8fc.  This  is  the  rendering  of  Cran- 
mer's  Bible,  except  that  it  has  "  walls  "  instead  of  "  moats."  I  sup- 
pose the  meaning  to  be  that  during  62  weeks,  or  434  years,  the 
people  should  rebuild  the  city,  and  inhabit  it,  at  the  end  of  which 
time  an  important  event  should  take  place,  mentioned  in  the  next 
verse. 

26.  —  an  anointed  one:  i.  e.  a  king.  Here  the  same  remark  ap- 
plies which  was  made  upon  verse  25,  as  the  indefinite  ai-ticle  is  pre- 
fixed by  those  who  suppose  the  Messiah  to  be  denoted,  (see  Heng- 
stenberg ad  loc.,)  as  wejl  as  by  those  who  suppose  the  "  anointed  one," 
to  be  Alexander  the  Great,  or  Seleucus  Philopator,  which  last  is 
referred  to  in  Ch.  xi.  20.  —  without  deliverance :  lit.  and  there  is  not 
to  him,  viz.  a  helper;  the  word   which   is  supplied  in    Ch.    xi.    45. 

.  Hengstenbei'g  renders  the  phrase,  "  and  there  is  nothing  to  him," 
i.  e.  no  authority,  power,  &c.  — the  prince  that  shall  come.  Ac- 
cording to  their  different  views  of  the  prophecy,  some  understand 
Antiochus  Epiphanes,  who  is  referred  to  in  Ch.  xi.  21,  &c. ;  others, 
Titus  Vespasian.     —  whose  end  :  i.  e.  the  end  of  the  prince. 

27.  —  one  week;  i.  e.  seven  years.  — battlement:  lit.  tcin^,  cor- 
responding to  mi'u'yiov  Totj  itQuv,  Mat.  iv.  5.  — abominations :  i.  e. 
idols,  or  emblems  of  heathenism. 

X.  5. — Hiddekel :  i.e.  the  Tigris.  — a  certain  man:  i.  e.  an 
angel.     See  U,  13. 


272  NOTES. 

12. —  chasten  thyself:  i.  e.  by  fasting,  abstaining  from  pleasant 
food,  &c.,  verses  2,  3. 

13. — prince  of  the  kingdom  of  Persia  :  i.  e.  the  archangel,  (he 
patron  of  the  kingdom  of  Persia ;  according  to  the  prevalent  belief, 
that  particular  nations  had  angels,  who  were  their  patrons  and  advocates 
before  God.  — with  the  kings  of  Persia  ;  i.  e.  to  influence  them  as 
I  pleased. 

20. — prince  of  Persia — prince  of  Greece.  Some  understand  the 
angel  patrons  of  these  kingdoms;  others,  their  eai-thly  rulers.  — 
shall  come:  i.  e.  as  enemy  against  the  Jews. 

XI.  2. — yet:  i.  e.  after  Cyrus.  See  x.  1.  — three  kings:  i.  e. 
Cambyses,  Smerdis,  oi-  Pseudo-Smerdis,  and  Darius,  the  son  of  Hys- 
taspes.  — the  fourth:  i.  e.  Xerxes.  See  Prideaux's  Connection, 
Vol.  I.  Part  I.  Book  3. 

3.  — a  mighty  king  :  i.  e.  Alexander  the  Great. 

5. — king  of  the  South:  i.  e.  Ptolemy,  the  son  of  Lagus,  king  of 
Egypt,  who  is  mentioned  because  he  took  Jerusalem  by  treachery. 
See  Joseph,  xii.  1.  — one  of  his  princes :  i.  e.  of  the  princes  of  Alex- 
ander, viz.  Seleucus  Nicanor,  king  of  Syi-ia,  who  overcame  Deme- 
trius, and  added  Asia  Minor  to  his  empire. 

6.  —  they  shall  ally  themselves  :  i.  e.  the  successors  of  the  kings  just 
mentioned.  — the  daughter  :  i.  e.  Berenice,  daughter  of  Ptolemaus 
Philadelphus,  who  brought  her  to  Pelusium  with  a  great  dowry,  to  be 
married  to  Antiochus  0fog,  or"  the  Divine,  in  order  to  cement  the 
treaty  of  peace  between  the  two  kings.  —  but  she  shall  not  retain 
the  power,  8fc.  Antiochus  put  away  Berenice,  and  took  again  his 
former  wife  Laodice,  which  latter,  fearing  tiie  fickle  disposition  of  her 
husband,  put  him  to  death  by  poison,  and  set  up  her  son  Seleucus 
Callinicus  in  his  stead.  She  also  caused  Berenice  and  her  son  to  be 
put  to  death,  and  was  finally  slain  herself  by  her  son  above  nientioned. 
See  Appian,  Syr.  LXV.  §  75-85.  Justin,  Hist.  Lib.  XXVII. 
Cap.  1.  Valerius  Maximus,  Hist.  Varr.  Lib.  IX.  Cap.  14.  — given 
up  :  i.  e.  to  be  put  to  death.  — he  that  strengthened  her  :  i.  e.  who- 
ever supported  her  cause. 

7.  —  one  arise  :  i.  e.  Ptolemy  Euergetos,  brother  of  Berenice,  who 
invaded  and  took  a  great  part  of  Syria.  — king  of  the  J\'orth  :  i.  e. 
Seleucus  Callinicus,  son  of  Laodice. 

10.  —  his  sons  :  i.  e.  Seleucus  Ceraunus  and  Antiochus  the  Great, 
sons  of  Seleucus  Callinicus,  king  of  Syria.  — one  of  them:  i.e. 
Antiochus  the  Great,  his  brother  Seleucus  having  been   put  to  death. 


DANIEL.  273 

—  his  fortress  :  viz.  of  the  king  of  Egypt,  Ptolemy  Philopator.  By 
his  fortress  is  probably  to  be  understood  the  city  Raphia  at  the  en- 
trance of  Egypt. 

11.  —  and  a  multitude:  i.  e.  the  army  of  Antiochus. 

12.  —  ^nd  the  multitude  :  i.  e.  the  army  of  Ptolemy. 

14.  —  kinf^  of  the  South  :  i.  e.  Ptolemy  Epiphanes.  —  to  establish 
the  vision:  i.  e.  those  declai-ations  of  the  prophets  which  denounce  all 
kinds  of  calamities  against  the  disobedient. 

15.  —  arms  of  the  South  :  i,  e.  the  forces  of  the   king  of  the  South. 

16.  —  Jlnd  he  that  cometh,  Sfc:  i.  e.  Antiochus,  as  before.  — 
the  glorious  land:  i.  e.  Judea. 

17.  —  set  his  face  to  come:  i.  e.  to  inva<le  Egypt.  — the  right- 
eous: i.  e.  the  Jews,  as  distinguished  from  idolaters.  — his  daughter. 
Antiochus  gave  his  daughter  Cleopatra  in  niarriage  to  Ptolemy 
Epiphanes,  with  the  treacherous  design  of  thereby  getting  possession 
of  his  kingdom. 

18. —  isles  :  the  countries  on  the  sea-coast,  such  as  Asia  Minor  and 
Greece,  may  be  included  in  the  term.  —  a  commander :  i.  e.  Lucius 
Scipio  Nasica.     — his  scorn:  his  scornful  and  unjust  treatment. 

20.  —  one  who  shall  send:  i.  e.  Seleucus  Philopator,  son  of  Antio- 
chus the  Great.  —  glory  of  his  kingdom:  i.e.  Judea.  See  verses 
16,  41,  and  Ch.  viii.  9.  — neither  in  anger  nor  in  battle:  i.  e.  he 
shall  die  an  inglorious  death,  without  the  fame  that  follows  those, 
who  die  in  angry  contest  with  their  enemies.  Livy  relates.  Lib.  XLl. 
Cap.  19,  that  Seleucus  was  slain  by  the  secret  treachery  of  Hcliodorus, 
one  of  his  courtiers.     See  also  Appian,  in  Syr.,  Cap.  4-"),  §  65. 

21.  —  a  despised  person,  Sfc:  i.e.  Antiochus  Epiphanes,  or  the 
Illustrious,  as  he  is  usually  called,  or  Epimanes,  the  Mad,  as  some- 
times. He  was  despised  for  his  low  manners  and  habits.  See  Milman's 
Hist,  of  the  Jews,  Vol.  \\.  p.  35.  — they  shall  not  give:  i.  e.  the 
people.  Antiochus  was  not  heir  to  the  kingdom,  as  he  was  the  brother 
of  Seleucus  Philopator,  who  had  a  son.  —  flatteries  :  i.  e.  flatteries 
practised  towards  the  Romans  and  the  Syrians.  See  Liv.  Lib.  XLI, 
Cap.  20.  Concerning  the  character  and  reign  of  Antiochus  Epiphanes, 
see  1  Mac.  Cli.  i.  &c. ;  Jos.  Anfiq.  of  the  Jews,  Book  Xii.  Cb.  5, 
&c. ;  Milman's  History  of  the  Jews,  Vol.  II.  p.  34,  &c. 

22. — forces  of  a  flood:  i.  e.  armies,  which  oveiwhehn  a  country 
like  a  flood  overflowing  the  banks  of  a  river.  — prince  that  is  al- 
lied, 8fc.:  i.  e.  Ptolemy  Philometor,  his  nephew,  the  son  of  Cleo- 
patra ;  called  king  of  the  South,  verse  25, 


274  NOTES. 

24.  —  among  them:  i.  e.  his  soldiers,  the  sinali  people,  mentioned 
in  verse  23. 

25.  —  but  he  shall  not  stand:  i.  e.  the  king  of  the  South,  i.  e. 
Egypt,  viz.  Ptolemy  Philometor. 

26.  —  shall  destroy  him  :  i.  e.  the  king  of  the  South.  —  his  army  : 
i.  e.  the  army  of  Antiochus.  — shall  overflow:  i.  e.  cover  the  land 
of  Egypt  like  a  flood. 

27., — for  yet  the  end,  Sfc:  i.  e.  the  end  of  these  was  deferred  to 
the  time  appointed  by  God. 

28.  —  the  holy  covenant :  i.  e.  against  the  Jewish  religion,  and  the 
people  that  professed  it.  See  1  Mac.  i.  41,  &c.  And  Tacitus,  Hist. 
Lib.  V.  §  VIII.  says,  "  rex  Antiochus,  demere  superstitionem  et 
mores  Grscorum  dare  adnixus,  quo  minus  feterrimam  gentem  in  me- 
lius mutaret,  Parthorum  bello  prohibitus  est." 

30. —  Chittcean  :  primarily,  Cyprian,  of  the  island  Cyprus,  hut  used 
to  include  the  islands  and  coasts  m  the  north  part  of  the  Mediterranean 
sea.  Here  it  probably  denotes  ships  belonging  to  the  Romans.  See 
Gesen.  ad  verb. 

35.  — And  some  of  them  of  understanding.  The  meaning  seems 
to  be,  that  even  pious  Jews  shall  undergo  fiery  trials,  in  order  to  purify 
them.  See  verses  32,33;  and  Cli.  viii.  10.  — time  of  the  end:  i.  e. 
the  time  when  their  atiiictions  shall  come  to  an  end. 

36.  —  the  king.  The  laws  of  interpretation,  according  to  which  we 
interpret  other  books,  seem  to  require  us  to  suppose  Antiochus  to  be 
denoted  by  this  king ;  for  there  is  not  the  least  notice  of  a  change  of 
the  subject  of  discourse.  Many  interpreters,  however,  suppose  the 
Roman  government  to  be  denoted.  "  Now  mark,"  says  one  of  them, 
"  here  the  Spirit  of  God  seems  to  slide  into  the  Roman  monarchy." 
See  Poole's  Annotations  ad  loc. 

37.  —  desire  of  women :  i.  e.  probably,  some  god  specially  wor- 
shipped by  the  Syrian  women,  such  as  Astarte,  Anailis. 

38. — god  of  strong-holds:  probably  a  god  of  the  Syrians,  cor- 
responding to  Mars. 

40.  —  time  of  the  end  :  when  those  calamities  sliall  come  to  an  end : 
when  the  indignation  shall  be  accomplished,  verse  36.  — king  of  the 
South  :  i.  e.  of  I'^gypt.  See  verses  5,  6.  — king  of  the  JVorth  :  i.  e. 
the  king  of  Syria,  viz.  Antiochus  Epiphanes,  at  whom  the*  king  of 
the  South  pushed.  The  epithets  A''urth  and  South  designate  the 
kingdom,  and  of  course  different  monarchs  might  bo  styled  kings  of 
the  North  or  South.  — shall  come  against  him:  i.e.  against  the 
king  of  the  South  just  mentioned.     The  confusion  of  pronouns  in  this 


HAGGAI.  275 

verse  and  the  next,  which  belongs  to  the  original,  I  know  not  how  to 
avoid  in  the  translation  without  too  much  circumlocution.  — into  the 
countries :   i.  e.  of  the  king  of  the  South,  i.  e.  Egypt. 

45.  —  between  the  sea.     Some  understand  the  river  Nile,  which  is 
sometimes  called  a  sea;  others,  the  Mediterranean.     See  Ros.  ad  loc. 

XII.     11.  —  a  thousand,  two  hundred,  and  ninety  days :  the  same 
as  the  time,  times,  and  half  a  time,  or  three  years  and  a  half,  in  verse  7. 


NOTES    ON     HAGGAI. 

Hagga.1  was  the  first  prophet  of  the  Jews  who  wrote  after  the 
return  from  the  captivity  at  Babylon.  It  appears  from  Ch.  i.  1,  that  he 
began  to  prophesy  in  the  second  year  of  Darius,  the  son  of  Hystas- 
pes,  king  of  Persia,  or  about  live  hundred  and  twenty  years  before 
Christ. 

The  book  of  Haggai  contains  four  short  discourses,  designed  to 
excite  the  people  to  go  on  in  the  building  of  the  new  temple,  and  in 
the  restoration  of  the  services  of  former  times.  The  circumstances 
under  which  he  wrote  are  to  be  learned  from  the  book  of  Ezra,  Ch.  v. 
-vi.  15. 

II.  7. — precious  things  of  all  the  nations.  This  is  the  render- 
ing of  all  the  ancient  versions  except  the  Vulgate.  That  it  is  the  true 
rendering  appears  to  me  plain  from  its  connexion  with  the  preceding 
line,  comp.  verse  22,  and  with  the  "  silver  and  gold  "  mentioned  in 
verse  8.  The  verb  "  shall,  come  "  is  plural  in  the  original,  which  I 
cannot  well  account  for,  if  its  nominative  be  singular,  referi'ing  to  a 
single  person.  It  must  either  be  a  collective  noun,  or  pointed  so  as  to 
be  in  the  plural  form.  The  same  word  in  the  same  form  occurs  in 
1  Sam.  ix.  20,  which  should  be  thus  rendered,  as  it  seems  to  me,  and 
as  the  Sept.  and  Vulg.  have  it;  "Care  not  for  them  [the  asses],  for 
they  are  found  ;  and  to  whom  shall  all  the  valuable  things  in  Israel 
belong  ?    shall  they  not  to  thee,   and  to  thy  father's  house  ?  "     More- 


276  NOTES. 

over,  it  is  not  agreeable  to  the  language  of  the  Jewish  prophets, 
or  to  the  sentiments  of  the  Jewish  people,  to  speak  of  the  Mes- 
siah as  the  desire  of  all  the  nations.  Moreover,  it  is  not  suscepti- 
ble of  satisfactory  proof,  that  the  Messiah  was  the  object  of  such 
general  desire  or  expectation  out  of  Judea,  as  that  he  might  be  called 
the  desire  of  the  nations.  Besides,  in  reference  to  the  application  of 
this  prophecy  to  Jesus,  it  is  to  be  remembered,  that  he  did  not  appear 
in  the  temple  here  spoken  of.  For  Josephus  tells  us,  in  the  most  ex- 
plicit language,  that  this  temple  was  pulled  down,  and  the  foundations 
of  it  taken  away,  by  Hei-od  the  Great,  wiio  built  a  larger  and  more 
magnificent  one  in  its  place.  See  Jos.  Ant.  xv.  11.  The  temple  in 
which  Jesus  appeared  was  as  much  the  third  temple,  as  that  built  in 
the  time  of  Haggai  was  the  second.  In  accordance  with  these  views 
is  a  valuable  note  of  Dr.  Heberden,  inserted  by  Newcome,  ad  loc. 
He  says,  at  the  close  of  it,  "  The  most  plausible  objections  to  the 
Christian  religion  have  been  made  out  of  the  weak  arguments  which 
have  been  advanced  in  its  support.  And  can  there  be  a  weaker  argu- 
ment than  that  which  sets  out  with  doing  violence  to  the  original  text, 
in  order  to  form  a  prophecj',  and  then  contradicts  the  express  testimony 
of  the  best  historian  of  those  times,  in  order  to  show  that  it  has  been 
accomplished?"  Calvin,  the  Reformer,  Adam  Clarke,  the  Methodist, 
Houbigant  and  Jahn,  the  Catholics,  and  Newcome,  the  Episcopa- 
lian, agree  in  adopting  the  meaning  which  I  have  assigned  to  the  word 
in  question. 

12.  —  shall  it  be  holy  ?  So  the  priests,  by  bringing  oblations  to  the 
altar,  while  the  building  of  the  temple  was  neglected,  i.  9,  did  not 
sanctify  you. 

14.  —  So  is  this  people  ;  i.  e.  their  neglect  of  the  temple  makes 
thein  unclean,  as  if  they  had  contracted  legal  polhition  by  touching  a 
dead  body. 

23.  —  as  a  signet :  under  very  peculiar  care.  See  Cant.  viii.  6  ; 
Jer.  xxii.  24. 


ZECHARIAH.  277 


NOTES    ON     ZECHARIAH. 

Zechariah,  a  name  sie;nifying  "Jehovah-remembers,"  the  son 
of  Barachiah,  the  son  of  Iddo,  was  a  contemporary  of  Hao;e,ai,  coming 
forward  as  a  prophet  only  one  month  later.  In  Ezra,  Ch.  vi.  14, 
he  is  called  the  son  of  Iddo,  accordinE;  to  the  well  known  unlimited 
signification  of  the  term  son  in  the  Hebi-ew  idiom  ;  the  meaning  being, 
that  he  was  a  descendant,  i.  e.  the  grandson  of  Iddo,  who  was  probably 
a  more  distinguished  person  than  the  father  of  the  prophet. 

The  book  of  Zechariah  consists  of  two  parts,  remarkably  distin- 
guished from  each  other,  in  respect  both  to  their  subject  and  their 
style.  The  first  part,  Ch.  i.-viii.,  forms  a  whole,  consisting  of  a 
series  of  visions  or  symbols,  described  in  prose,  and  all  relating  to  the 
reestablishment  of  the  Jewish  commonwealth  and  temple.  The  sec- 
ond part,  Ch.  ix. -xiv.,  has  reference  to  circumstances  and  events 
entirely  different,  and  contains  no  symbols.  Its  language  also  is  some- 
what poetic,  and  marked  by  the  Hebrew  rhythm  or  parallelism. 

In  consequence  of  these  circumstances,  many  writers,  English  and 
German,  have  supposed  the  second  part  of  the  book  to  be  the  produc- 
tion of  a  more  ancient  prophet  than  Zechariah.  The  first,  so  far  as  I 
know,  who  maintained  this  opinion,  was  Di-.  Joseph  Mede,  who  died  in 
1630,  in  his  remarks  on  Mat.  xxvii.  9,  10.  (Epist.  xxxi.)  His  opinion  is 
adopted  by  Archbishop  Newcome,  who,  in  his  notes  upon  this  prophet, 
makes  copious  extracts  from  the  note  of  Dr.  Mede.  The  arguments  of 
Dr.  Mede  seem  to  be,  quite  conclusive;  but  some  eminent  critics  have 
supposed,  that  there  ai'e  indications  of  the  age  of  Zechariah  in  the  lan- 
guage and  allusions  of  the  second  part.  But  the  decision  of  this 
question  is  not  important,  as  in  the  case  of  the  book  of  Daniel,  since 
the  same  authority  will  be  conceded  to  the  work,  whether  the  writer 
were  Zechariah,  or  an  earlier  prophet. 

I.  8.  —  a  man:  i.  e.  an  angel  in  human  form.  See  verse  11.  — 
red,  fox-colored,  and  white.  "The  angels  had  horses,  to  show  their 
power  and  celerity  ;  and  hoi-ses  of  different  colors,  to  denote  the  differ- 
ence in  their  ministries."     Newcome. 

14.  — jealous  for :  i.  e.  ardently  devoted  to  her,  and  engaged  in  her 
behalf. 

VOL.  111.  24 


278  NOTES. 

16.  —  a  line  shall  be  stretched  forth:  i.  e.  a  measuring  line,  to 
measure  the  ground  upon  which  the  city  should  be  built. 

18.  — four  horns  :  comraon  emblems  of  power  in  the  Old  Testa- 
ment. Perhaps  the  number  four  is  here  used,  to  denote  that  the  Jews 
were  surrounded  by  hostile  powers,  or  threatened  by  enemies  from 
the  four  quarters  of  the  earth,  who  had,  as  it  were,  pushed  at,  tossed, 
and  wounded  them. 

II.  3.  —  the  angel  who  talked  with  me.  "  A  notion  has  been 
entertained,  that  the  angel,  who  talked  with  Zechariah,  and  inter- 
preted to  him,  was  no  other  than  Jehovah  himself,  the  second  person 
in  the  blessed  Trinity.  In  examining  some  passages  which  follow,  I 
think  it  will  appear  to  be  without  sufficient  foundation.  In  the  mean- 
time let  me  observe,  that  here  he  is  not  only  called  simply  an  angel, 
(that  is,  '  a  ministering  spirit,'  as  the  Apostle  to  the  Hebrews  explains 
the  term,  expressly  contrasting  it  with  '  the  Son  ; '  Heb.  i.  14,)  but 
he  is  addressed  by  the  other  angel  not  as  a  superior,  but  as  a  fellow- 
servant,  to  whom  he  delivers  orders,  as  from  a  common  master  ;  '  Run, 
speak  to  that  young  man,'  "  &c.     Biayney. 

6.  —  Ho  !  ho  !  Flee,  Sfc.  "  This  beautiful  apostrophe  is  addressed 
to  such  of  the  Jews  as  continued  still  to  dwell  in  Babylon,  and  the 
adjacent  country  lying  to  the  north  of  Jerusalem,  exhorting  them  not 
only  to  come,  but  to  make  their  escape  with  all  possible  speed  from  a 
land  which  God  was  about  to  make  the  scene  of  his  vengeance." 
Biayney. 

8.  —  For  thus  saith,  <^c.  The  words  which  immediately  follow, 
"  For  glory,  i^c,"  are  not  those  of  Jehovah,  but  of  the  angel,  verse  3. 
But  in  the  course  of  the  passage  8-11,  some  lapguage  occurs  which 
is  appropriate  to  Jehovah.  The  words  of  the  messenger  and  him  that 
sent  him  seem  to  be  used  interchangeably,  as  elsewhere  in  the  Scrip- 
tures. Respecting  this  usage,  see  Christian  Examiner,  for  May,  1836, 
p.  222.     —  For  glory  :  mentioned  in  verse  5. 

9.  —  shake  my  hand,  ^c.  :  i.  e.  as  one  that  inflicts  stripes. 

10.  —  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee :  i.  e.  as  thy  powerful  defender. 
See  verse  5. 

10,  11.  —  "  Hitherto  nothing  has  appeared  to  indicate  the  angel  to  be 
more  than  what  the  name  usually  imports,  an  ordinary  messenger  of 
God's  will,  and  the  agent  of  his  providence.  Nor  will  it  appear  other- 
wise from  these  two  verses,  if  we  attend  to  the  proper  distinction 
between  what  the  angel  speaks  in  his  own  person,  and  what  he  deliv- 
ers as  the  immediate  words  of  God.     He   first  begins  to  e.xhort  in  his 


ZECHARIAH.  279 

own  person,  '  Sing  and  rejoice,  O  daughter  of  Sion,  for  Jehovah  hath 
said  ; '  he  then  repeats,  as  the  words  of  Jehovah,  '  Behold,  I  am  com- 
ing, and  I  will  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee  ;  and  many  nations  shall  be 
joined  unto  Jehovah  in  that  day,  and  shall  become  a  people  unto  me  ; 
and  I  v\ill  dwell  in  the  midst  of  thee.'  Having  thus  finished  what 
Jehovah  had  spoken,  he  adds,  from  himself,  '  Then,'  when  these 
things  come  to  pass,  '  thou  shalt  know  that  Jehovah  of  hosts  hath  sent 
me  unto  thee;  '  as  verse  9."  Blayney.  On  the  subject  of  the  angel 
of  Jehovah,  see  an  article  in  the  Christian  Examiner,  for  May,  1836. 

12.  —  as  his  portion:  and  of  course  will  defend  them,  as  a  man 
will  his  own  possessions. 

13.  —  Be  silent,  8fc.  Since  Jehovah  is  about  to  undertake  the  de- 
liverance of  his  people  from  their  enemies,  let  all  mankind  fear  before 
him.  — For  he  riseth  up,  Sfc.  God  is  said  to  sleep,  when  he  suffers 
his  people  to  be  harassed  with  impunity  ;  and  to  ai-ise  as  one  awaked 
from  sleep,  when  he  punishes  their  enemies.  Ps.  xliv.  23.  — his 
holy  habitation  :  i.  e.  heaven.     See  Deut.  xxvi.  15  ;  Jer.  xxv.  30. 

III.  1.  —  the  adversary:  i.  e.  the  evil  spirit,  who,  according  to 
the  later  theology  of  the  Jews,  seduces  men  to  evil  and  accuses  them 
before  God ;  in  which  latter  employment  he  is  here  represented  as 
engaged.  Comp.  Job,  Ch.  i.  ii.  ;  Rev.  Ch.  xii.  10.  See  also  Chris- 
tian Examiner,  for  May,  1836,  p.  236. 

2.  —  JliidJehovah  said:  i.  e.  the  same  person  who  is  called  the  angel 
of  Jehovah  in  verse  first;  called  Jehovah,  because  he  represented  the 
person,  was  imbued  with  the  spirit,  and  spake  in  the  name  of  Jehovah. 
—  a  brand  plucked  out  of  the  fire :  i.  e.  God,  who  has  just  saved 
Joshua  from  the  calamities  of  exile,  will  not  suffer  him  to  be  over- 
whelmed with  accusations  and  calumnies. 

3. — filthy  garments.  It  appears  from  verse  4,  that  these  denote 
sins.  These  sins  may  have  been  some  well  known  offences,  of  which 
the  hif^h  priest  had  been  guilty,  and  of  which  he  had  been  publicly 
accused,  and  which  are  forgiven,  verse  4.  But  the  whole  representa- 
tion may  be  emblematical  ;  what  was  done  to  Joshua  being  a  sign, 
verse  8,  of  what  is  promised  in  verse  9,  "  I  will  remove  the  iniquity 
of  this  laud  in  one  day." 

7. — guides:  i.  e.  I  will  give  thee  angels  for  thy  leaders  and  guard- 
ians. 

8.  —  the  Branch  :  perhaps,  more  strictly,  the  shoot  or  sprout,  not  a 
part  of  the  tree,  but  springing  out  of  the  earth,  or  from  the  root  or 
stem  of  a  tree  that  is  cut  down.     It  denotes  the  Messiah.     See  vi.  12  ; 


280  NOTES. 

Jer.  xxiii.  5 ;  xxxiii.  15.  The  Messiah  may  be  called  the  shoot,  ia 
reference  to  his  descent  from  David,  as  in  the  passages  in  Jeremiah 
just  referred  to,  or  in  reference  to  his  being,  in  a  peculiar  sense,  the 
offspring  of  God,  that  is,  a  divinely  endowed  king.  Some  suppose 
Zerubbabel  to  be  denoted.  But  he  was  the  leader  of  those  who  came 
from  Babylon,  Ez.  ii.  2  ;  whereas  one  that  was  to  come  seems  to  be 
here  spoken  of. 

9,  —  the  stone:  i.  e.  the  corner-stone  of  the  temple,  which  was  laid 
in  the  presence  of  Joshua.  See  iv.  7-10.  — seven  eyes:  i.  e.  of 
Jehovah ;  see  iv.  10 ;  i.  e.  the  eyes  of  Jehovah  shall  be  intently 
fixed  upon  that  stone;  God  will  watch  over  the  foundation  of  the 
temple  and  favor  its  erection. 

IV.  2  —  candlestick.  In  verse  12,  certain  circumstances  ace  men- 
tioned which  make  the  description  of  the  candlestick,  or  lamp-bearer, 
more  complete.  We  have  here  a  description  of  the  stem  or  shaft  of 
the  candlestick,  surmounted  by  a  bowl,  to  contain  the  oil  for  the  nour- 
ishment of  the  lamps,  which  were  at  the  extremities  of  seven  pipes, 
branching  out  from  the  bowl  or  reservoir.  In  verse  12,  we  find  that 
the  bowl  or  reservoir  was  constantly  supplied  with  oil  from  the  two 
olive-trees,  by  means  of  two  tubes  connected  with  it  and  with  two 
branches  of  the  olive-trees. 

7.  —  great  mountain:  a  metaphorical  expression,  denoting  the 
obstacles  which  hindered  the  building  of  the  temple.  — the  head- 
stone: i.  e.  the  chief  corner-stone.  —  Favor,  favor,  fyc:  i,  e.  May 
the  favor  of  God  prospei-  it,  and  the  temple  to  be  built  upon  it,  and 
those  that  are  to  worship  in  it. 

10.  —  day  of  small  things:  i.  e.  "the  time  when  the  resources  of 
the  Jewish  nation  appeared  in  the  eyes  of  many,  even  well-wishers, 
so  small  and  inadequate  to  the  building  of  the  temple  against  a 
powerful  opposition,  that  they  despaired  of  seeing  it  cariied  into  effect. 
Such  persons  would  of  course  rejoice,  when  the  event  turned  out  so 
contrai-y  to  their  expectations."  Blayney.  — shall  the  plummet, 
Sfc. :  i.  e.  he  shall  be  seen  engaged  in  building  the  temple.  — the 
eyes  of  Jehovah  :  symbols  of  his  universal,  watchful  providence. 
See  iii.  9. 

12.  —  empty  the  oil  out  of  themselves  :  i.  e.  into  the  two  tubes,  or 
canals,  which  conduct  it  to  the  bowl  or  reservoir. 

14. — ttvo  anointed  ones:  i.  e.  king  and  priest,  who  shall  not  fail  to 
be  raised  up,  to  stand  before  the  Lord,  ^c:  i.  e.  to  be  his  n)inisters, 
servants,  instruments  of  his  mercy.  See  1  Kings  xvii.  1  ;  xviii.  15 ; 
Deut.  x.  8  ;  Judg.  xx.  28 ;  Ps.  cxxxiv.  2. 


ZECHARIAH.  281 

V.  1. — flying  roll :  i.  e.  like  that  which  Ezekiel  describes,  Ch.  ii. 
9,  10,  filled  with  curses,  and  in  the  act  of  flying,  to  denote  the  celerity 
and  speed,  as  well  as  the  certainty,  with  which  the  thief  and  the  false 
swearer  would  receive  their  meiited  punishment. 

6. —  an  ephah,  8fc.:  a  measure  containing  about  a  bushel  and  a 
half  of  our  measure  ;  here  used,  to  denote  a  large  measure  in  the  form 
of  an  cphah.  It  may  denote  that  before  the  Jews  went  into  captivity 
they  had  filled  up  the  measure  of  their  iniquity.  The  design  of  the 
vision  being  to  warn  the  Jews,  that,  as  the  Babylonish  captivity  had 
happened  on  account  of  the  wickedness  of  their  ancestors,  a  similar 
fate  awaited  them,  if  they  relapsed  into  similar  crimes.  —  their  im- 
age:  i.  e.  that  which  they  resemble:  i.  e.  the  ephah,  including  what 
was  contained  in  it,  set  forth  the  wicked  Jewisli  people. 

7.  —  talent  of  lead  :  i.  e.  a  piece  of  lead  of  a-  talent  weight,  large 
enough  to  cover  the  mouth  of  the  ephah,  verse  8.  It  may  have  been 
lifted  up  from  the  ephah,  or  brought  thither  to  cover  it. 

8.  —  the   wickedness  :    this  represents    the   wicked   Jewish  nation. 
9. —  two  women:  some  suppose  the   Assyrians  and   Babylonians  to 

be  denoted  ;  others,  that  the  women  are  symbols,  to  denote  the  agents 
of  divine  Piovidence.  — a  divine  energy;  lit.  the  spirit:  i.  e.  of 
God. 

11.  —  To  build  it  a  house:  i.  e.  To  give  it  a  permanent  residence. 
—  Shinar  :  i.  e.  the  country  around  Babylon.  — iqwn  its  base:  i.  e. 
so  as  to  remain  fixed  and  immovable. 

VI.  1,  2.  — four  chariots.  In  verse  fifth  these  chariots  are  said 
by  the  interpreting  angel  to  denote  the  four  winds  of  heaven  ;  which, 
being  personified  as  agents  of  the  divine  judgments,  are  said  to  stand 
before  God,  i.  e.  as  his  ministers,  servants.  See  Jer.  xlix.  36.  The 
color  of  the  horses  denotes  the  ministry  in  which  they  were  to  be 
engaged  ;  red,  the  color  of  blood,  denoting  war  and  destruction  ;  black, 
denoting  woe ;  and  white,  victory.  As  no  significant  color  remained 
for  the  fourth  horse,  he  gives  him  a  color  compounded  of  that  of  the 
other^i,  and  of  like  signification,  and  adds  the  epithet  strong,  active,  or 
fleet,  as  his  distinction. 

5. —  Winds.  It  is  difficult  to  say,  whether  the  winds,  personified  as 
agents  of  divine  Providence,  are  denoted  by  the  term,  or  actual  persons, 
that  is,  angels  having  charge  of  the  four  winds.     Comp.  Apoc.  vii.  1. 

7.  —  The  strongest  ones  :  i.  e.  The  red,  as  the  context  seems  to  re- 
quire. The  spotted  were  called  strong;  but  the  strong  ones,  (the  arti- 
cle is  used  in  the  original,)  seem  to  denote  the  strongest  amongst  the 

24* 


282  NOTES. 

whole.  This  is  the  explanation  of  Hengstenbeig.  Perhaps  it  attri- 
butes too  much  significance  to  the  article.  Gesenius  suspects  a  cor- 
ruption of  the  text. 

8.  —  execute  my  wrath,  lit.  quiet  my  wrath:  i.  e.  satisfy  it,  satiate 
it,  by  the  infliction  of  punishment,  as  appears  from  the  use  of  the 
expression.  See  Ezek.  v.  13;  xvi.  42.  So  in  Ezek.  vi.  12,  he  is  said 
to  accomplish  his  fury. 

11.  —  a  crown.  The  original  word  is  in  the  plural  form,  but  this 
may  be  because  the  crown  was  composed  of  various  parts,  or  as  the 
plural  of  excellence.  In  verse  14,  it  is  connected  with  a  singular  verb. 
I  think  the  main  design  of  this  vision  is,  not  to  represent  the  union  of 
the  kingly  and  priestly  offices  in  the  person  of  the  Messiah  by  two 
crowns,  but  to  give,  for  the  encouragement  of  the  Jews,  a  promise  of 
the  Messiah,  as  he  is  commonly  represented.  I  doubt  whether  the 
priestly  office  would  naturally  be  represented  by  a  crown.  If  this 
office  is  set  forth  emblematically  in  this  vision,  it  is  by  placing  the 
crown  upon  the  head  of  Joshua,  the  high  priest.  It  is  mentioned  in 
plain  language  in  verse  13. 

12.  —  the  Branch,  "  There  cannot  be  a  doubt  that  the  same  person 
is  meant  by  the  Branch  here  who  is  so  called  in  iii.  8,  and  this  hag 
already  been  shown  to  be,  not  Zerubbabel,  but  the  Messiah  himself; 
of  whom  Joshua  is  made  a  type  by  the  crown  placed  on  his  head. 
But  to  what  end  should  he  have  been  called  in  to  represent  Zerubba- 
bel, who  was  his  contemporary,  and  altogether  as  ready  at  hand  as 
himself.^  "     Blayney. 

13. — the  majesty:  i.  e.  the  insignia  of  royalty.  — upon  his 
throne:  i.  e.  as  I  understand  it,  the  throne  of  Jehovah,  namely,  the 
throne  of  Israel.  Thus  it  is  said,  1  Chron.  xxix.  23,  "  And  Solomon 
sat  upon  the  throne  of  Jehovah."  It  appears  to  me  that  Zechariah 
had  in  view  the  ex.  Psalm,  in  which  to  sit  at  the  right  hand  of  Jeho- 
vah means  to  be  the  visible  king  of  Israel  under  Jehovah,  their 
supreme  king,  "  who  reigned  in  Zion  and  whose  dwelling-place  was 
in  Jerusalem."  See  Christian  Examiner,  for  Jan.,  1836,  p.  280,  &c. 
So  the  land  of  Israel  is  called  the  land  of  Jehovah,  ix.  16.  My 
principal  reason  for  referring  the  pronoun  "his"  to  Jehovah  is  tlie 
last  line,  "  And  the  counsel  of  peace  shall  be  between  them  both," 
which  I  understand  to  mean,  that  Jehovah  and  the  Messiah  shall 
both  be  engaged  in  devising  peace  and  happiness  for  Israel.  So  in 
Ch.  xiii.  7,  Jehovah  calls  the  king  of  Israel  "  my  fellow."  I  can- 
not persuade  myself  tluit  the  phrase  "  counsel  of  peace,"  according  to 
Hebrew    usage,    denotes  merely   harmonious   feeling,  according  to 


ZECHARIAH.  283 

Michaelis,  De  Wette  and  others ;  or  that  "  between  both  "  means 
between  king  and  priest  united  in  one  person,  or  between  the  regal 
and  priestly  offices,  taking  "  both  "  in  a  neuter  sense,  with  RosenmUl- 
ler.  I  think  this  "  counsel  of  peace  "  must  have  been  between  two 
substantial  persons;  and,  as  I  have  before  intimated,  the  circumstances 
under  which  the  vision  was  uttered  lead  us  to  suppose  that  the  main 
design  of  it  was  to  give,  for  the  encouragement  of  the  people,  a  sensi- 
ble, emblematic  representation  of  the  coming  of  the  king  Messiah, 
called  a  priest,  agreeably  to  the  language  of  Ps.  ex.  In  the  above 
explanation  of  the  last  verse,  I  difTer  from  any  of  the  modern  critics 
which  I  have  seen.  I  find  the  explanation,  which  I  prefer,  as- 
cribed to  De  Dieu,  in  Poole's  Synopsis. 

14.  —  Helem :  the  same  as  Heldai,  and  i7en,  the  same  as  Josiah, 
verse  10.  The  crown,  while  it  answers  its  main  purpose  as  an  em- 
blem of  the  Messiah,  shall  also  be  a  memorial  of  the  liberality  of  those 
who  contributed  its  materials. 

15.  —  build  in  the  temple  :  assist  the  Jews  in  building  the  temple. 

VII.  1. —  Chisleu  :  which  corresponded  nearly  with  our  Decem- 
ber. 

5. — fifth  month — seventh  mo7ith.  In  the  fifth  month  the  city 
and  temple  were  destroyed  by  the  Babylonians.  In  the  seventh 
month  Gedaliah  was  assassinated,  and  the  Jews  that  were  with  him 
dispersed  into  Egypt.  See  2  Kings  xxv.  8  -  10,  25.  In  commemora- 
tion of  these  calamities,  fasts  had  been  instituted.  — for  me :  i.  e. 
for  my  honor,  or  at  my  command  .' 

6.  —  eat  and  drink :  i.  e.  at  festivals.  —  is  it  not  ye,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  have 
I  required  it  at  your  hands,  or  do  I  derive  benefit  from  it,  or  do  ye  really 
honor  me  in  it?  The  sentiment  seems  to  be,  that  God  required  of 
them  what  he  required  of  their  fathers,  namely,  moral  righteousness, 
mercy,  and  obedience,  rather  than  sacrifice  and  ceremony.  See  Is. 
Ch.  i.,  Iviii. ;  Jer.  vii. 

7.  —  the  South  :  i.  e.  the  southern  part  of  Palestine.  — the  Plain: 
i.  e.  the  low  country,  on  the  coast  of  the  Mediteri-anean. 

11. —  a  refractory  shoulder.  Burdens  are  usually  borne  upon  the 
shoulder.  Hence,  the  expression,  to  turn  or  show  a  refractory  shoul- 
der, means,  to  refuse  the  appointed  burden,  that  is,  to  disobey. 

VIII.  2. — jealousy.  See  note  to  i.  14.  — with  great  wrath: 
i.  e.  against  her  oppressors. 


284  NOTES. 

3.  — a  city  of  truth.  See  Zeph.  iii.  13.  —  the  holy  mountain  :  on 
which  shall  be  the  temple  of  Jehovah,  not  again  to  be  profaned  by 
foreign  enemies  on  account  of  domestic  wickedness.     See  Joel  iii.  17. 

5. — playing  in  her  streets:  which  implies  a  state  of  peace  and 
security.     Comp.  verse  10. 

8.  —  In  truth  and  in  righteousness.  These  words  apply  to  the  peo- 
ple, as  well  as  to  God.  God  will  fulfil  his  promises,  and  they  shall  be 
his  people,  not  in  name  and  profession  merely,  but  be  in  sincerity  and 
truth  devoted  to  him. 

10. — no  recompense,  8fc.  :  i.  e.  there  was  no  profit  from  the  labor; 
of  man  or  beast. 

13. — a  curse — a  hlessi7ig :  i.  e.  as  the  nations,  in  imprecating 
calaiiiities,  once  said,  "  May  ye  be  as  miserable  as  the  Jews  !  "  so  they 
shall  say  hereafter,  "  ]May  ye  be  as  happy  as  the  Jews!  " 

16.  —  in  your  gates  :  i.  e.  your  courts  of  justice.  See  Dent.  xxi. 
19;  xxii.  15;  and  note  on  Job  xxix.  7.  Mr.  Lowth  has  an  im- 
portant remark  on  these  two  verses  (16,  17) ;  that  the  promises  made 
to  the  Jews  after  the  captivity  were  conditional. 

21.  —  I  will  go  also  :  i.  e.  one  shall  say  so  to  another. 

23.  —  ten  men :  i.e.  many  men.  — the  skirt:  in  the  manner  of 
one  who  desires  to  go  with  another  and  will  hardly  take  a  refusal.  To 
take  hold  of  the  skirt  seems  also  to  have  been  a  gesture  used  in  ear- 
nestly asking  protection  and  aid  of  any  kind.  See  Is.  iii.  6 ;  iv.  1  ; 
1  Sam.  XV.  27. 

IX.     1.  —  Hadruch:  name  of  a  city  and  region  east  of  Damascus. 

2.  —  though  she.  This  pronoun  probably  refers  to  Tyre,  which  is 
elsewhere  represented  as  boasting  of  her  wisdom.  See  Ezekiel 
xxviii.  3. 

7.  —  blood  —  abominations:  i.  e.  eating  the  flesh  of  animals, 
offered  to  idols  with  the  blood.  — for  our  God:  i.  e.  shall  become  his 
worshipper,  professing  the  Jewish  religion.  —  a  governor  in  Judah: 
i.  e.  head  of  a  family  or  tribe.  The  meaning  seems  to  be,  that  the 
Philistines  shall  be  a  part  of  the  Jewish  people  with  a  phylarch  at 
their  head.  — a  Jebusite:  a  poetical  denomination  of  the  inhabi- 
tants of  Jerusalem  without  distinction. 

8.  —  seen  ivith  mine  eyes  :  i.  e.  the  oppression  of  the  Jews  by  their 
enemies.     Comp.  Ex.  iii.  7. 

9-  —  Mild,  and  riding  upon  an  ass.  I  suppose  the  mild,  pacific, 
disposition  of  the  Messiah,  rather  than  his  humility,  to  be  particularly 
denoted  by  the  adjective,[and  by  the  circumstance  of  his  riding  upon 


ZECHARIAH.  285 

an  ass.  It  seems  to  have  been  appropriate  to  princes  or  magistrates  to 
ride  upon  asses,  especially  white  asses.  See  Judges  v.  10 ;  x.  4 ;  xii. 
14;  but  it  was  a  sign  of  peace  to  ride  upon  an  ass  rather  than,  a  war- 
horse.  This  explanation  is  supported  by  what  follows  in  the  next 
verse.  It  may  be  added,  that  the  oriental  ass  is  more  stately,  active, 
and  lively  than  that  of  northern  countiies.  See  Robinson's  Calmet, 
Art.  jIss. 

11. — As  for  thee:  i.  e.  Jerusalem,  Judea.  — blood-sealed  cove- 
nant :  i.  e.  the  covenant  anciently  made  with  the  Jewish  people,  and 
ratified  by  the  sprinkling  of  blood.  See  Ex.  xxiv.  8.  — pit,  or  cis- 
tern, wherein  is  no  loater:  i.  e.  a  prison;  comp.  Jer.  xxxviii.  6;  i.  e. 
from  oppression,  or  captivitj',  or  great  distress. 

12.  —  Return  ye  to  the  strong- hold  :  i.  e.  either  to  Zion  or  Jerusalem, 
as  under  the  protection  of  the  Almighty  ;  or  to  a  state  of  safety,  deliv- 
erance. —  prisoners  of  hope :  i.  e.  piisoners  hoping  for  deliverance. 
—  /  will  restore  doiible:  i.  e.  prosperity  and  happiness  which  they 
lost.     Comp.  Is.  Ixi.  7. 

13.  —  /  7vill  bend  Judah,  Sj-c.:  i.  e.  I  will  employ  Judah  and 
Ephraim  as  m^  instruments  of  destrucdon. 

14.  —  whirlwinds  of  the  South :  which  were  the  most  violent.  See 
Is.  xxi.  1  ;  Job  xxxvii.  9. 

15.  —  devour  :  i.  e.  destroy  their  enemies  like  wild  beasts.  —  the 
sling-stones:  they  shall  disregard  them,  as  inflicting  no  injury.  — 
drink:  i.  e.  the  blood  of  the  slain.  The  metaphor  is  still  borrowed 
from  beasts  of  prey,  and  denotes  merely  that  the  Jews  should  shed 
copiously  the  blood  of  their  enemies.  — a  bowl:  used  to  contain  the 
blood  of  victims  offered  upon  the  altar.  — corners,  8fc.:  which  the 
priest  used  to  sprinkle  with  blood. 

17.  —  Corn,  8fc.  It  is  hardly  necessary  to  observe,  that  the  arrange- 
ment of  this  line  is  Hebraistic,  denoting  that  an  abundance  of  corn  and 
wine  should  make  the  young  men  and  maidens  thrive,  who  gathered 
them  in. 

X.  2.  —  the  teraphim  :  i.  e.  the  household  gods,  the  Penates  of  the 
Hebrews,  which  appear  to  have  been  of  human  form  and  size, 
at  least  so  far  as  the  head  or  upper  part  of  the  body  is  concerned, 
(1  Sam.  xix.  13,  16,)  and  to  have  been  consulted  as  oracles. 

3.  —  shepherds  —  bucks:  the  kings  and  principal  leaders  of  the 
people.  — goodly  horse  :  such  a  horse  as  for  his  extraordinary  quali- 
ties is  chosen  and  equipped  as  the  war-horse  of  the  general.  The 
meaning,  therefore,  is,  that  the  house  of  Judah  shall  be  thoroughly 
prepared  to  meet  their  enemies. 


286  NOTES. 

4.  —  From  him  :  i.  e.  From  Judah.  —  the  corner-stone  :  the 
state  being  considered  as  an  edifice,  the  corner-stone  will  lepresent  the 
head  or  ruler  of  it.  —  the  nail :  an  important  appendage  to  an  an- 
cient building  (See  Is.  xxii.  23,  and  note)  will  represent  those  next 
in  authority  to  the  chief.  — the  battle-bow:  i.e.  the  military  com- 
manders, or  forces. 

5.  —  the  riders  on  horses:  i.  e.  the  enemies  of  the  Jews,  who 
were  themselves  unskilled  in  horsemanship.  See.  Is.  xxxvi.  8,  and 
note. 

7. — And  their  sons :  i.  e.  not  only  themselves,  but  their  posterity. 
8. — whistle  for  them:  i.e.   utter  a  shrill   sound   to  call   them   to- 
gether.     Whistle  may  not  denote  the  exact  sound. 

11.  —  the  sea  :  the  difficulties  with  which  the  Isiaelites  would  con- 
tend on  their  return  are  compared  to  the  passage  through  the  Red  sea. 
—  the  ri%er  :  i.  e.  the  Nile. 

12.  —  through  Jehovah  :  i.  e.  myself ;  the  noun  being  used  for  the 
pronoun,  according  to  a  common  Hebrew  idiom. 

XI.  1.  —  Lebanon:  here  used  as  an  emblem  of  the  land  or  people 
of  the  Jews. 

2.  —  the  cedar  falleth  :  and,  of  course,  less  noble  trees  will  not  be 
spared. 

3. — theii-  glory:  i.  e.  the  high  trees,  under  which  they  sheltered 
themselves.  — pride  of  Jordan  :  the  beautiful  thick  woods  which 
grew  on  its  banks.     See  note  on  Jer.  xii.  5. 

4.  —  Feed  thou  the  flock.  This  is  commonly  understood  to  mean. 
Instruct,  udmonish  the  flock.  I  think  the  meaning  is,  Govern  the 
flock.  It  appears  to  me,  that  the  prophet  represents  himself  here,  not 
as  literally  dischaj-ging  the  prophetic  ofhce,  not  merelj'  as  the  messen- 
ger, but  as  the  emblem,  or  symbol  of  the  Supreme  King  of  Israel,  that 
is,  Jehovah,  whose  government  the  Jewish  people  are  represented  as 
contemning.  Comp.  verses  7,  8,  9,  13,  14.  So  in  verse  15,  in  con- 
formity with  this  emblematic  representation,  the  prophet  is  the  symbol 
of  a  Ibolish  shepherd,  that  is,  of  the  i-ulers,  or  the  government,  to 
which  the  Jews  were  left,  when  they  spurned  the  government  of 
Jehovah.  It  was  not  unusual  with  the  prophets  thus  to  represent 
themselves  as  symbols.  See  Is.  Ch.  xx. ;  Ezek.  Ch,  iv. ;  Jer.  xix.  1, 
10,  11. 

7.  —  Favor :  in  order  to  denote  the  goodness  of  God  in  preserving 
the  people  from  their  enemies  under  liis  peculiai'  government.  — 
Bands :  to  denote  the  dissolution  of  the  fraternal  league  between 
Israel  and  Judah,  verse  14, 


ZECHARIAH.  257 

8. — three  shepherds.  The  prophet,  in  prophetic  vision,  is  repre- 
sented as  removing  three  shepherds  of  the  flock,  intimating  that  Jeho- 
vah, of  whom,  as  Supreme  Ruler  of  the  Jews,  the  prophet  was  the 
emblem,  caused  three,  that  is,  several  kings,  or  rulers  to  be  destroyed, 
&c.  Others,  by  the  three  shepherds, understand,  with  less  piobability, 
three  classes  of  rulers,  namely,  kings,  priests,  and  prophets. 

10.  —  with  all  the  nations :  i.  e.  that  they  should  not  destroy  or 
lead  captive  his  people.  This  would  amount  to  the  same  thing  as  to 
abandon  his  people  to  their  enemies.  For  similar  phraseology,  see 
Job  V.  23;  Hos.  ii.  18;  Ezek.  xxxiv.  25. 

12. — wages.  Tlie  mean  wages,  allowed  to  the  prophet  for  his 
services  as  shepherd,  that  is,  emblem  of  the  Supreme  Ruler  of  the 
Jewish  people,  Jehovah,  seem  to  denote  the  low  estimation  in  which 
the  Jews  held  their  peculiar  privileges,  under  the  immediate  govern- 
ment of  Jehovah,  and  their  ingratitude  to  theii-  Supreme  Ruler. 

13.  —  treasury  :  i.  e.  the  treasury  of  Jehovah  in  the  temple,  where 
money  consecrated,  or  in  a  peculiar  sen.se  belonging  to  Jehovah  would 
of  course  be  put.  From  the  latter  part  of  the  verse,  "  cast  them  into 
the  house  of  Jehovah,  into  the  treasury,"  arises  the  difficulty  of  sup- 
posing "  potter"  to  be  a  correct  translation.  For  what  had  a  potter  to 
do  in  the  temple  ?  The  reasons  for  the  rendering  "  treasury  "  may  be 
seen  in  Ges.  Lex.  upon  the  Hebrew  word.  — /  was  valued:  i.  e.  at 
which  my  services  were  valued.  The  newest  explanation,  which 
retains  the  common  rendering  "  pottei-,"  is  that  of  Hengstenberg, 
"  I  cast  them  into  the  house  of  Jehovah,  that  they  might  thence  be 
carried  to  the  potter ;  that  is,  to  a  mean,  dirty  place."  To  this  there 
are  two  objections,  which  he  fails  to  remove.  1.  The  ellipsis. 
2.  Why  the  prophet  should  first  cast  the  silver  into  the  house  of  Je- 
hovah, if  he  were  ordei'ed  to  throw  it  to  the  potter. 

15.  —  instruments  of  a  foolish  shepherd:  such  a  crook  as  would 
hurt  or  wound  the  sheep,  &c.  Bad  rulei-s  in  genei-al  arc  denoted,  such 
as  the  Jews  had,  when  they  cast  off  their  allegiance  to  Jehovah. 

16.  — claws.     This  should  be  hoofs. 

17.  —  at  his  right  eye:  i.  e.  his  right  eye  directs  the  sword  of 
slaughter  against  the  sheep. 

XII.  2.  —  cup  of  giddiness :  i.e.  an  intoxioniing  potion,  which 
shall  make  them  stagger ;  that  is,  they  shall  in  their  attempts  against 
Jerusalem  receive  a  signal  overthrow.  — And  for  Judah  also  shall 
it  be:  i.  e.  the  cup  of  giddiness.  Before  the  overthrow  of  the  invad- 
ing nations,  it  is  evident  that  Judea  would  be  in  great  terror  and  distress. 


288  NOTES. 

In  verse  4,  God  promises  to  open  his  eyes  upon  them,  that  is,  to  deliver 
them  from  their  distress. 

6.  — fire-pan  :  such  as  was  used  for  boiUng,  roasting,  &c.  The 
Arabs  make  a  fire  in  a  great  stone  pitcher,  and,  when  it  is  heated, 
spread  paste  upon  it,  which  is  baked  in  an  instant.  —  Jerusalem  : 
here  personified,  and  representing  tlie  inhabitants. 

8.  —  as  God:  i.  e.  irresistible  jilce  God,  in  whatever  way  he  mani- 
fests himself,  whether  by  an  angel,  as  in  the  next  line,  or  by  light- 
ning, tempests,  &c.,  as  elsewhere. 

10.  —  supplication.  See  Job  xix.  17,  (in  the  original,)  and  Ges.  ad 
verb.  — whom  they  pierced.  «' God,"  says  Calvin,  on  John  xix.  37, 
"here  speaks  in  the  manner  of  men,  signifying,  that  he  is  wounded  by 
the  wickedness  of  his  people,  and  especially  by  the  obstinate  con- 
tempt of  his  word,  as  a  man  is  mortally  wounded  when  his  heart  is 
pierced."  — for  him  :  i.  e.  him  whom  they  pierced  by  their  wicked- 
ness and  ingratitude.  There  can  be  no  doubt  that  "  him  "  refers  to  the 
same  person  as  "  me  "  in  the  preceding  line.  Such  a  change  of  the 
pronoun  is  very  common  in  Hebi-ew.  On  this  passage,  see  Christian 
Examiner,  for  January,  1836,  p.  2'^2,  &c. 

11.  —  the  mourning  of  Hadadrimmon :  i.  e.  the  mourning- for  king 
Josiah,  slain  at  Hadadrimmon,  a  town  in  the  valley  of  Megiddo.  See 
2  Chi  on.  XXXV.  22-2.5. 

12.  —  apart :  i.  e.  "  Secluding  themselves  from  all  social  and  do- 
mestic intercourse,  as  in  a  time  of  general  humiliation.  See  1  Cor. 
vii.  5."     Blayney. 

XIII.  1. — there  shall  be  a  fountain  opened:  i.  e.  abundant  and 
efficacious  means  shall  be  employed  by  a  merciful  God  to  reclaim  his 
people  from  their  sins,  like  the  pure  and  exhaustless  fountains  which 
cleanse  the  body  from  pollution. 

2.  —  the  prophets  —  and  the  impure  spirit.  This  may  be  a  Hen- 
dyadis,  denoting  "  those  who  prophesy  by  means  of  the  unclean  spirit ;  " 
or  two  classes  of  persons  may  be  meant,  namely,  the  false  pi'ophets, 
who  pretended  to  be  sent  from  God,  and  those  persons  who  practised 
various  kinds  of  divination,  by  evoking  the  dead,  &c. 

3.  — pierce  him  through :  i.  e.  put  him  to  death. 

4.  —  a  garment  of  hair.  See  2  Kings  i.  8 ;  Mat.  iii.  4.  They  shall 
not  affect  the  dress  of  the  old  prophets  in  order  to  pass  off  their  impos- 
tures. 

b.  — hath  purchased  me:  i.  e.  as  his  slave.  "Disclaiming  all  pre- 
tensions to  the  character  of  a  prophet,  he  shall  profess  himself  only  a 


ZECHARIAH.  289 

plain  laboring  man,  employed  in  husl)andry  by  those   whose  property 
he  had  been,  quasi  adstrictiis  glebte,  from  his  youth."     Biayney. 

6.  —  Those  with,  which  I  was  wounded,  Sfc.  It  seems  to  me  that 
the  wounds  here  mentioned  were  such  as  were  received  in  punish- 
ment, and  not  the  mere  marks  of  a  servant,  as  Newcome  supposes. 
I  suppose  they  were  the  scars  of  chastisement  received  from  his  pa- 
rents or  friends  foi-  exercising  the  prophetic  office.  He  seems,  indeed, 
to  deny  it  in  the  preceding  verse.  But  it  was  probably  the  design  of 
the  prophet  to  introduce  one  who  had  been  actually  guilty,  but  was 
afterwards  much  ashamed  of  his  offence,  and  who  finally  confesses 
that  the  wounds  in  his  hands,  received  from  his  friemls  for  his  false 
pretensions,  prove  the  former  guilt  of  which  he  is  now  ashamed. 
Another  explanation  is.  They  are  not  idolatrous  marks,  with  which 
idolaters  cut  themselves,  but  such  as  I  inflicted  upon  myself  in  the 
house  of  mourning.  A  third.  They  are  the  idolatrous  marks  with 
which  I  wounded  myself  in  the  house  of  my  former  friends,  that  is, 
the  temple  of  false  gods,  or  of  idolaters. 

7.  —  my  shepherd :  i.  e.  the  king  of  Israel,  the  shepherd  of  the 
people  of  Jeliovali.  — my  fellow,  lit.  the  inan  of  my  fellowship,  or 
companionship :  i.  e,  the  same  who  is  called  shepherd  in  the  preced- 
ing line.  He  is  here  called  the  fellow  or  associate  of  Jehovah  in  the 
government  of  his  people.  Jehovah  was  regarded  as  the  king  of 
Israel,  as  having  his  throne  in  Jerusalem  ;  and  the  visible,  earthly  king 
vvas  regarded  as  sitting  at  his  right  hand,  as  his  fellow  or  associate. 
See  Christian  Examiner,  for  January,  1836,  p.  281. 

XIV.  1.  —  Ihy  spoil :  i.  e.  the  spoil  taken  from  thee,  O  Jerusalem, 
shall  be  divided  by  the  enemy  in  the  very  midst  of  the  city. 

4.  — his  feet  shall  stand:  i.  c.  tlie  feet  of  Jehovah  fighting  against 
the  enemies  of  his  people;  that  is,  his  power  shall  be  conspicuously 
manifested. 

5.  —  icill  come  :  i.e.  manifest  his  power  for  the  deliverance  of  his 
people  and  the  destruction  of  his  enemies.  — his  holy  ones:  i.  e.  his 
angels. 

6.  —  cohl  and  ice:  in  consequence  of  the  absence  of  the  sun.  See 
the  Sept.  and  Vulg, 

7.  —  on€  day:  i.  e.  a  short  period.  According  to  some,  on  exlraor- 
dinary,  unparalleled  day.  —  Jt  shall  be  neither  day,  nor  night  :  that 
is,  it  shall  be  a  dark  day,  such  as  is  |>roduced  by  a  total  eclipsi-  of  the 
sun,  which  is  yet  different  from  night.  A  |)erioil  of  calamity,  or  an 
uncertain,  doubtful,  confused   state  of  things,  is  denoted.     — But  at 

VOL.    HI,  25 


290  NOTES. 

the  time  of  evening :  i.  e.  When  men  expect  nothing  hut  darkness, 
light  shall  arise.  An  unexpected  end  shall  be  put  to  the  time  of  anx- 
iety and  trouble. 

8.  —  living  waters.  See  Ezek.  xlvii.  1 ;  Joel  iii.  18.  Living  wa- 
ters are  perennial,  ever-flowing  waters.  —  eastern  sea  —  western  sea  : 
i.  e.  the  Dead  Sea,  and  the  Mediterranean.  —  In  summer  and  in  winter 
shall  they  be :  i.  e.  these  streams  shall  flow.  They  shall  not  be  like 
those  temporary  torrents,  which  flow  in  winter,  and  are  dried  up  in 
summer.  See  Job.  xi.  16,  and  note.  By  these  living  waters  are  de- 
noted the  blessings,  especially  the  spiritual  blessings,  the  true  religion, 
which  should  proceed  from  Jehovah,  whose  peculiar  dwelling-place 
was  at  Jerusalem.     See  the  next  verse. 

9. Tehovah  shall  be  king,  Sfc.  In  all  the  earth  he  will  be  hon- 
ored and  worshipped  as  the  true  God.  All  men  shall  bo  his  people,  as 
the  Jews  had  been  his  people.  —  shall  Jehovah  be  one,  and  his  name 
one:  i.  e.  instead  of  many  who  are  regarded  and  called  gods,  there 
shall  be  only  one,  and  that  one  Jehovah. 

y  10.  —  into  a  plain:  so  that  Jerusalem,  the^holy  city,  might  be 
conspicuous.  —  Geba :  a  city  on  the  northern  border  of  the  kingdom 
of  Judab.  —  the  gate  of  Benjamin ;  probably  at  the  north  of  Jeru- 
salem. Jer.  xxxvii.  12,  13;  xxxviii.  7.  — the  former  gate:  sup- 
posed to  he  the  old  gate.  Neh.  iii.  6.  —  corner  gate.  See  2  Kings 
xiv.  13;  Jer.  xxxi.  38.  — tower  of  Hananeel :  eastward,  not  far 
from  the  sheep-gate.     Neh.  iii.  1 ;  Jer.  xxxi.  38. 

18.  —  water:  i.e.  no  inundations  of  the  Nile,  which  supply  the 
place  of  i-ain  to  Egypt.     —  The  plague  :  i.  e.  (amine. 

20.  —  bells  of  the  horses:  i.  e.  Whereas,  formerly,  "Holy  to  Jeho- 
vah "  was  written  only  upon  the  tiara  of  the  high  priest,  now,  all 
things  shall  be  holy  to  him,  even  the  hells  worn  for  ornament  upon  the 
necks  of  the  horses  by  those  who  come  from  all  parts  of  the  earth  to 
worship  in  Jerusalem.  Others  understand,  that  the  ornaments  of 
horse"!  shall  be  converted  into  sacred  utensils.  — the  pots :  i.  e.  the 
meanest  utensils  in  the  house  of  God  shall  be  as  the  vessels  of  silver 
and  gold  used  in  solemn  sacrifice. 

21. ^    Canaanite:  i.  e.  a  profane,  impious    person,  such    as  the 

Canaanites  formerly  were,  or,  perhaps,  a  trafficker.     See  Ezek.  xvii.  4. 


JONAH.  291 


NOTES    ON    JONAH. 

The  name  of  Jonah,  a  prophet  who  lived  in  the  time  of  Jeroboam 
the  second,  2  Kings  xiv.  23-25,  and  before  Joel  and  Amos,  is  pre- 
fixed to  this  book,  because  he  is  the  subject,  not  the  author  of  it. 
Who  was  the  author  of  the  work,  and  to  what  age  he  belongs,  is 
wholly  uncertain.  I  have,  with  Jahn,  supposed,  that  he  lived  about 
the  time  of  Malachi.     See  Jahn's  introduction  to  this  book. 

Many  and  strange  hypotheses  have  been  brought  forward  in  regard 
to  the  contents  of  this  book.  I  think  the  popular  opinion  is  the  only 
correct  one,  namely,  that  it  purports  to  be  a  history  of  some  cir- 
cumstances in  the  life  of  the  prophet  Jonah. 

1.  3.  —  Joppa  :  a  seaport  on  the  Mediterranean,  in  the  territory  of 
Dan,  now  called  Jaffa,  and  still  distinguished  for  its  port.  —  Tarshish. 
See  note  on  Ezek.  xxvii.  25. 

II.  2.  —  /  cried,  Sfc.  "  This  prayer  hath  much  more  the  appear- 
ance of  a  thanksgiving  after  a  deliverance  ;  and  indeed  could  scarce 
be  used  before,  whatever  change  be  made  in  the  tenses  ;  unless  we 
suppose  it  prophetical  of  the  deliverance.  Had  it  not  been  inserted  in 
the  history,  many  things  in  it  would  have  been  understood  metaphori- 
cally, as  in  the  Psalms."     Seeker. 

2.  —  the  under-world :  i.  e.  Sheol,  the  place  of  the  dead,  here  used 
metaphorically  to  denote  Jonah's  desperate  condition. 

6. — foundations  of  the  mountains:  i.  e.  bottom  of  the  sea; 
regarded  as  the  termination  of  the  roots  of  the  mountains.  —  The  bars 
of  the  earth:  i.  e.  The  bars  of  the  gate  which  leads  into  the  deep  re- 
cesses of  the  earth,  i.  e.  into  Sheol.     See  Job  xvii.  16. 

8.  — their  mercy :  i.  e.  God,  the  source  of  all  mercy. 

III.  3.  —  through  God:  i.  e.  by  the  favor  of  God.  — three 
days'"  journey  Sfc.  It  is  most  natural  to  understand  this  of  the  circum- 
ference of  the  city,  represented  to  be  so  great  as  to  require  a  three 
days'  journey  to  go  round  it.  Diodorus  Siculus  says,  it  was  150  stadia 
in  length,  and  90  stadia  in  breadth. 


292  NOTES. 

IV.  1.  —  displeased:  i.  e.  because  it  seemed  to  him  that  his  ve- 
racity as  a  prophet  and  the  honor  of  his  office  were  affected. 

6.  —  gourd.  Most  modern  writers  suppose  the  ricinus  or  palma 
Christi  to  be  the  plant  here  mentioned  ;  for  a  description  of  which 
see  I^Robinson's  Calmet,  Art.  Gourd.  But  Niebuhr  remarks,  "  The 
Jews  and  Christians  at  Mosul  and  Aleppo  affirm,  that  el-kheroa  [the 
ricinus]  is  not  the  plant  which  furnished  a  shade  for  Jonah,  but  a  spe- 
cies of  gourd  called  el-kerra,  which  has  very  large  leaves,  and  bears 
a  very  large  fruit ;  and  which  does  not  last  more  than  about  four  months." 
—  his  distress.  This  may  refer  to  his  distress  caused  by  the  heat 
of  the  sun ;  or  the  refei-ence  may  be  to  the  main  design  of  preparing 
and  destroying  the  gourd,  that  of  showing  the  unreasonableness  of 
Jonah's  vexation,  and  thus  putting  an  end  to  it. 

11.  —  that  cannot  discern,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  young  children,  incapable  of 
sin  and  undeserving  of  punishment.  "  Reckoning  those  of  a  tender 
age  at  a  tifth  part,  the  city  contained  six  hundred  thousand  inhabi- 
tants."    Newcome. 


NOTES    ON    MALACHI. 

That  Malachi,  whose  name  probably  signifies  "  messenger  of  Jeho- 
vah," was  a  contemporary  of  Nehemiah,  was,  says  Jahn,  "the  un- 
varying opinion  of  the  ancients,  and  is  placed  beyond  all  doubt  by  the 
subject  of  the  book,  which  presents  the  same  face  of  things  as  existed 
in  Nehemiah's  time.  It  speaks  of  the  temple  as  having  been  built  a 
considerable  time  ;  it  introduces  the  Jews  complaining  of  the  unfavor- 
able state  of  their  affairs;  it  finds  fault  with  the  heathen  wives,  whom 
Nehemiah  after  some  time  separated  fiom  the  people,  Neh.  xiii.  23- 
30  ;  it  censures  the  withholding  of  tithes,  which  was  also  noticed  by 
Nehemiah,  xiii.  5.  From  these  circumstances  it  appears,  that  Mala- 
chi prophesied  in  the  time  of  Nehemiah,  and  during  his  second  resi- 


MALACHI.  293 

dence  in  Judea,  about  412-408  before  Christ,  when  he  reformed  the 
abuses  before  mentioned.     This  is  confirmed  by  Mai.  i.  5." 

I.  2.  —  Yet  I  have  loved  Jacob.  It  is  evident  that  Jacob  and  Esau, 
in  the  latter  clause  of  this  verse,  are  used  to  denote  the  posterity  of 
those  patriarchs,  as  well  as  themselves. 

5. — beyond  the  borders:  i.e.  he  manifests  his  glorious  power  in 
other  countries  besides  Israel.     See  verse  II. 

7.  —  In  that  ye  say,  The  table  of  Jehovah  is  contemptible  :  i.  e.  By 
their  actions,  by  offering  the  torn,  sick,  lame,  &c.,  they  virtually 
said  that  the  table  of  Jehovah,  namely,  his  altar,  was  unworthy  of  re- 
spect. 

10.  —  close  the  doors  :  i.  e.  of  the  temple. 

12.  — polluted :  i.  e.  ye  treat  it  as  if  it  were  impure. 

II.  2.  —  curse  your  blessi7tgs  :  i.  e.  those  things  which  they  re- 
ceived by  the  blessing  of  God,  such  as  the  fruits  of  the  earth,  herds, 
&c. 

3.  — carried  to  it:  i.  e.  destroyed,  and  cast  upon  a  dunghill. 

4.  — my  covenant  may  remain  :  i.  e.  that  ye  may  reform,  and  not  be 
cast  off. 

9. — respect  to  persons :  i.  e.  having  one  decision  for  the  poor  and 
another  for  the  rich.     See  Lev.  xix.  15. 

11. — holy  people.  See  Jer.  ii.  3.  — daughter  o/  a  strange  god: 
I.  e.  the  worshipper  of  a  different  god  from  Jehovah. 

12.  —  Him  that  waketh  and  him  that  answereth  :  i.  e.  Every  one 
living;  a  proverbial  expression,  borrowed,  perhaps,  from  the  service  of 
the  Levites  in  the  temple,  of  whom  one  remained  awake  and  called,  and 
the  other  answered.  In  the  same  sense  the  Arabs  say,  "  No  caller 
and  no  answerer."     See  Ps.  cxxxiv.  and  Is.  Ixii.  6. 

13.  —  tears,  Sfc. :  i.  e.  of  wives  whom  they  divorced  or  abused. 

14.  —  Wherefore  :  i.  e.  doth  he  not  accept  the  offering. 

15.  —  make  one;  i.  e.  one  pair,  one  man  and  one  woman,  who 
were  to  be  regarded  as  one  flesh.  — residue  of  the  spirit:  i.  e.  his 
divine  power  was  not  exhausted  ;  he  might  have  made  many  women 
for  one  man.  —  a  godly  race,  lit.  a  seed  of  God :  i.  e.  a  holy 
race,  worthy  to  be  called  sons  of  God.  This  construction  of  verse  15, 
which  is  that  of  the  Common  Version,  I  prefer  on  the  whole,  though  it 
supposes  a  somewhat  harsh  ellipsis.  Most  of  the  modern  German  schol- 
ars understand  the  verse  as  follows: 


294  NOTES. 

[Ye  say,  in  excuse  for  yourselves;] 
"  But  did  not  the  Single  one  do  it  ? 
And  yet  a  divine  spirit  remained  to  him." 
But  what  did  the  Single  one  do  ? 
He  sought  the  posterity  promised  by  God. 

"  Single  one  "  they  suppose  to  be  a  denomination  of  Abraham,  bor- 
rowed from  Is.  li.  2  ;  Ezek.  xxxiii.  24.  But  it  does  not  appear  satisfac- 
torily that  "  the  Single  one  "  was  of  itself  a  denomination  of  Abraham. 
And  the  phrase,  "  a  divine  spirit  remained  to  him,"  or,  "  he  had  a  resi- 
due of  the  divine  spirit,"  meaning  that  he  remained  a  good  man,  is  about 
as  harsh  and  inconsistent  with  usage  as  any  thing  in  the  interpretation 
which  I  have  preferred. 

16.  —  covereth  his  garment  with  violence :  i.  e.  that  is  guilty  of 
harsh  and  cruel  treatment  to  his  wife,  by  dismissing  her;  that  covers 
that  garment  which  is  the  sign  of  conjugal  protection  and  fidelity, 
Ezek.  xvi.  8;  Ruth  iii.  9. 

III.  1.  —  the  Lord  whom  ye  seek.  "  The  Lord  "  may  here  denote  the 
Supreme  Being,  said  to  come,  because  his  perfections  would  be  con- 
spicuously displayed  by  the  coming  of  the  Messiah,  the  messenger  of 
the  new  covenant,  of  whom  mention  immediately  follows.  Or,  by 
"the  Lord"  may  be  denoted  the  messenger  of  the  covenant,  the  Mes- 
siah, in  the  next  line,  who  was  expected  to  come  to  the  temple,  which 
was  to  be  honored  with  his  presence,  and  to  be  the  scene  of  his  minis- 
try. The  original,  translated  "  the  Lord,"  when  used  without  the  arti- 
cle, is  everywhere  applied  to  human  beings  in  the  Old  Testament- 
And  though  with  the  article,  which  it  has  here,  it  denotes  the  Supreme 
Being,  as  the  Lord  of  all  the  earth,  when  no  other  use  of  the  article  can 
be  assigned  except  to  denote  the  Supreme  Being,  yet  in  this  verse  the 
article  may  be  used  merely  to  denote  that  particular  lord  who  was  an 
object  of  expectation  and  desire;  ille  dominus,  quern,  Sfc.  See  Chris- 
tian Examiner,  for  January,  1836,  p.  298,  &c. 

10. — none  left:  i.  e.  till  the  divine  abundance  shall  be  exhausted. 
And  as  this  can  never  be,  the  meaning  is,  that  the  blessing  shall  be 
perpetual. 

14. — walked  mournfully  :  i.  e.  with  prayer  and  fasting,  in  sackcloth 
and  ashes. 

1.5. — the  proud :  i.  e.  those  who  behave  themselves  arrogantly 
against  God,  the  impious. 


MALACHI.  295 

16.  —  spake  to  one  another :  things,  the  reverse  of  what  were  utter- 
ed by  the  impious  ;  becoming  those  who  feared  God. 

IV.     6.  —  heart  of  the  fathers,  ^-c. :  i.   e.    pi'oduce  harmony  and 
peace  between  fathers|]and  children. 


CORRIGENDA. 

Vol.   II.  page  203,  line  23,  for  "  thy  conduct  on  ilie  way  "  &,c.  road  "  thy  conduct, 

or  the  way  "  &.c. 
Vol.  Ill   page    55,  line  7,  for  "  rod"  read  "  staff." 

"  "     211,    "    9,  for  "  claws  "  read  "  hoofd." 


BS195.2.N96V.3 

A  new  translation  of  the  Hebrew  prophets 

Princeton  Theological  Seminary-Speer  Library 


1    1012  00049  3827 


